21 Psalms

Psalms, in The Douay Old Testament (1609–1610)

The Psalter, numbered as in the Latin Vulgate and the Greek Septuagint (so Psalms 10 to 147 here run one behind the Hebrew numbering used in Protestant Bibles). This is Psalms as it stands in the second tome of the Douay Old Testament (Doway: Laurence Kellam, 1610), the English College of Douai’s Catholic translation from the Latin Vulgate, in its original spelling. The page gives every psalm with its printed summary, the verse text and the marginal notes, the Annotations and a brief note on the Gradual Psalms.

THE BOOKE OF PSALMES

Psalm 1

PSALME I.

The Royal prophet Dauid placed this Pſalme as a Preface to the rest, conteyning, [Margin: The right maner of ſeruing God. The 7. key.] 1 true happines, which conſiſteth in flying ſinnes, and ſeruing God. 3. The good doe proſper, 5. not the wicked: 6. as wil appeare in the end of this world.

1 BLESSED [a] is the man, that“ hath [b] not gone in the counſel of the impious, & hath [c] not“ ſtoode in the way of ſinners, and hath [d] not“ ſitte in the chayre of peſtilence:

2 But [e] his“ wil is in the way of our Lord, and in his law he wil meditate day and night.

3 And he shal be as a tree, that is planted nigh to [f] the ſtreames of waters, which shal geue his fruite in his time:

4 And [g] his leafe shal not fal: and [h] al thinges whatſoeuer he shal doe, shal proſper.

5 The impious not ſo: but [i] as duſt, which the winde driueth from the face of the earth.

6 Therfore the impious shal [k] not riſe againe in iudgement: nor ſinners in the [l] councel of the iuſt.

7 For our Lord [m] knoweth the way of the iuſt, and the way of the impious [n] shal perish.

Marginal notes to Psalm 1

1 [a] He is in the right way to eternal felicitie.
1 [b] not continued to euil ſuggeſtions.
1 Mat. 5.
1 [c] not continued in ſinne.
1 [d] not finally perſiſted in wicked life.
2 [e] He is wholly occupied & delighted in keeping Gods commandments.
2 ⟨illegible⟩oſ. ⟨illegible⟩.
3 [f] To him that vſeth Gods grace wel, more grace is continually geuen.
3 ⟨illegible⟩e. 17.
4 [g] Through ſuch grace he shal perſeuer.
4 [h] al thinges worke to the good of them that loue God ſincerely.
5 [i] The wicked are carried with euery light tentation.
6 [k] Al ryſing at the laſt day, the wicked shal not riſe with hope nor comforth, but in deſolation.
6 [l] the happie congregation of the bleſſed.
7 [m] approueth & rewardeth.
7 [n] in eternal damnation.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. I.

1. Hath not gone, not ſtood, not ſitte.] The Hebrew ſtile, and maner of diſcourſe [Margin: They are happie (in hope) that decline from euil.] differeth here from other nations, in mentioning firſt the leſſe euil, and the greateſt laſt. VVhereas we would ſay in the contrary order: He is happie that hath not ſitte, that is, hath not ſetled himſelfe in wickednes, nor finally perſiſted obſtinate: more happie, that hath not ſtood, anie notable time continued in ſinne: and moſt happie, that hath not gone, not geuen anie conſent at al to euil ſuggeſtions. [Margin: Iuſtice conſiſteth in fleing euil and doing good.]

2. His vvil in the vvay of our Lord.] As one part of happines conſiſteth in declining from euil: ſo the other is in doing good; the wil deſiring, and diligently endeuoring to walke in the way of vertue, and law of God. VVhich is true iuſtice, and right forme of good life, propoſed in this Pſalme, for attayning eternal beatitude. [Margin: Of Chriſt. the 5. key. Alſo of his Church, the 6. key.]

Psalm 2

PSALME II.

Chriſts glorie, the world repining therat, 4. shal be propagated in al the world. 7. His diuine powre as wel ſpiritual in conuerting mens hartes, as external, in ſeuere iuſtice, is prophecied.

1 VVHY did the[a] Gentiles rage, and[b] peoples meditate vaine things?

2 The[c] kings of the earth ſtood vp, and the[d] princes came together in one againſt our Lord, and againſt his Chriſt.

3 Let[e] vs breake their bondes a ſunder: and let vs caſt away their[f] yoke from vs.

4 He that dwelleth in the heauens, shal[g] laugh at them: and our Lord shal ſcorne them.

5 Then shal he ſpeake to them in his[h] wrath, & in his[i] furie he shal truble them.

6 But[k] I am appoynted king by him ouer Sion his holie hil, preaching his precept.

7 The[l] Lord ſaid to me; Thou art my[m] Sonne, I this day haue be gotten thee.

8 Aske of me, and I wil geue[n] thee the Gentiles, for thyne inheritance, and thy poſſeſſion[o] the endes of the earth.

9 Thou shalt rule them “ in[p] a rod of yron, and “ as a potters veſſel thou shalt breake them in peeces.

10 And[q] now “ ye kings vnderſtand: “ take inſtruction you that iudge the earth.

11 Serue our Lord in[r] feare: and “ reioyce to him with trembling.

12 Apprehend diſcipline[ſ] leſt ſometime our Lord be wrath, and you perish out of the iuſt way.

13 When his wrath[t] shal burne in short time, bleſſed are al, that truſt in him.

Marginal notes to Psalm 2

1 [a] Both gētiles.
1 [b] and Iewes ſtriue invaine againſt Chriſt.
1 Act. 4.
2 [c] Pilate and Herod.
2 [d] Annas and Caiphas.
3 [e] The voice of wicked men,
3 [f] & eſpecially libertines ſtriuing to shake of al diſcipline.
4 [g] God for al this wil turne the haries of manie.
5 [h] ſeuerly reprehend,
5 [i] and iuſtly punish the obſtinate.
6 [k] Chriſt shal reigne in his kingdome the Church.
7 [l] God the Father ſpeaketh to
7 [m] God the Sonne.
7 Act. 13. Heb. 1. &. 5.
8 [n] Chriſt as man hath the Church for his inheritance.
8 [o] Spred through the whole world.
9 [p] Gods in⟨illegible⟩exwi⟨illegible⟩ & powre.
9 Apoc. 2. & 19.
10 [q] A prophecie that kinges shal be conuerted, and ſubmit themſelues to Chriſts diſcipline.
11 [r] None is ſecure before death.
12 [ſ] Some fal from the way of ſaluation.
13 [t] God wil iudge iuſtly in the end of this short life both the euil and good. So this Pſalme concludeth with the ninth key.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. II.

2. Kinges and Princes againſt Chriſt.] VVhen Chriſt, and his Apoſtles preached [Margin: Perſecution cannot hinder the glorie of Chriſt.] the Goſpel, both Iewes and Gentiles, with their Princes, Kinges, and Emperors moſt furiouſly reſiſted, but al in vaine. For they could not hinder the wil and powre of God. But the more they perſecuted, the more was increaſed the zele, and number of Chriſtians.

8. The gentiles thyn inheritance.] By this promiſe of God to Chriſt, S. Auguſtin [Margin: The Church neuer faileth.] conuinced the Donatiſtes; & in them the Proteſtantes, that ſay, the Church [Margin: in h⟨illegible⟩ne Pſal.] of Chriſt failed, and became ſmal, or inuiſible; as though Chriſt the Sonne of God, could ſometimes loſe his inheritance, which is the Catholique Church, gethered of the Gentiles, and his poſſeſſion extended to the endes of the earth.

9. As a potters veſſel.] If a potters veſſel (ſaith S. Ierom in hunc Pſal. tom. 8.) be broken whiles it is ſoft, it may eaſily be repared, but after it is hard, it can [Margin: Cuſtome in ſinne more hardly cured.] not be made whole againe. So ſinners are more eaſily reſtored to grace, shortly repeating, then long obdurate: yet that which is vnpoſſible to man, is poſſible to God. Mat. 10. For as clay in the potters hand, ſo are you in my hand, ſaith our Lord. Iere. 18.

10. Ye kinges vnderſtand] Not onlie innumerable other people of al nations, [Margin: Kinges conuerted to Chriſtianitie.] but alſo after a while, Kinges and Emperors beleued in Chriſt. And ſuch as at firſt perſecuted, became moſt Chriſtian, Catholique, Defenders of the faith.

10. Take inſtruction you that iudge the earth.] Petilianus, Gaudentius, & other Donatiſtes inueyghing againſt Chriſtian Kinges, for punishing heretikes, moſt [Margin: Defend Catholiques and puniſh heretikes. Apoſtataes fauoure heretikes and ſchiſmatikes, becauſe they hate al Chriſtians.] falſly auoched, that Chriſtianitie neuer found kinges but inuious, enimies, and perſecuters. To whom S. Auguſtin anſwereth in ſeueral bookes, that Chriſtian [Margin: Ad Petil. li. 2. c. 92. Ad Gaud li. 2. c. 26.] Kinges, and Princes are not enemies to Chriſtianitie: but are enemies to heretikes, the rebelles of Chriſt, and his Church. For according to this prophecie of king Dauid, Chriſtian kinges are inſtructed, and know it is their dutie, ⟨illegible⟩ the ſeruice of God, to defend the Church againſt Heretikes, and other Infidelles. And it is the propertie of Apoſtataes to fauour heretikes. So good Conſtantin the great maintained Catholique vnitie; and Iulian the Apoſtata to make greater diuiſion, tooke Churches from Catholiques, and gaue them to Donatiſtes, to nourish diſſention, and ſo to o⟨illegible⟩e⟨illegible⟩row al Chriſtians But God ſtil protecteth the true Church, again⟨illegible⟩ al ſuch ſuttle, and malicious d⟨illegible⟩ui⟨illegible⟩es: becauſe it is Chriſts inheritance.

11. R⟨illegible⟩oy⟨illegible⟩e vvith trembling.] Gods ſeruice is tempeted with two affections: [Margin: Ioy and feare.] with ioy, in conſideration of his goodnes, mercie, & meeknes; and with feare, in reſpect of his ⟨illegible⟩uſtice, and ⟨illegible⟩euere iudgement. The one is a remedie againſt deſperation: the other againſt preſumption.

Psalm 3

PSALME. III. [Margin: Dauid perſecuted by his ſonne.]

King Dauid recounteth his danger, when his ſonne Abſalom conſpired againſt him: 4. and thanketh God for his deliuerie. 9, acknowledging al [Margin: The 8. key.] helpe to be from God. Miſtically, Chriſts perſecution, Death, Burial, and Reſurrection.

1 The “Pſalme of Dauid,“ when he fled from the face of Abſalom his ſonne. (2. Reg. 15.)

2 LORD [a] why are they [b] multiplied that truble me? manie riſe vp againſt me.

3 Many ſay to [c] my ſoule: There is [d] no ſaluation for him in his God.

4 But [e] thou Lord art my protectour, my [f] glorie, & exalting [g] my head.

5 With my voice I haue cried to our Lord: and he hath heard me from his [h] holie hil.

6 “I haue [i] ſlept, and haue [k] bene at reſt; and haue [l] riſen vp, becauſe our Lord hath taken me.

7 I wil not feare thouſandes of people compaſſing me: [m] ariſe Lord, ſaue me my God.

8 Becauſe thou haſt ſtroken al that are my aduerſaries without cauſe: thou haſt broken the [n] teeth of ſinners.

9 Saluation [o] is our Lordes: and thy [p] bleſſing vpon thy people.

Marginal notes to Psalm 3

2 [a] O God let me know how greuiously I haue ſinned.
2 [b] that al Iſrael (1. Reg. 15. v. 13.) with al their hart foloweth Abſolom. So againſt Chriſt, the Prieſtes, the People, & Gentiles al conſpired.
2 Ioan▪ ⟨illegible⟩
3 [c] my life
3 [d] he can not eſcape
4 [e] But I auouch that God alwaies defendeth me,
4 [f] geuing me victorie,
4 [g] & cōfirming my kingdom.
5 [h] heauen.
6 [i] I lay downe
6 [k] and rested in expectation of thy helpe.
6 [l] And am deliuered. Chriſt dyed, was buried, & roſe againe.
7 [m] I know thou wilt help me, and ſo I beſech thee to do.
8 [n] The ſtrēgth and furie.
9 [o] health and ſaftie cōmeth from God.
9 [p] Abundance of grace promiſed to Gods ſeruantes.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. III.

1. Pſalme of Dauid.] Al Interpreters agreably teach, that king Dauid made not the titles, which are before the Pſalmes. Neuertheles they are authentical, [Margin: Titles of the Pſalmes added by ⟨illegible⟩as and the Septuagint.] as endited by the Holie Ghoſt. And it is moſt probable Eſdras added thoſe titles which are in the Hebrew: and the Seuentie interpreters writte the other, in their Greke Edition. Both which S. Ierom tranſlated into Latin.

In theſe titles fiue thinges may be noted. Firſt, the former two hauing no title at al, the general name of Pſalme, common to al, is particularly appropriated to ſome, and other names to others. VVhich in al are twelue. to witte: Pſalme [Margin: ⟨illegible⟩iue thinges to be noted ⟨illegible⟩ the titles.] Inſcription, Prayer, Canticle, Pſalme of Canticle, Canticle of Pſalme, Hymne, Teſtimonie, Vnderſtanding, Praiſe of Canticle, Alleluia, & Gradual Canticle. Secondly, in the titles of ſome Pſalmes are the names of certaine perſons, which by S. Auguſtins iudgement, cited in the Proemial Annotations, and others, proueth not the ſame perſons to be authores of thoſe Pſalmes, but ſignifieth ſome other thing. Thirdly, in ſome titles the time is ſignified, when the Pſalme was made, or ſong. Fourtly, the matter conteyned in the Pſalme, or vpon what occaſion it was made, is expreſſed in ſome titles. Fiftly diuers other termes are often vſed. in the titles of ſundrie Pſalmes, as To the end. For the Octaue. For preſſes, [Margin: Pſal. 4. 6. 8. 15. 16. &c.] and the like, al which we shal briefly explicate, where they firſt occurre. [Margin: VVhy this is called the Pſalme of Dauid.]

Firſt therfore this third Pſalme is called the Pſalme of Dauid, not becauſe he is author therof, for he is alſo author of the former, where his name is not expreſſed, as is euident by the teſtimonie of al the Apoſtles. Act. 4. v. 25. but becauſe it treateth particularly and literally of him.

1. VVhen he ⟨illegible⟩ed from the face of Abſalon.] Here the time is ſignified, when [Margin: The time and occaſion of making this Pſalme.] this Pſalme was made, to wi⟨illegible⟩e, immediatly after the ouerthrow of his rebellious ſonne Abſalom, mentioned. 2. Reg. 18. before his returne to leruſalem. For al beit of humaine, natural, and fatherlie affection, he greatly lamented the death of his ſonne, yet he rendered thankes and praiſes to God, as reaſon and dutie bond him.

6. I haue ſlept, and haue benne at reſt, and haue riſen vp.] King Dauid by his ſleeping in perſecution, and by his reſting, and deliuerie from his perſecuters, [Margin: King Dauid prefigured Chriſt.] prefigured Chriſts Death, Burial, & Reſurrection. As appeareth, Ioan. 2. v. 22. VVhere the Euangeliſt ⟨illegible⟩aith: that after Chriſts Reſurrection, his diſciples beleued the ſcripture, to witte, this and other like prophecies. For otherwiſe the old Teſtament doth not ſo expreſly declare ſuch Myſteries, as the Goſpel doth: but one thing in the proper, and grammatical ſignification of he wordes, and an [Margin: The ſame Scripture hath diuers literal ſenſes.] other thing, in ſhadowes and figures, and hoth literal. VVhereupon S. Gregory teacheth (li. 20. c. 1. Moral.) that holie Scripture (amongſt other incomparable excellences) ſurpaſſeth al other doctrines, in the verie maner of ſpeaking: becauſe by one and the ſame ſpeach, it reporteth a thing donne, and proclameth a Myſterie: ſo relating thinges paſt, that with the verie ſame wordes, it foreſheweth thinges to come.

Psalm 4

PSALME. IIII.

The holie prophet teacheth, by his owne example, to flee to God in al tribulation [Margin: Confidence in God neceſſary The 7. key.] 3. that other refugies are inſufficient, 9. and Gods helpe moſt aſsured.

1 Vnto “ the end, in [a] ſongues, the Pſalme [b] of Dauid.

2 WHEN [c] I inuocated, the God of my iuſtice heard me: in [d] tribulation thou haſt enlarged to me. [e] Haue mercie on me, and heare my prayer.

3 Ye ſonnes of men how long are you of [f] heauie hart? why loue you [g] vanitie, and ſeeke [h] lying?

4 And know ye that our Lord hath made his [i] holie one [k] meruelous: [l] our Lord wil heare me, when I shal crie to him.

5 Be ye [m] angrie, and [n] ſinne not: the thinges that you ſay in [o] your hartes, in your [p] chambers be ye ſorie for.

6 Sacrifice ye the “ ſacrifice of [q] iuſtice, and hope in our Lord. Manie ſay: [r] Who sheweth vs good thinges?

7 The [ſ] light of thy countenance ô Lord is ſigned vpon vs: thou haſt geuen [t] gladneſſe in my hart.

8 By the fruite of their [v] corne, and [w] wine, and [x] oile they are multiplied.

9 In [y] peace in the ſelfe ſame I wil ſleepe, and reſt:

10 Becauſe thou Lord haſt [z] ſingularly ſetled me in hope.

Marginal notes to Psalm 4

1 [a] In an inſtrument apt for verſes.
1 [b] This Pſalme perteyneth to the beloued, ſignified by the word Dauid. S. Aug. li. 17. c. 14. ciuit. S. Beda in Pſal.
2 [c] VVhen Saul vniuſtly perſecuted iust Dauid, God heard his prayers.
2 [d] being ſtraictly beſeeged (1. Reg. 23. 26.)
2 [e] Likewiſe helpe me when ſoeuer I shal nede.
3 [f] Why do you ſtil harden your hartes?
3 [g] honour, and tranſitorie glorie,
3 [h] falſe and deceiptful riches?
3 Ephoſ. 4.
4 [i] Euery godly ſoule.
4 [k] Rich with vertues.
4 [l] Euerie iuſt ſoule hath confidence in God, that he wil heare his crie.
5 [m] Iuſt anger is good & neceſſarie agaīſt ſinne.
5 [n] but then is moſt nede to beware not to excede in paſſion. haue therfore a continual purpoſe neuer to ſinne.
5 [o] Euil cogitations.
5 [p] bewaile & repent before you ſleepe.
6 [q] Not only external but moſt eſpecially internal ſacrifice of iuſtice, and obſeruation of Gods commandments is moſt neceſſarie
6 [r] The ſolide rewardes promiſed by God?
7 [ſ] reaſon and grace are freely geuen to man, wherby he may know that God wil reward the iuſt. Heb. II. v. 6.
7 [t] VVherin a iuſt man inwardly reioyceth.
8 [v] For example and in figure of heauenlie rewardes, God gaue temporal wealth in the old teſtament.
8 [w] For example and in figure of heauenlie rewardes, God gaue temporal wealth in the old teſtament.
8 [x] For example and in figure of heauenlie rewardes, God gaue temporal wealth in the old teſtament.
9 [y] In this confidēce the iuſt may reſt contented.
10 [z] God ſo promiſeth euerie iuſt perſon in particular.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. IIII.

1. Vnto the end.) The Hebrew word Lamnatſea, ſignifieth to him that ⟨illegible⟩uercometh. [Margin: The ſignification of this phraſe, To the end in t⟨illegible⟩ etitles of Pſalmes.] And ſo the Hebrewes interprete, that the Pſalmes, which haue this word in their titles, were directed either to him, that excelled others in skil of muſike; or had authoritie ouer other muſitians: or to him, whoſe office was to [Margin: 1. Par. 15.] ſing victories and triumphes. But the Latin, according to the Greeke, hath In finem, Vnto the end. which (moſt commonly ſignifying perpetuitie, or continuance vnto the end of anie thing) in the titles of the Pſalmes rather ſignifieth, that the matter conteyned in the Pſalme, perteineth to future times, or perſons; eſpecially to the new Teſtament. And ſo S. Auguſtin expoūdeth it here of Chriſt, who is the end (or perfection) of the lavv. Not that the principal contentes belong [Margin: Rom. 10.] to Chriſt, in his owne Perſon, but to his myſtical bodie the Church, and faithful people, whom the Prophete here teacheth to haue confidence in God, moderation in their affections, & patience in tribulation, which is the ſeuenth key, propoſing his owne example, & prophetically Chriſts. The ſame wherto Chriſt exhorteth, ſaying: Ioan. 16. v. vlt. Haue conſidence, I haue ouercome the vvorld. Signifying that his ſeruantes, through his grace, may alſo ouercome it.

6. Sacrifice of Iuſtice.] Not only external Sacrifice of diuers kindes, were neceſſarie [Margin: Three ſpiritual ſacrifices neceſſarie.] in the law of nature, and of Moyſes, and one moſt excellent and complement of al, in the new Teſtament, but alſo ſpiritual ſacrifice was euer, and is required, and that of three ſortes. Firſt, Sacrifice of ſorow, and contrition for ſinnes (Pſal 50.) An afflicted ſpirite is a ſacrifice to God. The ſecond is ſacrifice [Margin: Of penance, Iuſtice. Praiſe.] of Iuſtice, here mentioned. The third is Sacrifice of praiſe (Pſal 49.) Immolate to God the ſacrifice of praiſe. Concerning the ſecond propoſed in this place: He offereth ſacrifice of Iuſtice, that rendereth to euery one that is due. Firſt to God as our Creator, a reſignation of our ſelues, euen our liues, at his diuine pleaſure; [Margin: VVhat is due to God.] as to our Maſter, we muſt render faith and beleefe, in al that he propoſeth; as to our Father, hope, confidence, & reuerential ſeare; as to our Lord and King, payment of tribute, that is obſeruation of his law and commandments; as to our Captaine, the trauel of warfare in this life; as to our Phiſitian, patience and toleration, when he cureth our woundes, by chaſticement for ſinnes; as to our Spouſe, chaſtity of body and mind, fleeing al carnal and ſpiritual fornication; as to our Freind, frequent conuerſation in al actes of deuotion VVe owe to our [Margin: To our ſelues.] ſelues, that ſeing we conſiſt of ſoule and bodie, we keepe due ſubordination, that the ſoule and reaſon command, & the bodie, and inferiour appetite obey: [Margin: To our neighbour.] as the ſeruant muſt obey his maſter, and the handmaide her miſtris. VVe owe to our neighbour, loue from the hart, inctruction alſo from the mouth; and aſſiſtance by our helpe, according to his neceſſitie, and our abilitie; yea though our neighbour be our enemie. But to other enimies contrary thinges are due. [Margin: To our enemies. The world. The fleſh. The diuel.] To the world, contempt: becauſe the goodes of this world are ſmal, few, ſhorte, vncertaine, deceiptful, not ſatisfying the mind, and mixed with manie euils and dangers. To the fleſh we owe chaſticement, and daylie care, ſo to ſeede it, that it ſerue the ſoule, & rebel not. To the diuel we muſt render the ſhame, that cometh by ſinne, acknowledging our faults, and al truthes, and ſo returne vpon him al vanitie and lying, wherwith he allureth & ſeduceth. Finally to ſinne [Margin: To ſinne.] it ſelfe, we owe hate, and reuenge, becauſe it is the only euil, that hurteth vs; and due puniſhment with zele of iuſtice, becauſe it diſhonoreth God. He that thus offereth ſacrifice of iuſtice, may inſtly (as it foloweth in the Pſalme) hope (yet not in him ſelfe but) in our Lord. And leſt anie ſhould pretend ignorance, [Margin: Light of reaſon sheweth there is a God that rewardeth.] ſaying: vvho shevveth (or teacheth) vs good thinges? as though they lacked inſtruction, the Prophete preuenteth this vaine excuſe, ſaying: The light of thy countenance o Lord (the light of reaſon, which is the image of God, wherto we are created like) is ſigned vpon vs, fixed in our vnderſtanding, that we may ſee there is a God, that ought to be ſerued, and that he wil revvard his ſeruants. Heb. 11.

Psalm 5

PSALME. V.

Iuſt men in affliction appeale to God, the reuenger of iniuries. 5. knowing and [Margin: The general iudgement. The 9. key.] proſeſſing that God hateth iniquity. 9. therfore remitte their cauſe to him. 11. recite certaine enormious vices of the wicked. 13. and expect Gods final iudgement of the good and bad.

1 Vnto the end, for [a] her that obtaineth the [b] inheritance. The Pſalme of Dauid.

2 RECEIVE ô Lord [c] my wordes with thine eares, vnderſtand my crie.

3 Attend to the voice of my prayer, my king and my God.

4 Becauſe I wil pray to thee: Lord in [d] the morning thou wilt heare my voice.

5 In [e] the morning I wil ſtand by thee and wil ſee: becauſe thou art“ not a God that wilt iniquitie.

6 Neither shal the malignant [f] dwel neere thee: neither shal the vniuſt abide [g] before thine eies.

7 Thou hateſt al that worke iniquitie: thou wilt [h] deſtroy al that ſpeake lie.

8 The bloudie and deceitful man our Lord wil abhorre:

9 But I in the multitude of [i] thy mercy. I wil enter into thy houſe: I wil adore toward [k] thy holie temple in thy [l] feare. Lord conduct me in thy iuſtice: becauſe of mine enimies direct my way in thy ſight.

10 Becauſe there is [m] no truth in their mouth: their hart is [n] vayne.

11 Their throte is an [o] open ſepulchre, they did [p] deceitfully with their tongues, [q] iudge them o God.

12 Let them faile of their cogitations, according to the multitude of their impieties expel them, becauſe they haue prouoked thee ô Lord.

13 And let al be glad, that hope in thee, they shal reioyce for euer: and thou shalt dwel in them. And al that loue thy name shal glorie in thee, becauſe thou wilt [r] bleſſe the iuſt.

14 Lord, as with a shield of thy good wil, thou haſt crowned vs.

Marginal notes to Psalm 5

1 [a] The faithful iuſt ſoule that ouer cōmeth. her enimies by vertue.
1 [b] eternal glorie.
2 [c] The praier of the whole Church, or of anie faithful (euer beloued) ſoule.
4 [d] Gods helpe is preſently granted of his part, though it be ſometimes differred for the more good of his ſeruantes.
5 [e] Before al other affayres we muſt pray to God. S. Ciprian. in fine orat. Dominicae.
6 [f] The wicked and wickednes haue noe conuerſation with God.
6 [g] in the day of iudgement.
7 [h] by final ſentence of eternal dānation.
9 [i] Not in mans powre, but in Gods mercie muſt the iuſt man truſt.
9 [k] In the Church of God.
9 [l] with reuerential feare as in Gods preſence.
10 [m] No true nor ſolide goodnes in the wicked.
10 [n] They thinke nothing but vanitie, and miſchiefe.
11 [o] yelding lothſome ſtin⟨illegible⟩h, bitternes, and rancor,
11 [p] yet they flatter with feaned good wordes.
11 Pſal. 13. Rom. 3.
11 [q] Albeit the iuſt deſire the conuerſion of the wicked, yet if they wil not repēt, then the iuſt conforme their deſires to Gods iuſt iudgement: which shal be manifeſted in the end of the world.
13 [r] The iuſt shal receiue ſentence of eternal glorie.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. V.

5. Not a God that vvilt iniquitie.] Seing God vvil not iniquitie, as theſe wordes teſtifie in plaine termes, it foloweth neceſſarily, that he is not author, nor cauſe [Margin: God is not author nor cauſe of ſinne.] of anie ſinne For God doth nothing contrarie to his owne wil. But he hateth iniquitie, and in reſpect therof hateth al that vvorke iniquities, as the authours of iniquity, though he loueth them as his creatures and of his part requireth their ſaluation.

Psalm 6

PSALME VI. [Margin: A pathetical praier of a ſinner & the firſt penitential P⟨illegible⟩alme. the 7. key.]

Dauids earneſt and hartie praier after he had grieuouſly ſinned. 5. which being grounded in filial, not ſeruil feare, 9. concludeth with aſſured hope, and confidence in Gods mercie.

1 Vnto [a] the end in ſongs, the Pſalme of Dauid for the octaue.

2 LORD, [b] rebuke me not in “thy furie; nor [c] chaſtiſe me in “ thy wrath.

3 Haue mercie on me Lord, becauſe I am weake: [d] heale me Lord, becauſe al [e] my bones be trubled.

4 And my ſoule is [f] trubled exceedingly: but thou Lord [g] how long? [h]

5 Turne thee o Lord, and [i] deliuer my ſoule: ſaue me for [k] thy mercie.

6 Becauſe there is not in [l] death, that is mindful of thee: and in [m] hel who shal confeſſe to thee?

7 I [n] haue labored in my ſighing, I [o] wil euerie night was he my bed; I wil [p] water my couche with my teares.

8 My [q] eye is trubled for furie: I haue waxen [r] old [ſ] among al myne enemies.

9 [t] Depart from me al ye that worke iniquitie: becauſe our Lord [v] hath heard the voice of my weeping.

10 Our Lord hath heard my petition, our Lord hath receiued my prayer.

11 Let al myne enemies be [w] ashamed, & very ſore trubled: let them be conuerted and asha med very quicly.

Marginal notes to Psalm 6

1 [a] This Pſalme perteyneth alſo to penitentes in the new teſtament.
2 [b] condemneme not eternally
2 [c] Spare me alſo for part of the temporal paine, which I deſerue.
2 Pſal. 37.
3 [d] Geue me the medicine of grace.
3 [e] My ſorow hath inwardly pearced me euen to the bones.
4 [f] with feare of thyiuſt wrath.
4 [g] leaueſt thou me in this calamitie?
4 [h] Shew againe thy fauorable contenance.
5 [i] from this fearful affliction.
5 [k] Though my ſinnes haue deſerued the contrary yet shew thy mercy.
6 [l] This life is the time of repentance, after death no cenuerſion.
6 [m] In hel nothing but blaſphemie.
7 [n] I haue in part lamēted.
7 [o] I wil adde more ſorow & penance.
7 [p] I wil perſist in my penance, til I be throughly watered with thy grace.
8 [q] myn eyes are dimme with weeping, for feare of thy iust iudgement.
8 [r] my heares are gray with ſorrow.
8 [ſ] wherat myn enemies reioyce.
9 [t] After due ſorow the true penitent hath confidence in God, against his enimies.
9 Mat. 7. & 25. Luc. 13.
9 [v] VVil most certainly accept of true repentance.
11 [w] Theſe are no⟨illegible⟩ imprecations, but threatninges, that the wicked ma yamend, or els predictions if they perſist in ſinne.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. VI.

1. For the octaue.] Literally it ſemeth that the Pſalmes which haue For the [Margin: The octaue ſignifieth the world to come.] octaue, in their titles, were to be ſong on an inſtrument of eight ſtringes. So the Caldee paraphaſis tranſlateth. In eitheris octo chordarum: in Citherus of eight ſtringes. But prophetically S. Auguſtin, & others expound it, to perteine to the Reſurrection in the end of this world. So Dauid, and al penitent ſinners bewaile their ſinnes, and do penance in this life, for the octaue, that is for the world to come.

1. In thy fury, nor in thy vvrath.] By furie is ſignified diuine iuſtice, irreuocably condemning the wicked to eternal damnation: by vvrath, Gods fatherlie [Margin: Hel for ſome ſinners. Purgatorie for others.] chaſticement correcting ſinners, whom he ſaueth. VVherupon S. Gregorie teacheth, that the faithful ſoule not only feareth furie, but alſo wrath: becauſe after the death of the flesh, ſome are deputed to eternal torments, ſome paſſe to life through [Margin: in Pſal. 37. 1. Cor. 3.] the fire of purgation. VVhich doctrine the ſame holy father confirmeth, by the iudgement of S Auguſtin more ancient. VVho likewiſe affirmeth, that al thoſe which haue not laide Chriſt their fundation, are rebuked in furie, becauſe they are tormented in eternal fire: and thoſe which vpon right fundation (of true faith in Chriſt) haue built vvood, hay, ſtubble, are chaſtiſed in wrath, becauſe they are brought to reſt of beatitude, but purged by fire. Let therfore the faithful ſoule (conſidering what she hath donne, and contemplating what she shal receiue) ſay: Lord rebuke me not, in thy furie: nor chaſtice me in thy vvrath. As if ſhe ſaid more plainly: This only with my whole intention of hart, I craue, this inceſſantly with al my deſires I couete, that in the dreadful iudgement, thou neither ſtrike me with the reprobate, nor afflict me with thoſe, that shal be purged in barning flames. Thus S. Gregorie, in 1. Pſalm penitent. v. 1.

Psalm 7

PSALME VII.

Dauid in confidence of his iust cauſe, and vniust perſecution. prayeth for [Margin: Dauids prayer in tribulation. the 8. key.] Gods helpe, 7. and iuſt reuenge of his enemies. 15. deſcribing their malitious intention, and ruine.

1 The Pſalme of Dauid which he ſong to our Lord, for the wordes of [a] Chuſi the ſonne of Iemini. (2. Reg. 16.)

2 O Lord my God I haue hoped in thee: ſaue me from al that perſecute me, and deliuer me.

3 Leſt ſometime [b] he as a Lyon violently take [c] my ſoule, whiles there is none to redeme, nor to ſaue.

4 O Lord my God if I haue done [d] this, if there be iniquitie in my handes;

5 If I haue rendred to them that repayd me euils, let me worthely fal [e] emptie from myne enemies.

6 Let the enemie perſecute my ſoule, and take it, and [f] treade downe my life in the earth, and bring downe my glorie into the duſt.

7 Ariſe Lord in thy wrath: and [g] be exalted in the coaſtes of myne enemies. And ariſe ô Lord my God in the [h] precept which thou haſt cōmanded:

8 and a [i] ſinagogue of peoples shal compaſſe thee. And [k] for it returne on high:

9 our Lord iudgeth peoples. Iudge me ô Lord according to [l] my iuſtice, and according to my innocencie [m] vpon me.

10 The wickedneſſe of ſinners shal be conſumed, and thou shalt direct the iuſt, which ſearcheſt the hart and raynes ô God.

11 My iuſt helpe is from our Lord, who ſaueth thoſe that be right of hart.

12 God is a iuſt iudge, ſtrong, & patient: is he angrie [n] euerie day?

13 [o] Vnleſſe you wil be conuerted, he shal shake his ſword, he hath bent his bow, and prepared it.

14 And in it he hath prepared the veſſels of death: he hath made his arrowes for them that burne.

15 Behold [p] he hath bredde with iniuſtice: he hath conceiued ſorow, and brought forth iniquitie.

16 He hath opened a pit, and digged it vp: and he is fallen into the diche, which he made.

17 His [q] ſorrow shal be turned vpon his head: and his iniquitie shal deſcend vpon his crowne.

18 I wil confeſſe to our Lord according to his iuſtice: and wil ſing to the name of our Lord moſt high.

Marginal notes to Psalm 7

1 [a] This Chuſi defeated the counſel of Achitophel. as S. Aug. S. Baſil & S. Chriſ. expound it.
3 [b] Abſolom, ⟨illegible⟩n anie other enemie, if God doe not reſiſt and hinder him.
3 [c] my life.
4 [d] Such euil as myne enemies fayne & obiect againſt me.
5 [e] Let me not haue the victorie of them.
6 [f] Let me dye with ignominie.
7 [g] Shew thy powre.
7 [h] Seing thou diddeſt command to make me king, it behoueth thee to protect me.
8 [i] manie wil ſerue thee the only true God.
8 [k] For this increaſe of faithful people.
9 [l] my iuſt cauſe againſt my particular enemies.
9 [m] let fal vpon me.
10 1. Par. 28. Iere. 11. 17.
12 [n] God doth not punish al ſinners preſently, but often differreth.
13 [o] expecting if they wil an⟨illegible⟩d
14 Iſa. 59. Iob. 15.
15 [p] The iniurious perſecutor purposing iniuſtice, conceiueth enuie, and bringeth forth iniquitie.
17 [q] Enuie, & deſire to hurt others turneth to the ruine of the enuiers.

Psalm 8

PSALME VIII.

God is magnified & praiſed for his meruelous worke of creatures, 5. but [Margin: Chriſts Incarnation. The 5. key.] eſpecially of mankind, ſingularly exalted by the Incarnation of Christ.

1 Vnto [a] the end [b] for “ preſſes, the Pſalme of Dauid.

2 O LORD [c] our Lord, how meruelous is thy name in the whole earth! Becauſe thy magnificence is eleuated, aboue [d] the heauens.

3 Out of the mouth of [e] infantes and ſucklinges, thou haſt perfected praiſe becauſe of thine enemies, that thou mayeſt deſtroy the enemie and reuenger.

4 Becauſe I shal ſee thy heauens, the workes of thy fingers: the moone and the ſtarres, which thou haſt founded.

5 What is man, that thou art mindful of him? or the ſonne of man, that thou viſiteſt him?

6 Thou haſt [f] minished him a litle leſſe then Angels; with [g] glorie and honour thou haſt crowned him:

7 and haſt appointed him [h] ouer the worke of thy handes.

8 Thou haſt ſubiected [i] al thinges vnder his feete, al [k] sheepe and oxen: moreouer alſo the beaſtes of the field.

9 The birdes of the ayre, and fishes of the ſea; that walke the pathes of the ſea.

10 [l] O Lord our Lord, how meruelous is thy name in the whole earth!

Marginal notes to Psalm 8

1 [a] Belonging to the newe Teſtament.
1 [b] Suffering of Christ, and of Chriſtians.
2 [c] God the lord of al by creation, is our ſingular lord, that beleue and truſt in him.
2 [d] God more excelent then the heauens, he being the creator, they a creature.
3 [e] fulfilled whē Chriſt coming into Ieruſalem, children ſang Ozanna Mat. 21.
3 Mat. ⟨illegible⟩.
6 [f] The Sonne in aſſumpted humāe nature became leſſe then Angels.
6 Heb. 2.
6 [g] But in him mans nature is exalted aboue Angels.
7 [h] Christ the Lord of al creatures.
8 [i] yea of Angels. Heb. 2.
8 [k] Not only al reaſonable creatures, but al beaſtes, and other thinges obey him. The ſea and the windes obey him. Mat. 8.
8 Gen. 1. v. 27. 1. Cor. ⟨illegible⟩.
10 [l] The ſame end & beginning ſignifie that as God was meruelous in creating man in ſo happie ſtate, that if he would, he might haue auoyded both ſinne & death: ſo he is meruelous in that he ſo rewardeth the bleſſed in the reſurrestion, that they can neither ſinne non dye.

ANNOTATIONS. PASLME. VIII.

1. Preſſes.] Moſt Hebrew Doctors ſay the word Gittith, may either ſignifie the place, where this Pſalme was made, or the muſical inſtrument, on which it [Margin: Preſſes ſignify Chriſts Paſſiō.] was ſong. But moſt Chriſtian Doctors expound it literally of Chriſts Paſſion, who was ſtretched on the Croſſe, and al his ſacred bloud preſſed, and drawne out of his bodie. VVhich Metaphor Iſaias alſo vſeth, demanding of Chriſt: [Margin: Iſa. 63.] VVhy is thy clothing redde, and thy garments as theirs, that tread in the vine preſſe? and anſwereth in Chriſts perſon: I haue troden the preſſe alone. S. Auguſtin alſo applieth it morally to the Church, where Chriſt is the vine, the [Margin: Morally i⟨illegible⟩ ſignifieth the trauels of the Church militant.] Apoſtles are the branches, & ſpreaders (that is preachers) of the Ghoſpel, Chriſtians are the grapes, Chriſtian vertues are the wine. Namely patience, and fortitude in afflictions. VVherby the good are purified, and ſeuered from amiddes the reprobate, as wine is preſſed out of the grapes, barreled, and laid vp in ſellers, and * the huskes and carnels caſt to hogges, or other beaſtes. [Margin: vin⟨illegible⟩ci⟨illegible⟩.] [Margin: Gods prouidence in protecting the good and permitting euil. The 3. key.]

Psalm 9

PSALME. IX.

The Church prayſeth God for her protection, 4. in repelling the enemies force, 8. in punishing the wicked, and rewarding the iust.

1 Vnto the end, for the [a] ſecrets of the ſonne, the Pſalme of Dauid.

2 I WIL [b] confeſſe to thee ō Lord with al my hart: I wil tel al thy meruelous thinges.

3 I wil be [c] glad and [d] reioyce in thee: I wil ſing to thy name ō moſt High.

4 In [e] turning mine enemie backward: they shal be weakened, and perish before thy face.

5 Becauſe thou haſt done [f] my iudgement and my cauſe: thou haſt ſitte vpon the throne which iudgeſt iuſtice.

6 Thou haſt rebuked the [g] Gentiles, and the impious hath perished: their [h] name thou haſt deſtroyed for euer, and for euer and euer.

7 The ſwordes of the enemie haue fayled vnto the end: and their cities thou haſt deſtroyed.

8 Their memorie hath perished with a ſound: and our Lord abideth for euer. He hath prepared his throne in [i] iudgement:

9 & he wil iudge the whole world in equitie, he wil iudge the people in iuſtice.

10 And our Lord is made a refuge for the poore: an helper [k] in opportunities, in tribulation.

11 And let them hope in thee that know thy name: becauſe thou haſt not forſaken them that ſeeke thee ô Lord.

12 Sing to our Lord, which dwelleth in Sion: declare his [l] ſtudies among the Gentiles:

13 Becauſe he [m] requiring bloud remembred them: he hath not forgotten the crie of the poore.

14 Haue mercie on me ô Lord: See my humiliation [n] by my enemies.

15 Which exalteſt me from the gates of death, that I may declare al thy prayſes in [o] the gates of the daughter of Sion.

16 I wil reioyce in thy ſaluation: the Gentiles are [p] faſtened in the deſtruction, which they made. In this ſnare, which they hid, is their foote taken.

17 Our Lord shal be knowen doing iudgements: the ſinner is taken in the workes of his owne handes.

18 [q] Let ſinners be turned into hel, al nations that forget God.

19 Becauſe to the end there shal not be obliuion of the poore man: the patience of the poore, shal not perish in the end.

20 Ariſe Lord, let not man be ſtrengthned: let the [r] Gentiles be iudged in thy ſight.

21 Appoint Lord [ſ] a lawgeuer ouer them: that the Gentiles may know that they be men.

Marginal notes to Psalm 9

1 [a] Chriſts coming in humilitie, and Chriſtians afflictions, are hidden from the world, in Gods prouidence.
2 [b] geue thank⟨illegible⟩
3 [c] in mind.
3 [d] and bodie.
4 [e] God repelleth the enemie, when man is not able to reſiſt.
5 [f] A iuſt man doth his endeuour, not of him ſelfe, but by Gods grace ouercometh the enemie.
6 [g] Al ſinners called gentils, becauſe they were generally accounted wicked.
6 [h] The vaine glorious fame of ſinners partly decayeth in this world but moſt eſpecially in the world to come.
8 [i] Iudicial ſeates of men are of⟨illegible⟩e⟨illegible⟩ corrupted but Gods neuer.
10 [k] God doth not preſently deliuer the good from afflictions▪ but when ⟨illegible⟩ir ſpiritual profitie.
12 [l] His precepts which men ought chiefly to ſtudie.
13 [m] God reuengeth the blood of Martyrs.
14 [n] procured by mine enemies
15 [o] In the publique view of the Church.
16 [p] The wicked are intangled in the ſnares which they lay for others.
18 [q] In zele of iuſtice not in deſire of reuenge.
20 [r] By Gentiles is often vnderſtood al great ſinners. For the Iewes deſpiſed Gentiles: as the Romans did al Barbarous nations.
21 [ſ] Suffer a tyrant to rule ouer them that thereby they may lerne what it is to vſe others vniuſtly. It ſemeth to S. Auguſtine aprophecie, that ſuch as receiue not Christ, shal beleue Antichrist.
21 2. Theſ 2.

Psalm 9, second part (Psalm 10 in the Hebrew numbering)

The 10. Pſalme, according to [Margin (t): The latter Hebrew Doctors.] the Hebrevves.

1 [v] Why Lord haſt thou departed far of, deſpiſeſt in opportunities, in tribulation?

2 Whiles the impious is proude, the poore is [w] ſet on fyre: [x] they are caught in the counſels which they deuiſe.

3 Becauſe the ſinner is prayſed in the deſires of his ſoule: and the vniuſt man is bleſſed.

4 The ſinner hath exaſperated our Lord, according to the multitude of his wrath he shal [y] not ſeeke.

5 There is no God in his ſight: his waies are defiled at al time. Thy iudgementes are taken away from his face: he shal [z] rule ouer al his enemies

6 For he hath ſayd in his hart: I wil not be moued from genetion vnto generation, [a] without euil.

7 Whoſe mouth is ful of curſing, and bitterneſſe, and guile: vnder his tongue labour and ſorrow.

8 He ſitteth in waite with the rich in ſecrete places, to kil the innocent.

9 His eyes looke vpon the poore: he lyeth in wayte in ſecret, as a lyon in his denne.

10 He lyeth in wayte to take the poore man violently: violently to take the poore man whiles he draweth him. In his ſnare he wil humble him ſelfe, and shal fal when he shal haue dominion ouer the poore.

11 For he hath ſayed in his hart; God hath forgotten, he hath turned away his face not to ſee for euer.

12 [b] Ariſe Lord God, let thy hand be axalted: forget not the poore.

13 Wherfore hath the impious prouoked God? for he hath ſaid in his hart; He wil not enquire.

14 Thou ſeeſt, that thou conſidereſt labour and ſorrow: that thou mayeſt deliuer them into thy handes. To thee is the poore left: to the orphane thou wilt be an helper

15 Breake the arme of the ſinner and malignant: his ſinne shal be ſought, and shal not be found.

16 Our Lord shal reigne for euer and for euer and euer: ye [c] Gentiles shal perish from his land.

17 Our Lord hath heard the deſire of the poore: thy eare hath heard the [d] preperation of their hart,

18 To iudge [e] for the pupil and the humble, that man adde no more to magnifie him ſelfe vpon the earth.

Marginal notes to Psalm 9, second part

1 [v] In great per ſecution it ſemeth to the weake, that God differreth his aſſiſtance very long.
2 [w] Extremely vexed & tormented.
2 [x] The Prophet anſwereth to the complaint of the iuſt, that in deede the wicked are caught in their owne ſnares.
4 [y] not ſeeke to recouer Gods fauour.
5 [z] The wicked doth dominier for a time, and thinketh he shal do ſo ſtil.
6 [a] and neuer fal into any aduerſitie but ſtil remaine without miſerie or anie euil.
7 Rom. 3.
12 [b] The prayer of the iuſt in tribulation.
16 [c] ye vileſt men.
17 [d] The iust ought alwayes to be readie prepared in hart, to ſuffer patiently al that shal happen vnto them.
18 [e] As the firſt workes of Chriſt in al humility and patience were ſtrange, and hidden to the world: (v. 1.) ſo his laſt iudgement shal be in maieſty and manifeſt to al in exalting the bleſſed and ſuppreſſing the wicked.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. IX.

21. After the 21. verſe the late Hebrew Doctors diuide this Pſalme, beginning [Margin: Some diuide this Pſalme into two. Sela a note of change, or of reſt in muſike, or rather of attention. Al the Pſalmes ⟨illegible⟩ iuſt 150.] there the tenth, without anie new title: but only this word Sela: VVhich [Margin: Epiſt ad Marcel] the Septuagint, Theodotion, and Symmachus tranſlate Diapſalma, that is, change of meeter, or muſike, alſo pauſe or reſt in ſinging. Aquila whom S. Iorom rather approueth, tranſlateth ſemper euer. Some Engliſh Bibles omitte it, [Margin: Anno. 1577. 1552. 1603.] others leaue it in the text, not tranſlating it into Engliſh. It ſemeth to moſt Interpreters to be added as a note to ſturre vp attention. And it occureth often, not only in the end of Pſalmes, but alſo in other places. For it is thriſe in the third Pſalme. And therefore maketh no argument, that this Pſalme should be diuided. And thoſe which diuide this into two, ioyne two in the 147. Pſalme. So that al agree in the number of 150. Pſalmes in the whole Pſalter.

Psalm 10

PSALME X.

Dauids freindes aduiſing him to flee from the perſecution of Saul, he anſwereth, [Margin: Gods prouident care of the iuſt. The 3. key.] that his truſt is in Gods protection. 2. Though the perſecutor be very malitious, 4. yet God wil ouerthrow him, 5. and deliuer the iuſt.

Vnto the end the pſalme of Dauid

[Margin (a): S. Auguſtin applieth it to heretikes, perſwading Catholiques to repare vnto their ſeparate congregation, falſly calling it the montayne.]

1 I TRVST in our Lord: how ſay [b] ye to my ſoule: Paſſe ouer vnto the mountayne as a ſparrow?

2 For behold ſinners [c] haue bent the bow, they haue prepared their arrowes in the quiuer, that they may shoote in [d] the darke, at them that be right of hart.

3 For they haue [e] deſtroyed the thinges, which thou didſt perfite: but the iuſt what hath he done?

4 Our Lord is in his holie temple, our Lord his ſeate is in heauen.

5 His eies haue reſpect vnto the poore: his [f] eieliddes examine the ſonnes of men.

6 Our Lord [g] examineth the iuſt, and the impious: but he that [h] loueth iniquity, hateth his owne ſoule.

7 [i] He shal rayne ſnares vpon ſinners: fyre and brimſtone, and blaſt of ſtormes the portion of their cuppe.

8 Becauſe our Lord is iuſt and hath loued iuſtice: his countenance hath ſeene equitie.

Marginal notes to Psalm 10

1 [b] Ye my freindes ſay thus.
2 [c] Perſecuters vſing al rigor and force,
2 [d] falſly pretēd other cauſes againſt the innocent to deſtroy them.
3 [e] It is the maner of perſecuters, and eſpecially of heretikes, to deſtroy and puldowne that others haue built.
4 Abac. 2.
5 [f] Though God ſeme to winke or ſleepe, yet his prouidence ſtil watcheth, and obſerueth al mens actions.
6 [g] Proueth by tribulations.
6 [h] Continuāce in ſinne bringeth damnation to the ſoule.
7 [i] God ſparing for the time at last must needes of iuſtice punish ſeuerely.

Psalm 11

PSALME. XI.

The Prophet deſcribeth the paucity of iuſt men, and abundanc of wicked, [Margin: The ſtate of the Church in the firſt and of Chriſt. The 6. key.] both at Chriſts firſt coming in flesh, 6. and ſecond in maieſtie, in the end of the world.

1 Vnto [a] the end for [b] the octaue, the [c] Pſalme of Dauid.

2 SAVE [d] me Lord, becauſe the holy hath fayled [e] becauſe verities are diminished from among the children of men.

3 They haue ſpoken vaine thinges euerie one to his neighbour, deiceitful lippes, they haue ſpoken in hart and hart.

4 Our Lord deſtroy al deceitful lippes, & the tongue that ſpeaketh [f] great thinges

5 Which haue ſaid: We wil magnifie our tongue, our lippes are of vs, who is our Lord?

6 For the miſerie of the needie, and mourning of the poore, now wil I ariſe, ſaith our Lord: I wil put in [g] a ſaluation: I wil do confidently in him.

7 Wordes of our Lord, be chaiſt wordes: ſiluer examined by fire, tryed from the earth, purged ſeuen fold.

8 Thou Lord wilt [h] preſerue vs: and keepe vs from this generation for euer.

9 The “ impious walke round about: according to thy highnes thou haſt [i] multiplied the children of men.

Marginal notes to Psalm 11

1 [a] Chriſts firſt,
1 [b] and laſt comming,
1 [c] wil bring ioy to the elect.
2 [d] Chriſt calleth his myſtical bodie, him ſelfe. Act. 9. v. 4.
2 [e] Falſe and duble dealing hinder from true faith.
4 [f] Inſolent & arrogant.
6 [g] VVhen ſinne moſt abunded Chriſt came into this world: and in like caſe wil come to iudge.
7 ⟨illegible⟩reuer'⟨illegible⟩. 3⟨illegible⟩.
8 [h] yet ſtil there remaine ſome iuſt whom God preſerueth.
9 [i] God ſometimes ſuffereth the wicked to do what euil they deſire.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. XI.

9. The impious vval⟨illegible⟩e round about J S Auguſtin expoundeth this of worldlie [Margin: Temporal deſires hinder the entrance into heauen.] men deſiring temporal thinges, ſignified by the ſeuen dayes, wherin this whole life is turned about, as in a whele, not prouiding for the eight day, which is [Margin: li. 12. c. ⟨illegible⟩3. ⟨illegible⟩.] eternitie, after the day of Iudgement. In an other place he ſheweth alſo, that this ſentence agreeth aptly to the Platoniſtes, who taught, that this world neuer endeth, but paſſeth and returneth round about, in a reuolution of manie yeares; [Margin: Platoniſtes error.] ſo that al thinges ſhould happen againe euen as they did before, contrarie to this, and manie other Scriptures, affirming that God vvil preſerue the iuſt, and kepe them from this generation for euer. VVhereas the reprobate, who ſette their whole mind on temporal thinges, or expect a reuolution of al, ſhal eternally walke without the kingdome of heauen, & neuer enter in; though ſome may cal with the fooliſh virgins, ſaith S. Ierom (or ſome other learned author) vpon this place: Lord Lord, open (the dore) to vs: but he vvil anſvver: that I knovv you not. Mat. 25.

Psalm 12

PSALME XII. [Margin: A prayer in tribulation. The 7. key.]

A general prayer of the Church, in tribulation, either temporal or ſpiritual.

1 Vnto [a] the end, the Pſalme of Dauid. HOw long ⟨illegible⟩ Lord wilt thou forget me vnto the end? How long doeſt thou turne away thy face from me?

2 How long shal I put [b] counſels in my ſoule, ſorrow in my hart [c] by day?

3 How long shal mine enemies be exalted ouer me?

4 Regard and heare me ô Lord my God. Illuminate mine eies that I ſleepe not [d] in death at any time:

5 leſt ſometime mine enemie ſay: I haue preuailed againſt him. They that truble me, wil reioyce if I be moued:

6 but I haue hoped in thy mercie. My hart shal reioyce in thy ſaluation: I wil ſing to our Lord which geueth me [c] good thinges: and I wil ſing to the name of our Lord moſt high.

Marginal notes to Psalm 12

1 [a] It more perteyneth to the new teſtament then to the old.
2 [b] Carful and almoſt perplex cogitatios by reaſon of long perſecution and mans Weaknes.
2 [c] Very often euerie day.
4 [d] fal not into mortal ſinne.
6 [c] Patience in tribulation, and reward for victory.

Psalm 13

PSALME. XIII.

After general groſſe ignorance and impiety in the World, 7. Chriſt shal be [Margin: Of Chriſts Incarnation. The 5. key.] incarnate, the Redemer of mankind.

1 Vnto the end, the Pſalme of Dauid. THE [a] foole hath ſaid in his hart: There is no God. They are corrupt, and are become [b] abominable in their ſtudies: there is [c] not that doth good “ no not one.

2 Our Lord hath looked forth from heauen vpon the children of men, to ſee if there be that vnderſtandeth, and ſeeketh after God.

3 Al haue declined, they are become [d] vnprofitable together: there is not that doth good, no not one. Their throte is an open ſepulchre: with their tongues they did deceitfully, the poyſon of aſpes vnder their lippes. Whoſe mouth is ful of curſing and bitterneſſe: their feete ſwift to sheed bloud. [e] Deſtruction and infelicitie in their waies, and the way of peace they haue not knowen: there is no feare of God before their eies.

4 [f] Shal not al they know that worke iniquitie, that deuoure my people [g] as foode of bread?

5 They haue not inuocated our Lard, [h] there haue they trembled for feare, [i] where no feare was.

6 Becauſe our Lord is in [k] the iuſt generation, you haue [l] confounded the counſel of the poore man: becauſe our Lord is his hope.

7 [m] Who wil geue from Sion the ſaluation of Iſrael? when our Lord shal haue [n] turned away the captiuitie of his people, [o] Iacob shal reioyce, and [p] Iſrael shal be glad.

Marginal notes to Psalm 13

1 [a] wicked men drowned in ſinne are at laſt ſo beſotted in their vnderſtanding, that they thinke in their hart (though they dare not vtter it) that there is no God: that is, none that hath diuine prouidence in gouerning the world, nor that wil iudge al in the end.
1 Pſal. 52.
1 [b] defiled withal ſortes of ſinne.
1 [c] not only the moſt Wicked, but alſo al mankind were vnable Without a Redemer to do good.
1 Rom. 5.
3 [d] Without faith in Chriſt none had meritorious workes.
2 Theſe three verſes being not in the Hebrew, nor Greke, yet are in the Engliſh. an. 1577. and are three diſtinct verſes in other pſalmes. 5. 9 & ⟨illegible⟩5.
3 [e] They are wholly occupied in vexing others.
2 Iſa. 52. ⟨illegible⟩. 8.
4 [f] The Prophet ſpeaketh this in the perſon of God.
4 [g] With greedines to hurt the good.
5 [h] Not beleeuing in God, they feared Idols, that is, diuels:
5 [i] who in dede can not hurt Gods ſeruants.
6 [k] Though innumerable be very wicked, yet ſome are iuſt.
6 [l] mocked and derided thoſe that trust in God.
7 [m] The Prophet wisheth, and withal prophecieth that Christ our Sauiour wilcome, who is premiſed to Iſrael.
7 [n] Redemed man from the captiuitie of the diuel.
7 [o] thoſe that ſupplant vice
7 [p] and contem plate God.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. XIII.

1. No not one.] S. Paul by this place, and the like (Iſaie 59. v. 7.) confirmeth [Margin: VVithout Chriſts grace no man is nor can be iuſt.] his doctrin (Rom. 3.) that both the Iewes and the Gentils (meaning al mankind) were in that ſtate, that none, no not one without the grace of Chriſt, were iuſt, nor could be iuſtified, nor ſaued by the law of Nature, nor of Moyſes. VVhich proueth the neceſſitie of faith. But neither that only faith iuſtifieth, nor that the iuſteſt are ſtil wicked, as Caluin and Beza falſly expound theſe Scriptures. For the Prophets and S. Paul ſpeake in theſe places of men before they be iuſtified, teaching that al mankind was once in ſinne, and none could be iuſtified but by Chriſt. Neuertheleſſe they teach alſo that men being iuſtified muſt, and may ſerue iuſtice vnto ſanctification. And that their workes are not then [Margin: The law ſhewed the inſufficiencie of mans wil. Grace cureth the wil The wil being cured cooperateth with g⟨illegible⟩e.] vnprofitable. For being made free from ſinne (ſaith the ſame Apoſtle to the Romanes. c. 6.) and become ſeruants to God, you haue your fru⟨illegible⟩ct, vnto ſanctification, and the end is life euerlaſting. VVhich point of doctrin, how man is iuſtified, S. Auguſtin excellently, & briefly explicateth (li. 1. de Spirituet lit. c 9.) in theſe wordes: The iuſt are iuſtified freely by (Chriſt) his grace, they are not therfore purified by the lavv: they are not iuſtified by their proper wil, but iuſtified freely by (Chriſt) his grace. Not that it is done without our wil, but by the law our wil is ſhevved weake, that grace might cure the wil, and the wil being cured might fulfil the law, not being vnder the law, not needing the law.

VVherto we may here adde (and ſo ſaue labour of repeting this in other [Margin: Venial ſinnes exclude not from heauen Good workes done in mortal ſinnes auail not to ſaluation.] places) an other document of the ſame Doctor, in the ſame booke (de ſpirit & lit. c 27.) that the iuſt do not liue without ſome ſinnes, and yet remaine in ſtate of ſaluation: the wicked do ſometimes certaine good workes, & ful remaine in ſtate of damnation. For euen as (ſaith he) venial ſinnes without which this life it not ledde, do not exclude the iuſt from eternal life: ſo certaine good workes, without which the life of the very worſt is hardly found, profite nothing the vniuſt man to eternal ſaluation, but in euerlaſting damnation, ſome ſhal haue more and ſomeleſſe torment.

Psalm 14

PSALME. XIIII.

For attayning eternal glorie in heauen, it is neceſſarie to flee from ſinnes, [Margin: Of eternal Beatitude. The 10. key.] and do good workes.

1 “The Pſalme of Dauid. LORD who shal dwel in [a] thy tabernacle? or who shal reſt in thy holie hil?

2 He that walketh [b] without ſpot, and [c] worketh iuſtice.

3 He that ſpeaketh truth in his d hart, that hath not done guile in his[e] tongue. Nor hath [f] done euil to his neighbour, and hath not taken [g] reproch againſt his neighbour,

4 The malignant is brought to nothing in his ſight; but them that feare our Lord, he [h] glorifieth: he that ſweareth to his neighbour, and deceiueth not,

5 that hath not geuen his money to [i] vſurie, and hath not taken k giftes vpon the innocent: k Likewiſe doing wrong for bribes. He that doeth “theſe thinges, shal“ not be moued for euer.

Marginal notes to Psalm 14

1 [a] In heaue, as appeareth by the laſt verſe.
2 [b] One requiſite thing is to be free, or cleanſed from ſinne.
2 [c] the ſecond is to do good. d Sincerely in thought,
3 [e] word, and
3 [f] dede:
3 [g] nor harkened to detraction.
4 [h] Glorie is the reward of good workes.
5 [i] Vſurie excludeth from heauen.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. XIIII.

1. The Pſalme of Dauid] As the appropriating of the general name of Pſalme [Margin: VVhy this and certaine others are called the Pſalmes of Dauid.] vnto ſome, doth not preiudice, but that the reſt are alſo Pſalmes, though they be called Prayers, Canticles, Teſtimonies, and the like: ſo the application of Dauids name to certaine Pſalmes, proueth not other authores of the reſt. But the name of Pſalme ſheweth a ſpiritual ſongue, apt for muſical inſtrument; and the name of Dauid by interpretation ſignifieth, that it particularly perteyneth to the beloued.

5. He that doth theſe thinges] wheras this, or anie other place of holie Scripture, [Margin: Both faith and good workes neceſſarie to ſaluation.] attributeth ſaluation to certaine good workes, neither faith, nor other workes are therby excluded, but preſuppoſed as no leſſe neceſſarie, then thoſe which are mentioned. Eſpecially faith is alwayes requiſite, without which it is impoſſible to pleaſe God, and other vertues either in practiſe, or in purpoſe, [Margin: Heb. 1⟨illegible⟩.] and preparation of mind, when and where occaſion requireth.

5. Shal not be mou⟨illegible⟩d for euer] Al ſtates of this world are mutable, and only [Margin: Only the ſtate of glorie is immutable.] eternal felicitie in heauen ſhal continew for euer. Therfore this Pſalme can not be vnderſtood of the Tabernacle, nor Temple of the old Teſtament, which were but figures of eternal glorie. But if ſo much puritie was then requiſite, much more al ſinceritie, and great ſanctitie are neceſſarie for entrance into heauen.

Psalm 15

PSALME. XV.

Chriſt, by the mouth of Dauid, declareth his future victory, and triumph [Margin: Of Chriſts victorie. The 5. key.] ouer the world, 9. and death.

1 The [a] inſcription of the title [b] to Dauid him ſelf. PRESERVE [c] me ô Lord, becauſe I haue hoped in thee.

2 I haue ſaid to our Lord: Thou art my God, becauſe thou [d] needeſt not my goods.

3 [e] To the ſainctes, that are in his land, he hath made al my willes meruclous in them.

4 Their infirmities were [f] multiplied: afterward they [g] made haſt. I wil not aſſemble their [h] conuenticles of bloud: neither wil I be mindful of their [i] names by my lippes.

5 [k] Our Lord “the portion of myne inheritance, and of my [l] cuppe: thou art he, that wil reſtore myne inheritance vnto me.

6 [m] Cordes are fallen to me in goodly places: for [n] mine inheritance is goodlie vnto me.

7 I wil bleſſe our Lord, who hath [o] geuen me vnderſtanding: moreouer alſo euen til [p] night, my [q] veines haue rebuked me.

8 I [r] forſaw our Lord in my ſight alwaies: becauſe he is [ſ] at my right hand, that I be not moued.

9 For this thing my hart hath beene glad, and my tongue hath reioyced: moreouer alſo my flesh shal reſt in hope.

10 Becauſe thou wilt “ not leaue my ſoule in [t] hel: neither wilt geue [v] thy holie one to ſee corruption. Thou haſt made [w] the waies of life knowen to me, thou shalt make me ful of ioy with [x] thy countenance: delectations on thy right hand, euen to [y] the end.

Marginal notes to Psalm 15

1 [a] Stylographiae ſignifieth a thing moſt worthie to be noted, towitte, Chriſt crucified.
1 [b] and moſt worthie of the prophets conſideration.
1 [c] Chriſt as man did often pray, as appeareth in the Goſpel.
2 [d] Christs paſſion was not needful nor profitable to God, but to man.
3 [e] God ſpeaketh shewing that Chriſt should make his meruelous charity knowen to his Apoſtles, and other ſeruantes.
4 [f] Men feeling their infirmities and miſeries,
4 [g] make haſt in ſeeking remedies.
4 [h] Sacrifices to idols shal ⟨illegible⟩ ceaſe in Gentiles.
4 [i] Their names shal be changed from heathen to be called Chriſtians.
5 [k] Eternal glorie cōſiſteth in ſeing God.
5 [l] God is the reward of ſuffering paines for Chriſt.
6 [m] In diuiſion of temporal inheritance, land is meaſured by cordes: as Ioſue 10. ſo portions in heauen are geuen with large meaſure.
6 [n] Chriſt alſo receiued al nations for his inheritance.
7 [o] Wiſdome to make good election of ſpiritual thinges rather then temporal.
7 [p] Not only by day, but alſo by night.
7 [q] Alſo my corporal paines geue me inſtruction.
8 [r] Chriſt had God continually before his eyes: cuerieman ought to thincke frequently of God.
8 [ſ] for God ſtil protecteth the iust.
8 Act. e. v. 25.
10 [t] in limbo patrum.
10 [v] Chriſts body corrupted not in the graue.
10 Act. 2. & 13
10 [w] death and reſurrection is the way to life.
10 [x] Perfect glorie conſiſteth in ſeing God.
10 [y] in eternity.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. XV.

5. Out lord the portion of myn inheritance] Chriſt whom the Iewes expected as [Margin: Chriſt a King ſometimes exerciſed temporal iuriſdiction.] an earthlie conquerour, that ſhould aduance himſelf and them temporally in this world, was in dede, as the children and multitude called him, king of Iſrael. (Ioan 12.) At which time (as alſo before) he exerciſed temporal Iuriſdiction, in correcting abuſes in the Temple (Mat. 21. Ioan. 2.) And when Pilate demanded of him, if he were a king (Ioan. 18. v. 37.) he anſwered: Thou ſaiſt, that I am a king▪ For this I was borne, and for this came I into the world, that I ſhould geue teſtimonie to the truth. And though he anſwered withal, that his kingdom (to witte the poſſeſſion, and vſe therof) was not of this world, yet Pilate by Gods prouidence, writte the title, and would not alter it, IESVS of Nazareth King of the Iewes. But Chriſts chief inheritance, and reward of his [Margin: God the proper inheritāce of Chriſt, and Chriſtians. Clergie men profeſſe expreſly to ſerue God, for God him felfe not for temporal profite.] merites is God himſelf, as here he profeſſeth by his prophet Dauid: which is alſo the only true & perfect inheritance of al Chriſts ſeruates, vvherfore Clergy men more particularly profeſſe the ſame, when they firſt enter into their ſpiritual ſtate, addicting and dedicating them ſelues to ſerue God in Ecclefiaſtical ſunct. on, not for temporal inheritance, but for a better lotte, God himſelf, who is al Good, and moſt perfect goodnes, true riches, and eternal inheritance. In which election of ſtate to liue and ſerue God in, euerie Clergie man ſayth: Our Lord is the portion of myn inheritance, and of my cuppe: Thou art he that vvil reſtore myn inheritance vnto me. Man calleth it his inheritance, becauſe he was created to ſerue God, and for his feruice to inherite God: which reward though he loſt by ſinne, yet euerie one returning to Gods ſeruice, and perſeuering therin, recouereth by Chriſt, new right and title to the ſame inheritance, performing their duties in their ſeueral vocations. Some traueling in the world, but not [Margin: pſal. ⟨illegible⟩. v. 11. 2 ⟨illegible⟩ a. v. 4.] louing it: others ſequeſtered from ſecular affayres, duly adminiſtring ſacred offices, more peculiarly called Diuine ſeruice.

⟨illegible⟩ Net leaue my ⟨illegible⟩ in hel] How Caluin and Beza ſometimes corrupt this text, alwayes pernert the ſenſe, and moſt abſurdly oppoſe them ſelues againſt [Margin: Proteſtantes denving that Chriſt de⟨illegible⟩ended into limbus tranſlate graue for b⟨illegible⟩.] al ancient holie Farhets, concerning the Article of Chriſts deſcending in ſoule denving that into that part of hel called Limbus patr⟨illegible⟩, is largely noted Gen. 37. Act. 2. & 1. pet 3 Only here we may not omitte to aduertiſe the reader, that ſome Proteſtants [Margin: 1552. 1577. 1603.] Bibles permitting the word hel to remaine in the text, a latter Edition for hel putteth graue, with this only note in the former place, that thus is chieſly meant of Chriſt by whoſe Reſurrection al his members haue immortality. And Act. 2. they repete their new text by this paraphraſis: Thou shlat not leaue me in the graue. VV reſting that which perteineth to the bodie, riſing from the graue, to the ſoule, which was not at al in the graue, al the time the bodie lay there.

Psalm 16

PSALME XVI.

Aiuſt mans prayer in tribulation, 10. deſcribing his enemies cruelty, 13. by [Margin: Gods prouidence protecting the iuſt. The 3. key.] way of imprecation foresheweth their deſtruction, 15. and declareth that the iuſt shal be ſatisfied in glorie.

1 The “ prayer of Dauid. HEARE ô Lord my [a] iuſtice: attend my petition: With thine eares heare my prayer,[b] not in deceitful lippes.

2 From [c] thy countenanee let my iudgement procede: let thine eies ſee equities.

3 Thou haſt proued [d] my hart, and viſited it [e] by night: [f] by fire thou haſt examined me, [g] and there is no iniquitie found in me.

4 That my mouth ſpeake not the workes of men: for the [h] wordes of thy lippes I haue kept the [i] hard wayes.

5 [k] Perfite my paſes in thy pathes: that my ſteppes be not moued.

6 I haue cried, becauſe thou haſt heard me ⟨illegible⟩ God: incline thyne eare to me, and heare my wordes.

7 Make thy mercies meruelous, which ſaueſt them that hope in thee.

8 From them that reſiſt [l] thy right hand keepe me, as the apple of the eie. † Vnder the shadowe of thy winges protect me:

9 from the [m] face of the impious, that haue afflicted me. Mine enemies haue compaſſed my ſoule,

10 they haue shut vp their [n] fatte; their mouth hath ſpoken pride.

11 Caſting me forth now haue they compaſſed me: they haue ſette their eies to bend them [o] vnto the earth.

12 They haue taken me as a lion readie to the pray: and as a lions whelpe dwelling in hid places.

13 Ariſe Lord, [p] preuent him, and ſupplant him: deliuer my ſoule from the impious, [q] thy ſword

14 from the enemies of thy hand. Lord from [r] a few out of the land diuide them, [ſ] in their life: their bellie is filled of [t] thy ſecretes. They are filled with children: and they haue leaft their remnantes to their litle ones.

15 But [v] I in iuſtice shal appeare to thy ſight: I shal be [w] filled when thy glorie shal appeare?

Marginal notes to Psalm 16

1 [a] in my iuſt cauſe heare my petition.
1 [b] ſeing I pray ſincerly, not in feaned affection.
2 [c] Thou thats ſeeſt al thinge declare my right againſt mine aduerſaries.
3 [d] my intētion
3 [e] moſt ſecret cogitations.
3 [f] by tribulations
3 [g] Whoſe conſcience is pure from greuous ſinne, may pray with this confidence, otherwiſe repentance is firſt neceſſarie. But the whole Church may euer pray in this maner, becauſe there be alwayes ſome iuſt and holy, in reſpect of whom it is truly called holy.
4 [h] for thy precepts.
4 [i] the narrow way of vertue.
5 [k] none can of them ſelues walke rightly, but by Gods helpe.
8 [l] againſt thy omnipotent powre.
9 [m] from their cruel and furious countenance.
10 [n] they haue shut out al pittie or commiſeration.
11 [o] They intend vtterly to deſtroy me euen to the ground.
13 [p] Except God preuent, mās induſtry is not ſufficiēt.
13 [q] reſtraine their powre, which they haue by thy permiſſion, that they may not perſecute ſo much as they intend.
14 [r] This is a prophecy, that the wicked from the elect
14 [ſ] which iudgement beginneth ſometimes in this life.
14 [t] the pleaſures of this world, which God approueth not, nor acknowledgeth amongst good thinges.
15 [v] the iuſt shal be approued.
15 [w] Nothing doth ſatiate mans mind, but the ſight of God in eternal glorie.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. XVI.

1. The prayer of Dauid] This Pſalme of the matter conteyned is called a prayer▪ [Margin: This Pſalme called a Praier is both a ſword & buck ⟨illegible⟩r in afflictiō.] VVhich holie Dauid ſo compoſed, as was both conuenient for himſelfe, being moleſted with vniuſt afflictions by the wicked, and for anie other iuſt perſon, or the whole Church in perſecution, ſeruing as a ſpiritual ſword to ſtrike the enimies, and as a ſhield to beare of with patience and fortitude al their forces.

Psalm 17

PSALME XVII.

King Dauids thankes to God for his often deliuerie from great dangers, [Margin: Dauid ſingularly protected by God. The ⟨illegible⟩. key.] firſt in general, 9. then more particularly deſcribeth Gods terrible maner of fighting for him, 18. againſt his cruel, and otherwiſe potent enimie⟨illegible⟩ 22. attributing the ſame to Gods good pleaſure, and iuſtice of his cauſe, 31. praiſeth God, 33. his only protector. 41. and depreſſer of his enemies.

1 Vnto [a] the end, [b] to the ſeruant of our Lord Dauid, who ſpake to our Lord the wordes of this canticle, in the day, that our Lord deliuered him out of the hand of al his enemies, and out of the hand of [c] Saul, and he ſaid: (2. Reg. 22.) I wil [d] loue thee ô Lord [e] my ſtrength:

2 Our Lord is my firmament, and my refuge, and my deliuere.

3 My God is my helper, and I wil hope in him. My protectour and the [f] horne of my ſaluation, and my receiuer.

4 Prayſing I wil inuocate our Lord: and I shal be ſaued from mine enemies.

5 The [g] ſorrowes of [h] death haue compaſſed me: and [i] torrentes of iniquitie haue trubled me.

6 The ſorrowes of [k] hel haue compaſſed me: the [l] ſnares of death haue preuented me.

7 In my tribulation I haue inuocated our Lord, and haue [m] cried to my God: And [n] he hath heard my voice from his holie temple: and my crie in his ſight, hath entered into his eares.

8 The earth was shaken & trembled: the fundations of mountaines were trubled, and were moued, [o] becauſe he was wrath with them.

9 [p] Smoke aroſe in his wrath: and fire flamed vp from his face: coles were kindled from him.

10 He [q] bowed the heauens, and deſcended: and [r] darkeneſſe vnder his feete.

11 And he [r] aſcended vpon the cherubs, and flew: he flew vpon the wings of windes.

12 And he put darkeneſſe his [ſ] couert, his tabernacle is round about him: darkeſome water in the cloudes of the aire.

13 Becauſe of the [t] brightneſſe in his ſight the cloudes paſſed, hayle and coles of fire.

14 And our Lord thundered from heauen, and the Higheſt gaue his voice: haile and coles of fire.

15 And he shot his arrowes, and diſſipated them: he multiplied lightnings, and trubled them.

16 And the fountaynes of waters appeared, and the fundations of the world were reueled. At thy rebuke ô Lord, at the blaſt of the ſpirit of thy wrath.

17 He ſent from on high, and tooke me: and he receiued me out of manie [v] waters.

18 He deliuered me [w] from my moſt ſtrong enemies, and from them that hated me: becauſe they were made ſtrong ouer me.

19 They preuented me in the day of mine affliction: and our Lord was made my protectour.

20 And he brought me out into largeneſſe: he ſaued me, becauſe he [x] would me.

21 And our Lord wil reward me according to my iuſtice, and according to the purity of my handes he wil reward me.

22 Becauſe I haue kept the waies of our Lord, neither haue I done impiouſly from my God.

23 Becauſe al his iudgementes are in my ſight: and his iuſtices I haue not repelled from me.

24 And I shal be immaculate [y] with him; and shal keepe me from mine iniquitie.

25 [z] And our Lord wil reward me according to my iuſtice: and according to the puritie of my handes in the ſight of his eies.

26 With the holie thou shalt be holie, and with the innocent man thou shalt be innocent.

27 And with the elect thou shalt be elect: and with the peruerſe thou shalt be peruerted.

28 Becauſe thou wilt ſaue the humble people: and the eies of the proud thou wilt humble.

29 Becauſe thou doſt illuminate my lampe ô Lord: my God illuminate my darkeneſſe.

30 Becauſe in thee I shal be deliuered from tentation, and in my God I shal [a] goe ouer the wal.

31 My God his [b] way is vnpolluted: the wordes of our Lord are examined by fire: he is protector of al that hope in him.

32 For [c] who is God but our Lord? or who is God but our God?

33 God that girded me with ſtrength: and made my way immaculate.

34 That perfited my feete as it were of hartes: and ſetting me vpon high thinges.

35 That teacheth my handes to battel: and haſt put mine armes, [d] as a bow of braſſe.

36 And haſt geuen me the protection of thy ſaluation: and thy right hand hath receiued me: And thy diſcipline hath corrected me vnto the end: and thy diſcipline the ſame shal teach me.

37 Thou haſt enlarged my paſes vnder me: and my ſteppes are not weakened:

38 I wil purſew myne enemies, and ouertake them: and wil not returne til they faile.

39 I wil breake them, neither shal they be able to ſtand: they shal fal vnder my feete.

40 And thou haſt girded me with ſtrength to battel: and haſt ſupplanted them that riſe againſt me vnder me.

41 And [e] myne enemies thou haſt geuen me their backe, and them that hate me thou haſt deſtroyed.

42 They cried, neither was there that would ſaue them, to our Lord; neither did he heare them.

43 And I wil breake them to powder, as the duſt before the face of winde: as the durt of the ſtreates I wil deſtroy them.

44 Thou wilt deliuer me from the contradictions of the people: thou wilt appoynte me to be head of the Gentiles.

45 A people, [f] which I knew not, hath ſerued me: in the hearing of the eare it hath obeyed me.

46 The [g] children being alienes haue lyed to me, the children alienes are inueterated, and haue halted from their pathes.

47 Our Lord liueth, and bleſſed be my God, and the God of my ſaluation be exalted.

48 O God [h] which geueſt me reuenges, & ſubdeweſt peoples vnder me, my deliuerer from mine angrie enemies.

49 And from them that riſe vp againſt me thou wilt exalt me: from the vniuſt man thou wilt deliuer me.

50 Therfore wil I confeſſe to thee among nations ô Lord: and wil ſay [i] a pſalme to thy name,

51 Magnifying the ſaluations of his king, and doing mercie to his Chriſt Dauid, and to his ſeede for euer.

Marginal notes to Psalm 17

1 [a] Though literally this Pſalme perteyned to Dauid, yet in figure of Chriſt: and of the Church, or e⟨illegible⟩erie iuſt ſoule.
1 [b] The Holie Ghoſt inſpired Dauid to render theſe thankes for his often deliuerie from dangers.
1 [c] Saul is ſpecially named becauſe he was his moſt potent worldlie enimie.
1 [d] Theſe firſt wordes (as alſo diuers others) are added, and many changed in this and other Pſalmes by the Septuagint, who often leauing the Hebrew text render the ſenſe, and ſo this agreeth in ſubſtance with the ſame Pſalme recorded. 2. Reg. 22.
1 [e] by whom I am ſtrong.
2 H⟨illegible⟩b. 2.
3 [f] high & firme ſaluation.
5 [g] This is aptly applied to al mankind after his fal, declaring our ſtate in ſinne, and inducing to penance, in the office of Maſſe on Septuageſima ſunday.
5 [h] mortal flesh ſubiect to death.
5 [i] violent incurſions of tentions to ſinne.
6 [k] exceding great afflictiōs of mind, like to torments of hel, which I alſo feare.
6 [l] ſecrete tentations haue deceiued me.
7 [m] Earneſt prayer is the beſt remedie in al tribulations.
7 [n] As it is certaine that God heard Dauids prayers; ſo he aſſuredly heareth al that ſincerly flee vnto him.
8 [o] Gods anger againſt ſinne maketh high and loftie thinges to shake, euen the moſt obſtinate preſumptuous ſinners.
9 [p] Diuine wrath is like to ſmoke of the noſethrles, or flaming fire, and burning coles.
10 [q] Gods punishment ſometimes cometh ſo ſwiftly, as if the heauens bowed towards the earth.
10 [r] Gods furie is as a darke deſolate night, or horrible wiſt.
11 [r] Yet whē ſinners repē. God moſt ſpeedely, as fleing with winges of mercie, comforteth & protecteth them.
12 [ſ] God being in him ſelfe in cōprehenſible, is alſo ſecret in his determinations, and couert in his procedinges or actes.
13 [t] Gods ſplēdor oppreſſing mās ſenſe, yet inſtructeth him by his meruelous vvorkes. VVhich myſtically ſignifieth, that Chriſt illuminateth the vvorld by his Apoſtles, and other preachers denouncing his iuſtice, peace, and his vvil in al thinges perteyning to man.
17 [v] from tribulations.
18 [w] From Saul, Abſolō, Moabites, Ammonites, and al temporal and ſpiritual enemies.
19 So in the reſt of this Pſalme the Prophet ſpeaketh for moſt part in proper termes, vvithout Metaphores or other figures. Yet in the myſtical ſenſe of Chriſt, and Chriſtians.
20 [x] Of his good pleaſure without my de⟨illegible⟩ertes.
24 [y] by his grace
25 [z] He repeteth the 21. verſe, incultating that God wil render to eueric one as they deſerue.
30 [a] paſſe ouer al difficulties.
31 [b] Gods precepts.
32 [c] One only God, Creator and Sauiour of al.
35 [d] Amongst other actes, Dauid killed a lion, and abeare, & Goliath. 1. Reg. 17.
35 2. Re. 22.
41 [e] As God geueth ſtreingth to his ſeruāts; ſo he diminisheth the natural ſtreingth and corage of his enemies.
45 [f] Conuerſion of Gentiles to Chriſt, as the Moabites, Idumeans, and others were ſubdued by Dauid. 1. Par. 11. 14. 18. 19. 20.
46 [g] The reuolting and reprobation of the Iewes prefigured by Abſolons rebellion and others. 2. Reg. 15. 16.
48 [h] God ſtil protecteth the Church of Chriſt, as he preſerued Dauid.
50 2. Reg. 22. Rom. 1⟨illegible⟩.
50 [i] Vſe of Pſalmes is most frequent in the Church of Gentiles. See the proemial Annotations. page. 12.

Psalm 18

PSALME. XVIII.

Gods perfect goodnes and glorie is shewed by his great workes, and by his [Margin: Propagation of the Catholique faith. The 6. key.] Apoſtles ſent with heauenlie commiſſion, to preach in al tongues to al nations. 6. Chriſt coming into the world, and returne vnto heauen. 8. his immaculate Law: 13. Wherin notwiſtanding the iuſt shal haue nede to pray for remiſſion of ſmaller and daylie ſinnes.

1 Vnto [a] the end, the pſalme of Dauid.

2 THE [b] heauens shew forth the glorie of God, and the firmament declareth the workes of his handes.

3 [c] Day vnto day vttereth word: and night vnto night sheweth knowledge.

4 There are [d] no languages, nor ſpeaches, whoſe voyces are not heard.

5 [e] Their ſound hath gone forth into al the earth; and vnto the endes of the round world the wordes of them.

6 He put his tabernacle in [f] the ſunne: & himſelf as a [g] bridgrome coming forth of his bridechamber. He hath reioyced as againt to runne the way,

7 his comming forth from the toppe of heauen: And his recourſe euen to the toppe therof: neither is there that can hide him ſelfe from his heate.

8 “ The law of our Lord is immaculate [h] conuerting ſoules: the teſtimonie of our Lord is faithful, geuing wiſedome to litle ones.

9 The iuſtices of our Lord be right, making hartes ioyful: the precept of our Lord lightſome; illuminating the eies.

10 The feare of our Lord is holie, permanent for euer and euer: the iudgmentes of our Lord be true, iuſtified in themſelues.

11 To be deſired aboue gold and much pretious ſtone: and more ſweete aboue honie and the honie combe.

12 For thy ſeruant [i] keepeth them, in keeping them is [k] much reward.

13 Sinnes [l] who vnderſtandeth? from my ſecrete ſinnes cleanſe me:

14 and from other mens ſpare thy ſeruant. If [m] they shal not haue dominion ouer me, then shal I be immaculate; and shal be cleanſed from the greateſt ſinne.

15 And the wordes of my mouth shal be ſuch as may pleaſe: and the meditation of my hart in thy ſight alwayes. O Lord [n] my helper, and my [o] redemer.

Marginal notes to Psalm 18

1 [a] perteyning to the beloued of the new Teſtament.
2 [b] The ſilent workes of God declare his Maieſtie to them that conſider therof; his preachers declare the ſame by wordes, to al that wil heare.
3 [c] The cōſtant courſe of times sheweth that the ſame was diſpoſed by Gods powre, and dayly propagation of faith, eſpecially of Chriſtian doctrine sheweth Chriſts powre, & aſſured perpetuitie of his Church.
4 [d] Some of euery language or natiō haue beleued in Chriſt, receiuing the Catholique Religion.
5 [e] S. Paul affirmeth that this hath bene fulfilled by the Apoſtles preaching in al the world. Rom. 10.
6 [f] By the ſunne a moſt excellent and ſuperelemental creature, the Prophet deſcribeth Chriſt, making his courſe through this world, illuminating, comforting and ſtreingthning the Church his tabernacle, wherein he perpetually dwelleth.
6 [g] Chriſt the bridgrome, and the Church his bride are neuer diuorſed; his loue, wiſdome, and powre, euer conſeruing her by his immaculute law.
7 Luc. 24.
8 [h] The old law was likewiſe pure i⟨illegible⟩ it ſelfe and holy, but the new alſo maketh the obſeruers immaculate.
8 Mat. 27. Mar. 15.
12 [i] How ſwete the law of God is, his ſeruantes finde not by reading, or by hearing only, but by keping it.
12 [k] Conformably to this text the prophete profeſſeth (Pſal. 118. v. 12.) that he kept them for reward, in which place the heretikes tranſlation is corrupted.
12 Mat. 27. Mar. 15.
13 [l] None in this life knoweth perfectly his owne eſtate, vvhether he be vvorthie of loue or hate, Eccle. 9 but hopeth and feareth.
14 [m] If mortal ſinnes haue not dominion in the ſoule it is iuſt: and shal be in time immaculate from al ſinne.
15 [n] Gods helping grace is ſtil neceſſarie to perſeuer,
15 [o] as his firſt grace redeeming man is neſſarie for our firſt conuerſion.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. XVIII.

⟨illegible⟩. The lavv of our lord is immaculate, conuerting ſoules.] Gods law in it ſelfe [Margin: God conuerteth and iuſtifieth ſoules inſtructing thē by his law, and ſweetly drawing their free cooperation by grace.] being moſt pure, and immaculate, is the proper meanes, wherby the Holie Ghoſt conuerteth ſoules from ſinnes to iuſtice. Not that euerie one is iuſt. fied, vvhich readeth, heareth, or knoweth the lavv, but by keping it, through grace of the Holie Ghoſt. VVho is the author and vvorker of iuſ⟨illegible⟩e, by diſpoſing the ſoule to cooperate in maner, partly here deſcribed: Gods faithful and moſt true teſtimonie, by his lavv, geueth vviſdome, faith and knovvlege to the humble, his right iuſtices, comfort the hartes of the ſaithful, his clere precept teacheth them their dutie; his holie feare perſeuireth vvith them; his true iudgements are moſt delectable, and deſiderable aboue al vvorldlie riches or pleaſures. So by theſe and like ſpiritual motiues the ſoule freely deſiteth, accepteth, vndertaketh, endureth, and by continual aſſiſtance of grace, obſerueth Gods lavv; and ſo meriteth the great revvard, vvhich is promiſed for keping it. v. 12. 2. Tim. 4. v. 6.

Psalm 19

PSALME XIX. [Margin: The ſubiects prayer for their ſuperior. The 7. key.]

Faithful people ioyne their prayer, for their Prince or Prelate, 4. with ſacrifice offered for his preſeruation, and proſperous ſucceſſe.

1 Vnto [a] the end, the Pſalme of Dauid.

2 OVR Lord heare [b] thee in the day of tribulation: the name of the God of Iacob protect thee.

3 Send he ayde to thee from the holie place: and from Sion defend he thee.

4 Be he mindeful of al thy [c] ſacrifice: and be thy holocauſt made [d] fatte.

5 Geue he vnto thee according to thy hart: and confirme he al thy counſel.

6 We shal reioyce [e] in thy ſaluation: and in the name of our God we shal be magnified.

7 Our Lord accomplish al thy petitions: now haue I knowen that our Lord hath ſaued [f] his CHRIST. He shal heare him from his holie heauen: the faluation of his righthand is, [g] in powers.

8 Theſe in chariotes, and theſe in horſes: but we wil inuocate in the name of the Lord our God.

9 [i] They are bound, and haue fallen: but we haue riſen and are ſet vpright.

10 Lord [k] ſaue the king, and heare vs in the day, that we shal inuocate thee.

Marginal notes to Psalm 19

1 [a] Though ſuch a prayer was very fitly made for Dauid, Ezechias, or other kinges of Iuda, yet it more properly ſerueth for Chriſtian Kinges and Prelates.
2 [b] The king, or other ſuperior praying for him ſelfe, his ſubiects pray with him, and for him. It may alſo be applied to Chriſt, praying whiles he vvas mortal, or novv praying for his myſtical body the Church, but in both theſe caſes, our prayers are only neceſſary for his ſeruantes not for him.
4 [c] The Hebrevv vvord MINCA ſignifieth ſacrifice of floure, and vnbloudy, ſo perteyneth to the Euchariſt, in forme of bread, and vvine.
4 [d] be acceptable for him, for vvhom it is offered.
6 [e] in the proſperous ſtate of thee our ſuperiour.
7 [f] his anointed king, or Prieſt. Myſtically faithful people acknovvlege the victory of Chriſt our Sauiour ouer death and al enemies.
7 [g] in great ſtreingth, or heauenlie forces.
9 [i] men truſting in humane and worldly powre fal into captiuitie.
10 [k] By protection of the head the body is alſo conſerued.

Psalm 20

PSALME. XX. [Margin: Chriſts exaltation. The 5. key.]

Praiſe to God for Chriſts exaltation after his paſſion: 9. and depreſſion of his enemies.

1 Vnto [a] the end, the Pſalme of Dauid.

2 LORD in [b] thy power the king shal be glad: and vpon thy ſaluation he shal reioyce excedingly.

3 The [c] deſire of his hart thou haſt geuen him: and of the wil of his lippes thou haſt not defrauded him.

4 Becauſe thou haſt [d] preuented him in bleſſinges of ſweetneſſe: thou haſt put on his head a crowne of pre⟨illegible⟩ious ſtone.

5 He asked life of thee: and thou gaueſt him length of daies for euer, and for euer and euer.

6 Great is his glorie in thy ſaluation: glorie and great beautie thou shalt put vpon him.

7 Becauſe thou shalt geue him [e] to be a bleſſing for euer and euer: thou shalt make him ioyful in gladeneſſe with thy countenance.

8 Becauſe the king hopeth in our Lord: and in the mercie of the Higheſt he shal not be moued.

9 Let [f] thy hand be found of al thy enemies: let thy righthand find al, that hate thee.

10 Thou [g] shalt put them as an ouen of fyre [h] in the time of thy countenance: our Lord in his wrath [i] shal truble them, and fyre shal deuoure them.

11 Their [k] fruite thou shalt deſtroy from the land: and their ſeede from the children of men.

12 Becauſe they haue turned the euils vpon thee: they haue deuiſed counſels, which they could not eſtablish. Becauſe thou shalt put them backe: in thy remnantes thou ⟨illegible⟩ shalt prepare their countenance. Be exalted Lord in thy powre: [l] we wil chaunte and ſing thy powers.

Marginal notes to Psalm 20

1 [a] Perteyning to the nevv Teſtament, principally to Chrriſt, partly to godly and victorious kinges, and generally to al the bleſſed, vvhich ouercome ſpiritual enemies.
2 [b] Chriſt our king as man ouercoming his enemies by his diuine povvre, reioyceth in victorie.
3 [c] Chriſts moſt ſpecial deſire was the ſaluation of his people.
4 [d] This moſt principally verified in Chriſt, is alſo applied to Martyres, vvhich ſuffer or are readie in preparation of mind to ſuffer death for the truth.
7 [e] Al Saincte⟨illegible⟩ receiue bleſſing of glorie, but only Chriſt imperteth ſuch grace to others: for in him al are bleſſed hat are eternally glorified ⟨illegible⟩n. 21. Ioan. 1.
9 [f] The iuſt cōforming their deſires to Gods vvil, do pray that the vvicked may be punished. It is alſo a prophecie, that ⟨illegible⟩o it shal come to paſſe.
10 [g] And ſo it folovveth i⟨illegible⟩ the next verſe: Thou shalt put them &c.
10 [h] This alſo can not be vnderſtood of anie but of Chriſt, vvho in the general or particular iudgement ſhal geue ſentence vpon the vvicked
10 [i] And immediatly hel f⟨illegible⟩re shal deuoure them.
11 [k] Al the wicked, and namely the Iewes who perſecuted Chriſt, faile in their deuiſes.
12 [l] Whiles the wicked perish, the iuſt reioyce and praiſe God in ſongue and Pſalme.

Psalm 21

PSALME XXI.

Chriſt prayeth in his Paſſion, 7. deſcribeth the acerbitie therof; 20. foresheweth [Margin: Chriſts Paſſion & effectes therof. The ⟨illegible⟩ key.] by way of prayer his Reſurection: 23. more clerly the fundation and propagation of his Church (27. & 30. interpoſing the ſingular foode of the moſt bleſſed Sacrament) euen to the endes of the earth in al nations.

1 Vnto the end “for the [a] morning enterpriſe, the Pſalme [b] of Dauid.

2 GOD [c] my God haue reſpect to me: [d] why haſt thou forſaken me? [e] far from my ſaluation are the wordes of my ſinnes.

3 My God I shal crie [f] by day, [g] and“ thou wilt not heare: and by night, and [h] not for follie vnto me.

4 But [i] thou dwelleſt in the holie place, [k] the prayſe of Iſrael.

5 In thee [l] our fathers haue hoped: they hoped, and thou didſt deliuer them.

6 They cried to thee, and were [m] ſaued: they hoped in thee, and were [n] not confounded.

7 [o] But I am a [p] worme and no man: a [q] reproch of men and [r] outcaſt of the people.

8 [ſ] Al that ſee me haue ſcorned me: they haue ſpoken with the lippes, and wagged the head.

9 [t] He hoped in the Lord, let him deliuer him: let him ſaue him, becauſe he [v] wil him.

10 Becauſe thou art he that [w] haſt drawen me out of the wombe: my hope from the breſtes of my mother.

11 Vpon thee I [x] haue bene caſt from the matrice: [y] from my mothers wombe thou art my God,

12 depart not from me. Becauſe tribulation is verie nigh: becauſe there is [z] not that wil helpe.

13 Manie [a] calues haue compaſſed me: [b] fatte bulles haue beſieged me.

14 They haue [c] opened their mouth vpon me, as a lion rauening and roaring.

15 As [d] water I am powred out: and al [e] my bones are diſperſed. [f] My hart is made as waxe melting in the middes of my bellie.

16 My ſtrength is withered as a [g] pot-shard, and my tongue [h] cleaued to my iawes: and thou haſt [i] brought me downe into the duſt of death.

17 Becauſe manie [k] dogges haue compaſſed me: the counſel of the malignant hath beſieged me. They “haue digged my handes and my feete:

18 they haue [l] numbered al my bones. But themſelues haue [m] conſidered and beheld me:

19 they haue [n] deuided my garmentes among them, and vpon my [o] veſture they haue caſt lot.

20 But thou Lord [p] prolong not thy helpe from me: looke toward my defenſe.

21 Deliuer, ô God, [q] my ſoule from the ſword: and myne [r] onlie one from [ſ] the hand of the dog.

22 Saue me out of the lions mouth: and my humilitie from the hornes of vnicornes.

23 “I wil [t] declare thy name to my bretheren:“ in the middes of the Church I wil prayſe thee.

24 Ye that feare our Lord praiſe him: al the [v] ſeede of Iacob glorifie ye him:

25 Let al the ſeede of Iſrael feare him: becauſe he hath not contemned, nor deſpiſed the petition of the poore. Neither hath he turned away his face from me: and when I cried to him he heard me.

26 With thee is my praiſe in [w] the great Church: I [x] wil render my vowes in the ſight of them that feare him.

27 “The [y] poore shal eate, and shalbe filled: and they shal praiſe our Lord that ſeeke after him: their hartes [z] shal liue for euer and euer.

28 Al the endes of the earth [a] shal remember, and be conuerted to our Lord:

29 And al the families of the Gentiles shal adore in his ſight.

30 [b] Becauſe the kingdome is our Lords: and he shal haue dominion ouer the Gentiles.

31 Al the [c] fatte ones of the earth haue eaten, and [d] adored: in his ſight shal al fal, [e] that deſcend into the earth.

32 And [f] my ſoule shal liue to him: and my [g] ſeede shal ſerue him.

33 The generation to come shal be shewed to our Lord: and the [h] heauens shal shew forth his iuſtice to the people that shal be borne, whom our Lord hath made.

Marginal notes to Psalm 21

1 [a] Redemptiō of mankind vndertakē by Chriſt, and performed by his death, beganne to be shewed by his Reſurrection in the morning of the third day. ⟨illegible⟩. Aug.
1 [b] in figure of Chriſt the beloued of God.
2 [c] God is God of al his creatures, but in more peculiar ſorte God of Chriſt by perſonal vnion.
2 [d] Thou neither deliuereſt me frō dying: nor yeldeſt me ſuch comforth, as thou voutſafelſt to other Sainctes. v. 6. Mat. 27.
2 Mat. ⟨illegible⟩.
2 [e] I am neither deliuered from dying, nor comforted in my paſſion, hauing vndertaken to dye for the ſinnes of mankind, & reputed them as myn owne wordes or factes.
3 [f] Albeit I crie by day,
3 [g] and by night, on the croſſe and in the garden, to haue the chalice of death remoued from me, and shal not be heard,
3 [h] Yet there is no follie, nor fault in this petition, which is with ſubmiſſion of mans wil to Gods wil.
4 [i] Thou from heauen wilt heare when it is conuenient.
4 [k] whoſe wiſdome and goodnes the Church worthely praiſeth.
5 [l] Patriarkes, Prophets, and other holy mē praying in their diſtreſſes obtained their requeſtes.
6 [m] VVere temporally deliuered by thy mightie hand from their perſecuters.
6 [n] not fruſtrate of their humble prayer⟨illegible⟩
7 [o] God that comforted his ſeruantes in their tribulations, leif⟨illegible⟩ Chriſt without his ordinarie conſolation, to ſuffer more then euer any other did.
7 [p] wicked perſecuters reſpected not Chriſt as a man, but contemned him, as a very worme
7 [q] as moſt reprochful of al men.
7 [r] as the baſeſt of al the people.
8 [ſ] Almoſt al became Chriſts cruel enimies at the time of his paſſion, afflicting, blaſpheming, and ſcorning him, as the Euangeliſtes record.
9 [t] The Euangeliſtes write how al theſe thinges were fulfilled by wicked men ſpeaking theſe blaſphemies, and reproches.
9 [v] God ſemed to be wel pleaſed with Chriſt, as with his owne Sonne: if it be ſo, let him deliuer him from theſe afflictions, ſay theſe blaſphemers.
10 [w] diuine powre without man formed me in the wombe of my mother a virgin.
11 [x] As I haue no father but thee O God: ſo without intermiſſion from myn incarnation to this time, I haue had thee my protector:
11 [y] leaue me not now without comforte ſeing I muſt dye as thou haſt determined, and I freely conſented: yet leaue me not in death but raiſe me againe to life. Pſal. 15. v. 9. 10.
12 [z] Almoſt al are become myn enemies, and thoſe few that would, can not helpe me.
13 [a] Delicate laſciuious yougmen,
13 [b] and the ſcribes Phariſes and elders of the people haue al conſpired againſt me.
14 [c] condemning me and perſwading the people to crie: Crucifie, crucifie him.
15 [d] So weakned with paines of torments, as fluide water not able to conſiſt.
15 [e] My bones and ſtrongeſt partes of my bodie are weakned, verified, when our Sauiour fel downe vnder his croſſe.
15 [f] the part that firſt and laſt liueth is weakened as ſoft waxe by heat of the fire, and ready to faile.
16 [g] al my powres, and radical humiditie is dried vp, as a potters veſſel is baked in the furnace.
16 [h] Through exceding great drught, which our Sauiour profeſſed on the croſſe ſaying: I thirſt.
16 [i] thus thou O God haſt ſuffered me to come to the laſt breath of life, next to death. Yet finally ou⟨illegible⟩ Seuiour gaue vp his ſpirite, before he ſhould haue died. v. 21.
17 [k] Agane this royal Prophet recounteth by whom, and how our B. Sauiour ſhould ſuffer, euen as clere as tho Euangeliſtes afterwards haue written the hiſtorie.
18 ⟨illegible⟩. 19.
18 [l] Our Sauiours body was ſo racked on the croſſe, that his bones might be ſeene and counted.
18 [m] The perſecuters vvittingly determined al ti⟨illegible⟩ crueltie: beheld it vvith their eyes, and vvithout al compaſſion perſiſted in malice, reioyced, and blaſphemed.
19 [n] the ſouldiars that crucified our Sauiour, taking his garments for their praye:
19 [o] yet in myſterie of his Church, diuided not his coate.
20 [p] He prophecieth Chriſts ſpeedy reſurrection.
21 [q] Chriſts ſaul vvas not ſeperated from his bodie by force of the torments, but he preuenting death freely yelded vp his ſpirite. Ioan. 10. v. 9. & 10.
21 [r] the moſt pure, and ſanctified ſoule, of vvhoſe fulnes al other iuſt ſoules are ſanctified:
21 [ſ] that it ſtay not in hel, vvhich deuoured al other ſoules in the old Teſtament.
23 [t] The propagation of the Church of Chriſt in al nations.
24 [v] not the carnal but ſpiritual children of Iacob, Iſaac, and Abraham. Rom. 9. v. 8.
26 [w] the Church gethered both of Ievves and Gentiles is very great and vniuerſal.
26 [x] Our Sauiour promiſed to geue his ovvne bodie, the bread of life Ioan. 6, and performed the ſame at his laſt ſupper.
27 [y] thoſe that be faithful, humble and poore in ſpirit participat the ſruict of this moſt excellent Sacrament.
27 [z] The effect of this B. Sacrament is the reſurrection in glorie, and life euerlaſting.
28 [a] Gentiles which haue bene idolaters shal recollect themſelues, when they heare Chriſt preached, and shal turne to true Religion.
30 [b] Although men can neither deſerue to be conuerted, nor to perſeuere in iuſtice; yet Chriſt meriteth to haue a continual kingdom; which is the perpetual viſible Catholique Church.
31 [c] Not only the poore ſorte▪ but alſo the mightie ones of the world shal be conuerted to Chriſt, participate his B. Bodie in the Sacrament:
31 [d] and religiouſly adore the ſame.
31 [e] Al that adore God, ſhad adore him in this Sacraments.
32 [f] Death being once ouercome, it shal haue no more powre.
32 [g] Againe the prophet inculcateth the continuance of the Catholique Church.
33 [h] Apoſtles, and other preachers of Chriſt.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. XXI.

1. For the morning enterpriſe.] In reſpect of the end for which Chriſt ſuffered, [Margin: Chriſts Reſurrection. The Paſſion of Chriſt according to Dauid.] this Pſalme is intitled: for the morning enterpriſe: that is, for Chriſts glorious Reſurrection, and other effectes of his Paſſion. VVhich holie Dauid by the ſpirite of prophecy ſo deſcribeth here long before with diuers particular cicumſtances as the Euangeliſtes haue ſince hiſtorically recorded, that it may not vnfitly be called, The Paſsion of Ieſus Chriſt according to Dauid.

3. Thou vvilt not heare.] Our B. Sauiour ſeing his moſt terrible death imminent, prayde conditionally, if it pleaſed his heauenlie Father, to haue the ſame remoued [Margin: Chriſts conditional prayer was not heard.] from him; and was not heard, as the Pſalmiſt here prophecieth. The principal reaſon was, becauſe God of his diuine charitie had decreed, that mankind ſhould be redemed by this death of his Sonne. Chriſt alſo him ſelfe of his excellent charitie, conſented here vnto & therefore perſiſted not in his conditional prayer, but added and abſolutly prayed, that not his owne wil, but his Fathers might be fulfilled. And in this he was heard, to his owne more glorie, and [Margin: His abſolute prayers were alwaies heard.] other infinite benefites of innumerable ſoules, as it foloweth, v. 25. vvhen I crie⟨illegible⟩d to him he heard me. S. Paul alſo witneſſeth (Heb. 5. v. 7.) that Chriſt offering prayers and ſupplications to him that could ſaue him from death, vvas heard for his reuerence: that is, in reſpect of his ineſtimable merite in humane nature vnited in perſon to God. An other cauſe, why Chriſt was not deliuered from violent [Margin: Chriſts ſuffered for our example.] death, as manie holie perſons were, when they cried to God in diſtreſſes, as S Auguſtin ſheweth (Epiſt. 120. c. 11.) was for example to Chriſtians, whom God wil haue to ſuffer temporal afflictions, and death, for the glorie of life euerlaſting, according to S. Peters doctrin, Chriſt ſuffered for vs, leauing an example [Margin: ⟨illegible⟩. Pet. 2.] that you may folovv his ſteppes:

18. They haue digged.] Of obſtinate malice the Iewes haue corrupted this [Margin: The Hebrew text corrupted by the Iewes.] place (and God knoweth how manie others) in the Hebrew text of ſome editions, reading caari, which ſignifieth as a lion, without al coherence of the ſenſe for caaru they digged or pearced, to auoid ſo plaine a prophecie of nailing Chriſts handes and feete to the croſſe.

23 I vvil declare thy name to my brethren.] Here it is euident that this Pſalme [Margin: This Pſalme is of Chriſt.] is of Chriſt, not of Dauid, by S. Pauls allegation (Heb. 2. v. 11. 12.) ſaying: He that ſanctifieth (towitt Chriſt) diſdaned not to cal the ſanctified his bretheren.

23. In the middes of the Church I vvil praiſe thee.] After Chriſts Paſſion and Reſurrection, in the reſt of this Pſalme, other two principal pointes of Chriſtian Religion are likewiſe prophecied: His perpetual viſible Church, and the B. Sacrament of his bodie. The former is here prophecied by way of inuiting al the ſeede of Iacob to glorifie God (v. 24.) al the ſeede of Iſrael to feare him (v. 25.) [Margin: Prophecie of the viſible and vniuerſal Church.] towit, innumerable Chriſtians the true Iſraelites, the vniuerſal Church in the whole world. As for heretical partes, or parcels in the world, ſuch as the Donatiſtes, which going forth from the Catholique Church ſay: Chriſt hath loſt his great Church, the diuel hath taken the whole world from him, and he remaineth only in a part of Africa, they do not praiſe God (ſaith S. Auguſtin) [Margin: in hu⟨illegible⟩ Pſal.] but diſhonour God and Chriſt, as if God were not faithful in his promiſe, as if Chriſt were diſpoſſeſſed of his kingdome the Catholique Church. Leſt anie ſhould replie, that Chriſt is praiſed though the Church be decaied, or be very ſmal, the Holie Ghoſt hath preuented ſuch arguments, ſaying: v. 26 His praiſe is in the great Church. VVhich could neither be verified in the part of Donatiſtes [Margin: S. Aguſtin proueth the Church to be alwaies viſible and great by this Pſalme.] in Afrike, nor now in the part of Proteſtantes ſince Luther in Europe. Further S. Auguſtin explicateth, & vrgeth the verſes folowing in this Pſalme, againſt the ſame blind, deafe, and obſtinate Donatiſtes, who did not, or would not ſee, not heare, that al the endes of the earth shal remenber, and be conuerted to our Lord. The holie Scripture ſaith not, the endes of the earth, but al the endes: wel goe too (ſaith this great Doctor) peraduenture there is but one verſe, thou thoughteſt vpon ſome thing els, thou talkedſt with thy brother, when one read this; marke, he repeteth and knocketh vpon the deaf; Al the families of the Gentiles shal adore in his ſight: Yet the heretike is deaf, he heareth not, let one knocke againe: Becauſe the kingdom is our Lords, and he shal haue dominion ouer the Gentiles. Hold theſe three verſes bretheren. Thus and more S. Augnſtin againſt thoſe that thinke the true Church may faile, or become inuiſible or obſcure. And though it be not in like proſperous ſtate at al times, and in al places, yet it is alwayes conſpicuous, and more general then anie other congregation profeſſing whatſoeuer pretenſed religion.

27. The poore shal eate.] Seing this Pſalme is of Chriſt, as is proued by S. Pauls [Margin: The Euchariſt prophecied in this place.] allegation of 23 verſe, and by the concordance therof with the Euangeliſts, it is neceſſarily deduced, that the vovves mentioned in the former verſe, and theſe wordes, the poore shal eate and be filled, can not be referred to the ſacrifices of the old Teſtament, but to the bleſſed Sacrifice and Sacrament of the Euchariſt, which our Sauiour promiſed, after he had repleniſhed the people with fiue loaues, and which he inſtituted at his laſt ſupper in preſence of his Apoſtles. So S. Auguſtin doubteth not to vnderſtand it, and to teach, as wel in his duble expoſitiō of this Pſalme as in his 120. Epiſtle. c. 27. The poore, that is the humble and poore in ſpirite shal eate & befilled, the fatte ones, or the rich being proud, do alſo adore and eate, but are not filled. They alſo are brought to the table of [Margin: Real preſence of Chriſt in the Euchariſt.] Chriſt, and participate his bodie & bloud, but they adore only, are not alſo filled, becauſe they do not imitate (Chriſts humilitie) they diſdaine to be humble VVhere it is clere, this holie father by Chriſts bodie and bloud meaneth not bread and wine as ſignes of his bodie and bloud, for bread and wine can not be lawfully adored: neither doth he meane our Lords bodie as it was on the croſſe, or is in heauen, for ſo it is not eaten, but as it is in formes of bread and wine on Chriſts table, the Altar.

Psalm 22

PASLME. XXII.

A forme of thankeſgeuing for al ſpiritual benefites (deſcribed vnder the [Margin: Thākſgeuing for Gods protection. The 7. key.] metaphor of temporal proſperitie) euen from a ſinners firſt conuerſion, to final perſeuerance, and eternal beatitude.

1 The Pſalme of Dauid. OVR [a] Lord ruleth me, and nothing shal be wanting to me:

2 in place [b] of paſture there he hath placed me. Vpon [c] the water of refection he hath brought me vp:

3 he hath [d] conuerted my ſoule. He hath conducted me vpon [e] the pathes of iuſtice, [f] for his name.

4 For, although I shal walke in [g] the middes of the shadow of death, I wil [h] not feare euils: becauſe thou art with me. Thy [i] rod and thy [k] ſtaffe: they haue comforted me.

5 Thou haſt prepared in my ſight [l] a table, [m] againſt them; that truble me. Thou [n] haſt fatted my head with oyle: and my [o] chalice inebriating how goodlie is it!

6 And thy mercie shal folow me [p] al the dayes of my life: And that I may dwel in the houſe of our Lord, [q] in longitude of dayes.

Marginal notes to Psalm 22

1 [a] Chriſt the good paſtor, gouerneth, protecteth,
1 Iſa. 40. Iere. 23. Ezech. 34. Ioan. 10. 1. Pet. 2. &. 5.
2 [b] and feedeth his faithful flocke.
2 [c] Baptiſme of regeneration,
3 [d] which is the firſt iuſtification.
3 [e] Gods precepts which the baptiſed muſt obſerue. Mat. 28. v. 20.
3 [f] Saluation is in the name and powre of Chriſt, not in mans owne merites.
4 [g] in great dangers of tentations to mortal ſinne,
4 [h] yet by Gods grace we may reſiſt.
4 [i] Gods direction and law is ſtreight,
4 [k] and ſtrong.
5 [l] Chriſt hath prepared for our ſpiritual foode the B. Sacrament of the Euchariſt. S. Cyprian. Epiſt. 63. Eutim. in hunc Pſal.
5 [m] againſt al ſpiritual enemies, the world, the flesh, and the diuel.
5 [n] Chriſtian ſoules are alſo ſtreingthned by the Sacraments of Confirmation, Penance, holie-Orders, Matrimonie, and Extreme Vnction.
5 [o] The B. Sacrament and Sacrifice of Chriſts bodie and bloud.
6 [p] continual and final peſeuerance is by Gods ſpecial grace.
6 [q] in eternal life.

Psalm 23

PSALME. XXIII.

Chriſt is Lord of the whole earth, being Creatour, and Redemer of man. [Margin: Chriſt Lord of al the world. The 5. key.] 3. Good life (with faith in him) is the way to heauen. 7. whither Chriſt aſcending with triumph Angels admire him.

1 The [a] firſt of the Sabbath, the Pſalme of Dauid. THE earth is our Lordes, and [b] the fulneſſe therof: the round world, and al that dwel therein.

2 Becauſe he hath founded it vpon the ſeas: and vpon the riuers hath prepared it.

3 Who [c] shal aſcend into the mount of our Lord? or who shal ſtand in his holie place?

4 The innocent of handes, and of cleane hart, that hath not taken his ſoule [d] in vayne, nor ſworne to his neighbour in guile.

5 He shal receiue bleſſing of our Lord: and [e] mercie of God his Sauiour.

6 This is [f] the generation of them that ſeeke him, of them that ſeeke the face of the God of Iacob.

7 Lift vp your gates [g] ye princes, and be ye lifted vp ô eternal gates: and the king of glorie shal enter in,

8 [h] Who is this king of glorie? Our Lord [i] ſtrong & mightie our Lord mightie in battel.

9 [k] Lift vp your gates ye princes, and be ye lifted vp ô eternal gates: and the king of glorie shal enter in. [l] Who is this king of glorie? [m] The Lord of powers he is the king of glorie.

Marginal notes to Psalm 23

1 [a] Chriſt riſing from death the firſt day of the weeke, had al powre geuen him in heauen and in earth▪ Mat. 28.
1 [b] Not only the ſoile it ſelfe but al the fruict, and al that dwel therin are Gods.
3 [c] Though Chriſt created and redeemed al, yet only the iuſt shal inherite heauen.
4 [d] not occupied himſelfe in vaine and vnprofitable thinges, but in commendable workes.
5 [e] Gods mercy goeth before iuſtifications iuſt workes folow, and ſo glorie is the reward of al.
6 [f] This ſorte of people thus ſeruing God, shal receiue euerlaſting bliſſe.
7 [g] The prophet contemplating in ſpirite Chriſts Aſcenſion, inuiteth Angels to receiue him, and (by proſopopeia) ſpeaketh alſo to the gates of heauen, by which he is to enter.
8 [h] Angels anſwer admiring, & demanding as in a dialogue, how Chriſt is become ſo glorious!
8 [i] The Prophet anſwereth that Chriſt by his powre hath ouercome al enemies in battel.
9 [k] Againe he willeth Angels to open the gates, and biddeth the gates to enlarge them ſelues.
9 [l] the Angels demand as before:
9 [m] the prophet anſwereth: that Chriſt is Lord alſo of Angels, and al heauenlie powres vnder God.

Psalm 24

PSALME XXIIII.

A general prayer of the faithful againſt al enemies, 4. with deſire to be directed in the way of godlines, 7. and to be pardoned for ſinnes paſt. 9. [Margin: A prayer of the faithful. The 7. key.] acknowledging Gods meeknes, 17. our weaknes, neceſſitie of helpe, and hope in God: 22. concludeth with prayer for the whole Church.

1 Vnto [a] the end, the Pſalme of Dauid. TO THEE ô Lord I haue lifted vp [b] my ſoule:

2 my God in thee is my confidence, let me [c] not be ashamed:

3 Neither let mine enemies ſcorne me: for al [d] that expect thee, shal not be confounded.

4 [e] Let al be confounded that do vniuſt thinges in vayne. Lord shew me thy wayes: and teach me thy pathes.

5 Direct me [f] in thy truth, and teach me: becauſe thou art God my Sauiour, and thee haue I expected [g] al the day.

6 Remember ô Lord thy commiſerations, and thy mercies: that are from the beginning of the world.

7 The ſinnes [h] of my youth, and [i] my ignorances doe not remember. According to thy mercie remember thou me: for thy goodneſſe ô Lord.

8 Our Lord is [k] ſweete, and [l] righteous: for this cauſe he wil geue a law to them that ſinne in the way.

9 He wil direct the milde in iudgement: he wil teach the meeke his wayes.

10 Al the wayes of our Lord, be [m] mercie and [n] truth, to them that ſeeke after his [o] teſtament and his [p] teſtimonies.

11 For thy name ô Lord thou wilt be propitious to my ſinne: for [q] it is much.

12 Who is the man that [r] feareth our Lord? he [1] appoynteth him a law in the way, that he hath choſen.

13 His ſoule [2] shal abide in good things: and [3] his ſeede shal inherite the land.

14 Our Lord is [4] a firmament to them that feare him: &c. [5] his teſtament that it may be made manifeſt to them.

15 Myne eies are alwayes to our Lord: becauſe he wil plucke my fecte out of the ſnare.

16 Haue reſpect to me, and haue mercie on me: becauſe I am alone and poore.

17 The tribulations of my hart are multiplied: deliuer me from [t] my neceſſities.

18 See my [v] humiliation, and my labour: and [w] forgeue al my ſinnes.

19 Behold mine enemies, becauſe they are multiplied, and with [x] vniuſt hatred hated me.

20 Keepe my ſoule, and deliuer me: I shal [y] not be ashamed, becauſe I hoped in thee.

21 The innocent and righteous haue cleaued to me: becauſe I expected thee.

22 [z] Deliuer Iſrael ô God, out of al his tribulations.

Marginal notes to Psalm 24

1 [a] This Pſalme perteyneth more properly to the new teſtament. And is artificially compoſed: the verſes beginnīg with diſtinct letters in order of the Hebrew Alphabet, to the laſt verſe.
1 [b] my min⟨illegible⟩, to be attētiue.
2 [c] not be fruſtrate of my petition.
3 [d] that patiently expect the time when God wil aſſiſt.
4 [e] This maner of praying is frequent in the Pſalmes, ſignifying as a prophecie, that ſo it wil come to paſſe and the conformitie of the iuſt to Gods iuſtice.
5 [f] in true faith and religion.
5 [g] al our life we muſt deſire more and more knowledge of true doctrin.
7 [h] from the firſt vſe of reaſon, at which time manie are careles,
7 [i] & negligent to lerne how to ſerue God.
8 [k] As God is ſweete in geuing good motions:
8 [l] ſo he is ſeuere to them that reſiſt his grace.
10 [m] God mercifully p euenteth with his grace:
10 [n] and iuſtly rewardeth good workes.
10 [o] Gods law is his couenant with man:
10 [p] and teſtimon e of his wil.
11 [q] ſinne in reſpect of auerſien from God is great & nedeth ⟨illegible⟩e grace.
12 [r] He that feareth God which is the beginning of wiſdome receiueth fiue ſpiritual commodities here mentioned:
12 [1] God iuſtructeth him by his law.
13 [2] beſtoweth al neceſſaries vpon him:
13 [3] others shalimitate his good example.
14 [4] God wil protect him:
14 [5] According to Gods couenant he shal enioy the manifeſt ſight of God for his eternal reward.
16 ⟨illegible⟩mans weaknes without Gods helpe.
17 [t] Tribulatiōs can not be a⟨illegible⟩o⟨illegible⟩de⟨illegible⟩, but muſt neceſſarily be ſuffered: therfore ô God g⟨illegible⟩ue vs grace to paſſe through them without ſinne.
18 [v] myn affliction.
18 [w] take away the cauſe and affliction wil be mitigated.
19 Ioan. 15.
19 [x] wicked men of ⟨illegible⟩ured do end ⟨illegible⟩our to draw others into ſinne.
20 [y] Thoſe that hope in God shal neuer be confounded.
22 [z] Al The letters of the Alphebet being complete in this Pſalme, this laſt verſe beginneth with Pere, Redeeme, praying God to redeme and deliuer Iſrael, that is, the whole Church from tribulations.

Psalm 25

PSALME. XXV.

Dauid in banishment among the Philiſtimes, truſteth in the iuſtice of his [Margin: Dauids prayer diſtreſſed in perſecution. The 8. key.] cauſe, 9. and prayeth God earneſtly to deliuer him, that he may with more freedom and commodity ſerue him as he deſireth.

1 Vnto [a] the end the Pſalme of Dauid. IVDGE [b] me ô Lord becauſe I haue walked in my innocencie: and hoping in our Lord I shal not be weakened.

2 [c] Proue me Lord, and tempt me: burne my reynes and my hart.

3 Becauſe thy mercie is before mine eies: and I am wel pleaſed in thy truth.

4 I [d] haue not ſitten with the councel of vanitie: and with them that doe vniuſt thinges. I wil not enter in

5 I “haue hated the Church of the malignant: and with the impious I wil not ſitte.

6 I [e] wil wash my handes among innocentes: [f] and wil compaſſe thy altar ô Lord:

7 That I [g] may heare the voice of praiſe, and [h] shew forth al thy meruelous workes.

8 Lord I haue loued [i] the beautie of thy houſe, and the place of [k] the habitation of thy glorie.

9 [l] Deſtroy not ô God my ſoule with the impious, and my life with bloudie men.

10 In whoſe [m] handes are iniquities: their [n] righthand is replenished with giftes.

11 But [o] I haue walked in mine innocencie: [p] redeme me, and haue mercie on me.

12 My [q] foote hath ſtood in the direct way: in [r] the Churches I wil bleſſe thee ô Lord.

Marginal notes to Psalm 25

1 [a] This Pſalme is alſo a counenient prayer for anie Chriſtian in tribulation.
1 [b] Be thou ô God arbiter of the cauſe bet⟨illegible⟩ Saul and me, thou knoweſt myn innocencie in this behalfe, though I am uniuſtly charged by Saul, and his freindes.
2 [c] Leſt perhaps I be not ſo innocent as I deſire, and as in reſpect of Saul I hope that I am, do thou O God proue me as thou wilt by tribulations.
4 [d] Dauid in confidence of a good conſcience, and zele againſt the wicked, alleageth his ſincere proceding, more then ordinarie men may do, God ſo inſpiring him extraordinarily.
6 [e] The reſt of this Pſalme euerie Prieſt reciteth in Maſſe, before he offer the holie Sacrifice, profeſſing, & putting him ſelfe in memorie, that he muſt only communicate with the innocent, or of pure conſcience;
6 [f] and ſo approch to the Altar. prefigured Leuit. 16. v. 4.
7 [g] Shutting the eares of my hart from euil and vaine thoughtes I wil attend to godlie inſpirations
7 [h] and ſo with mental prayer, and external voice (as the holie order of this ſacred office requireth) praiſe thee ô God in thy meruelous workes.
7 Epi. ⟨illegible⟩. c. 11.
8 [i] I can not but ſingularly loue the excellencie of this place dedicated to thy ſeruice: where is true faith, vnitie, and charitie of thy people, the guard of holie Angels, the adminiſtratiō of ſacred myſteries, aſſiſtance of the Holie Ghoſt, real preſence of Chriſt our Lord, al replenished with Diuine maieſtie.
8 [k] This repreſenteth vnto me the glorious heauenlie kingdom of God and al Sainctes.
9 [l] Suffer me not therfore to be contaminate by the wicked, nor to be deuoured with them.
10 [m] They are ſtil readie to committe more and more iniquities.
10 [n] themſelues being corrupted, endeuour by giftes of wordly commodities to corrupt others.
11 [o] Euerie one ought ſo to purge his conſcience, that he may be innocent, or free from great ſinne.
11 [p] deliuer me from this neceſſitie of dwelling among the wicked.
12 [q] I intend to walke right.
12 [r] I deſire ⟨illegible⟩ praiſe thee amongſt thy true faithful ſeruantes.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. XXV.

5. I haue hated the Church of the malignant.] Holie Dauid forced by reaſon of [Margin: A ſingular great afflictiō to be hindered from Gods true ſeruice.] perſecution to dwel amongſt Infidels the Philiſtians; after he had twiſe ſpared king Saules life (1 Reg 24. v. 5. et. c. 26. v. 9.) lamented (v. 19.) how great affliction it was to him, to be caſt out, that he could not a vvel in the inheritance of our Lord (where God was rightly ſerued) and that his enemies had done ſo much as in them lay, to make him fal into idolatrie, by their fact, as it were ſaying: ⟨illegible⟩o⟨illegible⟩ ſerue ſtrange goddes. Neuertheles his zele was ſuch that (as he here profeſſeth) [Margin: Chriſtians muſt abhorre, and abſtaine from al conuenticles of Heretikes and other Infidels.] he hated the Church of the malignant: that is, the congregations of al miſcreants: & his immaculate religious puritie was ſo perfect, that he would not ſo much as in ex⟨illegible⟩e⟨illegible⟩l shew, conforme his actions to theirs, in matters of religion, nor yeld his ⟨illegible⟩ preſence in their conuenticles: but ſaid: VVith the impious I vvil not ſi⟨illegible⟩ inſtructing vs Chriſtians (for the word to the end, in the title ſheweth that this ⟨illegible⟩ perteyneth alſo to vs) that we muſt both hate the Church or con-⟨illegible⟩ ⟨illegible⟩ of the malignant, to witte, of Painims Iewes, Turkes, and Hererikes, and ⟨illegible⟩t ⟨illegible⟩i t⟨illegible⟩ “60; nor perſonally be preſent with them in the exerciſe of their falſe pretended religions.

Psalm 26

PSALME. XXVI.

Dauid being in great diſtreſſe through perſecution, and hauing aſſured confidence [Margin: An other confident prayer of Dauid in tribulation. The 3. Key.] in God, deſcribeth the great ſecuritie of Gods protection. 7. sheweth the ſame experienced in him ſelf. 12. prayeth for continuance therof 13. and incorageth his owne ſoule, in hope of life euerlaſting, to perſeuer in vertue.

1 The Pſalme of Dauid [a] before he was annoynted. OVR Lord is [b] my illumination, and [c] my ſaluation, [d] whom shal I feare? Our Lord is the protectour of my life, of whom shal I be afrayd?

2 Whiles the harmeful approch vpon me, to eate my flesh. Mine enemies that truble me, them ſelues are weakened and are fallen.

3 If campes ſtand together againſt me, my hart shal not feare. If battel riſe vp againſt me, in this wil I hope.

4 One thing I haue asked of our Lord, this wil I ſeeke for, that I [e] may dwel in the houſe of our Lord al the dayes of my life. That I may ſee the pleaſentnes of our Lord, and viſite his temple.

5 Becauſe he hath [f] hid me in his tabernacle: in the day of euils he hath protected me, ⟨illegible⟩in [g] the ſecrete of his tabernacle.

6 In [h] a rocke he hath exalted me: and now he hath [i] exalted my head ouer mine enemies. I [k] haue gone round about, and haue immolated in his tabernacle an hoſt of iubilation: I [l] wil ſing, and ſay a Pſalme to our Lord.

7 Heare ô Lord my voice, wherwith I haue cried to thee: haue mercie on me, and heare me.

8 My [m] hart hath ſayd to thee, my face hath ſought thee out: [n] thy face ô Lord I wil ſeeke.

9 Turne [o] not away thy face from me: [p] decline not in wrath from thy ſeruant. Be [q] thou my helper: forſake me not, neither deſpiſe me ô God my Sauiour.

10 Becauſe [r] my father and my mother haue forſaken me: but our Lord hath taken me.

11 Geue me [ſ] a law ô Lord in thy way: [t] and direct me in the right path, becauſe of mine enemies.

12 Deliuer me not into [v] the ſoules of them that truble me: becauſe [vv] vniuſt witneſſes haue riſen vp againſt me, and iniquity hath lyed [x] to it ſelfe.

13 I [y] beleue to ſee the good things of our Lord, in the land of the liuing.

14 [z] Expect our Lord, doe manfully: and [a] let thy hart take courage, and [b] expect thou our Lord.

Marginal notes to Psalm 26

1 [a] Before his ſecond annointing, as is probable. 2. Reg. 2.
1 [b] Againſt ignorance God illuminateth his ſeruantes.
1 [c] againſt infirmitie he geueth ſtreingth.
1 [d] ſo he nedeth not to feare anic mans malice, ſuteltie, nor force. Luc. 21. v. 15.
4 [e] How ſpecial a benefite Dauid eſtemed it to be in the Catholique Church the only true houſe of God!
5 [f] Albeit the ſpiritual or carnal enemie ſeke to ouerthrow me, yet I am ſecure in the Catholique Church.
5 [g] God either ſuffereth not the enemie to find his ſeruant.
6 [h] or not to be able to hurt him ſpiritually
6 [i] whē a martyr or confeſſour dieth, then he getteth the victorie againſt the perſe⟨illegible⟩ntors.
6 [k] Diligently recounting al thy benefites, I render thankes by ſacrifice and praiſe.
6 [l] not only in hart, but alſo ſinging with loud voice and inſtrument.
8 [m] In my inward ſincere cogitation I deſire, and ſeeke that I may ſee thee,
8 [n] face to face 1. Cor. 13. v. 12.
9 [o] In the meane time ô Lord, grant me thy fauour,
9 [p] leaue me not though thou be angrie with me.
9 [q] He ſpeaketh [in the perſon of orphanes.
10 [r] Though car nal parentes forſake the iuſt man in tribulation, yet God hath then moſt ſpecial care of him.
11 [ſ] Eſtabliſh my hart in thy law.
11 [t] conſerue me in the right way, which thou haſt already taught me, and it is the more neceſſarie, becauſe myne enemies labour to peruert me.
12 [v] the willes.
12 [vv] falſe witneſſes accuſed Dauid, others accuſed Chriſt: Mat. 26. others do ſtil accuſe the iuſt Mat▪ 5.
12 [x] the wicked pleaſe themſelues in lying, but the chief hurt finally turneth vpon themſelues.
13 [y] The prophet and al iuſt men are comforted by God, and hope of reward in heauen.
14 [z] The iuſt exhorteth his owne ſoule to patience
14 [a] fortitude,
14 [b] and longanimitie.
14 Pſal. 30.

Psalm 27

PSALME. XXVII.

Dauid prayeth to be defended from the eternal deſtruction of the wicked, [Margin: An other prayer of Dauid for deliuerie from euils The 8. key.] which (by way of imprecation, or conformitie to Gods iuſtice) he prophecieth 6. Feeling by inſpiration that his prayer is heard, rendereth thankes to God, 9. and prayeth for al the people.

1 A Pſalme to Dauid him ſelfe. TO THEE ô Lord wil crie, my God [a] keepe not ſilence from me: leſt at any time thou hold thy peace from me, and I shal be like to them that goe downe into the lake.

2 Heare ô Lord the voice of my petition whiles I pray to thee: whiles I lift vp my handes to thy holie temple.

3 [b] Draw me not together with ſinners: and with them that worke iniquitie deſtroy me not. Which ſpeake peace with their neighbour, but euils in their hartes.

4 [c] Geue them according to their workes, and according to the wickedneſſe of their inuentions. According to the workes of their handes geue vnto them: render them their retribution.

5 Becauſe they haue [d] not vnderſtood the workes of our Lord, and in the workes of his handes thou shalt deſtroy them, and [e] not build them vp.

6 Bleſſed be our Lord: becauſe he hath heard the voice of my petition.

7 Our Lord is my helper, and my protectour: in him my hart hath hoped, and I was holpen. And [f] my flesh florished againe: and [g] with my wil I wil confeſſe to him.

8 Our Lord is the ſtrength of his people: and he is [h] the protector of the ſaluations of his annoynted.

9 Saue [i] thy people ô Lord, and bleſſe thine inheritance: and rule them, and extol them for euer.

Marginal notes to Psalm 27

1 [a] Omitte not to comfort me.
3 [b] Suffer me not to be ouercome: for God tempteth none to euil. Iac 1.
4 [c] The iust in zele of iuſtice pray that ſinne may be punished.
5 [d] Ignorance doth not excuſe when men may and wil not vnderſtand.
5 [e] God ſaueth not without our cooperation with his grace.
7 [f] being comforted in ſpirite my bodie is as it were refreshed.
7 [g] freely and gladly.
8 [h] God protecteth and proſpereth the kings good endeuoures for his people.
9 [i] As Pſal. 19. and often elswhere the ſubiectes pray for their Superior: ſo mutually the ſuperior prayeth for the ſubiectes.

Psalm 28

PSALME XXVIII.

The royal prophet ſeing in ſpirite the moſt ſacred Myſteries, brought by [Margin: The Church of Chriſt endowed with excellent myſteries. The 6. key.] Chriſt into this world, inuiteth al to offer their beſt thinges, euen themſelues wholly, as ſacrifice of thankes, for ſo excellent benefites, preached with magnificence. 5. VVherby innumerable are gethered into his Church here replenished with grace, and in heauen with glorie.

1 The Pſalme of Dauid, “ in the conſummation [a] of the tabernacle. BRING [b] to our Lord ye children of God: bring to our Lord [c] the ſonnes of rammes.

2 Bring to our Lord [d] glorie and honour, bring to our Lord glorie vnto his name: adore ye our Lord [e] in his holie court.

3 The voice of our Lord [f] vpon waters, the God of [g] maieſtie hath [h] thundered: Our Lord vpon [i] manie waters.

4 The voice of our Lord [k] in powre: the voice of our Lord [l] in magnificence.

5 The voice of our Lord [m] breaking ceders: and our Lord shal breake the [n] ceders of Libanus:

6 And he shal breake them in peeces as a [o] calfe of Libanus. [p] and the heloued as [q] the ſonne of vnicornes.

7 The voice of our Lord [r] diuiding the flame of fire:

8 The voice of our Lord [ſ] shaking the deſert; and our Lord shal moue t the deſert of Cades.

9 The voice of our Lord v preparing hartes, and he shal diſcouer thicke woodes: and in x in his temple al shal ſay glorie.

10 Our Lord maketh y to inhabite the floud: and our Lord z shal ſit king for euer.

11 Our Lord a wil geue ſtrength to his people: our Lord b wil bleſſe his people in peace.

Marginal notes to Psalm 28

1 [a] 2. Reg. 6. v. 17. 1. Par. 16. v. 1.
1 [b] Offer ſacrifice of thankes for the ſingular benefites after recounted in this Pſalme.
1 [c] Rammes were of the more principal thinges that were offered in the law of Moyſes. But the ſonnes of rammes importe in myſtical ſenſe better hoſtes then rammes.
2 [d] The firſt thing in ſacrifice is to glorifie, honour, and adore God in ſinceritie of ſpirite,
2 [e] in his holie Catholique Chu⟨illegible⟩h.
3 [f] Here is a greater matter intimated then happened in the bringing of the Arke into a tabernacle prepared in Sion, when Dauid danced, and offered hoſtes for ſacrifice, others ioyning with him in that ſolemnitie. But this voice of our Lord vpon vvaters is rather verified of our Bleſſed Sauiours owne preaching with
3 [g] maieſtie
3 [h] thundering, & by his Apoſtles vpon
3 [i] manie vvaters, manie nations:
4 [k] in povvre of miracles.
4 [l] in magnificence preaching as hauing in dede powre, not as the S⟨illegible⟩r⟨illegible⟩hes and Phariſes. Mat. 7. v. 29.
5 [m] breaking cedars among innumerable others, conuerting higheſt Potentates
5 [n] of Libanus, Emperoures, kinges and greateſt Princes of the world:
6 [o] as a calfe of Libanas ſo meekly ſubmitting them ſelues to Chriſts yoke, and ſpiritual obedience of his Church.
6 [p] Al which is done by Chriſt our Lord the beloved of God,
6 [q] as the ſonne of vnicornes, is moſt tenderly beloued by the parentes.
7 [r] This voice of our Lord diuiding the flame of fire▪ the Holie Ghoſt proceding from the Father and the Sonne, came vpon the Apoſtles, as in diuided tongues of fire.
8 [ſ] wherwith the d⟨illegible⟩rt, the Gentiles of the wide and wild world, vvere shaken and moued, t the deſert of Cades, ſome of the Iewes alſo compunct in hart with remorſe of conſcience hearing the voice of S. Peter, and other Apoſtles. v The ſame voice of our Lord preparing hartes, inſpiring the mindes of men with ſpede, like hyndes and does, to aſcend the high hilles of free and perfect life, in contemplatiue vertues. vv So our Sauiour shal diſcouer the thicke vvoodes, reueile the hidden Myſteries of the old Law, by preaching Chriſtian doctrine, and vſe of Chriſtian Religion. x in his holie Temple, the Catholique Church, wherin al true Chriſtians shal glorifie God. y making the great abundance of people, who are like the ſea vvhen it ouerflovveth the land, to dwel in the ſame Church. z Chriſt our Lord ſitting, & ruling king ouer al foreuer: a by his grace geuing ſtreingth to his people, to paſſe through the tentations of this life; b and bleſſe the iuſt vvith eternal peace in heauen.
9 ⟨illegible⟩.

ANNOTATIONS.

1. In conſummation of the tabernacle.] The ſeuentie Interpreters teſtifie by adding this title, that king Dauid made this Pſalme (as he did alſo ſome others) [Margin: ⟨illegible⟩04. 105. &c] [Margin: Myſteries of the Catholique Church prophecied in this Pſalme.] when the Arke of God was brought into the tabernacle, which he had pitched for it in Sion. 2 Reg. 6. 1. Paral. 16. VVherin he ſaw by prophetical ſpirite, and here vttereth other farre greater myſteries, & more excellent benefites, brought into the world by Chriſt, and preached by him, and his Apoſtles, then agreed to the Arke, or the time of the old Teſtament; but are verified in the admirable fruite of innumerable people of al nations, and of manie great Potentates conuerted to Chriſtianitie.

Psalm 29

PSALME. XXIX. [Margin: Dauid rendereth thankes for his eſtabliſhment in his kingdome. The 8. key.]

King Dauid by voice and inſtrument rendereth thankes to God for his peaceable ſtate in the kingdom, 5. inuiteth others to reioyce in Gods benefites, teaching by his owne example that God ſometimes geueth more conforth ſometimes sheweth his wrath, but al for our good.

1 A [a] Pſalme of Canticle, [b] in the dedication of Dauids houſe.

2 I WIL [c] exalt thee ô Lord, [d] becauſe thou haſt receiued me: neither haſt e delighted myne enemies ouer me.

3 O Lord my God I haue cried to thee, and thou haſt [f] healed me.

4 Lord thou haſt [g] brought forth my ſoule out of hel: thou haſt ſaued me from them that goe downe into the lake.

5 Sing to our Lord [h] ye his ſainctes: and [i] confeſſe to the memorie of his holines.

6 Becauſe [k] wrath is in his indignation: [l] and life in his wil. At [m] euening shal weeping abide: and in the morning gladneſſe.

7 And I ſaid in my abundance: [n] I wil not be moued for euer.

8 O Lord [o] in thy wil, thou haſt geuen ſtrength to my beautie. Thou haſt [p] turned away thy face from me, and I became trubled.

9 To thee ô Lord [q] I wil crie: and I wil pray to my God.

10 [r] What profite is in my bloud, whiles I deſcend into corruption? Shal duſt confeſſe to thee, or declare thy truth?

11 Our Lord hath heard, and had mercie on me: our Lord is become my helper.

12 Thou haſt turned my mourning into ioy vnto me: thou haſt cut my ſackcloth, and haſt compaſſed me with gladnes.

13 That [ſ] my glorie may ſing to thee: and I be not compunct: Lord my God for euer [t] wil I confeſſe to thee.

Marginal notes to Psalm 29

1 [a] The general name of Pſalme common to this whole booke conteyning in al 150. is more particularelie appropriated to ſome, which more ſpecially were playde vpon muſical inſtruments as on the Pſalter, Harpe, &c. Others are called Canticles, which were moſt vſuallie ſongue with humaine voices. So this, called a Pſalme of Canticle, ſignifieth that voyces begane the muſike and inſtruments were adioyned. As contrariwiſe others are called Canticles of Pſalmes, where inſtruments begane and voices folowed.
1 [b] After manie great tribulations, King Dauid proſpering built an excellent houſe or palace. (2. Reg. 5. v. 11. Paralip. 14. v. 1.) And at his firſt dwelling therein, made this Pſalme, beginning himſelfe to ſing the ſame with voice, other muſitians ioyned with him in the praiſes of God and thankeſgeuing for his benefites.
2 [c] Though God in himſelfe is moſt high, and neither nedeth, nor can be exalted by men, yet the royal prophet knew it vvas his dutie to ſing thankes and praiſes to him,
2 [d] for his deliuerie from manie trubles, and dangers. e not ſuffering his enemies to be delighted in his ruine.
3 [f] conſerued my bodie in health amōgſt innumerable dangers.
4 [g] Preſerued my ſoule from greater dāgers of ſinnes, and ſo from hel.
5 [h] Ye that are iuſt and holie praiſe God for it, from vvhom it cometh, and not from your ſelues:
5 [i] confeſſe his mere goodnes vvithout your deſertes.
6 [k] vvhen he is angrie,
6 [l] yet he meaneth vvel vnto vs.
6 [m] The ſtate of a iuſt mans life is often changed from ſorovv to comforte, and from comforte to ſorovv.
7 [n] Though vve ſuppoſe our ſelues firmly eſtablished:
8 [o] yet God of his good vvil tovvardes vs ſometimes geueth ſtrength, and corege,
8 [p] ſometimes ſuffereth vs to our ovvne vveakenes,
9 [q] therfore we muſt ſtil crie and pray for Gods helpe,
10 [r] in manner here expreſſed of the like.
13 [ſ] finally in this my good ſtate
13 [t] I ſhal alvvayes confeſſe and praiſe thee.

Psalm 30

PSALME. XXX.

A prayer of a iuſt man excedingly afflicted ſtil confident in God, 11. deſcribing [Margin: How to pray in affliction. The 7. key.] his manie calamities (in reſpect of his enemies) vndeſerued, 18. prayeth for his owne deliuerie, and their iuſt punishment. 20. praiſeth and thanketh God for his goodnes. 24. exhorteth al others to do the ſame.

1 Vnto [a] the end, the Pſalme of Dauid, for [b] exceſſe of minde.

2 IN THEE ô Lord [c] haue I hoped, [d] let me not be confounded for euer: in thy iuſtice deliuer me.

3 Incline thine eare to me, make haſt to deliuer me. Be vnto me for a God protector: and for a houſe of refuge, that thou mayſt ſaue me.

4 Becauſe thou art my ſtrength, and my refuge: and for thy name thou wilt conduct me, and wilt nourish me.

5 Thou wilt bring me out of this ſnare, which they haue hid for me: becauſe thou art my protector.

6 Into [e] thy handes I commend my ſpirit: thou haſt [f] redeemed me ô Lord God of truth.

7 Thou haſt hated them that obſerue vanities, vnprofitably. But I haue hoped in our Lord:

8 I shal reioyce and be ioyful in thy mercie. Becauſe thou haſt reſpected my humilitie, thou haſt ſaued my ſoule out of neceſſities.

9 Neither [g] haſt thou shut me vp in the handes of the enemie: thou haſt ſet me feete in a large place.

10 Haue mercie vpon me ô Lord becauſe I am in tribulation: myne ei⟨illegible⟩is trubled for wrath, my ſoule, and my bellie:

11 Becauſe [h] my life is decayed for ſorrowe: and my yeares for gronings. My ſtrength is weakened for pouertie; and by bones are trubled.

12 Aboue al myne enemies I am made a reproch both to my neighbours excedingly: and [i] a feare to my acquantance. They that ſaw me, fled forth from me:

13 I am forgotten, from the hart as one dead. I am made as a veſſel deſtroyed:

14 becauſe I haue heard the reprehenſion of manie that abide round about: In that whiles, they aſſembled together againſt me, they conſulted to take my ſoule.

15 But I haue hoped in thee ô Lord: I ſayd: Thou art my God:

16 my lottes are in thy handes. Deliuer me out of the handes of my enemies, and from them that perſecute me.

17 [k] Illuſtrate thy face vpon thy ſeruant, [l] ſaue me in thy mercie:

18 Lord let me not be confounded, becauſe I haue inuocated thee. Let the impious be ashamed, and brought downe into hel:

19 let the deceitful lippes be made mute. Which ſpeake iniquitie againſt the iuſt, [m] in pride, and [n] abuſe.

20 How great is the multitude of thy ſweetneſſe ô Lord, which thou [o] haſt hid for them that feare thee. Thou haſt perfited it for them that hope in thee, [p] in the ſight of the children of men.

21 Thou [q] shalt hide them in the ſecrete of [r] thy face from the diſturbance of men. Thou shalt protect them in thy tabernacle from the contradiction of tongues.

22 Bleſſed be our Lord: becauſe he hath made his mercie merueilous to me in the fenſed citie.

23 But I haue ſaid in [ſ] the exceſſe of my minde: I am caſt away from the ſight of thine eies. Therfore thou haſt heard the voice of my praier, whiles I cried to thee.

24 [t] Loue our Lord al ye his ſainctes: becauſe our Lord wil require truth, & wil repay them abundantly that doe proudly.

25 Do ye [v] manfully, and let your [vv] hart take courage, al ye that [x] hope in out Lord.

Marginal notes to Psalm 30

1 [a] Perteyning to the new Teſtament.
1 [b] eſpecially to the iuſt trubled and almoſt diſtracted in mind in great affliction. See v. 23.
2 [c] How greuouſly ſoeuer I am afflicted yet I truſt in thee,
2 [d] therfore I pray thus.
2 ⟨illegible⟩. 70.
6 [e] I offer and reſigne my ſelfe to thee.
6 [f] The firſt preceptis to lerne of our elders.
6 ⟨illegible⟩. 23.
9 [g] not ſuffered me to be shut vp.
11 [h] al my partes external and internal, body and mind are trubled.
12 [i] My freindes dare not conuerſe with me, leſt they incurre diſpleaſure for my ſake.
17 [k] Make thy ⟨illegible⟩ht ſo ⟨illegible⟩hine in my ſoule, that I may vnderſtand that is right.
17 [l] and through thy mercie deliuer me from the force of myne aduerſaries.
19 [m] ⟨illegible⟩ly ⟨illegible⟩hauing themſelues ⟨illegible⟩ if they had no ſuperior, neither in earth nor in heauen, to whom they ſhal at laſt render account:
19 [n] and abuſing their preſent powre and authoritie, which they haue of God.
20 [o] As yet in this preſent life the reward of the iuſt is hidde:
20 [p] but shal be made manifeſt in ſight of al men.
21 [q] In the meane time the iuſt is in great eſtimation in the ſecrete knowledge of God.
21 [r] title of honoure, as we ſpeake to a king; your maieſtie: or to a noble man, your Lord⟨illegible⟩hippe.
23 [ſ] in myn extreme affliction being almoſt diſtracted in my mind I ſaid that in reaſon I would not haue ſayd. Holie Iob ſpake ſome thinges in ſuch ſtate of affliction ch. 3. & 42.
24 [t] the prophet, or other iuſt perſon exhorteth al the ſeruants of God
25 [v] to conſtancie.
25 [vv] long animitie
25 [x] and final perſeuerance to the end.

Psalm 31

PSALME. XXXI.

Forgeuenes of ſinnes is a happie thing: 3. wherto manie are brought by [Margin: The ſecond poe⟨illegible⟩tential Pſalme. The 7. key.] affliction geuing them vnderſtanding, ſo mouing them to confeſſe their ſinnes, 6. pray for remiſſion, 10, not deſpaire, but hope in Gods mercie, and ſo reioyce with ſincere hart.

1 To [a] Dauid himſelfe“ vnderſtanding. BLESSED are they, [b] whoſe iniquities are forgeuen: and “ whoſe ſinnes [c] be couered.

2 Bleſſed is the man, to whom [d] our Lord hath“ not imputed ſinne,“ neither is there [e] guile in his ſpirit.

3 Becauſe [f] I held my peace, my bones are * inueterated, [g] whiles I cried al the day.

4 Becauſe day and night thy hand is made heauie vpon me: I [h] am turned in my anguish, whiles [i] the thorne is faſtened.

5 I [k] haue made my ſinne knowen to thee: and my iniuſtice I haue not hid. I ſaid: I wil confeſſe againſt me my iniuſtice to our Lord: and thou haſt forgeuen the impietie of my ſinne.

6 For this [l] shal euerie holie one pray to thee, in time conuenient. But yet [m] in the floud of manie waters, they shal [n] not approche to him.

7 Thou art my refuge from tribulation, which hath compaſſed me: my exultation, deliuer me from them that compaſſe me.

8 I [o] wil geue thee vnderſtanding, and wil inſtruct thee in the way, that thou shalt goe; I [p] wil faſten mine eies vpon thee.

9 Doe [q] not become as horſe and mule, which haue no vnderſtanding. In [r] bit and bridle binde faſt their cheekes, that approch not to thee.

10 Manie [ſ] are the ſcourges of a ſinner, but [t] him that hopeth in our Lord mercie shal compaſſe.

11 Be [v] ioyful in our Lord and reioyſe ye iuſt, and glorie al ye right of hart.

Marginal notes to Psalm 31

1 [a] This Pſalme ſheweth how Dauid was brought to vnderſtand his ſinnes, to confeſſe, bewayle, and obtaine remiſſion of them.
1 [b] The firſt bleſſing of a ſinner is the forgeuenes of his ſinnes.
1 ⟨illegible⟩om. 4. ⟨illegible⟩. P⟨illegible⟩. 4.
1 [c] by charitie, which couereth themultitude of ſinnes. 1. Pet. 4.
2 [d] Satisfaction be⟨illegible⟩g made.
2 [e] VVhen ſinners repent ſincerly without guile, then God forgeueth: without which cooperation non⟨illegible⟩ is iuſtified.
3 [f] becauſe I acknowledged not my greuous ſinnes, I was ſtil ſore afflicted.
3 “Waxed as if they vvere old.
3 [g] though otherwiſe I ceaſed notto pray but without any fruict or good effect.
4 [h] thy diuine prouidence reducing me,
4 [i] by remorſe of myn owne conſcience which telleth me that I deſerue al this affliction.
5 [k] therfore I do no longer diſsēble with men nor am ſilent to thee, but expreſly acknowlege my ſinnes.
6 [l] As I do now recal my ſelfe being ſtricken with Gods heauie hand; ſo muſt euerie one that wil be purged from his ſinnes and ſanctified pray to thee, when he is afflicted.
6 [m] Though calamities be meruelous great like to a diluge:
6 [n] yet they ſhal not opreſſe him, that relieth vpon God.
8 [o] God ſpeaketh▪ promiſing by theſe tribulations to geue his ſeruants vnder ſtanding, and inſtruction:
8 [p] with perpetual protection.
9 [q] Be not therfore careles, like to brute beaſtes, but conſideratiue of your actions.
9 [r] The Prophet or anie iuſt ſoul beſecheth God to held this ſtraict hand of diſcipline ouer ſinners, for their conuerſion.
10 [ſ] Sinners deſerue much punishment.
10 [t] but repenting, and truſting in God shal finde his mercie.
11 [v] The end of true penance is ioyto which therfore the prophet inuiteth al penitents.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. XXXI.

1. Vnderſtanding.] VVhen Dauid had ſinned and ſomewhile neglected to [Margin: Vexation geueth vnderſtanding.] confeſſe his fault, Gods mercie by affliction made him to vnderſtand his owne eſtate, who then repenting, confeſſing, and ſorowing for his ſinnes made this Pſalme which is therfore intitled Vnderſtanding: or, Inſtruction of Dauid. It geueth [Margin: Sinne muſt be puniſhed.] vs alſo to vnderſtand, and to know, ſaith S. Auguſtin, that we muſt neither truſt in our owne merites, nor preſume to eſcape puniſhment of ſinne. Thy firſt vnderſtanding therfore or leſſon, muſt be, to know thy ſelf to be a ſinner The [Margin: Good workes are of gra⟨illegible⟩e] nex is, that when with faith thou beginneſt to worke wel by loue, thou attribute not this to thyn owne ſtreingth, but to the grace of God.

1. VVhoſe ſinnes are couered. 2. not imputed.] Caluin and his complices gether [Margin: in epiſt. ad Ro. c. 4.] [Margin: Proteſtantes expound this place contrary to many other clere places.] poyſon of theſe holie wordes, denying that ſinnes are truly taken away, but only couered, and ſtil remayne ſay they in the iuſteſt. VVhich ſenſe would make this Scripture contrarie to other places Iſaie 6. thyn iniquitie shal be taken away, and thy ſinne ſhal be cleanſed. Ioan. 1. The lambe of God which taketh away the ſinne of the world. Act. 3. Be penitent and conuert, that your ſinnes may be put out. 1. Cor. 6 you are waſhed, you are ſanctified, you are iuſtified. & the like, which ſhew the true real taking away of ſinnes, true ſanctification, and iuſtification. As S. Ierom (or ſome other ancient authentical autor) explicateth [Margin: contrarie to the expoſition of ancient fathers.] this place ſaying: Sinnes are ſo couered by baptiſme & penance, that they are not to be reueled in the day of iudgement not imputed in him that diligently purgeth him ſelfe in this world, or by martyrdom. S. Auguſtin teacheth the ſame ſaying: Sinnes are couered, are wholly couered, are aboliſhed. Neither muſt you vnderſtand (ſaith he) that ſinnes are couered, as though ſtil they were, and liued. VVhy then did the prophet ſay; ſinnes are couered? they are not to be puniſhed. More clerly, li. 1. c 13. cont. duas Epiſt. Pelag. The Pelagians calumniating. Catholiques, as if they taught, that ſinnes are not taken away, but ſhauen, as heares are cut with a raſor; the rootes remaining in he fleſh. vvhich (he anſwereth) none affirmeth but an infidel▪ Likewiſe S. Gregorie teacheth, that a ſinner couereth his ſinnes wel, when with contrarie vertues he ouerwhelmeth former vices, and with good deedes blotteth out former euil deedes. He couereth [Margin: God couering or not imputing ſinne doth quite take them away.] them euil, when either for ſhame, or feare, or obſtinacie, or deſperation he concealeth his ſinnes, omitting to confeſſe them. God couereth ſinnes, as a phiſition couereth woundes, by applying medicinal plaſter, which in deede cureth them. Thus ancient, lerned holie Fathers expound this text. Further explicating, that albeit thinges couered, and only therby hidde from men, do remaine as they were before they were hid, yet whatſoeuer is hid to God, is in dede vtterly taken away, for nothing that is, can be hid from God. And the [Margin: The contrarie doctrin is iniurious to God. to Chriſt.] contrarie doctrin of Proteſtants is iniurious either to Gods powre, if they ſay he can not quite take away ſinnes, or to his mercie, if he wil not, or to his iuſtice, if he neuer puniſh ſinnes euer remayning, and to his truth if he repute otherwiſe, then in deede the thing is. It is alſo iniurious to Chriſt, to ſay, his bloud and death is not effectual to take away ſinnes. iniurious to innumerable places of holie Scripture, which affirme plainly that ſinnes by Gods grace are [Margin: to holie Scriptures. to glorified S inctes.] vtterly taken away Finally it is iniurious to Sainctes in heauen, arguing them as ſtil infected with ſinnes, if in dede ſinnes yet remaine in them. which is moſt abſurde, and blaſphemie to ſpeake And yet foloweth by neceſſarie conſequence. For if the iuſteſt liued & died in ſinne, they ſhould remaine eternally in ſinne.

2. Neither is there guile in his ſpirite.] In remiſſion of ſinnes the penitent neceſſarily [Margin: Sincere repentance is a neceſſarie diſpotion to remiſſion of ⟨illegible⟩e. After remiſſiō it is ſatisfactorie and meritorious.] muſt ſo cooperate, that he haue no guile in his ſpirite, or hart, for if he haue, then he faileth of the forſaide bleſſednes, and his iniquities are not forgeuen, nor his ſinnes couered to God, but to be imputed and puniſhed Yet the repentance of a ſinner be it neuer ſo ſincere, hartie, and without guile doth not merite remiſſion of ſinne, but only diſpoſeth therto. But after remiſſion it is ſatisfactorie for the paine due for ſinnes, and meritorious of glorie. According as S. Auguſtin here teacheth ſaying▪ Good (or meritorious) workes goe not before faith, and remiſſion, but folow the ſame.

Psalm 32

PSALME XXXII.

The prophet exhorteth to praiſe God, 4. deſcribing his powre, prouidence, [Margin: The perfectiō of Gods workes deſcribed. The 2. key.] mercie, and wiſdom. 16. no ſaluation but by him. 20. and therfore prayeth for his helpe.

The Pſalme of Dauid.

1 REIOYCE ye iuſt [a] in our Lord: [b] prayſing becometh the righteous.

2 Confeſſe ye to our Lord on [c] the harpe: on [d] a pſalter of ten ſtrings ſing to him.

3 Sing ye to him [e] a new ſong: ſing wel to him in iubilation.

4 Becauſe the [f] word of our Lord is right, and al his workes are [g] in faith.

5 He loueth [h] mercie and iudgement: the earth is ful of the mercie of our Lord.

6 By [i] the word of our Lord the heauens are eſtablished: and by the ſpirit of his mouth al the power of them.

7 Gathering together the waters of the ſea, as it were in a bottel: putting the depthes [k] in treaſures.

8 Let al the earth feare our Lord: and let al the inhabitantes of the world be moued at him.

9 Becauſe he ſaid, and they were made: he commanded and they were created,

10 Our Lord l diſſipateth the counſels of nations: and he reproueth the cogitations of people, and he reproueth the counſels of princes.

11 But the counſel of our Lord abydeth for euer: the cogitations [m] of his hart in generation and generation.

12 Bleſſed is the nation, whoſe God is our Lord: the people [n] whom he hath choſen for his inheritance,

13 Our [o] Lord hath looked from heauen: he hath ſene al the children of men.

14 From his prepared habitation he hath looked vpon al, that inhabite the earth.

15 Who [p] made their hartes ſeuerally: who vnderſtandeth al their workes.

16 The [q] king is not ſaued by much powre: and the gyant shal not be ſaued in the multitude of his ſtrength.

17 The horſe fayleth [r] to ſafetie, [ſ] and in the abundance of his force he shal not be ſaued.

18 Behold the eies of our Lord be vpon them that feare him: and on them, that hope vpon his mercie.

19 That he may deliuer their ſoules from death: and nourish them in famine.

20 Our ſoule expecteth our Lord: becauſe he is our helper and protector.

21 Becauſe in him our hart shal reioyce: and we haue truſted in his holie name. [t] Let thy mercie ô Lord be made vpon vs: as we haue hoped in thee.

Marginal notes to Psalm 32

1 [a] not in your ſelues
1 [b] praiſe is not comelie in the mouth of a ſinner. Eccli. 15.
2 [c] in mortification offering your bodies a liuing hoſte, Rom. 12.
2 [d] of this inſtrument this booke is called the Pſalter and it ſignifieth the obſeruation of the tenne commandments, without which no praiſe pleaſeth God.
3 [e] praiſing God for the grace of Chriſt in the new teſtament.
4 [f] Gods rules and precepts are moſt iuſt and right.
4 [g] he performeth whatſoeuer he promiſeth.
5 [h] God euer ioyneth theſe vertues together.
6 [i] Gods word i⟨illegible⟩ omnipotent.
7 [k] vnknowen, ⟨illegible⟩ riches hid in ſecrete places.
10 As in Babylon he confounded their tongues.
11 [m] his abſolute wil is alwayes fulfilled.
12 [n] the people of Iſrael in the old teſtament: and Chriſtians of al nations in the new.
13 [o] Gods per petual prouidence.
15 [p] Gods wiſdom infinite.
16 [q] No powre in earth is of anie force without God.
17 [r] of his maſter
17 [ſ] or of him ſelfe.
21 [t] O God which haſt al perfection, shew thy mercie in protecting, and ſauing al that truſt in thee.

Psalm 33

PSALME. XXXIII.

King Dauid by his owne example being deliuered from danger, exhorteth [Margin: Gods prouidence. The 3. key.] al men to render thankes for Gods benefites. 12. shewing wherin iuſtice conſiſteth, 16. and Gods ſpecial prouidence towards the iuſt.

1 To Dauid, when “ he changed his countenance before [a] Abimelech, and he diſmiſt him, and he went away. (1. Reg. 21.)

2 I [b] WIL bleſ⟨illegible⟩e our Lord at [c] al time: his prayſe alwayes in my mouth.

3 In our Lord [d] my ſoule shal be praiſed: let the milde heare, and reioyce.

4 Magnifie ye our Lord with me: and let vs exalt his name for euer.

5 I haue ſought out our Lord, and he hath heard me: and from al my tribulations he hath deliuered me.

6 Come ye to him, and be illuminated: and your faces shal not be confounded.

7 This [e] poore man hath cried, and our Lord hath heard him: and from al his tribulations he hath ſaued him.

8 The [f] Angel of our Lord shal put in him ſelfe about them that feare him: and shal deliuer them.

9 Taſt ye, and ſee that our Lord is ſweete: bleſſed is the man, that hopeth in him.

10 Feare [g] ye our Lord al ye his ſainctes: becauſe there is no lacke to them that feare him.

11 The [h] rich haue wanted, and haue bene hungrie: but they that ſeeke after our Lord shal not be diminished of any good.

12 Come children, heare me: I wil teach you the feare of our Lord.

13 Who is the man [i] that wil haue life: loueth to ſee good daies.

14 “ Stay thy tongue from euil: and thy lippes that they ſpeake not guile.

15 Turne away from euil, and do good: ſeeke after peace, and purſewe it.

16 The eies of our Lord vpon the iuſt: and his eares vnto their prayers

17 But the [k] countenance of our Lord is vpon them that doe euil things: to deſtroy their memorie out of the earth.

18 The iuſt haue cried, and our Lord hath heard them: and out of al their tribulations he hath deliuered them.

19 Our Lord is nigh to them, that are of a contrite hart: and the humble of ſpirit he wil ſaue.

20 Manie are the tribulations of the iuſt: and out of al theſe our Lord wil deliuer them.

21 Our Lord keepeth al their [l] bones: there shal not one of them be broken.

22 The death of ſinners is verie il: and they that hate the iuſt [m] shal offend.

23 Our Lord wil redeme the ſoules of his ſeruantes: and al that hope in him [n] shal not offend.

Marginal notes to Psalm 33

1 [a] His proper name was Achis 1. Reg. 21. but al kinges of Paleſtina were called Abimelech, as pharao in Aegypt, N⟨illegible⟩huchodonoſor in Babylon.
1 This Pſalme is alſo compoſed in order of tho Alphabet.
2 [b] I prayſe God
2 [c] both in proſperitie and aduerſitie.
3 [d] when I ſerue our Lord, my ſoule shal be praiſed in his ſeruice.
7 [e] Euerie man be he how poore ſoeuer when he prayeth shal be heard.
8 [f] the proper guardian Angel of euerie one.
10 [g] with filial feare.
11 [h] the rich of this world ſetting their mind vpon their wealth, are poore in ſpiritual giftes.
13 [i] Euerie one deſireth to be happie, but he in dede shal be happie, that fleeth from euil, and doth good.
17 [k] God ſeing almens actiōs & intentions, wil render as they deſerue.
21 [l] Though the iuſt ſome for a time to be forſaken, yet God that geueth them internal ſtreingth, wil at laſt reward and crow ⟨illegible⟩ them his owne giftes.
22 [m] for their ſinne they are ſuffered to fal into more ſinne.
23 [n] contrariwiſe thoſe that accept of his grace, shal finally not offend.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. XXXIII.

1. He changed his countenance▪ ] S. Auguſtin by holie Dauids changing of his [Margin: A ſecret great miſterie in the title of this Pſalme.] countenance, and by changing the king of Geth his name, who in the booke of kinges (where the hiſtorie is recorded) is called Achis, and here Abimelech, gethereth that here is an hidden, and great Myſterie. VVhich he explicateth partly by interpretation of the Hebrew names, but more eſpecially by Dauids changing of his countenance, which prefigured Chriſt, eternal God becoming alſo man, and ſo making great changes in the world. For as Dauid killed Goliath, and for his good act gotte enuie, ſo Chriſt killing the diuel, and humilitie in Chriſts mēbers killing pride, are perſecuted by the wicked. For Chriſt was both [Margin: Iuc. 2.] [Margin: Some become vvorſe, ſome better by Chriſt. Sacrifice and Prieſthood changed.] to the ruine, and Reſurrection of manie. He changed Sacrifice and Prieſthood. The Iewes had ſacrifice according to the order of Aaron, in victims of cattle, and this was in myſterie. For there was not then the Sacrifice of the bodie and bloud of our Lord: which the faithful, and thoſe that haue read the Goſpel do know, which Sacrifice is now ſpread in al the round earth. A⟨illegible⟩litle after: the Sacrifice of Aaron is taken away, and the Sacrifice according to the order of Melchiſedech begane to be. He therfore, I knovv not vvho, changed his countenance, Let it not be, I knovv not vvho, for our Lord Ieſus Chriſt is knowen. He would haue our health to be in his bodie and bloud From whence did he commend [Margin: God moſt high is become lovve] his bodie and bloud? from his humilitie. For vnles he were humble, he would neither be eaten nor druncke. Behold his highnes: In the beginning was the vvord, and the vvord was with God, and God the vvord. Loe the euerlaſting meate, and Angels eate it, ſupernal powres eate it, celeſtial ſpirites eate it, and they eate, and are fatted, and the thing remaineth whole, which ſatiateth and reioyceth them. How then hath the vviſdome of God fedde vs vvith [Margin: He is our ſacramental meate. Chriſt leaft the Ievves, & receiued the Gentiles.] the ſame bread, the word was made fleſh and dwelt in vs: It were too long to recite this great Doctors vvhole diſcourſe. He further ſheweth that Chriſt diſmiſſed the Ievves, and vvent from them to the Gentiles. Thou ſeekeſt novv Chriſt (ſaith he) among the Ievves, and findeſt him not: becauſe he hath changed his countenance. For they ſticking to the ſacrifice according to the order of Aaron, held not the Sacrifice according to the order of Melchiſedech, and haue loſt Chriſt: and the Gentiles haue begunne to haue him Againe this holie father vvilleth vs to remember the Goſpel: VVhen our Lord Ieſus Chriſt [Margin: The real preſence of Chriſt in the Sacrament.] ſpake of his bodie, he ſaid: Vnles you eate the fleſh of the Sonne of man, and drinke his bloud, you ſhal not haue life in you: becauſe he had changed his countenance, this ſemed as furie; and madnes vnto them, to geue his fleſh to be eaten of men, & his bloud to be drunke, therfore Dauid vvas reputed madde before Achis, vvhen he ſaid: you haue brought this madde man vnto me. Doth it not ſeme madnes: Eate ye my fleſh, and drinke my bloud? He ſemed to be madde, thus S. Auguſtin. Neuer imagining the figuratiue interpretation of our nevv Sacramentaries: vvho ſay Chriſt gaue no more but a figure of his bodie & bloud, for then it had bene eaſily vnderſtood by the Capharnaites, and no ſuch contradiction, nor murmuring had happened. Yet S. Auguſtin ſaith more plainly, [Margin: Catech. R⟨illegible⟩. p. 2. ⟨illegible⟩ ⟨illegible⟩. q. ⟨illegible⟩4.] if more plaine may be▪ Chriſt caried himſelfe in his ovvne handes. And hovv this can be done (bretheren) in man, vvho can vnderſtand? For vvho is caried in his ovvne handes? A man may be caried in the handes of others, no man is caried in his ovvne handes. VVe find not hovv it can be vnderſtood in Dauid, according to the letter: but in Chriſt vve find it. For Chriſt vvas caried in his ovvne handes, vvhen geuing his verie bodie, he ſaid: This is my bodie. for he caried his bodie in his ovvne handes.

14 15. ⟨illegible⟩tay thy tongue, &c.] Both theſe verſes, and frequent other places in [Margin: Not only faith but good vvorkes with faith iuſtifie.] the Pſalmes, ſhevv plainly that iuſtice conſiſteth not only in faith, but in abſtayning from euil and doing good: yet requiring and preſuppoſing true faith, vvithout which no workes are aualable to iuſtice, nor to euerlaſting life.

Psalm 34

PSALME XXXIIII.

Dauid, in figure of Chriſt, prophetically by way of inuocating Gods helpe▪ forsheweth his perſecution, and the iuſt reuenge vpon his perſecutors, [Margin: Chriſts perſecution. The 5. key.] 9. with praiſe to God. 13. his charitie towards his cruel aduerſaries. 17. whom neuertheles God punisheth, 20. for pretending peace in wordes, and in fact perſecuting, 23. rendering to al as they deſerue.

To Dauid himſelf.

[Margin (a): Dauid ſignifieth beloued deſiderable, or ſtrong of hand, that is Chriſt, aboue al beloued of God, deſired of man, the ſtrong conquerour of death and hel. S. Aug. in hunc locum.]

1 IVDGE [b] ô Lord them that hurt me: ouerthrow them that impugne me.

2 Take [c] armour and [d] shield: and riſe vp to helpe me.

3 Bring forth the ſword, and [e] shut vp againſt them, that perfecute me: ſay to my ſoule: I am thy ſaluation.

4 Let them [f] be counfounded & ashamed, that ſeeke my ſoule. Let them be turned backward, and be confounded that thinke euil againſt me

5 Be they made as duſt before the face of winde; and the angel of our Lord ſtraictning them.

6 Let their way be made darkeneſſe and ſlippernes: and the angel of our Lord purſewing them.

7 Becauſe they haue hid the deſtruction of their ſnare for me without cauſe: in vaine haue they vpbrayded my ſoule.

8 Let the ſnare which he knoweth not, come on him; and the net, which he hath hid, catch him: and let him fal into the verie ſame ſnare.

9 But [g] my ſoule shal reioyce in our Lord: and shal be delighted vpon [h] his ſaluation.

10–11 Al my bones shal ſay: Lord, who is like to thee▪ Deliuering the needie from the hand of them that are ſtronger then he: the needie and poore from them that ſpoile him. [i] Vniuſt witneſſes ryſing vp, asked me things that [k] I knew not.

12 They repayed me euil things for good, [l] ſterilitie to my ſoule.

13 But I when they were trubleſome to me, [m] did put on cloth of heare. I humbled my ſoule in faſting: and my prayer shal be turned into my boſome.

14 As a [n] neighbour, as our brother, ſo did I pleaſe: as mourning and ſorowful ſo was I humbled.

15 And they [o] reioyced againſt me, and [p] came together: [q] ſcourges were gathered together vpon me, and I was [r] ignorant.

16 They were diſſipated, and not compunct, they tempted me, they ſcorned me with ſcorning: they gnashed vpon me with their teeth.

17 Lord [ſ] when wilt thou regard? [t] reſtore thou my ſoule from their malignitie, myne only one from the lions.

18 I wil confeſſe to thee in [v] the great Church, in a graue people I wil prayſe thee.

19 Let them not reioyce ouer me that are my aduerſaries vniuſtly: [w] that hate me without cauſe, and twinckle with the eies.

20 Becauſe they ſpake in deede [x] peaceably to me: and in the anger of the earth ſpeaking they meant guiles.

21 And they [y] opened their mouth awide vpon me: they ſaid; Wel, wel, our eies haue ſeene.

22 Thou haſt ſene ô Lord, keepe not ſilence: [z] Lord depart not from me.

23 Ariſe and attend to my iudgement: my God, and my Lord vnto my cauſe.

24 Iudge me according to thy iuſtice ô Lord my God, and let them not reioyce ouer me

25 Let them not ſay in their hartes: Wel, wel, to our ſoule: neitheir let them ſay: We haue deuoured him.

26 Let [a] them blush and be ashamed together, that reioyce at my euils. Let them be clothed with confuſion and shame; that ſpeake great things vpon me.

27 Let [b] them reioyce and be glad, that wil my iuſtice: and let them ſay alwayes: Our Lord be magnified, that wil the peace of his ſeruant.

28 And my tongue shal meditate thy iuſtice, thy prayſe al the day.

Marginal notes to Psalm 34

1 [b] By way of imprecation heprophecieth that God wil ouerthrow the perſecutors of Chriſt, and of Chriſtians.
2 [c] Offenſiue
2 [d] denfenſiue.
3 [e] preoccupate and preuent the malice of the perſecutor.
4 [f] Such a punishment and confuſion shal fal in the end vpon al the malicious, after that the iuſt shal haue ouercome tribulations.
9 [g] In the time of truble in hope▪
9 [h] after deliuerie, in eternal ſaluation,
10–11 [i] ſuch falſe witneſſes did riſe againſt Chriſt Mat. 26.
10–11 [k] thinges that were not; for God himſelfe, that knoweth althinges knoweth not that which neither was, is, nor can be.
12 [l] they made priuation of my life, verified in Chriſt, not in Dauid, for he was killed by his enemies.
13 [m] Al our Sauiours life was penance for others, needing none for himſelfe.
14 [n] Chriſt the good Samaritane that releeued the wounded man. Luc. 10.
15 [o] al this was fulfilled according to the letter in our Sauiours paſſion.
15 [p] al this was fulfilled according to the letter in our Sauiours paſſion.
15 [q] al this was fulfilled according to the letter in our Sauiours paſſion.
15 [r] Our Lord knoweth not anie iuſt cauſe, why the Iewes ſo perſecuted him, for they had no iuſt cauſe but meere malice.
17 [ſ] as Pſal. 21. and Mat. 27. God why haſt thou forſaken me? not deliuered me from temporal death, nor yelded me ſuch conſolation, as thou gaueſt other Sainctes in their agonies?
17 [t] a prophecie of Chriſts reſurrection▪
18 [v] Prophecie of the Catholique Church. as Pſal. 21.
19 [w] This place is applied by our Sauiour to himſelfe. Ioan. 15.
20 [x] The Phariſes and Herodians ſaid: Maſter we know that thou art a true ſpeaker &c. meaning to intrappe him with treaſon. Mat. 22.
21 [y] The ſame Phariſes and Prieſtes iudged him woorthy of death, and procured the people to ⟨illegible⟩rie: Crucifie him, crucifie, him.
22 [z] Againe his Reſurrection is prophecied.
26 [a] At the day of iudgement the wicked shal receiue ſentence of damnation.
27 [b] the bleſſed of eternal glorie.

Psalm 35

PSALME XXXV.

The prophet deſcribeth the wicked malice of obſtinate ſinners 6. Againſt [Margin: Gods prouidence. The 3. key.] which he oppoſeth Gods infinite goodnes, 9. with his prouident mercie towards the worſt, and iuſt reward of the good; 12. praying to eſcape the dangerous gulfe of pride.

1 [a] Vnto the end, to [b] the ſeruant of our Lord Dauid him ſelfe.

2 THE vniuſt hath ſaid within him ſelfe, that he [c] would ſinne: there is no feare of God before his eies

3 Becauſe he hath done deceitfully in his ſight: [d] that his iniquitie may be found vnto hatred.

4 The wordes of his mouth are iniquitie, and guile: he [e] would not vnderſtand that he might doe wel.

5 He hath meditated iniquitie in his bed: he hath ſet himſelfe on euery way not good, and malice he hath not hated.

6 Lord [f] thy mercie is in heauen: and [g] thy truth euen to the clowdes.

7 Thy iuſtice as the hilles of God: thy iudgementes are great depth. Men & [h] beaſtes thou wilt ſaue ô Lord:

8 as thou [i] haſt multiplied thy mercie ô God. But [k] the children of men, [l] shal hope in the couert of thy winges.

9 They shal be inebriated with the plentie of thy houſe: and with the torrent of thy pleaſure thou shalt make them drinke.

10 Becauſe with thee is the fountaine of life: and in thy light we shal ſee light.

11 Extend thy mercie to them that know thee, and thy iuſtice to them, that are of a right hart.

12 Let [m] not the foote of pride come to me: and let not [n] the hand of a ſinner moue me.

13 There [o] haue they fallen that worke iniquitie: they were expelled, [p] neither could they ſtand.

Marginal notes to Psalm 35

1 [a] More ſpecially deſcribing the ſtate of men in the new teſtament, then in the old.
1 [b] inſtruction for Dauid not as a king, or a prophet, but as the poore ſeruant of God.
2 [c] wittingly and reſolutely preferring wicked life before vertuous.
3 [d] God ſo ⟨illegible⟩ateth ſinne committed of meere malice, that he commonly reiecteth ſuch ſinners, and more often offereth new grace to thoſe, that ſinne of frailitie, or ignorance.
4 [e] Some ignorance is inuincible whē one hath a good wil to lerne, doing his endeuour to knovv the truth in doctrin, & his dutie in manners, but can not get knowlege therof, and then he is excuſed before God; though he erre in opinion, or in fact: others are negligent to lerne, and their error is groſſe ignorance and is a ſinne, greater or leſſe, according to the importance of the thing, which they ouhgt to knovv. Others are more vvilful, deſiring to be ignorant; that they may ſinne vvith the leſſe remorſe, or repining of their ovvne conſcience, and this is affected ignorance, and moſt hainous, and odious ſinne. For which God often leauing them deſtitute of ordinarie grace, which he geueth to others, they fal into reprobate ſenſe, and into more horrible ſinner.
6 [f] God doth not vtterly ſhut vp his mercie from the moſt wilful & wicked ſinners, but geueth them ſometimes good motions, and ſufficient helpe, that they may repent, be i⟨illegible⟩ ſtified & ſaued, if they do not wittingly harden their owne hartes, and ſtil wilfully repel Gods grace.
6 [g] For ſo God pomiſeth (vvho is moſt faithful) that he vvil forgeue ſinners, and receiue them into his fauoure againe, when ſo euer they reſoluing to ſerue him, repent and ceaſe to ſinne.
7 [h] Thou ô God that haſt care of al creatures, not only of men but alſo of brute beaſtes, art euer readie of thy part to ſaue both moderate men, in vvhom the light of reaſon remaineth, and alſo groſſe ſenſeles perſons, vvhich are become brutiſh like horſe and mule or other beaſtes.
8 [i] For ſo our Lord multiplieth his mercie.
8 [k] Yet with condition that ſenſles or brutiſh men, muſt become reaſonable men, the children of men, not coltes, whelpes, pigges &c.
8 [l] Sinners thus conuerted ſhal not only haue al neceſſaries in this life, as al liuing creatures haue in this world, but alſo ſhal hope of ſpiritual, heauenly, & eternal glorie prepared for Angels, and children of men: as in the verſes folovving.
12 [m] Le⟨illegible⟩t anie impediment hinder the obtayning and poſſeſſion of eternal revvard, the iuſt muſt ſpecially pray not to be infected vvith pride:
12 [n] nor be ouercome by the forcible tentations of other ſinners, by perſvvaſion, not euil example.
13 [o] The firſt ſinne, tovvit of diuels, vvas pride, and mans ſinne vvas by perſvvaſion of the diuel.
13 [p] neither of which could eſcape puniſhment.

Psalm 36

PSALME. XXXVI.

An exhortation not to enuie nor imitate the euil, who for moſt part proſper [Margin: An exhortatiō to contempt of this vvorld. The 7. key. This Pſalme is compoſed in order of the Alphabet, euerie diſtick beginning vvith a diuers letter, to moue the reader to diligent attention, which may ſerue in place of a larger cōmentarie.] in this world, and are damned eternally: but to flee euil and doe good, duly conſidering that God diuerſly permitteth and punisheth the wicked, and likewiſe comforteth and afflicteth the iuſt, al for their good.

1 A Pſalme [a] to Dauid him ſelf. HAVE [b] no emulation toward the malignant: neither enuie them that doe iniquitie.

2 Becauſe [c] they shal quickely wither as graſſe: and as the bloſſomes of herbes they shal ſoone fal.

3 [d] Hope in our Lord and doe good: and inhabite the land, and thou [e] shalt be fed in the riches therof.

4 Be delighted in our Lord: and he wil geue thee the petitions of thy hart.

5 [f] Reuele thy way to our Lord, and hope in him: and he wil doe it.

6 And he wil [g] bring forth thy iuſtice as light: and thy iudgement as midday:

7 be ſubiect to our Lord, and pray him. Haue no emulation in him, that proſpereth in his way: in a man that doth iniuſtices.

8 Ceaſe from wrath, and leaue furie: haue not emulation that thou be malignant.

9 Becauſe they that are malignant, shal be caſt out: but they that expect our Lord, the ſame shal inherite [h] the land.

10 And yet a litle while, and the ſinner shal not be: and thou shalt ſeeke his place, and shal not find it.

11 But the meeke shal inherite the land, and shal be delighted in multitude of peace.

12 The ſinner shal obſerue the iuſt: and shal gnash vpon him with his teeth.

13 But our Lord shal ſcorne him: becauſe he foreſeeth that his day shal come.

14 Sinners haue drawen out the ſword; they haue bent their bowe; That they may deceine the poore and needie: that they may murder the right of hart.

15 Let [i] their owne ſwordes enter into their hartes: and let their bowe be broken.

16 Better is a litle to the iuſt, aboue much riches of ſinners.

17 Becauſe the armes of ſinners shal be broken in pieces: but our Lord comfirmeth the iuſt.

18 Our Lord knoweth the daies of the immaculate: and their inheritance shal be for euer.

19 They shal not be confounded in the euil time, and in the dayes of famine they shal be filled:

20 becauſe the ſinners shal perish. But the enemies of our Lord forth with as they shal be honoured and exalted, vanishing shal vanish as ſmoke.

21 The ſinner shal borrow, and not pay: but the iuſt is merciful and wil geue.

22 Becauſe they that bleſſe him shal inherite the land: but they that curſe him shal perish.

23 With our Lord the ſteppe of man shal be directed: and he shal like wel of his way.

24 When [k] he shal fal, he shal not be bruſed: becauſe our Lord putteth his hand vnder.

25 I haue bene yong, for I am old: and I haue not ſene the iuſt forſaken, [l] nor his ſeede ſeeking bread.

26 Al the day he is merciful and lendeth: and his ſeede shal be in bleſſing.

27 [m] Decline from euil, and doe good: and [n] inhabite for euer and euer.

28 Becauſe our Lord loueth iudgement, and he wil not forſake his ſainctes: they shal be preſerued for euer. The vniuſt shal be punished: and the ſeede of the impious shal perish.

29 But the iuſt shal inherite the land: and shal inhabite for euer and euer vpon it.

30 The mouth of the iuſt shal meditate wiſedome, and his tong shal ſpeake iudgement.

31 The law of his God in his hart: and his ſteppes shal not be ſupplanted.

32 The ſinner conſidereth the iuſt: and ſeeketh to [o] murder him.

33 But our Lord wil not leaue him in his handes: neither wil he condemne him, when iudgement shal be geuen of him.

34 Expect our Lord, and keepe his way: and he wil exalt thee, that thou mayſt inherite the land: when the ſinners shal perish thou shalt ſee.

35 I haue ſeene the impious highly exalted, and aduanced as the ceders of Libanus.

36 And I paſſed by, and behold he was not: and I ſought him, and his place was not found.

37 Keepe innocencie, and ſee equitie: becauſe there are [p] remaynes for the peaceable man.

38 But the vniuſt shal perish together: the remaines of the impious shal perish.

39 But the ſaluation of the iuſt is [q] of our Lord: and he is their potector in the time of tribulation.

40 And our Lord wil helpe them, and deliuer them: and he wil take them away from ſinners, and ſaue them: becauſe they haue hoped in him.

Marginal notes to Psalm 36

1 [a] For Dauids and euery iuſt mans inſtruction.
1 [b] Neither be thou offended that the wicked do proſper in this world, nor imitate them that thou maiſt alſo proſper.
2 [c] For al this life, and conſequently the proſperitie therof is shorte, and vncertaine.
3 [d] Put thy truſt in God, liuing content in this world:
3 [e] & he wil geue thee that is neceſſarie.
5 [f] Commend al thyn affaire⟨illegible⟩ to God.
6 [g] Partly making vertue appeare to the comfort of the vertuous, and example of others in this life, but eſpecially in the next world.
9 [h] the land of the liuing.
13 Mat⟨illegible⟩
15 [i] By way of imprecation (as in manie other places) the prophet forsheweth that wicked men shal fal into the euils, which they prepare for others.
24 [k] Though the iuſt fal of frailtie orignorance into venial ſinne, yet Gods grace shal ſtay him that he fal not into mortal. The iuſt falleth ſeuen times in the day, & riſeth. Prou. 24.
25 [l] So king Dauid obſerued: and it very rarely happeneth, that the iuſt or their children are [Margin: ⟨illegible⟩cle. 2.] deſtitute of neceſſarie ſuſtenance in this vvorld. If it chance in ſome, it is to their greater merite, and is manifeſtly recompenſed in ſpiritual giftes. In which ſenſe S. Baſil expoundeth, that it is alwayes verified For God euer rewardeth good workes either temporally, or ſpiritually, or both wayes. S. Auguſtin alſo (conc. 3. in hunc Pſal.) exemplifieth in Abraham, Iſaac, and Iacob with al his familie, who were forced to goe into other countries by reaſon of famine▪ and by Gods prouidence were there ſuſta ned, Gen. 12. 26▪ 46 and S Paul among his other tribulations mentioneth famine and thirſt. 2. Cor. 11. v. 27. Seing therfore theſe ſo iuſt perſons ſought their bread in neceſſitie, he expoundeth this holie Scripture in the Allegorical ſenſe, that the Church from her beginning in Ieruſalem to the end of the world, neuer wanteth the true word of God, true faith and doctrin, which is the ſpiritual bread vvher vvith the ſoule is nouriſhed.
27 [m] In theſe tvvo prīciples, declining frō euil and doing good, true iuſtice conſiſteth.
27 [n] and he that finally obſerueth theſe tvvo pointes, mer⟨illegible⟩teth and ſhal poſſeſſe heauen.
30 Pro. 31. Iſa. ⟨illegible⟩.
32 [o] to draw him to mortal ſinne, which is death of the ſoule.
37 [p] rewardes.
39 [q] mans iuſtice and wel doing is not of his owne powre but of Gods grace.

Psalm 37

PSALME XXXVII.

King Dauid, or anie other penitent, earneſtly prayeth God to remitte his [Margin: The third penitential Pſalme. The 7. key] ſinnes, and mitigate the paines which he acknowledgeth him ſelfe to haue deſerued, 12▪ lamenting the afflictions which he ſuffereth by ſuch as ſometimes were his freindes, 14. whoſe tentations h⟨illegible⟩ now reſiſteth, truſting in God, reſigning himſelfe to Gods wil, confeſſing his owne iniquitie, and humbly praying for Gods helpe.

1 A Pſalme of Dauid, in [a] recordation of the ſabbath.

2 LORD [b] rebuke me nor in thy furie: [c] nor chaſtiſe me in thy wrath.

3 Becauſe [d] thy arrowes are faſt ſticked in me: and thou haſt [e] faſtened thy hand vpon me.

4 There is [f] no health in my flesh, at [g] the face of thy wrath: my bones haue no peace at [h] the face of my ſinnes.

5 Becauſe mine iniquities are gone [i] ouer my head: and as a heauie burden are become heauie vpon me.

6 My [l] ſcarres are putrified and corrupted, becauſe of my folishnes.

7 I am become miſerable, and am made [m] crooked euen to the end: I went ſorowful al the day.

8 Becauſe [n] my loynes are filled with illuſions: and there is no health in my flesh.

9 I am afflicted and am humbled excedingly: I [o] rored for the groning of my hart.

10 Lord, [p] before thee is al my deſire: and my groning is not hid from thee.

11 My hart is trubled, my ſtrength hath forſaken me: and the light of mine eies, and the ſame is not with me.

12 My [q] frendes, and my neighbores haue approched, & ſtood againſt me. And they that were neere me, ſtood far of:

13 and they did violence which ſought my ſoule. And they that ſought me euils, [r] ſpake vanities: and meditated guiles al the day.

14 But I as [ſ] one deafe did not heare: and as one dumme not opening his mouth.

15 And I became as a man not hearing: and not hauing reproofes in his mouth.

16 Becauſe [t] in thee ô Lord haue I hoped, thou wilt heare me ô Lord my God.

17 [v] Becauſe I ſaid: Leſt ſometime mine enemies reioyce ouer me: and whiles my feete are moued, they ſpeake great thinges vpon me.

18 Becauſe I [w] am readie for ſcourges: and my ſorow is in my ſight alwaies:

19 Becauſe [x] I wil declare my iniquitie: and I wil [y] thinke for my ſinne.

20 But mine enemies liue, and are confirmed ouer me: and they are multiplied that hate me vniuſtly.

21 They that repay euil thinges for good, [z] detracted from me: becauſe I folowed goodnes.

22 [a] Forſake me not ô Lord my God, depart not from me. Attend vnto my help, ô Lord the God of my ſaluation.

Marginal notes to Psalm 37

1 [a] In remembrance that by ſinne ⟨illegible⟩ loſt the reſt and peace, which man had in the ſtate of innocencie; ſecondly we loſt the peace of conſcience; thirdly the reſt and peace of eternal felicitie.
2 [b] Condemne me not to eternal paine:
2 [c] nor puniſh me in purgatorie fire; but purge me ſo in this life, that the purging fite be not needful. By which fire (ſaith S Auguſtin) though ſome ſhal be ſaued (grau⟨illegible⟩or tamen er⟨illegible⟩t ille ⟨illegible⟩gnis, quam quicquid poteſt homo pa⟨illegible⟩n hac vita) yet that fire ſhal be more greuous, hen whatſoeuer a man can ſuffer in this ⟨illegible⟩ife. S. Grego⟨illegible⟩y alſo expoundeth this ſame place, as if Dauid ſayd thus: I ⟨illegible⟩new it will co⟨illegible⟩e to paſſe, that after the end of this life, ſome ſhal be cleanſed by purging flames, ſome ſhal be vnder the ſente⟨illegible⟩ce of eternal damnation. But becauſe I do eſteme that tranſitorie fire more intolerable then al preſent tribulation, I deſire not only not to be rebuked in furie of eternal damnation, but alſo I feare to be purged in the wr⟨illegible⟩th of tranſitorie correption. Thou therfore ó Lord whom I ſerue in my ſp⟨illegible⟩i⟨illegible⟩, whom I know to be the Sauiour of al men, rebuke me not in furie of perpetual damnation, not chatiſe me in wrath of purging puniſhment. See Annotat. Pſal. 6.
3 [d] Afflictions of mind and bodie ſent by thy iuſt iudgement.
3 [e] thou haſt ſtrooke me with an heauie hand.
4 [f] I already feele in my fleſh, in al my bones, and powre⟨illegible⟩ great affliction,
4 [g] conſidering thy iuſtice,
4 [h] and my ſinnes.
5 [i] which are excedingly increaſed, almoſt ouerwhelming my ſpirite.
5 ſinnes not waſhed away by penance by their weight carie the ſoule into more and more wickednes.
6 [l] ſtil corrupting thoſe partes which were whole before, as a peſtered ſore that is not cured.
7 [m] not able to goe ſtreight to do anie good worke, being guiltie of greuous ſinne.
8 [n] concupiſcence ſtriuing in me.
9 [o] from the ſorrow of my hart, my voice hath broken out into clamour.
10 [p] ⟨illegible⟩ God thou knoweſt my deſire, to be reſtored to thy fauour.
12 [q] thoſe that were my freindes and companions in ſinne are become myn enemies, becauſe I forſake them:
13 [r] ſought by al meanes to intangle me againe.
14 [ſ] I now renoūce al ſinne
16 [t] I now relie vpon thee ô God.
17 [v] for this cauſe I am returned to thee and do pray that mine enemies may not preuail againſt me.
18 [w] I reſigne my ſelfe to thee.
19 [x] though thou knoweſt al yet with mouth conſeſſion is made to ſaluation.
19 [y] and I meditate of that which my ſinne hath deſerued.
21 [z] one kind of detraction is in reueling ſecrete faultes, an other in feaning and imputing falſe crimes, the third (here mentioned) in calling vertue vice, as penance, hypochriſie.
22 [a] Graunt me Lord final perſeuerāce in thy grace, and ſeruice.

Psalm 38

PSALME. XXXVIII.

A iuſt man in remediles perſecution reſolueth to ſuffer al with peace and ſilence: [Margin: Gods prouidence. The 3. key.] 5. praying God to take him from this world, confeſſing the vanitie therof. 8. and relying on Gods prouidence (11. who punisheth man for his ſinnes) prayeth for releaſe.

1 Vnto [a] the end, to [b] Idithun him ſelfe, a canticle of Dauid.

2 I [c] HAVE ſaid: I wil keepe my waies: that I offend not in my tongue. I haue ſet a gard to my mouth, when the ſinner ſtood againſt me.

3 I was dumme and humbled, and kept ſilence [d] from good thinges: and [e] my ſorrow was renewed.

4 My [f] hart waxed hote within me: and in my meditation a fyre shal burne.

5 I haue ſpoken in my tongue: Lord [g] make mine end knowne to me. And the number of my daies what it is: that I may know what is lacking to me.

6 Behold thou haſt put my daies meaſurable, and my [h] ſubſtance is as nothing before thee. Doubtles al things are vanitie, euerie man liuing.

7 Surely man paſſeth as [i] an image; yea and he is trubled [k] in vayne. He gathereth treaſure; and knoweth not to whom he shal gather them.

8 And now what is my expectation? is not our Lord? and my ſubſtance is with thee.

9 From al mine iniquities deliuer me: [l] a reproch to the foolish thou haſt geuen me.

10 I was dumme, and opened not my mouth, [m] becauſe thou didſt it:

11 Remoue thy ſcourges from me.

12 By the ſtrength of thy hand I haue faynted in reprehenſions: for iniquitie thou haſt chaſtiſed man. And thou haſt made his [o] ſoule pyne away as a ſpider: but vaynly is euerie man trubled.

13 Heare my prayer ô Lord, and my petition; with thyne eares receiue my teares. Keepe not ſilence: becauſe I am a [p] ſtranger with thee, and a pilgrime, as my fathers.

14 Forgeue me, that I may [q] be refreshed before I depart: and [r] shal be no more.

Marginal notes to Psalm 38

1 [a] Some expound this Pſalme of the Iewes in captiuitie in Babylon, but this title, and the matter conteyned shew, that it rather peteineth to the new Teſtament.
1 [b] to be ſongue by Idithun and his ſcholars & ſucceſſors, or rather by Chriſtianes.
2 [c] weake men in affliction not able to deliuer them ſelues, ſeeke reuenge, by murmuring and other euil ſpeaches, but the perfect reſolue to rule their tongues:
3 [d] euen to forbeare ſometimes from their owne iuſt defence:
3 [e] though therby they indure more perſecution.
4 [f] ſorow ſuppreſſed maketh the hart to burne with zele, and indignation.
5 [g] If it may pleaſe thee let me know how long I shal liue, deſiring to dye; as Elias deſired. 3. Reg. 19.
6 [h] my life and al that I haue is as nothing compared to thy eternitie.
7 [i] as a shadow or image appearing in a glaſſe, which is quickly forgotte.
7 [k] therfore there is no cauſe man should be trubled in mind for temporal miſeries.
9 [l] Thou haſt ſuffered me to be reproched by the foolish that proſper in this world.
10 [m] I know my tribulation is by thy prouidence.
12 [o] my life decayeth as a ſpider hauing ſpent al her moyſture.
13 [p] Almen are ſtrangers in this life, heauen being our home.
14 [q] that I may recouer ſpiritual ſtreingth in this life:
14 [r] after which I shal not be in ſtate to do frceworkes of ſatisfaction nor merite.

Psalm 39

PSALME. XXXIX.

Chriſts faithful members after long expectation congratulate his coming in [Margin: Chriſts comming and redeming of manking The 5 key.] flesh. 6. He directing his ſpeach to his Father, profeſſeth to performe the Redemption of manking, and to denounce the ſame in the whole world: 12. prayeth for his ſeruantes, vndertaking to ſatisfie for their ſinnes.

1 Vnto [a] the end, a Pſalme to Dauid himſelfe.

2 EXPECTING [b] I expected our Lord, and he hath attended to me.

3 And he heard my prayers, and brought me out of the lake of miſerie, and from the myre of dregges. And hath ſet my feete vpon a rocke: and hath directed my ſteppes.

4 And he hath put a new canticle into my mouth: a ſong to our God. Manie shal ſee, and shal feare: and they shal hope in our Lord.

5 Bleſſed is the man, whoſe hope is in the name of our Lord: and hath not had regard to vanities and falſe madnes.

6 Thou haſt done manie thy meruelous thinges ⟨illegible⟩ Lord my God: & in thy cogitations there is none that may be like to thee. I [c] haue declared and haue ſpoken: they [d] multiplied aboue number.

7 [e] Sacrifice and oblation thou wouldeſt not: but [f] eares thou haſt perfited to me. Holocauſt and for ſinne thou didſt not require:

8 then ſaid I; Behold I come In the [g] head of the booke it is written of me,

9 that I should doe thy wil: my God I would, and thy law in the middes of my hart.

10 I haue [h] declared thy iuſtice in the great Church, loe I wil not ſtay my lippes: Lord thou haſt knowen it.

11 Thy iuſtice I haue not hid in my hart: thy truth and thy ſaluation I haue ſpoken. I haue not hid thy mercie, and thy truth from the [i] great councel.

12 [k] But thou ô Lord make not thy commiſerations farre from me: thy mercie and thy truth haue alwayes receiued me.

13 Becauſe euils haue compaſſed me, which haue no number: mine iniquities haue ouertaken me, & I was [l] not able to ſee. They are multiplied aboue the heares of my head: and [m] my hart hath forſaken me.

14 It may pleaſe thee ô Lord to deliuer [n] me: Lord haue reſpect to helpe me.

15 Let [o] them be confounded and ashamed together, that ſeeke my ſoule, to take it away. Let them be turned backward, and be ashamed that wil me euils.

16 Let them forth with receiue their confuſion, that [p] ſay to me: Wel, wel.

17 Let al [q] that ſeeke thee, reioyce and be glad vpon thee: and let them that loue thy ſaluation, ſay alwayes: Our Lord be magnified:

18 But [r] I am a begger, and poore: Our Lord is careful of me. Thou art [ſ] my helper, & my protector: my God be not ſlacke.

Marginal notes to Psalm 39

1 [a] perteyning vnto the new Teſtament.
2 [b] the faithful of the old and new Teſtament reioyce in the coming of Chriſt.
6 [c] Chriſt by him ſe⟨illegible⟩e and by others preached the Goſpel of ſaluation.
6 [d] the multiplication of Chriſtians therb⟨illegible⟩.
7 [e] ⟨illegible⟩ ſacrifice of the old teſtament ſufficed ⟨illegible⟩o ſatisfie Gods iuſtice for the ſinne of man.
7 [f] Chriſt by the eare of obedience performed the redemption of man by his death, as was determined from eternitie. S. Paul for [eares] ⟨illegible⟩aith [bodie] See Annotations. Heb. 10.
7 Heb. 10.
8 [g] The ſumme of holie Scripture is of Chriſts Incarnation & death for redemption of man.
10 [h] Againe Chriſt inculcateth the preaching and receiuing of his Goſpel in the whole world.
11 [i] In the greateſt and wiſeſt congregations of this world, Chriſt concealeth not his mercie and truth. So himſelfe profeſſed before Annas, Caiphas, Pilate, and their councels. S. Paul preached Chriſt at Athe⟨illegible⟩s, and in manie nations, and ſo the other Apoſtles. For their voice went into al the coaſtes of the earth.
12 [k] The prophet now ſpeaketh in the name of Chriſts myſtical bodie the Church: praying to be made partaker of mercie, and to be deliuered from eu⟨illegible⟩les.
13 [l] the ſinnes alſo of thoſe which beleue in Chriſt are ſo manie, that they can not be fully ſene in particular.
13 [m] I almoſt faint in conſidering ſo manie and ſo great iniquities amongst thoſe that profeſſe Chriſt.
14 [n] The whole Church prayeth in the name of al for the infirme members.
15 [o] The prophet foresheweth that the reprobate for their obſtinate malice, ſeeking to hurt others shal be confounded.
16 [p] that skornfully ſay: wel, wel: wishing al euil to good men.
17 [q] which not only in mouth and outward profeſſion, but alſo in ſinceritie of hart ſeeke thee, may with confidence reioyce, and praiſe God.
18 [r] Chriſt ſpeaketh in the name of ſinners truly repenting, whoſe ſinnes he vndertaketh to redeme, and waſh away by his paſſion.
18 [ſ] The faithful of the old teſtament pray for Chriſts firſt coming into this world, and the faithful now pray for his ſecond coming to purge his Church, and to reward the good.

Psalm 40

PSALME XL.

The prophet pronounceth them happie that wil beleue in Chriſt, coming in [Margin: Chriſts Paſſion and Reſurrection. The 5 key.] humilitie and pouertie 5. Chriſt deſcribeth his owne poore afflicted ſtate in this life, by reaſon he is to ſatisfie for the ſinnes of the world; the malice of his aduerſaries, 10. eſpecially of Iudas, 11. and by way of prayer, prophecieth his owne Reſurrect. on.

1 Vnto [a] the end, a Pſalme to Dauid him ſelfe.

2 BLESSED is the man that vnderſtandeth concerning [b] the needie, and the poore: in [c] the euil day our Lord wil deliuer him.

3 Our Lord [d] preſerue him, and geue him life, and make him bleſſed in the land: and [e] deliuer him not vnto the wil of his enemies.

4 Our Lord helpe him [f] vpon the bed of his ſorow: thou haſt turned al his couche in his infirmitie.

5 I ſaid: [g] Lord haue haue mercie on me: heale my ſoule, becauſe I haue ſinned to thee.

6 Mine enemies haue ſpoken euils to me: When shal he die, [h] and his name perish?

7 And if [i] he came in to ſee, he ſpake vayne thinges: his hart hath gathered together iniquitie to him ſelfe. He went forth. and ſpake together.

8 Al mine enemies whiſpered againſt me: they did thinke euils to me.

9 They [k] haue determined an vniuſt word againſt me: [l] Shal not he that ſleepeth adde to ryſe againe?

10 For [m] the man alſo of my peace, in whom I hoped: who did eate my breades, hath greatly troden me vnder foote

11 But thou ô Lord haue mercie vpon me, and raiſe me vp againe: and I [n] wil repay them.

12 In this I haue knowen that thou wouldeſt me: becauſe mine enemie shal not reioyce ouer me.

13 But me thou haſt receiued [o] becauſe of innocencie: and thou haſt confirmed me in thy ſight for euer.

14 Bleſſed be our Lord the God of Iſrael [p] from the beginning of the world, and for euermore: [q] Be it, be it.

Marginal notes to Psalm 40

1 [a] Perteyning to the new teſtament, as appeareth by the 10. verſe alleaged by our Sauiour. This Pſalme is alſo applied by the Church in the office of the ſick, whom whoſoeuer aſſiſteth in that caſe, may hope to haue aſſiſtance in their owne like neceſſitie.
1 Io. 13. v. 18.
2 [b] He is happie that is not ſcandalized in Chriſt (Luc. 7. v. 23.) coming in pouertie, and ſuffering extreme afflictions.
2 [c] He that truſteth in Chriſt, notwithſtanding the contrarie motiues of his wordlie miſerie, shal be deliuered by him in al diſtreſſe.
3 [d] Our Lord wil geue to ſuch ſeruantes more grace in this life, and glorie in the next.
3 [e] not ſuffer him to be ouercome in tentations.
4 [f] when ſuch conſtant ſeruantes are ſick to death, Chriſt wil moſt eſpecially comforte and helpe them.
5 [g] Chriſt in the behalf of his myſtical bodie confeſſeth their ſinnes, and prayeth for them.
6 [h] After death ſuffered for mankind Chriſt riſeth, and his name and kingdom is glorious.
7 [i] Thoſe that came not of good wil, but of malice to obſerue Chriſts deedes and wordes, carped at both, ſometimes ſaying, he taught againſt the law, and againſt Moyſes; ſometymes that he ⟨illegible⟩aſt out diuels in the powre of Beelſe bub.
9 [k] At laſt they reſolued that he should die.
9 [l] But they could not ſo ſuppreſſe his powre, for he roſe againe in glorie.
10 [m] By our Sauiours application of this verſe, it is certaine that the traitor Iudas is here deſcribed. Ioa. 13. v. 18.
10 Io. 11. Act. 1.
11 [n] in the day of iudgement Chriſt Iudge of al wil render to euerie one as they deſerue.
13 [o] As before in reſpect of ſinners, Chriſt Iudge of al wil render to euerie one: ſo here in his owne perſon he auoucheth his owne innocencie, which made him apt to ſatisfie for others.
14 [p] For this mercie of Almightie God in ſauing the elect by his Sonnes death, he is to be praiſed for euer eternally.
14 [q] Al the bleſſed agree in this, that God is eternally to be praiſed and therto ſay Amen. So be it, ſo be it. Some diuide the Pſalmes into fiue bookes, ſuppoſing the firſt booke to end here with theſe wordes; Be it, be it: not obſeruing that the laſt Pſalme hath not this ending. S Ierom confuteth this opinion by our Sauiours, and S. Peters naming it the booke, not bookes of Pſalmes. Luc. 20. v. 42. Act. 1. Moreouer if this were the end of one booke, then the Pſalme folowing ſhould not be called the 41. Pſalme, but the firſt Pſalme of the ſecond booke.

Psalm 41

PSALME. XLI.

The feruent deſire of the iuſt, 6. much afflicted in this life, 12. and aſſured [Margin: Eternal glory, The 10. key.] hope of eternal ioy.

1 Vnto the end, vnderſtanding to the ſonnes of [a] Core.

2 EVEN as the harte [b] deſireth after the fountaines of waters: [c] ſo doth my ſoule deſire after thee ô God.

3 My ſoule hath thirſted after God [d] the ſtrong [e] liuing: [f] when shal I come and appeare before the face of God?

4 My [g] teares haue beene breades vnto me day and night: whiles it is ſaid to me dayly: [h] Where is thy God?

5 Theſe thinges haue I remembred, and haue powred out my ſoule in me, becauſe I shal paſſe into the place [i] of a meruelous tabernacle, euen to the houſe of God. In the yoyce of exultation, and confeſſion: the ſound of one feaſting.

6 Why [k] art thou ſorowful my ſoule? and why doſt thou truble me? Hope in God, becauſe yet I [l] wil confeſſe to him: the ſaluation of my countenance,

7 and my God. My ſoule is trubled toward my ſelfe; therfore wil I be mindful of thee from the land [m] of Iordan, and Hermoniim from the litle mountaine.

8 Depth [n] calleth on depth, in the voice of [o] thy flould-gates. Al thy high thinges, and thy waues haue paſſed ouer me.

9 In [p] the day our Lord hath commanded his mercie: and [q] in the night a ſong of him. With me [r] is prayer to the God of my life:

10 I wil ſay to God: Thou art my defender. Why haſt thou forgotten me? and why goe I ſorowful, whiles mine enemie afflicteth me?

11 Whiles my bones are broken, mine enemies that truble me haue vpbrayded me: Whiles they ſay to me day by day: Where is thy God?

12 Why art thou heauie ô my ſoule? & wh⟨illegible⟩ doſt thou truble me? [ſ] Hope in God, becauſe yet I wil confeſſe to him: the ſaluation of my countenance, and my God.

Marginal notes to Psalm 41

1 [a] The ſonnes of Core repented, and departed from their fathers ſchiſme, and ſo eſcaped miraculoſly the horrible pitte of damnation, in⟨illegible⟩o which heir father and his complices fel. Num. 26. v. 10. By which example al ſeduced, and deceiued Chriſtians are admoniſhed, not to perſiſt in ſchiſme or other ſinnes. And wordlie men, ⟨illegible⟩mbicious of honour be warned to deſire & ſeke God aboue al thinges, firſt of al the kingdome of heauen ⟨illegible⟩o be liuing m⟨illegible⟩mbe⟨illegible⟩s of the Catholique Church) and the iuſtice therof: to ſeke thinges wh⟨illegible⟩h are aboue ⟨illegible⟩ which are vpon the earth; leſt hel deuoure them, as it denoured the complices of Core Num 1⟨illegible⟩ v. 31.
2 [b] A harte waxing old, and burdened with much heare, and great hornes, draweth a ſerpent into his noſethrels, ſo being infected with poyſon, deſireth moſt ardently to drinke, and afterwards caſteth his hornes, and heare, and becometh as it were yong againe
2 [c] with ſuch feruent deſire a true penitent, feeling himſelfe infected with poyſon of ſinnes, ſeeketh the water of Gods grace.
3 [d] God is omnipotent, and in dede the only true liuing God▪ diuels who are honored in idols, ca do no more then God permitteth, and ſo they can kil the ſoules, that conſent vnto their tentation, but can not reſtore ſpirituall fe againe.
3 [e] God is omnipotent, and in dede the only true liuing God▪ diuels who are honored in idols, ca do no more then God permitteth, and ſo they can kil the ſoules, that conſent vnto their tentation, but can not reſtore ſpirituall fe againe.
3 [f] The ſoule being iuſtified, and ſtil aſſaulted with new tentations deſireth to be with God.
4 [g] I haue had no other refection, but to le⟨illegible⟩ifie my ſorow with weping.
4 [h] The wicked exprobate the iuſt, as though God would neuer helpe them, becauſe he ſuffereth them to be ſometimes long in tribulation.
5 [i] King Dauid was not permitted to build the temple, much leſſe did he enter into anie ſuch meruelous tabernacle in his mortal life, but muſt nedes be vnderſtood, to ſpeake here of the heauenlie tabernacle, prepared by Chriſt for his ſeruants
6 [k] The prophet conforteth him ſelfe, or anie iuſt ſoule, in the hope of euerlaſting ioy.
6 [l] render thankes and praiſes.
7 [m] Al this life is like to the ſmal ſtraict place betwene Iordan and a litle hil called Hermoniim, but from this ſtraictnes the hope of the iuſt is, to be placed in heauen.
8 [n] One tentation ſt⟨illegible⟩l ſuccedeth an other:
8 [o] and the ſame ſo great, as if God opened the gates, and ſuffered them to ouerflow like floudes of water.
9 [p] But God helpeth in opportunitie, not ſuffering his ſeruantes to be tempted aboue their ſtreingth geuing them fruit with tentations:
9 [q] yea in the greateſt tribulation, he geueth ordinarily moſt comfort, making them ſing ſpiritually in hart, if not alſo in voice.
9 [r] one ſpecial meanes to procure diuine conſolation is prayer in diſtreſſe.
12 [ſ] Stil the iuſt ſoule taketh comforth in aſſured hope of ſaluation, the eternal viſion of God.

Psalm 42

PSALME. XLII.

The iuſt inuocateth Gods ſentence againſt the deceiptful, that ſeeke his [Margin: One God th⟨illegible⟩ B Trinitie. The 1. key.] ſpiritual ouerthrow, 4. acknowledgeth his helpe, from almightie God the B. Trinitie, in whoſe viſion glorie conſiſteth.

1 A Pſalme [a] of Dauid. IVDGE [b] me ô God, & diſcerne my cauſe from the nation not holie, from the vniuſt and deceitful man [c] deliuer me.

2 Becauſe thou art God [d] my ſtrength: [e] why haſt thou repelled me? and why goe I ſorowful, [f] whiles the enemie afflicteth me?

3 Send forth [g] thy light and thy truth: [h] they haue conducted me, and haue brought me into thy holy hil, and into thy tabernacles.

4 And [i] I wil goe in to the altar of God: to God, which [k] maketh my youth ioyful.

5 I'wil confeſſe to thee [l] on the harpe [m] ô God [n] my God: [o] why art thou ſorowful ô my ſoule? and doſt thou trubel me?

6 [p] Hope in God, becauſe yet [q] wil I cōfeſſe to him: the ſaluation [r] of my countenance, and [ſ] my God.

Marginal notes to Psalm 42

1 [a] Holie Dauid often prefiguring Chriſt, here repreſenteth euerie faithful ſeruant of God, and particularly when they beginne a great and holie worke; as when Prieſtes celebrate the diuine Sacrifice, they with their aſſiſtantes recive by interchangeable verſes this Pſalme.
1 [b] After that we haue examined, and prepared our ſelues to the moſt holie Sacrifice and Sacrament, according to S Paules admonition (let a man proue himſelfe, and ſo eate this bread, and drinke this chal⟨illegible⟩ce, 1 Cor 11) we pray God, to iudge betwen our true ſincere intention, and the vniuſt deceipful endeuoures of our enimie:
1 [c] and ſo to deliuer and protect vs from ſutle malice.
2 [d] VVith thee I can do anie thing, without thee nothing,
2 [e] thou ſemeſt ſometimes not to regard ⟨illegible⟩e,
2 [f] whiles tentations are more ſenſible then thy grace.
3 [g] As thou haſt ſent Chriſt the light and truth into this world, gr⟨illegible⟩nt vs the ſame now in particular.
3 [h] Theſe two giftes of God, the light of knowing our duties and truth with ſincere intention to performe the ſame haue brought vs into thy Church, and vnto thy Altar.
4 [i] Accompanied with light of truth, and ſincere intention, we confidently approch to thy⟨illegible⟩ Altar ô God,
4 [k] vvho changeſt our old corruption into newnes of li⟨illegible⟩e.
5 [l] But to this purpoſe we praiſe God on the harpe, mortiſying our affections.
5 [m] The former word is of the plural number in hebrevv, Eloim, the other of the ſingular, ſignifying the Bleſſed Trinitie, one God.
5 [n] The former word is of the plural number in hebrevv, Eloim, the other of the ſingular, ſignifying the Bleſſed Trinitie, one God.
5 [o] Thou needeſt not therfore my ſoule, be penſiue, or deſolate.
6 [p] But truſt in God,
6 [q] praiſe him,
6 [r] vvhom I hope to ſee face to face,
6 [ſ] the true eternal God.

Psalm 43

PSALME. XLIII.

The prophet deſcribeth the firſt calling, and difficulte ſtate of the Iewish [Margin: The ſtate of the Ievves. The 4. key.] nation, 6. their proſperitie at other times. 10. Againe their afflictions in captiuitie, and perſecutions.

1 Vnto [a] the end, for the ſonnes of [b] Core to vnderſtanding.

2 O GOD we haue heard with our eares: our fathers haue declared to vs. The [c] worke, that thou haſt wrought in their dayes: and in the dayes of old.

3 Thy hand deſtroyed the nations, and thou didſt plant them: thou didſt afflict the peoples, and expel them:

4 For [d] not by their owne ſword did they poſſeſſe the land, and their owne arme did not ſaue them: But thy right hand, and thyne arme, and the illumination of thy countenance: becauſe [e] thou waſt pleaſed in them.

5 Thou art the ſame my king and my God: which commandeſt the ſaluations of Iacob.

6 In [f] thee we shal turne out our enemies with [g] the horne, & in thy name we shal contemne them that ryſe vp againſt vs.

7 For I wil not hope in my bowe: and my ſword wil not ſaue me.

8 For thou haſt ſaued vs from them that afflict vs: and them that hate vs thou haſt confounded.

9 In God we shal be prayſed al the day: and in thy name we wil confeſſe for euer.

10 But [h] now thou haſt repelled and confounded vs: and thou wilt not goe forth ô God in our hoſtes.

11 Thou haſt turned vs backe behind our enemies: and they that hated vs, ſpoyled for themſelues.

12 Thou haſt geuen vs as sheepe that are to be eaten: and thou [i] haſt diſperſed vs among the nations.

13 Thou haſt ſold thy people [k] without price: and there was [l] no multitude in the exchanges of them.

14 Thou haſt made vs a reproche to our neighbours, a ſcorne and mocking ſtocke to them, that are round about vs.

15 Thou haſt made vs for a parable to the Gentiles: a wagging of the head among the peoples.

16 Al the day my shame is againſt me, and the confuſion of my face hath couered me.

17 At the voyce of the vpbrayder, and the reprocher: at the face of the enemie and perſecutor.

18 Al theſe thinges haue come vpon vs, [m] neither haue we forgotten thee: and we haue not done wickedly in thy teſtament.

19 And our hart hath not reuolted backward: and [n] thou haſt declined our pathes from thy way:

20 Becauſe thou haſt humbled vs in the place of affliction, and the shadow of death hath couered vs.

21 [o] If we haue forgotten the name of our God, and if we haue ſpred forth our handes to a ſtrange God:

22 Wil not God enquire of theſe thinges? For he knoweth the ſecretes of the hart. Becauſe[p] for thee we are killed al the day: we are eſtemed as sheepe of ſlaughter.

23 [q] Ariſe why ſleepeſt thou ô Lord? Ariſe, and expel vs not to the end.

24 Why doſt thou turne away thy face, forgetteſt our pouertie and our tribulation?

25 Becauſe [r] our ſoule is humbled in the duſt: our [ſ] bellie is gl⟨illegible⟩wed in the earth.

26 [t] Ariſe Lord, helpe vs: and redeme vs for thy name.

Marginal notes to Psalm 43

1 [a] Though this Pſalme doth firſt and literally pertayne to the people of Iſrael, yet al thinges happening to them, vvere in figure of the Chriſtian Catholique Church, vvhich begane vvith difficulties, aftervvards proſpered, and againe ſuffereth much perſecution
1 [b] Core ſignifieth caluus, bauld; alſo caluar⟨illegible⟩a a ſcul, or place of ſculles: the name of the place vvhere our Sauiour vvas crucified, ſo the children of Core ſignifie the children of Chriſt. S. Aug.
2 [c] The particular calling of Abraham out of Chaldea, protection of him, and Iſaac, and Iacob, the deliuerie of al Iſrael out of Aegypt, and eſtablishing them in the promiſed land of Chanaan, with innumerable, great, and ſtrange thinges donne for them.
4 [d] The Iſraelites conquered not by ordinarie povvre, but by the miraculous hand of God. See Ioſue 2⟨illegible⟩.
4 [e] Not that this people deſerued of themſelues, but of Gods free election, al the vvorld being vvicked, he gaue peculiar grace to Abraham, Iſaac, Iacob and ſome others, and then for their ⟨illegible⟩akes protected the vvhole people, in them conſeruing a viſible Church.
6 [f] As in former examples, ſo in Dauids time, not mans ſtreingth, but Gods hand gaue them great victories.
6 [g] As an oxe vvith his horne caſteth a ſmal thing into the vvind.
7 Ioſ. 24. ⟨illegible⟩ R⟨illegible⟩. 17. 2. Reg. 8.
10 [h] The prophet for⟨illegible⟩eile⟨illegible⟩h that after proſperitie God vvould ſuffer the Ievves to ſa⟨illegible⟩e into captiuitie, & manie afflictions, which alſo ſign fied allegorically diuers ſtates of Chriſts Church.
12 [i] The Iewes are now meruelouſly diſperſed, and depreſſed.
13 [k] In the deſtruction of Ieruſalem the remnant of the people were ſold for ſmal, as it wree for no price. They had ſold Chriſt for thirtie pence;
13 [l] and now no multitude, nor number of money at al was geuen for them, but thirtie of them were ſold for one pennie, Ioſephus de bello Iudaico.
18 [m] Vntil Chriſts paſſion the Jewish people did not wholly fal from God, and true religion. And of them were choſen the Apoſtles, and manie others, that founded and propagated the Church of Chriſt.
19 [n] The negatiue particle is here vnderſtood by zeugma, according to the hebrew thus: our hart hath not reuolted backward, neither haſt thou ſuffered our pathes to decline frō thy way.
21 [o] An other hebrew phraiſe, If we haue, for, we haue not.
22 [p] The Prophetes and others perſecuted partly before Chriſt, much more the Apoſtles, and other Chriſtians in the new Teſtament.
22 Rom. ⟨illegible⟩.
23 [q] A prayer in affliction.
25 [r] We are at death; dore, readie to become duſt.
25 [ſ] lying as groueling ſorowing on the earth:
26 [t] til thou deliuer vs from theſe tribulations.

Psalm 44

PSALME. XLIIII.

Dauid ſingularly moued in hart and tongue, 3. prophecieth Chriſts excellencie, [Margin: Chriſt moſt excellently indowing his Church. The 6. key.] indowing his Church with moſt worthie dowries. 11. by way of exhortation forshewing her internal and external beautie. 17. with perpetual ſucceſſion of Paſtors feeding the flock euen to the worlds end.

1 Vnto [a] the end, for them, [b] that shal be changed, [c] to the ſonnes of Core, [d] for vnderſtanding, [e] a Canticle for the beloued.

2 MY [f] hart hath vttered [g] a good word: I tel my workes [h] to the king. My [i] tongue is the penne of a ſcribe, that [k] writeth ſwiftly.

3 [l] Goodly of beautie aboue the ſonnes of men, grace is powred abrode in thy lippes: therfore hath God bleſſed thee for euer.

4 Be [m] girded with thy ſword vpon thy thigh, ô moſt mightie.

5 With thy beautie and fayrneſſe [n] intend, [o] procede proſperouſely, and [p] reigne, Becauſe of [q] truth, and [r] mildeneſſe, and [ſ] iuſtice: and thy right hand shal conduct thee meruelouſly.

6 Thy [t] sharpe arrowes, the [v] peoples vnderneth thee shal fal into the hartes of the kings enemies.

7 “ Thy ſeate ô God [w] for euer and euer: a rod of direction the rod of thy kingdom.

8 Thou [x] haſt loued iuſtice, and haſt hated iniquitie: therfore God, [y] thy God, hath annoynted thee with the oile of gladnes [z] aboue thy felowes.

9 [a] Myr⟨illegible⟩he, and [b] Aloes, and [c] Caſſia from thy [d] garmentes, from houſes of yuorie; out of the which

10 [e] the daughter of kinges haue delighted thee in thy honour.

11 The [f] Queene ſtood on thy right hand in golden rayment: compaſſed with [g] varietie. [h] Heare daughter, and [i] ſee, and [k] incline thyne eare: and forget thy people, and the houſe of thy father.

12 And the king [l] wil couet thy beautie: becauſe he is the Lord thy God, and [m] they shal adore him.

13 And the daughters [n] of Tyre with giftes, al the rich of the people shal beſech thy countenance.

14 Al the glorie of that daughter of the king is [o] within, in [p] borders of gold

15 clothed round about with varieties. [q] Virgins shal be brought to the king after her: her [r] neighbours shal be brought to thee.

16 They shal be brought in ioy and exultation: “they shal be brought into the temple of the king.

17 “ For [ſ] thy fathers there are borne ſonnes to thee: thou shalt make them princes ouer al the earth.

18 They shal [t] be mindeful of thy name in al generation and generation. Therfore shal [v] peoples confeſſe to thee for euer: and for euer and euer.

Marginal notes to Psalm 44

1 [a] Perteyning to the new Teſtament.
1 [b] Gentiles conuerted from paganiſme to Chriſtianitie:
1 [c] and al others returning from ſchiſme, or other ſinnes,
1 [d] for their inſtruction,
1 [e] this Pſalme is a mariage ſongue of the beloued bridgrome and bride: Chriſt and his Church.
2 [f] I haue receiued by diuine inſpira⟨illegible⟩ion in my hart and cogitation,
2 [g] a moſt high Myſterie.
2 [h] To the honour therfore and glorie of this king (vvhom I ſecretly ſee in my hart) I vtter and referre al my vvorkes, and this particular Ca⟨illegible⟩t⟨illegible⟩cle.
2 [i] From the abundance of my hart, my tongue alſo ſpeaketh,
2 [k] & that preſently without delay
3 [l] Deſcription of Chriſt, moſt excellent in al internal and external giftes.
4 [m] The prophet ſeing in ſpirite the perfections which he wisheth in Chriſt, in maner of congratulating, deſcribeth his fortitude, fighting againſt the diuel for the Church.
5 [n] purpoſing,
5 [o] proſecuting,
5 [p] and perfecting the conqueſt, and ſo eſtablishing thy ſpiritual kingdome.
5 [q] Not vvith warlike armour of this world, but by aſſaulting the aduerſarie with truth:
5 [r] defending thyſe⟨illegible⟩fe and thy ſouldiers with the ſhield of mildnes,
5 [ſ] and ſtriking the enemie with the ſword of iuſtice VVhich right force of ſpiritual fight hath meruelous good ſucceſſe.
6 [t] Preaching of Chriſts Goſpel, his grace mouing the hartes of the hearers, is liuelie and forcible, more pearcing then anie two edged ſword.
6 [v] The example of people conuerted, shal moue the hartes of the aduerſaries to come alſo vnto the truth.
7 [w] Chriſts kingdom shal haue no end. Luc 1. v. 33.
8 [x] Thou defendeſt and rewardeſt the good, finally forſakeſt and puniſheſt the wicked.
8 [y] more peculiarly the God of Chriſt, by hypoſtatical vnion.
8 [z] Diuers kinges (as Dauid him ſelfe, Ioſaphat, Ezechias, and Ioſias) were as godlie as Salomon, and perſeuered good to the end, which is doubted Salomon did not: but Chriſt incomparably was annointed, & indued with al graces aboue al kinges.
9 [a] Mortification which conſerueth from putrifying,
9 [b] humilitie aſwaging pride,
9 [c] being ſmal in the firſt ſpring grovveth great,
9 [d] humanitie aſſumpted; and ſanctified perſons, in vvhom Chriſt dwelleth as in cleane, ſhining, odoriferous houſes;
10 [e] ſincere faithful ſoules more deare to their ſpouſe Chriſt, then daughters of temporal kinges
11 [f] The Catholique Church, in faith purified as gold:
11 [g] vvith varietie of ſtates▪ as Clergie, Laity and diuers ſortes of religious Orders, and other profeſſions, al vnited in the ſame faith, hope, and charitie.
11 [h] carifully al that Chriſt thy ſpouſe ſpeaketh to thee by his Spirite
11 [i] diligently put the ſame in practiſe:
11 [k] vvith al obedience and readines, and returne not to former infidelitie, no⟨illegible⟩ to corrupt life.
12 [l] Chriſt loueth the Church adoined with his giftes,
12 [m] and mutually his true children loue and ſerue him.
13 [n] Manie of al nations ſubmitle themſelues, and al that they haue to Chriſt.
14 [o] Internal vertues are moſt eſpecial ornaments:
14 [p] exterior are required to edifie others in diuers ſortes of vertues.
15 [q] By this meanes manie more are conuerted to chriſtianitie:
15 [r] and one countrie inuiteth and draweth another.
17 [ſ] As Apoſtles came in place of Patriarches and Prophetes: ſo ſtil Biſhops, and Prieſtes ſuccede in the Church, paſtors, and gouernours therof.
18 [t] Theſe paſtores shal ſtil teach the true Chriſtian doctrin.
18 [v] and ſtil there shal be Chriſtian people that wil folow and profeſſe the ſame.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. XLIIII.

7. Thy ſeate Ô God for euer and euer.] Seing S. Paul (Heb. 1. v. 8.) affirmeth expreſly that theſe wordes are ſpoken of the Sonne of God, Chriſt our Sauiour, [Margin: Caluin expoundeth this Pſalme contratie to S. ⟨illegible⟩aul.] and therby proueth his excellencie aboue Angels: Iohn Caluin is wonderful bold to auouch that in the ſimple & proper ſenſe, Dauid ſpake of his ſonne Salomon, and the daughter of Pharao, as if that were the literal ſenſe, and S. Paul only expounded it myſtically. But firſt the ſolemne preface in the two firſt verſes importeth farre greater thinges, then agree to anie terreſtrial king Secondly, this excellent beautie deſcribed (v. 3.) aboue the ſonnes of men, can not be verified of Salomon, for Abſalom (2. Reg. 14. v 25.) and Adonias were alſo very beautiful. (3. Reg. 1. v. 6.) As for Salomons wiſdom, or other vertues, he perſeuered not therin, and ſo he was not bleſſed for euer. Thirdly, the prophet here calleth the perſon of whom, and to whom he ſpeaketh, God. v. 7. & 12. Fourtly, not only the ancient Fathers, and Doctors of the Church, but alſo the Hebrew Rabbins, and the Chaldee paraphraſis, expound this Pſalme literally of the promiſed Meſſias, and his kingdom the Church.

16. They shal be brought into the temple of the king.] The temple of the king, ſaith S. Auguſtin, is the Church, the temple of the king is in vnity, the temple of the [Margin: No ſaluation out of the Church.] king is not ruinous, not cut inſunder, not diuided▪ the ioyning of liuing ſtones is charitie. Nothing is more euidenr. Attend now the verie temple of the king, for from thence he ſpeaketh, becauſe of the vnitie ſpread in the round earth. For thoſe that vvould be virgins (faithful ſoules) vnles they be brought into the temple of the king (the Catholique Church) they can not pleaſe the bridgrome.

17. For thy fathers there are borne ſonnes to thee.] The Apoſtles begotte thee (ô Chriſtian Church) they were ſent, they preached, they are the fathers. But could they be alwaies corporally with vs? Could anie of them tarie here til this time? could they tarie to the time yet to come? But vvas therfore the Church [Margin: Perpetual ſucceſſion of Byſhops in place of the Apoſtles.] leaft deſolate by their departure? God forbid. For thy fathers, ſonnes are borne to thee. VVhat is this for thy fathers, ſonnes are borne to thee? The Apoſtles were ſent fathers, in place of the Apoſtles ſonnes are borne to thee; Byſhops are appointed. For whence were the Biſhops borne, that are at this day through the vvorld? the Church herſelfe calleth them fathers, ⟨illegible⟩he begate them, and appointed them in the ſeates of the fathers. Do not therfore thinke thy ſelf deſolate (o chriſtian Church) becauſe thou ſeeſt not Peter, ſeeſt not Paul: for thou ſeeſt not them by vvhom thou waſt borne, but of thyne iſſue fatherhood is ſprong to thee For thy fathers, ſonnes are borne to thee, thou ſhalt make them princes ouer al the earth. This is the Catholique Church. Her children are made princes ouer al the earth: her ſonnes are conſtituted for fathers. Let them acknowlege this that are cut of: let them come to the vnitie, be they brought into the temple of the king. Thus S. Auguſtin.

Psalm 45

PSALME. XLV. [Margin: The Church proſpereth alſo in perſecution. The 6. key.]

The Church in perſecution acknowledgeth Gods perpetual defence, 5. making her therby more glorious, 10. ſometimes granting reſt (11. God himſelf ckecking the perſecuters) and euer protecting her.

1 Vnto [a] the end, to the ſonnes of Core, for [b] the ſecretes.

2 OVR God is a refuge. [c] and ſtrength: an [d] helper in tribulations, which [e] haue found vs excedingly.

3 Therfore wil we [f] not feare when [g] the earth shal be trubled: and [h] mountaines tranſported into the hart of the ſea.

4 Their waters haue ſounded, and were trubled: the mountaines were trubled in his ſtrength.

5 The violence of the riuer [i] maketh the citie of God ioyful: the Higheſt hath ſanctified his tabernacle.

6 God is in the middes therof, it shal not be moued: God wil helpe it [k] in the morning early.

7 Nations are trubled, and [l] kingdomes are inclined: he gaue [m] his voice, the earth was moued

8 The Lord of hoſtes is with vs: the God of Iacob is our defender.

9 Come ye, and ſee the workes of our Lord, what wonders he hath put vpon the earth:

10 [n] taking away warres euen vnto the end of the earth. He shal deſtroy bow, & breake weapons: and shields he shal burne with fire.

11 [o] Be quiet, and ſee that I am God: I shal be exalted among the gentiles, and I shal be exalted in the earth▪

12 The Lord of hoſtes is with vs: the God of Iacob is our defender.

Marginal notes to Psalm 45

1 [a] Belonging to the Church of Chriſt.
1 [b] As wel the cauſe, vvhy God ſuffereth his Church to be perſecuted, at his aſſured protection in difficulties, are hidden ſecretes to the world.
2 [c] Al refuge is not ſecure for one man is not able alwayes to defend an other: but God is a ſure and ſtrong refuge.
2 [d] euer able and in conuenient time vvilling to helpe
2 [e] This whole vvorld is ful of tribulations, but the Church ſuffered the greateſt in the firſt perſecutions, & ſhal ſuffer as great in the time of Antichriſt. Engliſh Catholiques ſuffer moſt of al nations in this age, and can not be ſuppreſſed, but ſtil increaſe in number and fortitude.
3 [f] Therfore al Catholiques may aſſuredly know, that the whole Church can not faile
3 [g] though very manie, as now in England,
3 [h] and very eminent perſons, as ſome noblemen, and ſome Prieſtes haue reuolted, yet al vvil not.
5 [i] Such bad examples make the good to recollect themſelues more diligently, and to rei⟨illegible⟩yc⟨illegible⟩ in Gods grace, by which they ſtand faſt.
6 [k] before the heate of perſecution ſhal inuade al, for the elect the dayes of tribulation are ſhortned.
7 [l] Sometimes one nation or kingdome rebelleth againſt the Church, but can not deſtroy it▪
7 [m] by the ſpirite of Chriſt, Antichriſt, and al his members ſhal be deſtroyed.
10 [n] The Church ſometimes hath great peace, and tranquilitie.
11 [o] God himſelfe reſtrayneth the wicked, ſuddainly abating their furie, or cutting of their forces.

Psalm 46

PSALME. XLVI. [Margin: Vocation of Gentiles▪ The 6. key.]

Gentiles are called, and inuited to praiſe God for his magnificence: 6. for Chriſts Aſcenſion, and powre.

1 Vnto the end, for [a] the ſonnes of Core.

2 ALYE Nations [b] clappe handes: make iubilation to God in the voyce of exultation.

3 Becauſe our Lord is high, [c] terrible; a great king ouer [d] al the earth.

4 He hath made peoples ſubiect [e] to vs▪ & gentiles vnder our feete.

5 He hath choſen his inheritance in vs: the beautie of Iacob which he loued.

6 [f] God is aſcended in [g] iubilation▪ and our Lord in the voice of trumpet.

7 Sing ye to our [h] God, ſing ye: Sing ye to our [i] king, ſing ye.

8 Becauſe God is king of al the earth: ſing ye [k] wiſely.

9 God shal reigne ouer the gentiles: God ſitteth vpon his holie ſeate.

10 Princes of peoples are gathered together with [l] the God of Abraham: becauſe the ſtrong [m] goddes of the earth, are excedingly aduanced.

Marginal notes to Psalm 46

1 [a] For Chriſtians that leaue the ſinnes of their fathers, and reioyce in Chriſt crucified: See Annotation. Pſal. 41.
2 [b] True ioy of the hart ſheweth it ſel⟨illegible⟩e both in voice of exultation, and alſo in geſture of body, by clapping of handes, dancing (as king Dauid did before the Arke. 2▪ Reg ⟨illegible⟩ ▪) likevviſe vvith inſtruments.
3 [c] To al the wicked,
3 [d] not only of one or few kingdoms, but of al the earth.
4 [e] VVhen kinges, and countries become Chriſtians▪ they are made ſubiectes to the Church▪ that vvas before, not heades and rulers therfore.
6 [f] Chriſt God & man, after his Paſſion, roſe from death and aſcended:
6 [g] not leauing his Church deſolate, but making her ioyful by an other comforter the Holie Ghoſt.
7 [h] The ſame Chriſt is our God, by his Diuinitie:
7 [i] and our king by his Humanitie.
8 [k] Doe your endeuour to vnderſtand vvhat you ſing, read, or heare in Gods word. At leaſt to know the principal Myſteries, and pointes of Chriſtian doctrin, euerie one according to their capacitie and ſtate or profeſſion.
10 [l] The faithful of the old and nevv Teſtament are vnited in the ſeruice of one, and the ſame eternal God.
10 [m] In reſpect of the Bleſſed Trinitie, holie Scripture here, and in manie places vſeth names of the plural number as Eloim Goddes, not diuiding Gods ſubſtance, vvhich is one, but inſinuating diſtinction of Diuine Perſons. The Father, the Sonne, and the Holie Ghoſt. VVhich Myſterie is more expreſly mentioned in Baptiſme, and profeſſed by Chriſtian gentils, then it was by the people of the Ievves.

Psalm 47

PSALME XLVII.

God moſt, and euerie where laudable, is eſpecially praiſed in the Church of [Margin: The Church founded and protected by God The 6. key.] Christ (prefigured by Sion, and there begunne) 9. Al thinges being fulfilled in the Church, euen as they were prophecied, and promiſed, 12. the faithful are exhorted to conſider and congratulate the ſame.

1 A Pſalme [a] of Canticle to the ſonnes of Core, the [b] ſecond of the Sabbath.

2 GREAT is our Lord, and to be prayſed excedingly in [c] the citie of our God, in his holie mount.

3 Mount Sion is founded with the exultation of [d] the whole earth, [e] the ſides of the North, the citie of the great king.

4 God shal be knowen in [f] the houſes therof, [g] when he shal receiue it.

5 For behold the kings of the earth [h] were gathered together: they aſſembled in one.

6 They ſeing it ſo, were in admiration, were trubled, were moued:

7 trembling tooke them. Their ſorowes [i] as a woman traueling,

8 In a vehement ſpirit [k] thou shalt breake the shippes of Tharſis.

9 [l] As we haue heard, ſo haue we ſeene in the citie of the Lord of hoſtes, in the citie of our God: God hath founded it for euer.

10 We haue receiued thy mercie, ô God, [m] in the middes of thy temple.

11 According to thy name ô God, ſo alſo is thy prayſe vnto the endes of the earth: thy right hand is ful of [n] iuſtice.

12 Let mount Sion be glad, and the daughters of Iuda reioyce, becauſe of thy iudgementes ô Lord

13 Compaſſe Sion, and embrace ye her: [o] tel ye in her towers.

14 Set your hartes [p] on her ſtrength: and [q] diſtribute ye her houſes, that you [r] may declare it in an other generation.

15 Becauſe [ſ] this is God, our God for euer, and for euer and euer: he [t] shal rule vs euermore.

Marginal notes to Psalm 47

1 [a] Voices beginning the muſike inſtruments proſecuted;
1 [b] eſpecially for the ſecond day of the weke, the day after the ſabbath, which is our Sunday, called Dominica, our Lords day.
2 [c] Ieruſalem, and mount Sion were moſt obliged to praiſe God, for greateſt benefites receiued, ſo the Catholique Church therby prefigured, and hauing receiued farre greatter▪ is moſt of al bonden to be gratful.
3 [d] This can▪not be affirmed of Sion, or Ieruſalem, but is only verified of the Catholique Chriſtian Church:
3 [e] whoſe coaſtes do extend to the North, and to al quarters of the round earth.
4 [f] The ſame one God▪ one Chriſt, one Faith, and one Religion in al particular Churches of the vvhole militant Church▪
4 [g] And this Vniuerſalitie, and Vnitie ſhal be, after that Chriſt taking mans nature ſhal be aſcended, and ſhal ſend the Holie Ghoſt, to found & beginne this Church.
5 [h] For the aſſured certaintie of that is foreſhewed, the Prophet ſpeaketh in the prete⟨illegible⟩ence▪ as if it vvere already done in his time, which he then ſavv in ſpirite.
7 [i] Nothing more moueth he hart, & affecteth al the bodie and ſoule, then ſpiritual cogitations of faith and religion, and therfore it is compared to a woman traueling with child, who hath mo⟨illegible⟩ careful and greuous paines.
8 [k] In vvhich great confflict of mans ſpirite, God by his grace geueth force, to breake through the contrarie aſſaultes of our enimie, to remoue al impediments, and to ouercome the difficulties.
9 [l] This conſideration that al is now done, that was of old prophecied, is a meruelous confirmation and conſolation to Chriſtians.
10 [m] Grace and mercie is only granted to thoſe that are vvithin, or come vnto the Catholique Church.
11 [n] As God is praiſed for his mercie, ſo alſo for his iuſtice; which do neuer preiudice the one the other.
13 [o] Conſider the fortreſſes of the Church, which are the holie Fathers, and Doctors, that watch and defend her vvalles.
14 [p] So reſt you aſſured for al matters of faith in this pillar of truth.
14 [q] obſerue and marke diligently how manie particular Churches were ſpedely founded in the world,
14 [r] and declare this to other generations, that they may alſo hold faſt the ſame faith, or returne vnto it, if they be relapſed; or at laſt embrace it, if ſowner they haue not.
15 [ſ] Chriſt God incarnate that vvorketh al this, is our very God and Sauiour, not for a few yeares, an hundred, ſix hundred, or a thouſand, but for euer and euer.
15 [t] he ſhal rule as a king, and conſequently haue a kingdom his militant Church euermore, to the very end of this vvorld. As he ſhal like vviſe haue his triumphant Church in eternitie.

Psalm 48

PSALME. XLVIII.

The royal prophet inuiting al ſtates and ſortes of men, to heare him attentiuely, [Margin: Exhortation ⟨illegible⟩o flee from ſinne for feare of hel▪ The 7. key.] 6 sheweth that al ought to feare eternal damnation, that liue wickedly▪ 9. vainly and foolishly ſeeking (13. euen like brute beaſtes) carnal pleaſures, which they can not long enioy, nor long eſcape hel. 16. confidently animating him ſelfe, and al good men, that truſt not in this world.

1 Vnto the end, [a] to the ſonnes of Core a Pſalme.

2 HEARE theſe thinges [b] al ye Gentiles: receiue with your eares al ye, that[c] inhabite the earth.

3 Al ye earthly perſons, and children of men: together in one the rich and the poore.

4 My mouth shal ſpeake wiſedom, and the meditation of my hart prudence.

5 I wil [d] incline mine eare vnto a parable: I wil [e] open my propoſition [f] on a Pſalter.

6 [g] Why shal I feare in the euil day? [h] the iniquitie of my heele shal compaſſe me.

7 They [i] that truſt in their ſtrength: and glorie in the multitude of their riches.

8 A [k] brother doth not redeme, [l] man shal redeme: he shal not geue vnto God his reconciliation.

9 And the price of the redemption of his owne ſoule: and he shal [m] labour for euer,

10 and [n] shal liue yet vnto the end.

11 He shal not ſee death, when he shal ſee [o] the wiſe dying [p] the vnwiſe, and [q] the foole shal perish together. And they shal leaue their riches to ſtrangers:

12 and their [r] ſepulchers their [ſ] houſes for euer. Their Tabernacles in generation and generation: they haue renowmed their [t] names in their landes.

13 And [v] man, when he was in honour, did not vnderſtand: he was compared to beaſts without vnderſtanding, and became like to them.

14 This their way is [vv] a ſcandal to them: and [x] afterward in their mouth they shal take pleaſure.

15 As [y] sheepe they are put in hel: death shal feede vpon them. And the iuſt shal rule ouer them [z] in the morning: and their aide shal waxe old in hel from their glorie.

16 Neuertheleſſe [a] God wil redeme my ſoule out of the hand of hel, when he shal take me.

17 Feare not when a man shal be made rich: and when the glory of his houſe shal be multiplied,

18 Becauſe when he shal dye, he shal not take [b] al thinges: neyther shal his glorie goe downe with him.

19 Becauſe his ſoule in his life shal be [c] bleſſed: he wil confeſſe to thee [d] when thou shalt do him good.

20 He shal enter in, euen to the progenies of his fathers: and he shal [e] not ſee light for euer.

21 [f] Man, when he was in honour, did not vnderſtand: he was compared to beaſts without vnderſtanding, and became like to them.

Marginal notes to Psalm 48

1 [a] In this and diuers other titles, both before and ye: enſuing, is ſaid, To the ſonnes, or, for the ſonnes of Core, a Pſalme, or Canticle, or vnderſtanding & the like; but in no place, a Pſalme, Canticle &c. of the ſonnes of Core, vvhich no way proueth that they vvere the authores of ſuch Pſalmes, but rather the contrarie.
2 [b] Al ye nations and ſortes of people,
2 [c] that dwel vpon the earth, lerne this leſſon vvhich I wil teach you.
5 [d] Holie Dauid harkened to God inſpiring him,
5 [e] and declared to others that vvhich he receiued from God,
5 [f] not only by his penne or tongue, but alſo for better inſtilling it into their mindes he ſounded it vpon the inſtrument called the Pſalter, vvhich had t⟨illegible⟩nne ſtringes, ſignifying the obſeruation of the tenne commandments.
6 [g] What eſpecial thing is there in this life, vvhy or for vvhich I or anie haue cauſe to feare ⟨illegible⟩he dreadful day of iudgement?
6 [h] Marry this we muſt feare, iniquitie, by which any ſupplanteth, defraudeth, oppreſſeth, or anie vvay wrongeth others, for that vvil inuolue the offender in the ſentence of eternal damnation.
7 [i] Such be they that truſt in their preſent powre, riches, or other wordlie thing.
8 [k] A mans owne brother can not helpe a ſinner in that day,
8 [l] much leſſe anie other man; ſo the Hebrew phraiſe by zeugma, vnderſtandeth an other negatiue particle.
9 [m] ſtil ſuffer paine,
10 [n] and not dye, but liue in eternal torments.
11 [o] Al both wiſe and fooliſh do dye temporally: but the wiſe liuing in eternal ioy, the foolish liue in eternal paine,
11 [p] thoſe that beleue not anie other life after this,
11 [q] and thoſe that beleuing an other life, yet liue badly in this, shal perish in eternal damnation.
12 [r] They shal neuer returne from their ſepulchers,
12 [ſ] to enioy againe their houſes and earthlie poſſeſſions.
12 [t] which vainely they labour to eſtablish in their poſteritie.
13 [v] A moſt pithie and brief conſideration, for man to thinke, how abſurdly, he being endewed with reaſon, vnderſtanding, & free wil, like vnto Angels, and capable of eternal glorie, ſetteth his vvhole ſtudie, and care vpon corporal and temporal thinges, ſo making himſelfe like vnto brute beaſtes.
14 [vv] This care of wordlie thinges is the ſtumbling block, and cauſe of eternal ruine:
14 [x] yet they ſhal be obſtinate, and praiſe their owne deſires, ſtil perſiſting therin.
15 [y] Amongſt other creatures a ſheepe can leaſt helpe her ſelfe in miſerie: euen ſo the damned in hel are altogether vnable to deliuer themſelues from thence, or to get any relief,
15 [z] in the general reſurrection they ſhal be moſt of al in miſerie, as euer dying and neuer dead: the iuſt vvhom they vvronged, shal be their iudges, al freindes shal faile them, after they haue paſſed their glorie, and pleaſure in this vvorld.
16 [a] The confidence of the iuſt.
18 [b] He shal leaue al worldlie thinges and take nothing with him.
19 [c] temporally:
19 [d] ſo long as he enioyeth wordlie profites he wil ſeme gratful to God;
20 [e] but they shal not ſee the true light of heauen.
21 [f] Remember and conſider ô worldlie man, that God made thee an excellent creature: which thou neglecting makeſt thyſelf like to a beaſt. As, v. 13.

Psalm 49

PSALME. XLIX.

Chriſt in his firſt coming calleth al Nations. 3. in his ſecond wil iudge the [Margin: General Iudgement. the 9. Key.] world. 7. In the meane time God exhorteth al men to ſerue him in puritie of vertue, which he much preferreth before external ſacrifice of the old law. 17. reprehending ſuch as profeſſe or teach the right way, and liue wickedly.

1 A Pſalme [a] to Aſaph. THE [b] God of goddes our Lord hath ſpoken: and he hath called the earth, from the ryſing of the ſunne euen to the going downe.

2 Out [c] of Syon the beauty of his comelines.

3 God wil come [d] manifeſtly: our God and he wil not kepe ſilence. [e] Fire shal burne forth in his ſight: and round about him a mighty tempeſt.

4 He shal [f] cal the heauen from aboue: and [g] the earth to diſcerne his people.

5 Gather ye together his ſaincts vnto him: which ordaine his teſtament [h] aboue ſacrifices.

6 And the heauens shal shew forth his iuſtice: becauſe God is Iudge.

7 [i] Heare ô my people, and I wil ſpeake: Iſrael, and I wil teſtifie to thee: God thy God am I.

8 I wil not rebuke thee in thy ſacrifices: and thy holocauſtes [k] are in my ſight alwaies.

9 I wil [l] not take calues out of thy houſe: nor buckegoats out of thy flockes.

10 Becauſe al the wilde beaſts of the woods be myne, the cattle in the mountaines and oxen.

11 I haue knowne al the foules of the ayer: and the beauty of the fielde is with me.

12 If I shal be hungrie, I wil not tel thee: for the round earth is myne, and the fulnes therof.

13 Wil I eate the flesh of oxen? or wil I drinke the blood of bucke goats?

14 [m] Immolate to God“ the ſacrifice of praiſe, and [n] pay thy vowes to the Higheſt.

15 And [o] inuocate me in the day of tribulation: I wil deliuer thee, and thou shalt glorifie me.

16 But to the ſinner God hath ſayde: [p] Why doeſt thou declare my iuſtices, and takeſt my teſtament by thy mouth?

17 But thou haſt hated diſcipline: & caſt my words behind thee.

18 If thou didſt ſee a theefe, thou didſt rune with him: and with adulterers thou didſt put thy portion.

19 Thy mouth hath abounded with malice: and thy tongue fourged guiles.

20 Sitting thou ſpakeſt againſt thy brother, and againſt thy mothers ſonne thou didſt put a ſcandal:

21 theſe things haſt thou done, and I haue held my peace. † Thou haſt thought vniuſtly that I wil be like thee: I wil reproue thee, and ſet it againſt thy face.

22 Vnderſtand theſe things you that forget God: leſt ſometime he take you violently and there be none to deliuer you.

23 The“ ſacrifice of prayſe [q] shal glorifie me: and there is the way, by which I wil shew him the ſaluation of God.

Marginal notes to Psalm 49

1 [a] To be ſongue or tuned by Aſaph a maiſter of muſike.
1 [b] God almightie, who is greater then are al falſly ſuppoſed goddes, or holie perſons, that patticipating of his goodnes are called goddes (as Kinges, Prieſtes, Iudges) coming into this world in mans nature, calleth al men to ſaluation.
2 [c] The Church of Christ began in Sion.
3 [d] Chriſt that came in humilitie, and more obſcurely to ſuffer, and to redeme vs, vvil come i⟨illegible⟩ maieſtie, and manifeſtly to iudge.
3 [e] Immediately before the general iudgement, fire ſhal burne al tranſitorie thinges.
4 [f] Geue ſignes in the firmament,
4 [g] and in earth.
5 [h] VVhich know that to keepe Gods commandments in folowing vertues, is aboue the oblation of external ſacrifice.
7 [i] God inſtructeth his people.
8 [k] Sacrifices are gratful to God.
9 [l] but in regard that God needeth not theſe earthly thinges, he rather requireth a gratful mind. For otherwiſe man in dede can geue nothing to God: ſeing al that is in the whole world is Gods owne in proprietie
14 [m] Spiritual ſacrifice of prayſe.
14 [n] & due payment of voluntarie vowes made in honour of God,
15 [o] and praying to him for helpe in tribulation are most grateful.
16 [p] He that wil teach others, muſt eſpecially flee from ſinne, & ſerue God ſincerly.
23 [q] God is honored by mans gratitude, and other good workes.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. XLIX.

14. 23. The ſacrifice of praiſe.] For better and more due performing of external [Margin: Sacrifice of praiſe diſpoſeth men to the fruit of external ſacrifice.] ſacrifice, it is requiſite, that thoſe which offer it, or deſire to participate, do bring with them neceſſarie internal vertues, or diſpoſition; as ſorow and repentāce for their ſinnes, which is a kind of improper ſacrifice (mentioned in the next Pſalme) the ſacrifice of iuſtice, which rendereth ro euerie one that is due (Pſal. 4.) and ſacrifiſe of praiſe, or thankes geuing, for al Gods benefites receiued or expected; which kindes of internal and improper ſacrifices, do nothing preiudice, but rightly prepare men to the fruict of external ſacrifice, euer vſed in the law of nature, the law of Moyſes, and of Chriſt. This place alſo hath an other higher and prophetical ſenſe, of the Sacrifice of Chriſts bodie in the Euchariſt, which is both propitiatorie, and Sacrifiſe of praiſe and thankes geuing. So S. Auguſtin (orat. aduerſus Iudeos. c. 6.) teacheth, that here certainly is a plaine change of the old ſacrifices. The ſame he affirmeth Ep. 120. c. 18. God foreshewing that the old ſacrifices should be changed, which were offered [Margin: The Sacrifice of the Eu hariſt prophecied.] in shadow of a ſacrifice to come. I wil not take (faith God to Iſrael) calues nor goares at thy hand, &c. but appointeth that al Iſrael (al nations from the ryſing of the ſunne to the ſetting) shal immolate the ſacrifice of praiſe, the ſame Chriſt, whom old Simeon knew an infant, whom he receiued into his handes: Likewiſe, li. contra aduerſ. legis & prophet. c. 20. The Church offereth to God in the bodie of Chriſt the ſacrifice of praiſe.

Psalm 50

PSALME. L.

King Dauid in great ſorow for his ſinnes of adultrie and murder, most ſeriouſly prayeth God of his manifold mercies to remitte and purge al [Margin: The fourth penitential Pſalme. The 7. key.] his offences, and paines due for them. 12. to reſtore vnto him the grace of the Holie Ghost, lost by his ſinnes; 15. that he may teach others (as in deede his ſingular example may teach the whole world true penance) 19. contrition of hart, worthely to offer ſacrifice, for the whole Church.

1 Vnto [a] the end, a Pſalme of Dauid,

2 “ when Nathan the Prophet came to him, after that he had ſinned with Bethſabee. (2. Reg. 12.)

3 HAVE mercie on me ô God, [b] according to thy great mercie. And according to [c] the multitude of thy commiſerations, take away myne iniquitie.

4 “ Wash me [d] more amply from mine iniquitie: & [e] cleanſe me from my ſinne.

5 [f] Becauſe I do know myne iniquitie: and my ſinne is [g] before me alwaies.

6 To thee [h] onely haue I ſinned, and haue done euil before thee: that thou mayſt [i] be iuſtified in thy words, and mayſt [k] ouercome when thou art iudged.

7 For behold“ I [l] was conceiued in iniquities: & my mother conceiued me in ſinnes.

8 For behold thou [m] haſt loued truth: [n] the vncertaine, and hidden thinges of thy wiſdome thou haſt made manifeſt to me.

9 Thou shalt ſprinkle me with [o] hyſſope, and I shal be clenſed: thou shalt wash me, and I shal be made [p] whiter then ſnow.

10 To [q] my hearing thou shalt geue ioy and gladnes, and [r] the bones humbled shal reioyce.

11 [ſ] Turne away thy face from my ſinnes: and wipe away al mine iniquities.

12 [t] Create a cleane hart in me ô God: and renew a right ſpirit in my u bowels.[v]

13 Caſt me not away from thy face: and thy Holie ſpirit [w] take not from me.

14 Render vnto me [x] the ioy of thy ſaluation? and [y] confirme me with the principal ſpirit,

15 I [z] Wil teach the vniuſt thy waies: and the impious shal be conuerted to thee.

16 Deliuer me [a] from bloudes ô God, the God of my ſaluation: and my tongue shal exult [for] thy iuſtice.

17 Lord, thou [b] ⟨illegible⟩lt open my lippes: & my mouth shal shew forth thy prayſe.

18 Becauſe if thou [c] wouldeſt haue had ſacrifice, I had verily giuen it: with holocauſtes thou wilt [d] not be delighted.

19 A “ ſacrifice to God is [e] an afflicted ſpirit: a contrite, and humbled hait, ô God thou wilt not deſpiſe.

20 Deale fauorably ô Lord in thy good wil [f] with Sion: that the walles of Ieruſalem may be built vp.

21 [g] Then shalt thou accept ſacrifice of [h] iuſtice, [i] oblations, & k holocauſtes: l then shal they lay calues vpon thyne altar.

Marginal notes to Psalm 50

1 [a] Pertayning not only to Dauid, but alſo to al penitentes, eſpecially of the new teſtament▪
3 [b] My ſinnes being very great, nede thy great mercie.
3 [c] Yea manie ſortes of thy mercies: not only remiſſion of the crimes, but alſo mitigation of the paines due for, the ſame. Thy merciful grace to be truly ſorie, to make ſome part of ſatisfaction, to beware hereafter not to fal againe, to geue better example of penance, and of vertuous life, and to perſeuer to the end.
4 [d] O God thou haſt forgeuen me, and taken away my ſinnes, as thy prophet hath told me (2. Reg. 12. v. 13.) but my ſoule ſo fouly polluted, nedeth yet more waſhing.
4 [e] cleanſe alſo the dregges that remaine, and al habites and inclinations to ſinne. So our Sauiour afterwards taught. (Ioan. 13. v. 10.) He that is waſhed nedeth not ſauing to waſh his feere (il affections and reliques of former ſinnes) but is cleane wholy.
5 [f] VVhiles I did not know; not conſider nor acknowledge my ſinnes, I could not be forgeuen, but now I know and acknowledge them:
5 [g] and I ceaſe not to conſider of them with ſorow.
6 [h] Principally (for ſo this particle [only] here ſignifieth) the enormities of my ſinnes conſiſt, in that I haue offended thy Diuine Goodnes and Maieſtie, the King of the worldes, immortal, inuiſible, onlie God, to whom is due al honour and glorie for euer and euer. 1. Tim. 1. v. 17.
6 [i] Thou which haſt promiſed forgeuenes to al ſinners that truly conuert, ſhal herein be iuſtified by receiuing me againe to grace:
6 [k] and ouerthrow thy calumniators, that iudge wickedly of thy proceedings, as if either thy iuſtice or mercie were peruerted.
7 [l] I and al are burne in original ſinne, the reliques wherof, concupiſcence and weakenes incline vs to other ſinne⟨illegible⟩, which we haue added. In regard of which our infirmitie, thy mercie is readie to recal vs, and help vs.
8 [m] Beſides thou haſt alſo geuen me knowledge of true faith, and right doctrine, which thou euer loueſt, and art accuſtomed to reduce, and direct ſuch into the true way of penance.
8 [n] yea thou haſt moreouer ſhewed to me thinges vncertaine, or vnknowen to manie others, geuen me the gift and ſpirit of prophecie, to know hidde myſteries, and to euerie one God geueth ſome particular benefites, which he loueth in him, and is ready of his part to confirme and maintaine the ſame, that they be not loſt.
9 [o] Moſt merciful Lord thou wilt (as I ſee in the ſpirit of prophecie) ſprinkle me, and al men with thy bloud, from the Croſſe, where they ſhal geue thee vinegre about hyſſoppe to drinke. (Ioan. 19.)
9 [p] by which washing I shal be cleane from ſinne, and become in time pure, yea whiter then ſnow. A figure of this hyſſope was obſerued in Moyſes Law. Num. 19. ſignifying the liuelie heat of Chriſts infinite charitie.
10 [q] When myn affections shal be cleane purged, I shal take ſingular great delight to heare of thee,
10 [r] and al my powres of mind and bodie, which are now afflicted, shal reioyce.
11 [ſ] Leaue of thy cogitation of punishing, to which purpoſe firſt take away myn iniquities, ⟨illegible⟩o⟨illegible⟩ otherwiſe if they remaine, Gods iuſtice can not but punish them.
12 [t] Create in me new grace, wherby my hart shal be pure. So S. Paul calleth a iuſt ſoul a new creature. Galat. 6. v. 15.
12 [v] v In my invvard thoughtes.
13 [w] ſuffer me not ſo to fal againe, that thy grace depart from me.
14 [x] which I had before my fal, of Chriſt promiſed of my ſeede, and alter not the ſame for my ⟨illegible⟩n⟨illegible⟩es. Dauid alſo and other penitents pray here, that God wil reſtore vnto them the ioy, which they had in the ſtate of grace, of eternal ſaluation promiſed;
14 [y] confirme & conſerue in ⟨illegible⟩e hereafter, a ſtrong, conſtant, and willing ſpirite to perſeuere.
15 [z] No way can a penitent better ſhew him ſelf gratful to God, for remiſſion of his ſinnes, the⟨illegible⟩ by inſtructing, exhorting, and perſwading other ſinners to repentance, to leaue their former il wayes, and turne to God.
16 [a] From the guilt and puniſhment of murder, cauſing Vrias and others with him to be ſlaine. Other penitents pray to be deliuered from what ſinnes ſoeuer they haue committed, by ſheding bloud, or other ⟨illegible⟩gs and iniuries; promiſing to praiſe Gods iuſtice, in offering and geuing grace, accord⟨illegible⟩ ⟨illegible⟩ promiſe to ſinners, that they may repent.
17 [b] Thou ⟨illegible⟩ God firſt ſ⟨illegible⟩rring me vp, opening my lippes, which of my ſelfe I can not do, then my tongue and ⟨illegible⟩ wil praiſe thee.
18 [c] If thou wouldeſt eſpecially legal ſacrifice, I would eaſily haue offered great ſtore:
18 [d] but the beſt of that kind is not ſufficient:
19 [e] true contrition of hart pleaſeth thee farre better.
20 [f] After a penitent hath remiſſion of his owne ſinnes, he muſt pray for the whole Church.
21 [g] The Church proſpering, her faithful children shal offer
21 [h] the ſacrifice of iuſtice, rendering to euerie one that is due;
21 [i] alſo free offeringes without obligation, k yea holocauſtes, which is the chiefeſt, ⟨illegible⟩ca⟨illegible⟩es, and like hoſtes vpon the altar, according to the ſtate of the old law: but in the law of Chriſt, the moſt B. Sacrifice by him inſtituted.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. L.

2. VVhen Nathan came to Dauid.] As Nathan denouncing to Dauid that our [Margin: Temporal puniſhment is due after remiſſion of ſinnes.] Lord had (vpon his repentance and confeſſion) taken away his ſinne, added neuertheles that becauſe he had made the enimies of God to blaſpheme, his ſonne should dye: ſo Dauid knowing that more was required then only confeſſion, for that the bond of ſatisfaction remained after his ſinnes were remitted, perſiſted in penance, praying, lamenting, and beſeching God according to his great and mainfold mercies, to take away his iniquitie, albeit the prophet Nathan had now told him, that our Lord had taken away his ſinne, becauſe there yet remained temporal paine due for the ſame. He prayeth alſo v. 4. that God wil, vvash him more amply, from his iniquitie, and cleanſe him from his ſinne. [Margin: Cuſtome of ſinne maketh more pronnes to fal againe.] For albeit the guilt of mortal ſinne be washed and taken away, yet beſides temporal punishment that is due, the ſoule that was ſo polluted, nedeth to be washed, and cleanſed from the euil habite, or pronnes to fal againe, gotten by the former cuſtome, or delectation in ſinne.

7. I VVas conceiued in iniquities.] An other reaſon why ſinners after remiſſion [Margin: Cōcupiſcence remaineth after original ſinne.] of al mortal ſinnes, neede to be washed, and cleanſed, is, becauſe being borne in original ſinne, after remiſſion therof, there remaneth concupiſcence, that ⟨illegible⟩riueth againſt vertue, and inclineth to ſinne, from which we muſt pray, and labour to be more and more washed and cleanſed.

19 Sacrifice] Holie Scriptures make often compariſon betwen two kindes of [Margin: Spiritual ſacrifice prefe⟨illegible⟩red before external.] ſacrifices, preferring internal before external, as more gratful to God. And of ſpiritual ſacrifices, this of a contrite ſpirite is firſt in order, and maketh the way to the ſacrifice of iuſtice, becauſe iuſtice preſuppoſeth repentance, and finally ſuccedeth ſacrifice of praiſe, and thankeſgeuing.

Psalm 51

PSALME. LI.

Holie Dauid inueigheth against wicked Doeg a traitor. 7. prophecieth his [Margin: Dauids inuectiue againſt Doeg. the 8. key.] ruine. 10. and his owne exaltation.

1 Vnto the end, vnderſtanding to Dauid,

2 when Doeg [a] the Idumeite came and told Saul: Dauid is come into the houſe of [b] Achimelech. (1. Reg. 22.)

3 VVHY doeſt thou [c] glorie in malice, which art mightie in iniquitie?

4 Al the day hath thy tongue thought iniuſtice: as a sharp raſor thou [d] haſt done guile.

5 Thou haſt loued malice more then benignitie: [e] iniquitie rather then to ſpeake equitie.

6 Thou haſt loued al wordes of precipitation, a deceitful tongue.

7 Therfore Wil God deſtroy thee for euer, he wil [f] plucke thee out, & remoue thee out of thy tabernacle: & [g] thy roote out of the land of the liuing.

8–9 The iuſt shal ſee, and feare, and shal laugh at him, and they shal ſay: Behold the man, that hath not put God for his helper. But hath hoped in the multitude of his riches, and hath [h] preualed in his vanitie.

10 But I as [i] a fruitful oliue tree in the houſe of God, haue hoped in the mercie of God for euer: and for euer and euer.

11 I wil [k] confeſſe to thee for euer, becauſe thou haſt done it: and I wil expect thy [l] name, becauſe it is good in the ſight of thy ſaints:

Marginal notes to Psalm 51

2 [a] Of the race of Eſau, half a Ievv, but either an Infidel, or fautor of Infidels, a ſpie for Saul, a perſecutor of Dauid, & a murderer of Innocents. 2. Reg. 22. v. 9. 18.
2 [b] High prieſt, ſlaine with 84. more Prieſtes and others, becauſe they were ſuppoſed to fauour Dauid. ibidem.
3 [c] Thou perſecutor Doeg, why art thou ſo malicious, to abuſe thy credite with king Saul, to the murdering of innocents?
4 [d] playing the part of a ſpie, in betraying to Saul, that I was with Achimelech?
5 [e] Though he told a truth, yet it was iniquitie to betray innocents.
7 [f] Thou shalt vtterly be deſtroyed.
7 [g] & al thy race.
8–9 [h] for a short time in this world.
10 [i] Dauid prophecieth his owne exaltation, and conſeruation of his ſeede in the kingdom of Iſrael.
11 [k] Sing praiſe, and ⟨illegible⟩a⟨illegible⟩kes to thee.
11 [l] thy Goodnes, which agreeth to thy name.

Psalm 52

PSALME. LII.

As in the thirtenth Pſalme, Chriſts Incarnation is prophecied, after that [Margin: The general Iudgement. the 9. key] ſinne abunded in the world: ſo here is foreshewed that after general wickednes, 5. Chriſt wil come to iudge the bad, 7. and deliuer the good.

Vnto the end, for Ma⟨illegible⟩leth; vnderſtandings of Dauid.

[Margin (a): Weakenes, or mourning,]

[Margin (b): S. Auguſtin expoundeth this Pſalme as an inſtruction to thoſe that ſuffer perſecution and iniuries, eſpecially nere the end of the world.]

1 THE foole hath ſaid in his hart: There is no God.

2 They are corrupte, and become abominable in iniquities: there is not that doth good.

3 God hath looked forth from heauen, vpon the children of men: to ſee if there be that vnderſtādeth, or ſeeketh after God.

4 Al haue declined, they are become vnprofitable together: there is not that doth good, no there is not one.

5 Shal they not al know that worke iniquitie, that deuoure my people as food of bread?

6 God they haue not inuocated: there haue they trembled for feare, where no feare was. Becauſe God hath [c] diſſipated the bones of them [d] that pleaſe men: they are confounded, becauſe God hath deſpiſed them.

7 [e] Who wil geue out of Sion the ſaluation of Iſrael? when God shal conuert the captiuitie of his people: Iacob shal reioyce, and Iſrael shal be glad.

Marginal notes to Psalm 52

6 [c] God wil ouerthrow al the counſels, and forces
6 [d] of worldlie politiques.
7 [e] The true Church afflicted deſireth Chriſts coming to deliuer the oppreſſed.

Psalm 53

PSALME. LIII.

Dauid in diſtreſſe crieth to God for helpe, 6. conſidently truſting therin, [Margin: A praier in diſtreſſe. the 7. key.] 8. and promiſing ſacrifice of thankesgeuing.

1 Vnto [a] the end, [b] in ſongs vnderſtanding for Dauid

2 when the Zipheites were come, and ſaid to Saul: [c] Is not Dauid hid with vs? (1. Reg. 1. 23. & 26.)

3 O GOD ſaue me [d] in thy name: and in thy ſtrength [e] iudge me.

4 O God heare my prayer with thine eares: receiue the words of my mouth.

5 Becauſe [f] ſtrāgers haue riſen vp againſt me, & the ſtrong haue ſought my ſoule: and they haue not ſet God before their eies.

6 For [g] behold God helpeth me: and our Lord is the receiuer of my ſoule.

7 [h] Turne away the euils to mine enimies: and in [i] thy truth deſtroy them.

8 [k] I wil voluntarily ſacrifice to thee, and [l] wil confeſſe to thy name ô Lord, becauſe it is good:

9 [m] Becauſe thou haſt deliuered me out of al tribulation: and [n] mine eie hath looked downe vpon mine enimies.

Marginal notes to Psalm 53

1 [a] Though hiſtorically this Pſalme
1 [b] was ſong by Dauid the author therof, shewing how he prayd in dauger, and rendered thankes for his deliuerie,
2 [c] when vpon notice geuen that he abode in the mountaines, Saul ſtraictly beſeged him, with a great armie, but the Philiſtims inuading the countrie, Saul was forced to leaue Dauid, and to turne his forces againſt them, 1. Reg. 23 yet i⟨illegible⟩ perceyneth alſo literally to al iuſt men in diſtreſſe, eſpecially to the Church of Chriſt, praying in like dangers, and God by his like prouidence, deliuering his ſeruantes in extremities.
3 [d] For the glorie of thy name
3 [e] for the iuſtnes of my cauſe defend me.
5 [f] Barbarous highland men haue betraide the place of myne abode to the perſecuters.
6 [g] But I feare them not, becauſe I am in Gods protection.
7 [h] A iuſt prayer, that God wil turne intended miſchief, vpon the deuiſers heades,
7 [i] according to his promiſe, that he wil defend the innocent.
8 [k] Offering voluntarie ſacrifice, more then is commanded:
8 [l] and praiſe thee ô God,
9 [m] as I am bond
9 [n] I reioyce in thy iuſt iudgements againſt the wicked.

Psalm 54

PSALME LIIII.

The prophet (as wel in his owne, as other iust mens perſon) deſcribeth great [Margin: Gods prouidence towards the good and bad. the 3. key.] calamities ſuffered, 10. prayeth against the wicked, 13. lamenting eſpecially that thoſe which profeſſe frendshipe, are aduerſaries. 17. and declareth Gods prouidence in protecting the good, and deſtroying the bad.

1 Vnto [a] the end, [b] in ſonges, [c] vnderſtanding to Dauid.

2 HEARE my prayer ô God, deſpiſe not my petition.

3 Attend to me; and heare me.

4 I am made ſorowful in my [d] exerciſe: and am trubled at the voice of the enimie: and at the tribulation of the ſinner. Becauſe they haue [e] wreſted iniquities vpon me: & [f] in anger they were trubleſome to me.

5 My hart is trubled in me: and [g] the feare of death is falne vpon me.

6 Feare and trembling are come vpon me: and [h] darkenes hath couered me.

7 And I ſaid: [i] Who wil geue me wings as of a doue, and I wil fly: and reſt?

8 [k] Loe I haue gone far flying away: and I abode in the wildernes.

9 I [l] expected him, that [m] ſaued me from [n] puſillanimitie of ſpirit, and [o] tempeſt.

10 [p] Precipitate ô Lord, and [q] diuide their tongues: becauſe I haue ſene [r] iniquitie, and [ſ] contradiction in the citie.

11 Day and night shal iniquitie compaſſe it vpon the walles therof; and [t] labour in the middeſt therof, and [v] iniuſtice.

12 And there hath not ceaſed out of the ſtreetes therof [w] vſurie, and guile.

13 For [x] if myne enimie had ſpoken euil to me, I would verely haue borne it. And if he that hated me had ſpoken great thinges vpon me: I would perhaps haue hid myſelfe from him.

14 But [y] thou a man of the ſame minde: my [z] guide, and my familiar.

15 Which diddeſt [a] take ſwete meats together with me, in the [b] houſe of God we walked with conſent.

16 Let [c] death come vpon them: and let them goe downe quicke into hel. Becauſe there is wickednes in their habitations, in [d] the middes of them.

17 But I haue cried to God, and our Lord wil ſaue me.

18 In [e] the euening, and morning, & at midday, I wil [*] ſpeake, and declare, and he wil heare my voice.

19 He wil redeme my ſoule in peace from them, that approch to me: becauſe among manie [f] they were with me.

20 God wil heare, and he [g] which is before the worldes wil humble them.

21 For there is [h] no change with them, & they feared not God: he hath ſtreached forth his hand in repaying.

22 They haue contaminated his teſtament, they are [i] diuided by the wrath of his countenance; and [k] his hart hath approched. [l] His wordes are made ſofter then oile: and [m] the ſame are dartes.

23 [n] Caſt thy care vpon our Lord: and he wil nourish thee: he wil not geue [o] fluctuation to the iuſt for euer.

24 But thou ô God wilt bring [p] them downe into the pitte of deſtruction. [q] Bloudy and deceitful men shal not liue halfe their daies, but I wil hope in thee ô Lord.

Marginal notes to Psalm 54

1 [a] A ſong as wel for king Dauid himſelfe, as others of al times;
1 [b] to ſing,
1 [c] and conſider Gods prouidence, in ſuffering one man to afflict an other in this life.
4 [d] This life is awarefare, and a continual combate.
4 [e] calumniated me,
4 [f] and perſecuted me in great furie.
5 [g] ſo inwardly afflicted, as if death were at hand.
6 [h] I haue ſcarſe ſenſe, or diſcourſe of reaſon, being almoſt ouerwhelmed with trubles.
7 [i] would God I could flie, that in the ſimplicitie of a doue, I might ſpedely part away from theſe afflictions.
8 [k] I haue fled ſo farre as I could from trubles:
9 [l] for the reſt I remitted to Gods wil and good pleaſure,
9 [m] and he ſuffered me not to be ouerthrowne,
9 [n] though I am weake,
9 [o] and the tentations are great.
10 [p] O God abate the pride of arrogant perſecuters,
10 [q] ſuffer them not to agree amongſt them ſelues.
10 [r] They are ful of al iniquitie,
10 [ſ] they haue alſo contentions among themſelues, turne the ſame to our good.
11 [t] VVith their continual great iniquitie, they haue their trubles,
11 [v] but leaue not their iniuſtice.
12 [w] They are ſtil vſurers, and deceiptful oppreſſors of the poore.
13 [x] It is a greater griefe to ſuffer iniuries of thoſe that ſeme to be freindes.
14 [y] A man that was, or ſemed of the ſame mind, faith, and religion,
14 [z] whom I ſo truſted, that I would haue gone, whitherſoeuer he should haue ledde me.
15 [a] Thou that didſt participate the ſame holie ſacraments with me,
15 [b] in the Catholique Church.
16 [c] As Core & his complices: ſpoken of iuſt zele, not of deſire to reuenge: verified in thoſe that ſinne wittingly and knowing, for they deſcend, as it were, aliue into hel.
16 [d] The whole crew of the wicked conſpire in iniquitie.
18 [e] The prophet alludeth to three more ſpecially appointed houres of Diuine ſeruice, the daylie ſacrifice at morning, and euening, and other ſacrifices commonly about midday. VVhich alſo are the three principal times of Diuine Seruice in the Church of Chriſt. Martins, Euenſong, and the Sacrifice of Maſſe. VVhich Eutyn⟨illegible⟩ius and other Grecians cal Lyturgiam. S. Clement alſo (li 7. c. 25. Apoſt. Inſtit) teſtifieth that the Apoſtles ordained three ſet houres of common prayer euerie day.
18 [*] ⟨illegible⟩r pr⟨illegible⟩
19 [f] Manie enimies combined together approched vnto me, to ouerthrow me.
20 [g] Eternal God.
21 [h] They wil neuer repent of their wickednes.
22 [i] They harden their hartes againſt his threatned wrath:
22 [k] but Gods prouidente illuminateth others to know and teach the truth, when it is impugned, or contemned.
22 [l] Gods wordes, which in them ſelues are meke and ſwete,
22 [m] are hard to the incredulous, & as dartes that wound them. Chriſt ſaid (Ioan. 6.) Vnles one eate my flesh, & drinke my bloud, he shal not haue life in him, which the Capharnaites not vnderſtanding ſaid one to an other: This is a hard ſpeach, who can abide it? which S. Auguſtin here ſaith was the firſt hereſie againſt our Sauiours, preaching. It was not hard to S. Peter, who in the name of the reſt, anſwered, that Chriſt had the wordes of eternal life. He yet vnderſtood not the ſecrete of our Lords ſpeach, but he piouſly beleued that the wordes vvere good, vvhich he vnderſtood not.
23 [n] Therfore in al doubtes of doctrin, in al diſtreſſes of perſecution, and other difficulties vvhich ſurpaſſe thy vveakenes, caſt thy care vpon our Lord, and he vvil nourish thee.
23 [o] He vvil not ſuffer the iuſt to remaine alvvayes in fluctuation, that is, in doubtful, dangerous, and vvaue⟨illegible⟩ing thoughtes or perplexities, as vvhen a shippe is toſſed in the vvaues of the ſea, but vvil geue quiet repoſe of mind, as in a ſure hauen vvithout danger of drovvning.
24 [p] Contrariwiſe, the wicked and obſtinate ſhal fal into deſtruction.
24 [q] Often or for moſt part, bloud-ſuckers dye before the courſe of nature requireth, as Saul, Abſolon, Achitophel, Achab, Iezabel, and the like.

Psalm 55

PSALME. LV.

Dauid being in danger before Achis king of Geth, confidently implereth [Margin: Dauids prayes in danger, the ⟨illegible⟩. key.] Gods helpe, againſt the great malice and powre of his enimies; 8. foretheweth their ruine, his owne exaltation, 12. and offereth praiſes and thankes.

1 Vnto [a] the end, [b] for a people, that is made far from the Sainctes, Dauid in [c] the inſcription of the title, [d] when the foreners held him in Geth. (1. Reg. 12. v. 12.)

2 HAVE mercie on me ô God, becauſe [e] man hath troden vpon me: [f] al the day impugning he hath afflicted me.

3 Myne enimies haue troden vpon me al the day: becauſe they are [g] manie that warre againſt me.

4 From [h] the height of the day I shal feare: [i] but I wil truſt in thee.

5 In God I wil praiſe [k] my wordes, in God haue I hoped: I wil not feare what flesh may do to me.

6 Al the day did they [l] deteſt my wordes; againſt me, [m] al their cogitations are vnto euil.

7 They wil [n] inhabite and keepe ſecret: they wil obſerue my heele. As they haue expected [o] my ſoule,

8 [p] for nothing shalt thou ſaue them: [q] in wrath thou wilt breake peoples. O God,

9 I haue shewed my life to thee: thou haſt ſet my teares in thy ſight. As alſo in thy promiſe:

10 then shal mine enemies be turned backeward. In what day ſoeuer I shal inuocate thee: loe I haue knowne that thou art my God.

11 In God I wil praiſe [r] the word, in our Lord wil I praiſe thee ſaying, I haue hoped in God, I wil not feare what man can do to me.

12 In me, ô God [ſ] are thy vowes, which I wil render, praiſes to thee.

13 Becauſe thou haſt deliuered my ſoule from death, and my feete from falling: that I may [t] pleaſe before God, in [v] the light of the liuing.

Marginal notes to Psalm 55

1 [a] This Pſalme perteyneth alſo to future times,
1 [b] for the vſe of anie iuſt perſons, or people, that are againſt their wil ſeparated from the publike diuine Seruice of holie Church:
1 [c] mo⟨illegible⟩ worthie to be noted with tule, for perpetual memorie
1 [d] made by Dauid when the Philiſtims detected him to their king in Geth.
2 [e] Now one ſorte of il diſpoſed men, now another,
2 [f] neuer ceaſe to ſeeke my deſtruction.
3 [g] Saul with his great armie, the Philiſtim⟨illegible⟩s, and other ſtrangers, ſome in manifeſt hoſtilitie, others detecting and betraing me to myn aduerſaries. So al that liue godly in Chriſt haue manie enimies viſible and inuiſible.
4 [h] Of theſe moſt eminent great dangers I am in deede afeard,
4 [i] but ſo that my truſt and aſſured confidence is in thee ô God.
5 [k] Wordes and promiſes made to me; or the good which I ſpeake or do by Gods grace.
6 [l] They calumniate whatſoeuer I ſay,
6 [m] wreſting al my wordes to euil ſenſe.
7 [n] They meete together, and ſecretly conſpire to intrappe me or catch me tripping.
7 [o] to take my life:
8 [p] for this their vaine purpoſe to deſtroy me, thou wilt ſaue them, as they deſerue, that is,
8 [q] thou wilt breake them in peeces.
11 [r] I wil alwayes gratfully acknowlege thy promiſes, and ſayings, for they are aſſured.
12 [ſ] I haue purpoſed and vowed to offer ſacrifice of praiſe, and by thy helpe wil performe it.
13 [t] do that pleaſeth God,
13 [v] in true faith and pious workes.

Psalm 56

PSALME. LVI.

The Prophet prayeth in tribulation, 4. teſtifieth Gods helpe, 6. praiſeth his [Margin: Dauids great patience. the 8. key.] greatnes: 8. promiſing, and inuiting al nations to praiſe him.

1 Vnto [a] the end, [b] deſtroy not, to Dauid in [c] the inſcription of the title, [d] when he fled from the face of Saul into the caue.

2 HAVE mercie on me ô God, haue mercie on me: becauſe my ſoule hath truſted in thee. And I wil hope in the shadow of thy winges, vntil iniquitie paſſe.

3 I wil crie to God the higheſt: God that hath done me good.

4 He ſent [e] from heauen, and deliuered me: he hath geuen into [f] reproche them that trode vpon me. God hath ſent his mercie, and his truth,

5 and hath deliuered my [g] ſoule out of the middes of [h] Lions whelpes: I ſlept trubled. The ſonnes of men, their [i] teeth are weapons and arrowes: and their [k] tongue a sharpe ſword.

6 Be exalted aboue the heauens ô God: and thy glorie vpon al the earth.

7 They prepared a ſnare for my feete: and bowed downe my ſoule. They [l] digged a pit before my face: and they are falne into it.

8 My hart is readie ô God, my hart is readie: I wil ſing, and ſay [::] a Pſalme.

9 Ariſe my glorie, ariſe pſalter and harpe: I wil ariſe early.

10 I wil confeſſe to thee among [m] peoples ô Lord: and I wil ſay [::] a Pſalme to thee among [n] the Gentiles.

11 Becauſe thy mercie is magnified euen to the heauens, and thy truth euen to the cloudes.

12 Be axalted aboue the heauens ô God: and thy glorie vpon al the earth.

Marginal notes to Psalm 56

1 [a] The heroical facts of Dauid are for examples to al Chriſtians.
1 [b] Innocent Dauid hauing opportunitie to kil his vniuſt perſecutor, obeyed the motion of God, ſuggeſting vnto him, not to deſtroy his enimie; contrarie to the counſel of his freindes:
1 [c] a thing moſt worthie to be recorded for perpetual memorie,
1 [d] being in ſo great and vniuſt truble, as to lye in the caue of a mountaine, yet ſpared to kil, or hurt him, that driue him into ſuch ſtraictes See the hiſtorie 1. Reg. 24.
1 1. ⟨illegible⟩. 22. 24.
4 [e] Extraordinarie diuine helpe, paſſing mans powre.
4 [f] It fel reprochfully to Saul, that Dauid might haue ſlaine him if he would, yet did neither hurt him, nor inſult vpon him, but meekely and piouſly admonished him of his error, and iniurious perſecution.
5 [g] my life.
5 [h] from moſt mightie and rauenous perſecuters.
5 [i] Though they haue not lions natural teeth, yet they exerciſe crueltie by artificial weapons,
5 [k] and with their cruel tongues incite their folowers to the ſame furie. 1. Reg. 22. v. 16.
7 [l] Saul endeuored manie wayes to ouerthrow Dauid, amongſt other meanes prouoked him to ſette vpon the Philiſtims, thincking they should haue ſlaine him, 1. Reg. 18. v. 17. but the ſame Philiſtims ouerthrew Saul. 1 Reg. 31.
8 [::] Pſalmes more in vſe with Chriſtian Gentils, then they were with the Iewes. See page, 12.
10 [m] Gods benefites beſtowed vpon Dauid, and vpon faithful Chriſtians prefigured by him, are for euer to be praiſed by al peoples and nations.
10 [::] Pſalmes more in vſe with Chriſtian Gentils, then they were with the Iewes. See page, 12.
10 [n] Gods benefites beſtowed vpon Dauid, and vpon faithful Chriſtians prefigured by him, are for euer to be praiſed by al peoples and nations.

Psalm 57

PSALME. LVII.

Holie Dauid inueigheth against diſſembling wicked men. 7. deſcribeth [Margin: Gods prouidence in ſuffering euil. the 3. key.] their manifold punishment, 11. wherin the iust shal be comforted.

1 Vnto [a] the end, [b] deſtroy not, to Dauid in, [c] the inſcription of the title.

2 IF [d] in very dede you ſpeake iuſtice: iudge right thinges ye ſonnes of men.

3 For in [e] the hart you worke iniquities: in the earth your [f] handes forge iniuſtice.

4 Sinners are alienated from the matrice, they haue erred from the wombe: they haue ſpoken falſe thinges.

5 They haue furie according to the ſimilitude of [h] a ſerpent: as of the aſpe that is deafe, and ſtoppeth his eares.

6 Which wil not heare the voice of the inchanters, and of the ſorcerer inchanting wiſely.

7 God shal breake their [k] teeth in their mouth, the [l] checke tooth of the lions, our Lord wil breake in peeces.

8 They shal come to nothing as water running downe: he hath [m] bent his bow til they be weakened.

9 As [n] waxe that melteth, shal they be taken away: [o] fyre hath falne on them, and they haue not ſeene the ſunne.

10 Before your [p] thornes did vnderſtand the old bryar: as liuing ſo in wrath he swalloweth them.

11 The iuſt [q] shal reioice when he shal ſee reuenge: he shal wash his handes in the bloud of a ſinner.

12 And man shal ſay: If certes there be fruite to the iuſt: [r] there is a God certes iudging them on the earth.

Marginal notes to Psalm 57

1 [a] This Pſalme was made vpon the ſame occaſion, and to the ſame purpoſe as the former,
1 [b] to exhorte the iuſt and innocent to patience,
1 [c] by Dauids memorable example.
2 [d] Few are ſo wicked, but they ſpeake and pretend iuſt thinges:
3 [e] but neither thincke wel,
3 [f] nor do wel, but both contrarie, which feaned ſanctitie is duble iniquitie.
4 g Theſe wicked ſinners that flatter and incite king Saul, ſeme to haue ſpent al their life from their infancie in malice.
5 [h] Their furie is vnquiet, til they may wound the innocent with their poiſonful ſting,
5 i neither wil they harken to good admonitions, but ſtoppe their eares like an aſpe, that layeth one eare cloſe to the ground, and ſtoppeth the other with his taile.
7 [k] But God wil breake their cruel force,
7 [l] though it ſemeth moſt ſtrong, and in ſuperable.
8 [m] Gods iuſt determination of punishing the wicked ſtil remaineth bent and readie, though execution be ſome while differred.
9 [n] That force and powre which is now inuincible, hard and ſtrong like a lions ſtrongeſt teeth, shal then be as impotent and ſoft as waxe:
9 [o] Gods wrath, like fire, the moſt forcible element, shal fil vpon them, and they shal be caſt into vtter darkenes, depriued of the ſunne and al comfortable light.
10 [p] Before their malice can bring to effect, the great miſchieffes which they plotte and purpoſe, God ſuddainly cutteth them of before they fully vnderſtand of, either ſicknes or death, caſteth them as it were aliue into hel.
11 [q] The iuſt reioyce in the punishment of the wicked for three cauſes, firſt in zele of iuſtice, conforming his wil and mind to Gods iudgement; ſecondly, for that himſelfe through Gods mercie hath eſcaped that terrible damnation; thirdly, for that he is now deliuered from moleſtation, and continual tribulation.
12 [r] The iuſt ſeing, or by faith knowing what punishment remaineth for the wicked, is therby aſſured that the good shal reape fruict for his wel doing, and that in the meane time God ruleth and iudgeth on the earth, though as yet it appeareth not ſo euidently.

Psalm 58

PSALME. LVIII.

Holie Dauid (being beſeeged in his owne houſe by m⟨illegible⟩n ſent to kil him) [Margin: An other prayer of Dauid in danger. the 8. key.] confidently prayeth God to deliuer him, 6. and al faithful nations in like danger: 7. and praiſeth God.

1 Vnto the end, deſtroy not, to Dauid in the inſcription of the title, [a] when Saul ſent, and watched his houſe to kil him. (1. Reg. 19.)

2 DELIVER me from mine enimies ô my God: and from them that riſe vp againſt me defend me.

3 Deliuer me from them that worke iniquitie: and from bloudy men ſaue me.

4 Becauſe loe they [b] haue taken my ſoule: the ſtrong haue falne violently vpon me.

5 Neyther is it mine iniquitie, nor my ſinne ô Lord: [c] without iniquitie haue I runne, and gone directly.

6 Ryſe vp to meete me, and ſee: and thou ô Lord the God of powres, God of Iſrael attend to viſite [d] al nations: haue [e] no mercie on al that worke iniquitie.

7 They wil returne [f] at euening: and they shal ſuffer famine [g] as dogges, and shal compaſſe the citie.

8 Behold they [h] wil ſpeake in their mouth, and a ſworde in their lippes: [i] becauſe who hath heard?

9 And thou ô Lord wilt ſcorne them: thou wilt bring to naught al the nations.

10 I wil keepe my ſtrength to thee: [k] becauſe thou art my receiuer:

11 my God, thy mercie shal preuent.

12 God wil shew vnto me concerning mine enimies, kil them not [l] leſt ſometime my peoples forgete. Diſperſe them in thy ſtrength: and [m] depoſe them my protector ô Lord.

13 The ſinne of their mouth, the word of their lippes: and let them be taken in their pride. And for [n] curſing and lying they shal be [o] talked of

14 in conſummation: in wrath of comſummation and they shal not be. And they shal know that God wil rule ouer Iacob: and ouer the ends of the earth.

15 They [p] shal be turned at euening, and shal ſuffer famine as dogges: and shal compaſſe the citie.

16 They shal be [q] diſperſed to eate: and if they be not filled, they [r] wil murmur alſo.

17 But I wil ſing thy ſtrength: and wil exalt thy mercie in [ſ] the morning. Becauſe thou art become my receiuer, and my refuge, in the day of my tribulation. My helper, I wil ſing to thee, becauſe thou art God my receiuer: my God, my mercie.

Marginal notes to Psalm 58

1 [a] King Saul hauing thriſe attempted in vaine to kil Dauid, (1. Reg. 18 v 11. &c. 19. v. 9.) ſene ſome of his guard to fe⟨illegible⟩ch him, from his owne houſe, that he might be ſlaine: but God moued the mind of Michol, to admonish him of the danger, and to helpe him away in ſaftie, though Saul thought she would haue bene a ſcandal vnto him (or cauſe of ruine) by the handes of the Philiſtians 1. Reg. 18. v. 21. Vpon which occaſion Dauid made this Pſalme. As he alſo made others, for perpetual memorie of Gods like benefites, in deliuering him in iminent dangers, VVhen Saul ſent three troupes of ſerieants to kil him, and ſolowed them himſelfe. 1. Reg. 19. v. 20 likevviſe vvhen he vvas knovven and bevvrayed before Achis king of Geth 1. Reg. 21. alſo in Ceila, in the deſerts of Ziph, and of Maon. c. 23, in Engaddi, c. 24. in Hachila. c. 26. and againe amongſt the Philiſtians c. 27. and 30.
4 [b] They haue ſo ſtraictly beſeged me, that it is now in their haudes, to take away my life.
5 [c] Of my part I haue committed no ſault againſt myn enimies, for which they can haue a⟨illegible⟩ie iuſt cauſe to perſecute me.
6 [d] The prophet ſoreſeing in ſpirite, that the Catholique Church shal be vniuſtly perſecuted, prayeth, and teacheth others to pray, that God wil mercifully viſite his faithful people of al nations:
6 [e] and not ſpare obſtinate perſecuters.
7 [f] Perſecuters laboring how much, or how long ſoeuer, shal at night, that is, in the end of al their wicked endeuoures be vnſatisfied in their deſires,
7 [g] as hungrie dogges that runne hunting al the day, & night alſo, ſtil ſeeking & not finding wherwith to fil their rauenous mouthes and deuouring bellies.
8 [h] They threaten and determine to vſe al crueltie,
8 [i] as if there were no God, that heareth, and wil punish it.
10 [k] Through Gods grace the Church is ſtil ſtrong and the vertuous do perſeuere.
12 [l] God ſuffereth afflictions to fal vpon his ſeruants to kepe them exerciſed, leſt in proſperitie they forgete their duties to him.
12 [m] Depriue them of powre, that they may not do ſo much euil as they deſire.
13 [n] After that their iniquitie is complete
13 [o] they shal be accuſed and punished for their blaſphemies and lies.
15 [p] As. v. 7.
16 [q] They shal in vaine ſeeke oyle for their lampes with the foolish virgins, repent with Iudas, and finding no helpe,
16 [r] ſhal continually blaſpheme in hel.
17 [ſ] In the reſurrection.

Psalm 59

PSALME. LIX.

King Dauid after his owne and the peoples manie tribulations, 8. rendereth [Margin: King Dauids thankes for victories. the 8. key.] thankes for their renowmed victories, 11. atchiued by Gods only powre.

1 Vnto the end, for them, [a] that shal be changed, in [b] the inſcription of the title [c] to Dauid him ſelfe, [d] for doctrine,

2 [e] when he ſet fire on Meſopotamia of Syria, and in Sobal, and Ioab returned, and ſtroke Idumaea in the valley of ſaltpittes twelue thouſand. (2. Reg. 8. & 10. & 1. Paral. 18.

3 O GOD thou [f] haſt repelled vs, & haſt deſtroyed vs: thou waſt angrie [g] and haſt had mercie on vs.

4 Thou haſt moued the earth, and haſt trubled it: heale the breaches thereof, becauſe it is moued.

5 Thou haſt shewed vnto thy people [h] hard thinges: thou haſt made vs drinke the wine of compunction.

6 Thou haſt [i] geuen a ſignification to them that feare thee: they flee from the face of the bow.

7 That thy beloued [k] may be deliuered, ſaue me with thy right hand; and heare me.

8 God hath ſpoken in [l] his holie: I shal reioyce, and [m] shal diuide Sichem: and shal meſure the valley of tabernacles.

9 Galaad is mine, and Manaſſes is mine: and Ephraim the ſtrength of my heade.

10 Iuda my king: Moab [n] the pot of my hope. Into Edom wil I [o] ſtretch out my shoe: the foreners are ſubiect to me.

11 Who shal conduct me into a fenſed citie? who shal conduct me euen into Idumea?

12 Shal not thou ô God, [p] that haſt expelled vs: and [q] wilt not thou ô God goe forth in our hoſtes?

13 Giue vs aide from tribulation: becauſe mans ſaluation is vaine.

14 In God we shal doe [r] ſtrength: and he shal bring to nothing them that afflict vs.

Marginal notes to Psalm 59

1 [a] The change of ſtate from aduerſitie to proſperitie in the people of Iſrael, was a figure of the like change in the Church of Chriſt,
1 [b] worthie to be remembred,
1 [c] for the inſtruction,
1 [d] of Gods beloued,
2 [e] as the ſame are more largely recorded in the bookes of kinges.
3 [f] God ſuffereth his people to be afflicted, as wel for their ſinnes, as for exerciſe in vertue,
3 [g] after ſheweth his mercie in pardoning, and fauour in aduancing them.
5 [h] by punishīg ſinners.
6 [i] VVarning them to amēd.
7 [k] and then reſtoreth them to former good ſtate.
8 [l] God alſo as he hath promiſed by his holie oracle,
8 [m] hath aduanced king Dauid, in his temporal kingdom, and doth much more aduance him, and other elect in euerlaſting life,
10 [n] As a veſſel for meaner vſes.
10 [o] Bring it vnder my dominion.
12 [p] As God doth ſometimes punish:
12 [q] ſo he alſo rewardeth.
14 [r] ſtrongly▪ with fortitude.

Psalm 60

PSALME. LX.

Faithful people of the whole earth pray, and acknowlege that God mercifully [Margin: A confident prayer for Chriſts Incarnation. the 5. k. ⟨illegible⟩y.] heareth their prayer. 6. expect the eternal kingdom of Chriſt, in which they shal praiſe him for euermore.

1 Vnto the end, [a] in hyms to Dauid.

2 HEARE ô God my petition⟨illegible⟩ attend to my praier.

3 From [b] the ends of the earth I haue cried to thee: whiles my hart was in anguish, thou [c] didſt exalt me on a rocke

4 Thou haſt [d] conducted me, becauſe thou art made my hope: a toure of ſtrength from the face of the enimie.

5 I shal inhabite in [e] thy tabernacle for euer: I shal be protected in the couert of thy winges.

6 Becauſe thou my God haſt heard my prayer: thou haſt giuen inheritance to thoſe that feare thy name.

7 Thou wilt adde [f] dayes vpon the dayes of the king: his years euen vnto the day of generation and generation.

8 He is permanent for euer in the ſight of God: his [g] mercie and [h] truth who shal require?

9 So [i] wil I ſay a Pſalme to thy name for euer and euer: that I may render my vowes [k] from day to day.

Marginal notes to Psalm 60

1 [a] In ſongues of praiſe and thankes to God.
3 [b] From al coaſtes of the earth faithful people pray to God,
3 [c] the Church builded vpon an aſſured fundation, is exalted to great powre and dignitie.
4 [d] God conducteth, defendeth, and deliuereth thoſe that confidently truſt in him.
5 [e] in the Church, a place of aſſured protection.
7 [f] Chriſt⟨illegible⟩ kingdome the Church perpetual to the end of this world, and eternal after the general Reſurrection.
8 [g] Who is able to vnderſtand, or explicate how great Chriſts mercie is in redeming vs,
8 [h] and his truth in performing his promiſed rewardes?
9 [i] For ſo imeſtimable benefites, I wil alwayes praiſe thee with Pſalmes, Canticles, or other thankes in this life:
9 [k] and eternally in the life to come.

Psalm 61

PSALME. LXI.

A iuſt man encoregeth his owne ſoule to ſerue God in ſincere humilitie, 9. [Margin: Exhortation to good life, in reſpect of reward, or punishment. the 7. key.] exhorteth alſo al others to truſt in God, not in falſe and worldlie pollicie, or wealth, becauſe Gods powre and mercie wil render to euerie one as they deſerue.

1 Vnto the end, for [a] Iduthun a Pſalme of Dauid.

2 Shal [b] not my ſoule be ſubiect to God? for of him is my ſaluation.

3 For he is my God, and my ſauiour: my receiuer [c] I shal be moued no more.

4 [d] How long ſet you violently vpon a man: [e] you al doe kil: as it were vpon [f] a wal, that is leaning, and a wal shaken.

5 But [g] yet they thought to repel my price, [h] I ranne in thirſt: they [i] bleſſed with their mouth, and curſed with their hart.

6 But yet my ſoule be thou ſubiect to God: becauſe my patience is from him.

7 Becauſe he is my God, and my ſauiour: my helper [k] I shal not remoue.

8 In God is my ſaluation, and my glorie: the God of my helpe, and my hope is in God.

9 Hope in him [l] al ye the congregation of people: powre out your harts before him, God is our helper for euer.

10 But yet the children of men are vaine, the children of men are [m] liers in balances: that they may deceiue by vanitie together.

11 Hope not in iniquitie, and couete not robberies: if riches abound ſet not your hart vpon them.

12 [n] Once hath God ſpoken, theſe [o] two things haue I heard:

13 That [p] powre is Gods, and [q] mercie ô Lord is to thee: becauſe thou wilt render to euery one according to his workes.

Marginal notes to Psalm 61

1 [a] Directed to Idithun, one of the maſters of muſike, to ſing it, or to make tune for it.
2 [b] The wicked threating to ruinate others, Dauid, or anie iuſt man, feareth them not, becauſe his ſoule is ſubiect to God.
3 [c] Therfore I firmely purpoſe neuer to be moued from God.
4 [d] In vaine do you myn aduerſaries ſtil aſſault me,
4 [e] though ye be al confederate to kil me,
4 [f] ſuppoſing me to be like a ruinous, or shaken wal, that is eaſily throwne downe.
5 [g] They thinck ſtil to depriue me of my reward, the price of my laboures and merites,
5 [h] but I runne ſo much more diligently, as thirſting after righteouſnes in this life, and glorie in the next, to finish my courſe.
5 [i] A moſt dangerous tentation, when after threates and crueltie, perſecutors endeuour by ſwete wordes, and promiſes to perſwaed the iuſt to fal into ſinne.
7 [k] I reſolutly purpoſe not to yeld to anie tentations.
9 [l] Gods faithful ſeruantes are not only conſtant themſelues, but alſo exhorte and perſwade al others, as much as in them lieth, to ſerue God and truſt in him.
10 [m] Vſing falſe weightes they defraud one an other.
12 [n] God hauing nce ſpoken it is moſt aſſured.
12 [o] Two eſpecial attributes of God.
13 [p] God is Omnipotent, ſo that he can both reward, and puniſh infinitly;
13 [q] and Merciful, that he is readie to receiue al ſinners into his fauour, if they wil repent and turne vnto him.
13 Mat. 16. Rom. 2. 1. Cor. 3. Gal. 6.

Psalm 62

PSALME. LXII.

Dauid in banishment with great affection deſireth to vnite himſelfe with [Margin: Dauids deuotion in baniſhment. the 8. key.] God in meditation, 4. purpoſing and promiſing euer to praiſe him: 10. prophicieth the vaine endeuoures, and condemnation of his enimies; and his owne aduancement.

1 A Pſalme [a] of Dauid when he was in the deſert of Iuda (1. Reg. 22.)

2 O GOD my God to thee I watch, [b] from the morning light. [c] My ſoule hath thirſted to thee, [d] my flesh to thee very manie wayes.

3 In a deſert land, and inacceſſible, and without water, [e] ſo in the holie haue I appeared to thee, [f] that I might ſee thy ſtrength, and thy glorie.

4 Becauſe [g] thy mercie is better then liues, my lippes shal prayſe thee.

5 [h] So wil I bleſſe thee in my life: and in thy name I wil lifte vp my hands.

6 As with [i] marrow and fatnes let my ſoule be filled: [k] and my mouth shal praiſe with lippes of exultation.

7 [l] If I haue bene mindful of thee vpon my bedde, [m] in the morning I Wil meditate on thee:

8 becauſe thou haſt bene my helper.

9 And in the couert of thy winges I wil reioice, my ſoule hath cleaued after thee: thy right hand hath receiued me.

10 But [n] they in vaine haue ſought my ſoule, [o] they shal enter into the inferiour partes of the earth.

11 They [p] shal be deliuered into the handes of the ſworde, they shal be [q] the portions of foxes.

12 But [r] the king shal reioice in God, al shal be praiſed that ſweare by him: becauſe the mouth is ſtopped of thoſe that ſpeake wicked thinges.

Marginal notes to Psalm 62

1 [a] Holie Dauid made this deuout meditation when he was in the foreſt of Haret, or deſert of Ziph 1. Reg. 22. & 23. and could not come to the tabernacle of God, nor to Ieruſalem, where he eſpecially deſired to be, in the inheritance of our Lord, which was to him a great affliction. As the like is now to Catholiques, when they are put in cloſe priſon for their faith, or otherwiſe hindered, that they can not be preſent at the moſt holie and daylie Sacrifice. In which eaſe we muſt ſupplie as we may, this great loſſe, and comfort ourſelues with this, or like Pſalme, or prayer, ſaying: O God my God, to thee I watch.
2 [b] Euen from the firſt downing of the morning,
2 [c] my ſoule thirſteth after thee,
2 [d] yea alſo my very flesh, and whole bodie feeleth great paines, by this affliction of mind, and deſireth releefe and reſt.
3 [e] Being now in caſe that I can not ſerue thee, ô God, as I would, yet I exhibite myſelfe preſent in ſpirite, before thy holie place,
3 [f] meditating thy powre, and thy glorie.
4 [g] This conſolation in banishment from thy diuine Seruice, is ſweeter to me then manie temporal liues, or anie worldlie proſperitie.
5 [h] For as the Paſſions of Chriſt abound in vs (ſaith S. Paul 2. Cor. 1.) ſo alſo by Chriſt our comfort aboundeth.
6 [i] Repleniſh my ſoul ô God, with the aboundance of thy grace,
6 [k] ſo ſhal I be more able to praiſe thee.
7 [l] Seing in the night, alſo in my bed I meditate of thee;
7 [m] I wil more diligently do the ſame in the morning.
10 [n] My temporal and ſpiritual enimies:
10 [o] and they ſhal be damned for their ſinnes.
11 [p] It happened l⟨illegible⟩terally to Saul, that he was ſlaine in battle, which he made againſt his enimies▪
11 [q] and his dead bodie was hung on a wall (1. Reg. 31.) expoſed to wilde beaſtes, or birdes, though it was after wards bu nt and buried.
12 [r] Dauid was preſently after Sauls death exalted to the kingdome, in figure of Chriſt, whoſe name and glorie was exalted, after the deſtruction of the Iewes by Pagane Emperours.

Psalm 63

PSALME. LXIII.

A prayer of the iuſt repoſing their whole truſt in God: 7. and reioycing [Margin: A confident prayer in trih⟨illegible⟩lation. the 7. key.] that the enimies machinations are fruſtrate.

1 Vnto the end, a Pſalme of Dauid.

2 HEARE ô God my prayer when I make petition: from the feare of my enimie deliuer my ſoule.

3 Thou [a] haſt protected me from the [b] aſſemblie of the malignant: from the multitude of them that worke iniquitie.

4 Becauſe they haue sharpned their tongues as a ſworde: they haue bent the bow a bitter thing,

5 that they may shoote in ſecretes at the immaculate.

6 Sodanely they wil shoote at him, and wil not feare: they [c] haue confirmed to themſelues a wicked worde. They haue talked to hide ſnares: they haue ſaide, who shal ſee them?

7 They haue ſearch⟨illegible⟩ they [d] haue failed ſearching with ſcrutani⟨illegible⟩

8 Man shal come to a ⟨illegible⟩: and God shal be exalted. [e] Childrens arrowes are made their woundes:

9 and their tongues are weakned againſt them. Al that ſaw them [f] were trubled:

10 and euerie man feared. And they shewed forth the workes of God: and they vnderſtood his doinges.

11 The iuſt shal reioice in our Lord, and shal hope in him, and al the right of hart [g] shal be praiſed.

Marginal notes to Psalm 63

3 [a] By example of thy former protection,
3 [b] from the conſpiracie of wicked men, I truſt moſt aſſuredly in thy helpe.
6 [c] They are reſolued to intrappe me,
7 [d] But as they haue failed: ſo ⟨illegible⟩, and be ouerreached in their bad counſels, as Achitophel. 2. Reg. 17.
8 [e] God hath choſen the weake of this world ⟨illegible⟩o confound the ſtrong.
9 [f] much merueled, ſeing the wicked ſo punished.
11 [g] The iuſt shal be praiſed, for rightly ſeruing God.

Psalm 64

PSALME. LXIIII.

God is rightly praiſed in Sion and I eruſalem (in his Church only) for his [Margin: Conuerſion o⟨illegible⟩ Gentiles▪ the 6. key.] benefites beſtowed and promiſed. 8. Vnto which alſo in the time of grace, al nations shal be called.

1 To the end, a Pſalme of Dauid, [a] the Canticle of Ieremie, and Ezechiel, to the people of the tranſmigration, when they begane to goe forth.

2 AN hymne ô God becometh thee [b] in Sion: & a vow shal be rendered to thee in Ieruſalem.

3 Heare my prayer: [c] al flesh shal come to thee.

4 The wordes of the wicked [d] haue preuailed vpon vs: and thou wilt be [e] propitious to our impieties.

5 [f] Bleſſed is he, whom thou haſt choſen, and taken: he shal dwel in thy courtes.

6 [g] We shal be replenished in the goods of thy houſe: holie is thy temple, [h] meruelous in equitie.

7 Heare vs ô God our ſauiour, the hope of al the ends of the earth; and in the ſea farre.

8 Preparing [i] mountanes in thy ſtrength, girded with might: which trubleſt [k] the depths of the ſea, the ſound of the waues therof.

9 The Gentiles shal [l] be trubled, and they that inhabite the borders shal be affraide of thy ſignes: [m] the outegoinges of the morning and euening thou shalt delight.

10 Thou haſt viſited the earth, and haſt inebriated it: thou haſt multiplied to inrich it. The [n] riuer of God is replenished with waters, thou haſt prepared their [o] meat: becauſe [p] ſo is the preparation therof.

11 Inebriate [q] her riuers, [r] multiplie her fruites: in her dropps she shal reioyce ſpringing.

12 Thou“ wilt [ſ] bleſſe the crowne of the yeare of thy goodnes: [t] and thy fildes shal be replenished with plentie.

13 The u beautiful places of the deſert shal be fat: and the [vv] litle hilles shal be girded aboute with exultation.

14 The [x] rammes of the shepe are clothed, and [y] the valleis shal abounde with corne: [z] they wil crie, yea they wil ſay an hyme.

Marginal notes to Psalm 64

1 [a] The ſeuentie interpreters ſeing Dauid here prophecie of the peoples returne from Babylou, added the names of Ieremie and Ezechiel, who being in that captiuitie, prophecied the ſame more largely. As likewiſe theſe and other Prophetes, foreſavv in ſpirite, and more eſpecially prophecied the going forth of al nations from Babylon, that is, forſaking Idolatrie, and embracing true Religion ⟨illegible⟩n the Church of Chriſt, ſo S. Auguſtin, Eutymius, and others.
2 [b] Not in Babylon, nor els vvhere, but only in the Church, praiſes and vovves are gratful to God.
3 [c] Alnations shal know thee.
4 [d] The wicked are inſolent in threatning,
4 [e] but thou mercifully pardoning our ſinnes, they ſhal not hurt vs.
5 [f] They are happie to whom thou hast prepared grace, and glorie.
6 [g] The voice of the faithful, reioycing in the hope of eternal glorie. Rom. 5
6 [h] nothing polluted ſhal enter into heauen. Apo. 21.
8 [i] Thou which art al powreful, as appeareth by the huge montaines,
8 [k] ſeas, and other thy workc⟨illegible⟩.
9 [l] Thou wilt by thy omnipotent powre moue the hartes of obdurate men, and ſo conuert innumerable of al nations to thee.
9 [m] Thou wilt draw manie to thee, with ioy and gladnes, from the vttermoſt coaſtes of the eaſt and weaſt.
10 [n] God wrought diuers miracles in waters (Gen. 7. Exo. 7. 14. 15. Ioſue. 3. 4. Reg. 5. 6. &c.)
10 [o] likewiſe in prouiding meate for his people. (Exo. 16. 3. Reg. 17. 4. Reg. 4. 7. &c.) which were figures of Baptiſme, Euchariſt, and other Sacraments of Chriſt, waſhing from, ſinnes, and augmenting grace,
10 [p] ſo repleniſhing the Chureh with moſt ſacred Myſteries.
11 [q] Endewing the Apoſtles and other preachers with ſpiritual grace and lerning,
11 [r] continuing the ſucceſſion of paſtores to watter and feede the faithful people.
12 [ſ] God bleſſeth the whole courſe, or circle of time, of the Church militant in this world,
12 [t] and the crowne, or happie end of euerie iuſt perſons life.
13 [vv] thoſe vvhich are more eminent ſhal particularly reioyce in their ovvne, and others ſpiritual progreſſe in vertue.
13 v Euen thoſe which before had only a ſhew of beautie, but in dede vvere barren, ſhal yelde abundant fruict.
14 [x] The principal paſtores ſhal in proportion reioyce aboue the reſt, for the grace and glorie of al their flocke.
14 [y] the ſubiectes alſo and inferior people ſhal be ſatiate vvith their happie lotte.
14 [z] Al together, prelates and people, higher and lovver ſhal vvith vn. forme voice ſing praiſes to God, and perpetual hymnes.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. LXIIII.

12. God vvil bleſſe the crovvne] Vnder the Allegorie of the land of Iurie, [Margin: Perpetuitie of the Church.] vvherunto the people of God vvere to be reſtored, after their captiuitie in Babylon, the Pſalmiſt here prophecieth greater thinges, then can be verified [Margin: S. Aug. Eutym.] of the temporal ſtate of the Iewes, that the militant Church ſhal ſtil be bleſſed from the beginning to the end, yelding expected fruict; and al the iuſt, that perſeuere to the end of their liues, ſhal receiue moſt happie and glorious [Margin: Reward of the iuſt.] revvardes of their laboures. As S. Paul after his meritorious trauels confidently expected his glorious revvard, vvhen he ſaide (2. Tim. 4.) I haue fought a good fight, I haue conſummate my courſe, I haue kept my faith: Concerning the reſt, there is layde vp for me, a Crovvne of iuſtice, vvhich our Lord vvil render to me [Margin: Sainctes crownes are of Gods benignitie.] in that day, a iuſt Iudge. And not only to me, but to them alſo that loue his coming. And this is called the crovvne of the yeare of Gods benignitie, becauſe God of his ovvne benignitie, vvithout mans former deſert geueth grace, and in the end for merite folovving, geueth a crovvne of glorie. So our Bleſſed Sauiour according to his fulnes of grace, vvhich vvas in his ſoule, and infinite merite, receiued a crovvne of glorie, in the conſummation of his temporal life, after the ſpace of thirtie three yeares. And our Bleſſed Ladie the mother [Margin: The Corones of our Lord, and our Ladie.] of God, receiued an anſvverable crovvne to her excellent grace and merites, in the conſummation of her life, at the end of ſixtie three yeares. In memorie of vvhich numbers of yeares, deuout men haue piouſly inſtituted certaine formes of prayers, called the Crovvnes, or Corones of our Sauiour, and of our Ladie.

Psalm 65

PSALME. LXV.

The prophet inuiteth al men to praiſe God for his meruelous workes, and [Margin: Gentils ſuccede the Iewes. the 6. key.] benefites donne to the Iewes. 7. Who being vngratful, 8. Gentiles are called, 16. and bring forth better fruict.

Vnto the end, a Canticle of reſurrection.

[Margin (a): Myſtical reſurrection, Gentiles ſucceding in place of the Iewes.]

1 MAke ye [b] iubilation to God al the earth,

2 ſay a pſalme to his name: geue glorie to his praiſe.

3 Say ye to God: [c] How terrible are thy workes ô Lord! in the multitude of thy ſtrength thine enimies [d] shal lie to thee.

4 Let al the earth adore thee, and ſing to thee: let it ſing a pſalme to thy name.

5 Come ye, and ſee the workes of God: terrible in counſels ouer the chidren of men.

6 Who turneth [e] the ſea into drie land, in [f] the riuer they shal paſſe on foote, [g] there we shal reioyce in him.

7 Who ruleth in his ſtrength for euer his eyes looke vpon the gentiles: [h] they that exaſperate him let them [i] not be exalted in themſelues.

8 Ye [k] Gentiles bleſſe our God: and make the voice of his prayſe hearde.

9 Who hath put [l] my ſoule in life: and hath not geuen my feete to be moued.

10 Becauſe thou [m] haſt proued vs ô God: by fire thou haſt tried vs, as ſiluer is tried.

11 Thou haſt brought vs into a ſnare, thou haſt laide tribulations on our backe: thou haſt ſet men vpon our heades.

12 [n] We haue paſſed through fire and water: and thou haſt brought vs out into refreshing.

13 I wil goe into thy houſe with [o] holocauſtes: I wil render thee [p] my vowes:

14 which my lippes haue diſtinguished. And [q] my mouth hath ſpoken in my tribulation.

15 [r] Holocauſtes with marrow wil I offer to thee, with incenſe of rammes: I wil offer to thee oxen with bucke goates.

16 [ſ] Come ye, heare, and I wil tel al ye that feare God, what great things he hath done for my ſoule.

17 To him haue I cried with my mouth, and haue exulted [t] vnder my tongue.

18 [v] If I haue beheld iniquitie in my hart, our Lord wil not heare.

19 Therfore hath God heard, and hath attended to the voice of my petition.

20 Bleſſed be God who hath not remoued my prayer, and his mercie from me.

Marginal notes to Psalm 65

1 [b] Shew your internal ioy by external wordes and deedes.
3 [c] In drovvning the vvorld, in confounding the tongues in Babel, in burning Sodom and Gomorrha with brimſton, in plaging the Aegyptians, in drovvning Pharao and his vvhole armie in the read ſea; in deſtroying the Chananites and other infideles, in puniſhing the tenne tribes, and aftervvards the other tvvo by captiuitie, and innumerable other puniſhments, al for ſinnes,
3 [d] for vvhich euen the vvicked, though not ſincerly conuerted, yet of ſeruile feare, feaned and falſly promiſed to amend, but performed it not: as Pharao afflicted vvith plagues, vvas forced to promiſe libertie to the children of Iſrael, vvhich he aftervvards denied.
6 [e] The read ſea,
6 [f] when Ioſue brought the people ouer Iordan,
6 [g] in remembring and reciting theſe ſingular benefites.
7 [h] Gods choſen people the Iewes did often exaſperate God by their ingratitude, murmuring, and other ſinnes: whom the prophet therfore admoniſheth,
7 [i] not to be proud, leſt they be ſubdued, and brought lowe.
8 [k] By way of inuitation the Pſalmiſt prophecieth the conuerſion of Gentiles.
9 [l] The voice of the whole Church: confeſſing Gods prouidence and protection, that ſhe neuer faileth; for the Iewes falling from Chriſt the Gentiles beleued in him; and ſome nations, or countries falling from Religion, others are conuerted.
10 [m] God ſuffereth his Church to be perſecuted with al kindes of tribulation, as ſome are here recited.
12 [n] But through Gods aſſiſtance his ſeruants paſſe through, and ouercome al tentations.
13 [o] Sacrifice of thankes,
13 [p] and voluntarie vowes,
14 [q] that which anie promiſeth to God in tribulation, they muſt performe accordingly.
15 [r] Th⟨illegible⟩ſe were the beſt external ſacrifices of the old law.
16 [ſ] But both then and now the internal ſacrifices of contrite hart, of iuſtice, and of diuine praiſe beſt pleaſe God
17 [t] from the hart, which is vnder the tongue, and directeth the tongue what to ſpeake.
18 [v] VVhoſoeuer wil be heard in prayer, muſt repent of his ſinnes.

Psalm 66

PSALME LXVI. [Margin: Propagation of the Church the 6. key.]

The prophet prayeth for (and withal foreshoweth) the propagation of the Church of Chriſt.

1 Vnto the end, in hymes, a Pſalme [a] of Canticle to Dauid.

2 GOd [b] haue mercie vpon vs, and [c] bleſſe vs: [d] illuminate his countenance vpon vs, and [e] haue mercie on vs.

3 That we may know thy way vpon earth: in al nations thy ſaluation.

4 Let peoples ô God, confeſſe to thee: [f] let al peoples confeſſe to thee.

5 Let nations be glad & reioice: becauſe thou iudgeſt peoples in equitie, and the nations in earth thou doeſt direct.

6 Let peoples ô God confeſſe to thee, let al peoples confeſſe to thee:

7 the earth hath yelded her fruite. [g] God, [h] our God bleſſe vs,

8 [i]. God bleſſe vs: and let al the endes of the earth feare him.

Marginal notes to Psalm 66

1 [a] This Pſalme beginning to be ſongue by voices, inſtruments were adioyned.
2 [b] God firſt remitte our ſinnes:
2 [c] then geue vs thy manifold graces,
2 [d] grant faith and repentance,
2 [e] and ſo forgeuenes of ſinnes.
4 [f] Al nations shal be conuerted.
7 [g] God the Fater,
7 [h] God the Sonne,
8 [i] God the Holie Ghoſt, ſaue the peoples of al nations, by Euangelical preaching of thee, the moſt Bleſſed Trinitie.

Psalm 67

PSALME LXVII.

Notwithſtanding great perſecutions the Church proſpereth. 10. Eſpecially [Margin: The Church ſtil conſerued. The 6. key.] in the new testament, by Apoſtolical function, 18. miniſterie of Angels, Chriſts Aſcenſion, coming of the Holie Ghoſt, 31. confirming the faithful, repreſſing the inſolent, and conuerting manie. 35. For al which the prophet inuiteth al men to praiſe God.

1 Vnto the end, a Pſalme of Canticle, to Dauid himſelf.

2 LEt [a] God ariſe, and let his enimies be diſperſed, and let them that hate him [b] flee from his face.

3 As ſmoke vanisheth, let them vanish away: as waxe melteth at the preſence of fire, ſo let ſinners perish at the preſence of God.

4 And [c] let the iuſt make merrie, and reioyce in the ſight of God: and let them be delighted in mirth.

5 Sing to God, ſay a Pſalme to his name: [d] make way to him, who [e] mounteth vpon the weſt, [f] Lord is his name. Reioyce ye in his ſyght, they shal be trubled at the preſence of him:

6 the father of orphanes, and iudge of widowes. God in his [g] holie place:

7 God that maketh men to inhabite [h] of one manner in a houſe. That bringeth forth them, [i] that be bound, in ſtrengh, likewiſe them, that [k] exaſperate, that dwel [l] in ſepulchers.

8 O God [m] when thou wenteſt forth in the ſight of thy people, when thou didſt paſſe through the deſert.

9 The earth was moued, and the heauens alſo diſtilled, at the preſence of the God of Sina, at the face of the God of Iſrael.

10 [n] Voluntarie rayne shalt thou ſeperat ô God to thine inheritance: and it was [o] weakned, but thou haſt perſited it.

11 Thy [p] liuing creatures shal dwel in it: thou haſt prepared [q] in thy ſwetnes for the poore, ô God.

12 Our Lord shal geue [r] the word to them that euanglize, [ſ] with great powre.

13 The [t] king of hoaſtes the beloued of the beloued: and [v] to the beautie of the houſe, to diuide the ſpoyles.

14 If ye [w] ſleepe among the middeſt of the lottes, the winges of a doue layde ouer with ſiluer, and the hinder parts of her backe in the palenes of gold.

15 Whiles [x] the heauenlie diſcerneth kings ouer her, [y] with ſnow they shal be made white in Selmon.

16 “ The [z] mountane of God a fat mountane. A mountane [a] crudded as cheeſe, a [b] fatte mountane:

17 “ why [c] ſuppoſe you crudded mountanes? A mountane, in which it hath wel pleaſed God to dwel therin: for in dede our Lord wil dwel euen to the end.

18 The [d] chariote of God is ten thouſand folde, thouſands of them that reioyce, our Lord in them, [e] in Sina in the holie place.

19 Thou art [f] aſcended on hygh, thou [g] haſt taken captiuitie: thou [h] haſt receiued gifts in men: for euen thoſe [i] that do not beleue, our Lord God to inhabite.

20 Bleſſed be our Lord day by day: the God of our ſaluations wil make vs a proſperous iourney.

21 Our God is the God of ſauing: and [k] the iſſues of death are of our Lord, our Lord.

22 But yet God [l] ſtil breake the heads of his enimies: the hearie croune of them, that walke in their ſinnes.

23 Our Lord Said: Out [m] of Baſan I wil conuert, I wil conuert [n] into the depth of the ſea.

24 That thy foote [o] may be dipped in bloude: the tongue of thy dogges [made redde] with * the ſame [bloud] of the enimies.

25 They [p] haue ſeene thy entringes in ô God, the entrings of my God: of my King Who is [q] in the holie place.

26 [r] Princes came before [ſ] ioyned with them that ſang, in the middes [t] of young wemen plaing on tymbrels.

27 In [v] churches bleſſe ye God our Lord, of [vv] the fountains of Iſrael.

28 There [x] Beniamin a youngman, in exceſſe of minde. [y] The Princes of Iuda: their leaders: the Princes of Zabulon, the Princes of Nephthali.

29 Command thy ſtrength ô God: [z] confirme this ô God, which thou haſt wrought in vs.

30 From thy temple in Ieruſalem, kinges shal offer giftes to thee.

31 Rebuke [a] the wilde beaſts of the reede, the congregation [b] of bulles in the kine of thy peoples: [c] that they may exclude them, which are tried with ſiluer. Diſſipate the nations that wil warres:

32 Legates shal come [d] out of Aegypt: Aethiopia shal prevent his handes to God.

33 Ye kingdomes [e] of the earth ſing to God: ſing to our Lord:

34 Sing ye to God, that mounteth vpon the heauen of heauen, to the Eaſt. Behold he wil giue to his voice [f] the voice of ſtrength,

35 giue you glorie to God vpon Iſrael, his magnificence, and his powre in the cloudes.

36 God is meruelous in his ſaintes, the God of Iſrael he wil giue powre, and ſtrength to his people, God be bleſſed.

Marginal notes to Psalm 67

2 [a] In maner of praying that God wil vouchſafe to defend the Church, the Pſalmiſt prophecieth that God wil ariſe,
2 [b] and the enimies ſhal flee away, not daring to abide the combate.
4 [c] As God is terrible to the wicked: ſo he is comfortable to the iuſt.
5 [d] Reſiſt not Gods inſpiration, but receiue it with ioy and thankes.
5 [e] who triumpheth ouer death
5 [f] God is Lord, not only of theſe or thoſe nations, countries or other creatures, but abſolutly and vniuerſally of al.
6 [g] That is the true holie Church, which hath
7 [h] vnitie in doctrin, touching faith and ma⟨illegible⟩ers.
7 [i] That be bond in ſinne
7 S. Cypr. ep. 76.
7 [k] euen rebellious willes are altered by Gods mercie, and freely embrace his law
7 [l] alſo the dead and drie hartes that cared not for ſpiritual thinges, are ſoftened, and quickned with new grace.
8 [m] The benefites beſtowed on the Iſraelites, are written in the bookes of Moyſes, Ioſue, and Iudges.
10 [n] Not mans deſeruing, but Gods mere good wil, and free grace cauſed Chriſt to come, and by himſelfe and his Apoſtles to preach the Euangelical doctrin, which watereth the whole world,
10 [o] God choſe the weake, but made them ſtrong.
11 [p] Thoſe whom thou haſt choſen, and ſo made thyn owne peculiar people, ſhal enioy this grace.
11 [q] Thou gaueſt Manna in the deſert, the B Sacrament in the new teſtament.
12 [r] God geueth to the preacher what to ſpeake,
12 [ſ] and to ſome he geueth alſo powre to worke miracles, in confirmation of their doctrin. Mar. 16.
13 [t] Some potent king, or (as it is in the Hebrew) kinges being beloued, of the beloued of God, the only Sonne of God, ſhal yeld themſelues to the ſame beloued Sonne of God:
13 [v] which ſhal redound to the glorie and beautie of his Church, gayning ſuch ſpiritual prayes from the diuel.
14 [w] If you be in ſuch danger, that the aduerſaries caſt dice, o⟨illegible⟩ lottes for your perſons, and goodes, yet you ſhal be deliuered, as if a doue, with her gliſtering fethers, like ſiluer and gold, flie away into a ſecure place, without loſſe or diminution, but rather with increaſe of vertues.
15 [x] VVhen the heauenlie king determineth thus of earthlie kinges,
15 [y] they ſhal be purged from their ſinnes, and made white like ſnow, that falleth in mount Selmon, which is a ſhadowed hil, thicke with trees, in mount Ephraim nere to Iordan.
16 [z] The Church of God is viſible, and durable like to a mountane.
16 [a] Combined, or ioyned together, as when milke is turned into curde, and ſo into cheeſe.
16 [b] fructful, enriched by ſpiritual giftes of the Holie Ghoſt▪
17 [c] ye that are not of this Church, do in vaine and erroniouſly imagine, that anie other mountaines are vnited.
18 [d] Innumerable Angels miniſters of Gods wil, do continually attend vpon his Diuine Maieſtie, as if he (who otherwiſe nedeth no ſeruice) were caried by them, as in a chariotte of infinite magnificence. Dan 7.
18 [e] So God appeared in Maieſtie, when he gaue his law in mount Sinai.
19 [f] Chriſt aſcended with innumerable Angels attending vpon him,
19 [g] caried with him the fathers of the old teſtament, that had benne captiue,
19 Epheſ. 4.
19 [h] as man he receiued giftes of God, in and for men, his faithful ſeruantes,
19 [i] yea alſo he receiued for his merite, that innumerable, which before were incredulous, were conuerted, and God dwelt in their ſoules.
21 [k] Our Lord, I ſay, our Lord, and none but he could ouercome death by dying.
22 [l] Though Chriſt died to deliuer al men from death yet he wil geue capital ſentence of eternal death to al that obſtinatly remaine his enimies, and multiplie ſinnes vpon ſinnes, to the end of their temporal life.
23 [m] Euen of the iudeſt barbarous nations, manie ſhal be conuerted to Chriſtiantie
23 [n] namely Gods grace is extended into the Ilandes of the Ocean, and other ſeas.
24 [o] But ſuch ſeuere ſlaughter ſhal fal vpon the obſtinate contemners of this grace, that mens feete ſhal be defiled in their bloud, and dogges ſhal lappe it.
24 Exi⟨illegible⟩i⟨illegible⟩ ab ⟨illegible⟩.
25 [p] Manie haue ſene, or knowen in general, but the faithful more exactly know how Chriſt came into this world, his conuerſation therin, and his going forth:
25 [q] his reigning now in heauen our Mediatour, by whom al other interceſſors haue acceſſe to God.
26 [r] The Apoſtles ſowing the firſt ſeede of Euangelical doctrin,
26 [ſ] with whom other Apoſtolical men,
26 [t] and other ſoules of al nations conuerted by their preaching, moſt ioyfully ſing together in hart, voice, and inſtruments: eſpecially in good workes, ſhew their gratful affections to our Redeemer.
27 [v] And al this in the particular Churches of diuers Kingdomes, and partes of the world;
27 [vv] beginning with the Iſraelites in Ieruſalem, and ſo proceding into al furie, and Samaria, and to the vt moſt of the earth. Act. 1.
28 [x] S. Paul of Iacobs yongeſt ſonne Beniamin, laſt called to Apoſtleſhip, was chiefly ſent to the Gentiles.
28 [y] Other Apoſtles of diuers tribes ſent firſt to the Iewes, ſecondarily to Gentiles.
29 [z] As the Church begane by the omnipotent powre of God; ſo by the ſame only powre it is conſerued.
31 [a] Chaſtice therfore ô God, al perſecuters of thy Church, who are but as weake wauering reedes, in compariſon of thy powre:
31 [b] no better then bulles, with kyne, that is, captaines and popular people,
31 [c] endeuoring to alienate the conſtant proued confeſſors from their faith.
32 [d] A prophecie that manie ſhould be conuerted to Chriſt in Aegypt, and Aethiopia: as appeareth by the innumerable multitude of religious Monkes, & Nunnes in thoſe countries, ſhortly after the Apoſtles dayes.
33 [e] The like afterwards in al other nations, whom therfore the prophet inuiteth to praiſe God, for ſo ineſtimable benefites in the whole world.
34 [f] Chriſt wil come to iudge, in terrour of voice, and vvith magnificence, accompanied vvith holie Angels and other Sainctes.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. LXVII.

16. The mountaine of God.] For better diſcerning the true Church from other [Margin: Markes of the Church: Viſibilitie. Sanctitie.] congregations, the Prophet here deſcribeth certaine proprieties therof, for he calleth it a mountane, becauſe it is moſt viſible to al men Secondly a fatte mountane, that is, repleniſhed vvith al vertues, and giftes of the Holie Ghoſt; vvherof it is called Holie. Thirdly it is crudded, or conſolidated in vnitie of [Margin: Vnitie.] faith and Religion, vvhich conioyne the vvhole bodie, making it ſolide and firme, as the ruen turneth liquide milke into curde, and ſo into cheeſe. Fourtly, [Margin: Perpetuitie. Aſſured veritie.] it is the Congregation, vvherin God alvvayes remaneth, euen to the end, for euer; vvhich ſhevveth tvvo other proprieties; that the Church neuer faileth; nor erreth in doctrin: God ſtil dvvelling therin, and conſequently conſerueth it from error in doctrin.

17. VVhy ſuppoſe you crudded montaines] As for other congregations, it is certaine [Margin: No other pretended Church hath the marke of vnitie or the reſt.] and euident, that they are not the Church of God, becauſe they are not crudded, that is, not vnited, in the ſame pointes of faith, but only in negatiue pointes, and in general oppoſition againſt the Catholique Church, and among themſelues notoriouſly diſagreing and diuided. As they alſo vvant the other markes of the true Church.

Psalm 68

PSALME. LXVIII.

Chriſt in middes of afflictions (as one in dangerous waters) 5. deſcribing the [Margin: Chriſts afflictions and victorie, the 5. key.] malice of perſecutors, and his owne true zele, 14. prayeth his heauenlie Father for helpe. 23. By way of iuſt imprecation, forsheweth the ſeuere punishment of his aduerſaries, 30. his owne glorious Reſurrection, and proſperous building of his Church. For which he inuiteth al creatures to praiſe God.

1 Vnto [a] the end, [b] for them that shal be changed, [c] to Dauid.

2 SAVE me ô God: becauſe [d] waters are entered into my ſoule.

3 I [e] ſticke faſt in the myre of the depth: and there is no ſure ſtanding. I am come into the depth of the ſea: and a tempeſt hath ouerwhelmed me.

4 I haue [f] labored crying, my iawes are made hoarſe: my eies haue failed, whiles I hope in my God.

5 They are multiplied aboue the heares of my head, that hate me without cauſe. Mine enimies are made ſtrong, that haue perſecuted me vniuſtly: [g] then did I pay the thinges that I tooke not.

6 O God thou knoweſt my [h] foolishnes: and [i] mine offences are not hide from thee.

7 [k] Let them not be ashamed vpon me, which expect thee ô Lord, Lord of hoſtes. Let them not be confounded vpon me that ſeeke thee, ô God of Iſrael.

8 Becauſe for thee haue I ſuſtained reproch, confuſion hath couered my face.

9 I am become a forener to my brethren, and a ſtranger to the ſonnes of my mother.

10 Becauſe [l] the zele of thy houſe hath eaten me: and the reproches of them that reproched thee, fel vpon me.

11 And I couered my ſoule in faſting: and it [m] was made a reproch to me.

12 And I put heare cloth my garment, & I became a parable to them.

13 They ſpake aganſt me [n] that ſat in the gate; and they ſoong aganſt me that dranke wine.

14 But I, [o] my prayer to thee ô Lord: a time of thy good pleaſure ô God. [p] In the multitude of thy mercie heare me, in the truth of thy ſaluation:

15 Deliuer me out of the myre, that I ſtick not faſt: deliuer me from them that hate me, and from the depthes of [q] waters.

16 Let not the tempeſt of water drowne me, nor the depth ſwallowe me: [r] neyther let the pit shut his mouth vpon me.

17 Heare me ô Lord becauſe thy mercie is benigne: according to the multitude of thy commiſerations haue reſpect to me.

18 And turne not away thy face from thy ſeruant: becauſe I am in tribulation, heare me ſpeedily.

19 Attend to my ſoule and, deliuer it: [ſ] becauſe of mine enimies deliuer me.

20 Thou knoweſt my reproch, & my confuſion, & my shame.

21 In thy ſight are al they that afflict me, my hart hath looked for reproch and miſerie. And I expected ſome bodie that would be ſorie together with me, and there [t] was none: and that would confort me, and I founde not.

22 And they gaue [v] gal for my meate: & in my thirſt they gaue me vinegre to drinke.

23 [vv] Let their table be made a ſnare before them, & for retributions, and for a ſcandal.

24 Let [x] Their eies be darkned that they ſee not: and make [y] their backe crooked alwaies.

25 Poure out thy wrath vpon them: and let the furie of thy wrath ouertake them.

26 Let their habitation be made deſert: and in their tabernacles let there be none to dwel.

27 Becauſe [z] whom thou haſt ſtriken, they haue perſecuted: and vpon the ſorrow of my wounds they haue added.

28 Adde thou [a] iniquitie vpon their iniquitie: and let them not enter into thy iuſtice.

29 [b] Let them be put out of the booke of the liuing: and with the iuſt let them not be written.

30 [c] I am poore and ſorowful: [d] thy ſaluation ô God hath receiued me.

31 I wil praiſe the name of God with canticle: and wil magnifie him in prayſe.

32 And [e] it shal pleaſe God more then a young calfe: that bringeth forth hornes and hoofes.

33 Let the poore ſee and reioyce: ſeeke ye God, and your ſoule shal liue.

34 Becauſe our Lord hath heard the poore: and he hath not deſpiſed [f] his priſoners.

35 Let [g] the heauens and earth praiſe him, the ſea, and al the creeping beaſtes in them.

36 [h] Becauſe God wil ſaue Sion: and [i] the cities of Iuda shal be built vp. And they shal inhabite there, & by inheritance they shal get it.

37 And [k] the ſeede of his ſeruants shal poſſeſſe it, and they that loue his name shal dwel in it.

Marginal notes to Psalm 68

1 [a] Perteyning to the nevv Teſtament,
1 [b] for gentiles conuerted to Chriſtianitie, and from vice to vertue,
1 [c] prefigured in Dauid.
2 [d] Vehement afflictions inuir on my hart.
3 [e] I am as one intangled vvith quickesand, or quadmyre in the bottom of a great vva⟨illegible⟩.
4 [f] Our Lord ſvveat bloud for anguiſh in his prayer, and vvas not deliuered from his Paſſion, neither are his ſeruantes preſently deliuered from tribulations, but as is moſt to Gods honour and their ovvne good.
5 Ioan. 15.
5 [g] Our Sauiour who had no ſinne, pay de the ranſom for al ſinnes.
6 [h] O God thou knovveſt, that this vvhich ſemeth follie to vvorldlie men, is true vvisdom;
6 [i] and though men charge me vvith offences, thou knovveſt that I am innocent.
7 [k] Suffer not the weake to be ſcandalized in my paſſions.
10 [l] The zele of ſeeking God honour, in propagaring and aduancing his Church, is the cauſe of perſecution. As vve ſee thoſe are leſſe perſecuted, vvhich haue leſſe godlie zele.
10 Ioan. 2. Rom. 15.
11 [m] The vvicked do reproch thoſe that mortifie themſelues.
13 [n] The great men and iudges, alſo the drunkards and raſcalitie of the people.
14 [o] But I direct my prayer to thee.
14 [p] Expecting the time of thy good pleaſure.
15 [q] ⟨illegible⟩ribulations.
16 [r] Though Chriſt died and vvas buried, and in ſoule deſcended into hel, yet he could not be holden in his ſepulchre, nor in limbo, but roſe againe.
19 [ſ] That they may either be conuerted, or confounded, and ſo do no more hurt.
21 [t] Not anie that could mitigate our Sauiours affliction, vvould ſhevv compaſſion tovvards him.
21 ⟨illegible⟩at. 27.
22 [v] But contrativviſe vvhen he complained of thirſt, they gaue him gal and vinegre to drinke.
22 ⟨illegible⟩an. 19.
23 [vv] A prophecie of the deſtruction of the Ievves, at the time of Paſch, vvhen they ſhould think⟨illegible⟩ to eate their paſchal lamb vvith ioy.
23 ⟨illegible⟩om. 11.
24 [x] They are alſo blinde in hart, that they vvil not ſee the truth of Chriſts doctrine:
24 [y] but bovv themſelues to earthlie thinges, and vvorldlie gaines euen to this day.
26 ⟨illegible⟩. 1.
27 [z] Chriſt, vvhom God of this mercie deſigned to ſuffer death, for redemption of mankind, the Ievves of mere enuie and malice perſecuted to death.
28 [a] A prophecie that God would ſuffer them, to fal from one iniquitie to an other.
29 [b] In the end of their liues, they ſhal not be found in the booke of life, vvhere they ſuppoſe themſeelues to be vvritten.
30 [c] The voice of Chriſt, humbling himſelfe to death, euen to death of the Croſſe:
30 [d] from which he roſe againe.
32 [e] Deuout praiſe and thankeſgeuing pleaſe God more then ſacrifices of the moſt tender calues, which vvere othervviſe alſo gratful ſacrifices.
34 [f] God doth aſſuredly comfort al ſuch, as are impriſoned for profeſſing the truth.
35 [g] Al the creatures of God.
36 [h] God wil alvvayes eſtabliſh and protect the Catholique Church:
36 [i] and particular Churches, members of the vniuerſal ſhal alſo proſper.
37 [k] Perpetu⟨illegible⟩l ſucceſſion of the Catholique Church.

Psalm 69

PSALME. LXIX.

An other prayer of Dauid, when he was perſecuted by Abſolom: made in [Margin: Dauids prayer in perſecutiō. the 8. key.] a Pſalme after his deliuerie.

1 Vnto [a] the end, a Pſalme of Dauid, in remembrance, that our [b] Lord ſaued him.

2 O God [c] intend vnto my helpe: Lord [d] make haſt to helpe me.

3 Let them be confounded, and be ashamed, that ſeeke my ſoule.

4 Let them be turned away backeward, and be ashamed that wil me euils. Let them be turned away forthwith ashamed, that ſay to me: Wel, wel.

5 Let al that ſeeke thee reioyce, and be glad in thee, and let them ſay alwayes: Our Lord be magnified: which loue thy ſaluation.

6 But I am needie and poore: ô God helpe me thou art my helper, and deliuerer: ô Lord be not ſlacke.

Marginal notes to Psalm 69

1 [a] An apt prayer alſo for the afflicted in the nevvv Teſtament,
1 [b] from the danger of Abſolom. (2. Reg. 18.) or from anie perſecutor.
2 [c] Al men at al times nede Gods helpe:
2 [d] but moſt preſent nede, in preſent dangers. The reſt of this Pſalme is conteyned in the 39. Pſalme, from the 15. verſe. but there the whole Church prayeth for helpe, the world being almoſt drowned in ſinnes; here Dauid, or other particular perſons, or peoples pray in their ſeueral diſtreſſes,
3 Pſal. 39.

Psalm 70

PSALME. LXX.

King Dauid, or anie other iuſt perſon, prayeth God to continew his grace, [Margin: A prayer for perſeuerance in vertue. the 7. key.] and protection againſt the malice of the enimie. 5. Recounteth Gods mercie in deliuering him from falling into tentations. 6. prayeth for the ſame in old age, or weakenes of bodie and ſpirite, 20. and promiſeth perpetual gratitude and praiſes.

A Pſalme for Dauid, of the ſonnes of Ionadab, and the former captiues.

[Margin (a): Though this Pſalme (as alſo diuers others) is intitled to, or for Dauid, it proueth not that ſome other was the author therof, but the Seuentie Interpreters in ſinuate hereby, that it perteyneth in more particular ſorte to Dauid, growing old;]

[Margin (b): they adde alſo the ſonnes of Ionadab a moſt holie familie,]

[Margin (c): who for their ſingular pietie, were ſuffered to remaine in Ieruſalem, in the firſt captiuitie. Ierem. 35.]

1 IN thee ô Lord [d] I haue hoped, let me not be confounded for euer:

2 in [e] thy iuſtice deliuer me, and receiue me. Incline thine eare to me, and ſaue me.

3 Be vnto me for a God protector, and for a fenſed place: that thou maiſt ſaue me: Becauſe thou art my firmament, and my refuge.

4 My God deliuer me out of the hand of the ſinner, and ou⟨illegible⟩ of the hand of him that doth aganſt the law, and of the vniuſt.

5 Becauſe thou art [f] my patience ô Lord my hope from my youth.

6 Vpon thee haue I bene confirmed from the wombe: from my mothers bellie thou art my protector. In thee is my ſinging alwaies:

7 I was made to manie as [g] a wonder: and thou art a ſtrong helper.

8 Let my mouth be filled with praiſe, that I may ſing thy glorie: [h] al the day thy greatnes.

9 Reiect me not in the time of olde age: [i] when my ſtrength shal ⟨illegible⟩aile, forſake me not.

10 Becauſe mine enimies haue ſaid to me: and they that watched my ſoule, conſulted together,

11 Saying: God hath forſaken him, purſew, and take him: becauſe there is none to deliuer.

12 O God be not farre from me: my God haue reſpect to mine ayde.

13 Let them be confounded, and fayle that detract from my ſoule: let them be couered with confuſion, and shame, that ſeeke euils to me.

14 But I wil alwaies hope: and [k] wil adde vpon al thy praiſe.

15 My mouth shal shew forth thy iuſtice: al the day thy ſaluation. Becauſe [l] I haue not knowne lerning, [m] I wil enter into the [n] powres of our Lord:

16 ô Lord I wil be mindful of thy iuſtice onely.

17 O God thou haſt taught me from my youth: and vntil now I wil pronounce thy meruelous workes.

18 And vnto ancient age, and olde age: ô God forſake me not? Vntil I shew forth thy arme to al the, generation, that is to come. Thy might,

19 and thy iuſtice ô God euen to the higheſt, great meruailes which thou haſt done: ô God who may be like to thee?

20 How great tribulations haſt thou shewed me, manie and euil: and turning thou [o] haſt quickened me: and from the depthes of the earth thou haſt brought me backe againe.

21 Thou haſt multiplied thy magnificence: and being turned thou haſt comforted me.

22 For I alſo wil confeſſe to thee in the inſtruments of Pſalme thy truth: ô God I wil ſing to thee on the harpe, holie one of Iſrael.

23 My [p] lippes shal reioyce when I shal ſing to thee; and my ſoule, which thou haſt redemed.

24 Yea and my tongue al the day shal meditate thy iuſtice: when they shal be confounded and ashamed that ſeeke euils to me.

Marginal notes to Psalm 70

1 [d] The wordes of Dauid, or anie faithful iuſt perſon.
2 [e] God of his iuſtice reuengeth the iniuries [Margin: Pſal. 30.] done to his ſeruantes.
5 [f] Through thy grace I haue patience to expect thy pleaſure, when I shal be releeued.
7 [g] It ſemeth ſtrange to moſt men, why the iuſt haue more trubles then the wicked.
8 [h] A neceſſarie prayer for perſeuerance, which none can haue without ſpecial and continual helpe of grace.
9 [i] Againſt this ſpecial danger, and laſt aſſaultes of the enimie, Chriſt hath inſtituted the Sacrament of Extreme Vnction.
14 [k] The beſt meanes to conſerue vertue, is to exerciſe the ſame, adding good workes towards our neighboures, and praiſes to God.
15 [l] I profeſſe not exact knowlege of natural thinges;
15 [m] but I conſider and contemplate the infinite powre of God, which appeareth in his workes,
15 [n] and his iuſt iudgements; as partly haue appeared in puniſhing, and rewarding ſome in this life, but eſpecially wil be manifeſt in the end of this world.
20 [o] After tribulations recreated me.
23 [p] I wil praiſe thee with mouth and hart.

Psalm 71

PSALME. LXXI.

By way of prayer the Pſalmiſt prophecieth Chriſts coming, our King and [Margin: Chriſt our king & Iudge. the 5. key.] Iudge: 4. the deliuerer of mankind from the thraldom of the diuel. ⟨illegible⟩. the greatnes of his ſpiritual kingdom in the Gentiles. 16. and his continual glorie and praiſe.

1 [a] Concerning Salomon.

2 O God giue thy iudgement to [b] the king: and thy iuſtice to [c] the ſonne of the king. To iudge thy people in [d] iuſtice, and thy poore in iudgement.

3 Let [e] the mountains receiue peace for the people: and [f] the litle hilles iuſtice.

4 He [g] shal iudge the poore of the people, and shal ſaue the children of the poore: and he shal humble the calumniator.

5 And he shal [h] continew with the ſunne, and before the moone in generation and generation.

6 He [i] shal deſcend as rayne vpon a fleece: and as droppes diſtilling vpon the earth.

7 There shal riſe in his dayes iuſtice, and aboundance of peace, [k] vntil the moone be taken away.

8 And he shal rule [l] from ſea vnto ſea: and from the riuer euen to the ends of the round world.

9 Before him shal the Aethiopians fal downe: and his enimies shal lick the earth.

10 The [m] kinges of Tharſis, and [n] the Ilands shal offer preſentes: the kings of the Arabians, and of Saba shal bring giftes.

11 And al kinges of the earth shal adore him: al nations shal ſerue him.

12 Becauſe he shal deliuer the poore from the mightie: and the poore which had no helper.

13 He shal ſpare the poore and needy: and he shal ſaue the ſoules of the poore.

14 From vſuries and iniquitie he shal redeme their ſoules: and their name shal be honorable before him.

15 And [::] he shal liue, and there shal be giuen him of the gold of Arabia, and they shal adore it alwaies: al the day they shal bleſſe him.

16 And there shal be a firmament in the earth, in the toppes of mountanes, the fruite therof shal be extolled farre aboue Libanus: and they shal florish of the citie, as the graſſe of the earth.

17 Be his name bleſſed for euer: before the ſunne his name is permanent. And al the tribes of the earth shal be bleſſed in him: al nations shal magnifie him.

18 Bleſſed be our Lord the God of Iſrael, [o] who only doth meruelous thinges.

19 And bleſſed be the name of his maieſtie for euer: and al the earth shal be filled with his maieſtie. [p] Be it, be it.

20 [q] The praiſes of Dauid, [r] the ſonne of Ieſſe are ended.

Marginal notes to Psalm 71

1 [a] This Pſalme is of Chriſt, perfigured by Salomon, whoſe kingdom was moſt glorious of al the kinges of Gods people; for of king Salomon himſelfe manie thinges in this Pſalme can not be truly vnderſtood. S. Aug.
2 [b] O God moſt bleſſed Trinitie, geue powre and authoritie, to the Sonne of Man, God incarnate, King of al kinges,
2 [c] the Sonne of king Dauid, to iudge for mankind againſt the diuel.
2 [d] Chriſt paying ranſom for al mankind, and ſo man renouncing the diuel, and ſeruing God is iuſtly, not iniuriouſly deliuered from captiuitie of ſion⟨illegible⟩, and of the diuel.
3 [e] A prophecie of the Apoſtles receiuing powre to preach Chriſts Goſpel, of peace and reconciliation of men to God by penance;
3 [f] and of other Apoſtolical men that folow the⟨illegible⟩ ſteppes.
4 [g] Salomon in figure of Chriſt was for a time a iuſt and good king.
5 [h] But only Chriſt, not Salomon, nor anie other king of that people, contineweth, or reigneth for euer.
6 [i] The maner of Chriſts Incarnation moſt ſilent, ſwete, and gratful.
7 [k] Agane the prophet inculcateth that Chriſts kingdom, his Church, ſhal continew for euer.
8 [l] The Church is not only vniuerſal in al times, but alſo in places.
9 Iſaiae 6⟨illegible⟩ ▪
10 [m] The three Sages or Kinges, which adored our Sauiour, and offered gold, frankencenſe, and myrrh, were the firſt that fulfilled this prophecie: and afterwards Conſtantin the great, and other Emperors, Kinges, and Princes.
10 [n] Amongſt other Ilandes great Bryttannie (the greateſt of Europe) was conuerted to Chriſt, according to this prophecie: firſt ſome few in the Apoſtles time (Metaphraſtes apud Surium, Theodoret, epiſt. ad Timoth. Sophronius, Ser. de Nat. Apoſt, & alij.) More in the time of Eleutherius. Laſtly our Engliſc nation by S. Auguſtin and others ſent by S. Gregorie.
10 Mat. ⟨illegible⟩.
15 [::] How is this prophecie verified▪ except the Church be alwayes viſible?
18 [o] No miracles can be donne but by Gods powre.
19 [p] Aboue al other deſires the holie prophet wiſhed Gods glorie, and praiſes in al the earth, as it is in heauen.
20 [q] It ſemeth by this appendix added by Eſdras, that this Pſalme was laſt compoſed, though not put in the laſt place, but as it came to his handes.
20 [r] Dauid the natural ſonne of Ieſſe, made no more Hymnes, that is, no more muſical praiſes of God after this Pſalme, but the prefigured Dauid Chriſt our Sauiour, the Sonne of God, in his bodie the Church, ſingeth ful new praiſes S. Aug▪ in enarrat. Pſal. ſequentis. 72.

Psalm 72

PSALME. LXXII.

The royal prophet, firſt profeſſing the vnſpeakable goodnes of God, 2. in [Margin: Affliction in this world is recompenſed in the end. the▪ 9. key.] the perſon of the weake complaineth, that the wicked proſper, and the iuſt are afflicted. 15. reprehendeth the murmuration, for though we can not comprehend the ſecrete iudgements of God. 18. yet they are moſt iuſt. 25. So with deſire to reſt in God, he promiſeth euer to praiſe him.

A Pſalme to Aſaph.

[Margin (a): To be ſongue by Aſaph the maſter of muſike, and his companie.]

1 HOW [b] good is God to Iſrael, to them, that are of a right hart!

2 But [c] my feete were almoſt moued, my ſteppes almoſt ſlipped.

3 Becauſe I haue had zele vpon the wicked, ſeing the peace of ſinners.

4 Becauſe there is [d] no reſpect to their death: and [e] ſtabilitie in ther plague.

5 In [f] the labours of men they are not, and with men they shal not be ſcourged.

6 Therfore [g] hath pride helde them, they are couered with their iniquitie and impietie.

7 Their iniquitie hath proceded as it were of fatte: they haue paſſed into [h] the affection of the hart.

8 They haue thought, and haue ſpoken wickednes they haue ſpoken iniquitie [i] on high.

9 They haue ſette their mouth vnto heauen: ad their tongue hath paſſed in the earth.

10 Therfore wil my people [k] returne here: and [l] ful daies shal be found in them.

11 And they haue ſaide: [m] How doth God know, and is there knowledge in the higheſt?

12 Loe the ſinners them ſelues, and they that abounde in the world, haue obtained riches.

13 And I ſaide: Then haue I iuſtified my hart without cauſe, and haue washed my handes amongſt innocentes:

14 And haue bene ſcourged al the day, and my chaſtiſing in the morninges.

15 If I ſaide: I wil ſpeake this: behold [n] I reproued the nation of thy children.

16 I [o] thought to know this thing, it is labour before me:

17 Vntil I may enter into the ſanctuarie of God: and may vnderſtand concerning their latter endes.

18 But yet [p] for guiles thou haſt put it to them: thou haſt caſt them downe whiles they [q] were eleuated.

19 How are they brought into deſolation, they haue failed ſodanely: they haue perished for their iniquitie.

20 As the dreame of them that riſe ô Lord, in thy citie thou shalt bring their [r] image to nothing.

21 Becauſe my hart is [ſ] inflamed, and my reynes are changed:

22 And I am brought to nothing, and knew not.

23 As [t] a beaſt am I become with thee: and I [v] alwaies with thee.

24 Thou haſt helde my right hand: and in thy wil thou haſt conducted me, and with glorie thou haſt receiued me.

25 For what is to me [w] in heauen? and beſides thee what would I vpon the earth?

26 My [x] flesh hath fainted, and my hart: God of my hart, and God my portion for euer.

27 For behold, they [y] that make them ſelues faire from thee, shal perish: thou [z] haſt deſtroyed al, that fornicate from thee.

28 But it is good for me to cleaue to God: to put my hope in our Lord God: That I may shew forth al thy prayſes, in the gates of the daughter of Sion.

Marginal notes to Psalm 72

1 [b] God is ſo excellent good, as no tongue can expreſſe, no hart can conceiue.
1 Pſal. 39.
2 [c] The peace and proſperitie of the wicked tempted me, to leaue the right narrow way, and to goe the brode eaſie way with them.
4 [d] They neuer thincke of death;
4 [e] and if they ſuffer ſome affliction, they quickly remoue it from them.
5 [f] They trauel not ſo much as good men do, neither are they ſo often punished.
6 [g] Which maketh them proud, and ſo they runne into al ſortes of iniquitie.
7 [h] Whatſoeuer miſchief came in their mind, they feared not to committe it in fact.
8 [i] boldly extolling their owne wordes and workes, and deſpiſing others.
10 [k] For this proſperitie of the wicked, ſome of Gods people wil fall from the right way,
10 [l] and their dayes wil abound with calamities.
11 [m] The voice of the weake, inclining to diffidence, and doubt of Gods knowlege, and prouidence.
15 [n] The prophet in his owne perſon anſwereth, that if he ſhould ſay ſuch thinges, he ſhould reproue Gods children, as faultie, vnworthie of his protection, and to be neglected; wheras it is Gods prouidence to chaſtice his children whom he loueth.
16 [o] In this life we can not know the particular cauſes, why the iuſt are afflicted, and manie wicked proſper in this world.
18 [p] But only in general we are taught, that euils are prepared for the guiles, or deceptes,
18 [q] pride, and other ſinnes of the wicked.
20 [r] Not real but imaginarie felicitie.
21 [ſ] Almoſt burned vp with afflictions.
23 [t] Charged with heauie burdens, without knowlege how long, or to what end,
23 [v] yet not deſtitute of thy protection.
25 [w] Nothing to be deſired in heauen, nor in earth but God.
26 [x] In bodie and mind I thirſt after thee, my true inheritance.
27 [y] Men by their freewil make themſelues enimies to God.
27 [z] determined their damnation, forſeing their final ſinnes.

Psalm 73

PSALME. LXXIII.

Faithful people preſſed with perſecution lamentably complayning, beſecheth [Margin: A prayer in long affliction. the 7. key.] God to reſpect his owne inheritance, cruelly afflicted; ⟨illegible⟩. and leift long without helpe, 12. wheras heretofore he releeued his people in like diſtreſſes. 18. And therfore confidently hopeth he wil renenge the blaſphemers of his name,

Vnderſtanding to Aſaph.

[Margin (a): Inſtruction for the congregation of the faithful in diſtreſſe, not to ſeeke temporal towardes and proſperitie, but to expect ſpiritual and eternal. S. Aug.]

1 VVHY haſt thou ô God [b] repelled for euer: is thy furie wrath vpon the sheepe of thy paſture?

2 Be [c] mindful of thy congregation, [d] which thou haſt poſſeſſed from the beginning. Thou haſt [e] redemed the rod of thine inheritan⟨illegible⟩e: mount Sion, in which thou haſt dwelt.

3 Lift vp thy handes vpon [f] their prides for euer: how great thinges hath the enimie done malignantly in the holy place▪

4 And they that hate thee haue gloried: in the middes of [g] thy ſolemnitie. They haue ſette [h] their ſignes, for ſignes:

5 and haue not knowne, [i] as in the iſſue on high. As [k] in a wood of trees they haue with axes

6 cut out the gates therof together: in hatchet, and chippeaxe they haue caſt it downe.

7 They haue burnt thy ſanctuarie with fire: they haue polluted the tabernacle of thy name in the earth.

8 Their [l] kinred together haue ſaide in their hart: Let vs make al the feſtiual daies of God to ceaſe from the earth.

9 Our [m] ſignes we haue not ſeene, there is now no prophet: and he wil know vs no more.

10 How long ô God shal the enimie vpbraide: the aduerſarie prouoke thy name for euer?

11 Why doeſt thou turne away thy hand, and thy right hand, out of the middes of thy boſome for euer?

12 But [n] God our king before the worldes: he hath wrought ſaluation in the middes of the earth.

13 Thou in thy ſtrength haſt confirmed [o] the ſea: thou haſt [p] crushed the head of Dragons in the waters.

14 Thou haſt broken the heads of the dragon: thou haſt giuen him for meate to the peoples [q] of the Aethiopians.

15 Thou haſt [r] broken vp fountanes, and torrentes: thou haſt dried the riuers [ſ] of Ethan.

16 The day is thine, and the night is thine: thou haſt made the morning and the ſunne.

17 Thou haſt made al the coaſts of the earth: the ſummer and the ſpring thou haſt formed them.

18 Be mindeful of this, the enimie hath vpbraided our Lord: and a foolish people hath prouoked thy name.

19 Deliuer not to beaſts the ſoules that confeſſe to thee: and the ſoules of thy poore forget not for euer.

20 Haue reſpect vnto thy teſtament: becauſe they that are [t] obſcure of the earth, are filled with houſes of iniquities.

21 [v] Let not the humble be turned away being confounded: the poore and needy shal praiſe thy name.

22 Ariſe God, iudge thy cauſe: be mindful of thoſe thy reproches, that are [w] from the foolish man al the day.

23 [x] Forget not the voices of thine enimies: the [y] pride of them that hate thee, hath aſcended alwaies.

Marginal notes to Psalm 73

1 [b] In long perſecution the weake beginne to feare, or ſuſpect, that God hath vtterly abandoned them.
2 [c] But the ſtronger pray with confidence,
2 [d] being aſſured that God who hath conſerued his Church hitherto, from the beginning of the world, wil conſerue it ſt⟨illegible⟩ the end.
2 [e] An other reaſon why God wil conſerue his Church is, becauſe he hath deliuered it often a ſtrong arme; as from bondage in Aegypt, from perſecution and oppreſſion in the time of Iudges, and kinges, and laſtly redemed it from the tyrannie of the diuel by Chriſts death.
3 [f] Thirdly the pride of the enimies moueth God to reuenge their wickednes, and ſo to deliuer his owne people.
4 [g] They pretend to kepe ſolemne feaſtes like to thyne.
4 [h] They ſet vp altars againſt thyn altares, or ſome new deuiſed external ſhew, againſt the holie Rites of the Church:
5 [i] and that in publike places, in the endes of high wayes, or po⟨illegible⟩es, and pinnacles.
5 [k] The prophet deſcribeth the maner how perſecutors deſtroy temples, and al ſacred thinges.
6 4. Reg ⟨illegible⟩
8 [l] The whole crew, or band of perſecutors.
9 [m] The weake complaine that God ſheweth not w⟨illegible⟩ted ſignes, nor ſendeth ſuccourſe to his people, by raiſing ſome prophet▪ or other meanes to helpe them.
11 Luc. 1▪ 70.
12 [n] The perfect do anſwer, that God both hath, and wil releeue his people.
13 [o] Made the redde ſea like waues▪
13 [p] drowned Pharao and his hoſte.
14 [q] of blacke diuels.
15 [r] geuen water out of rockes,
15 [ſ] made paſſage ouer Iordan.
20 [t] Ignorant, blind, and barbarous infidels, lodge al kindes of iniquitie in their conſciences.
21 [v] and therfore it is vnmeete, that faithful people should be in bondage vnder th⟨illegible⟩.
22 [w] Theſe foolish audacious men do continually blaſpheme al holie thinges.
23 [x] Omite not to punish them,
23 [y] ſeing they are obſtinate and obdurate in pride, and ⟨illegible⟩ hatred.

Psalm 74

PSALME LXXIIII.

Chriſt (with his Aſſeſſors) wil iudge the whole world, at the laſt day: in [Margin: General iudgement. the 9. key.] the meane time exhorteth ſinners to amend their life; 7. for none shal eſcape iuſt iudgement. 1⟨illegible⟩. The wicked shal be punished, and the good rewarded.

1 Vnto the end, [a] Corrupt not, a Pſalme of Canticle to Aſaph.

2 VVE [b] wil confeſſe to thee ô God: [c] we wil confeſſe, and wil inuocate thy name. We wil tel thy meruelouſe workes:

3 when [d] I shal take a time, I wil iudge iuſtices.

4 [e] The earth is melted, and al that dwel in it: [f] I haue confirmed the pillers thereof.

5 I ſaid to the wicked: [g] doe not wickedly: and to them that offend: [h] Exalt not the horne.

6 Exalt not your horne on high: ſpeake not iniquitie aganſt God.

7 For neither from the Eaſt, nor from the Weſt, nor from the deſert mountanes:

8 [i] becauſe God is Iudge. [k] This man he humbleth, and him he exalteth,

9 [l] becauſe there is a cuppe in the hand of our Lord [m] of mere wine ful of mixture. And he hath powred it out [n] of this into that, but yet the dregges therof are not emptied: al the ſinners of the earth shal drinke.

10 But I wil shewforth for euer: I wil ſing to the God of Iacob.

11 And I wil breake al the hornes of ſinners: and [o] the hornes of the iuſt shal be exalted.

Marginal notes to Psalm 74

1 [a] Either this was the beginning of a ſongue, to the tune wherof this Pſalme was ſong; as ſome Hebrew Rabbins teſtifie; or, as S. Auguſtin and other fathers explicate, the Septuagint do admoniſh vs, by occaſion of this Pſalme, not to fa⟨illegible⟩le in our hope, for that God wil in no caſe violate his promiſe no⟨illegible⟩ purpoſe, but wil render to euerie one in the day of Iudgement, as they deſerue.
2 [b] Chriſt with his Apoſtles, and other aſſeſſorie iudges, wil praiſe and thanke God, for his admirable good prouidence, and gouernement of this world.
2 [c] This duplication of the ſame word, confirmeth vs of the aſſured performance of that, which is here prophecied.
3 [d] Chriſt our ſingular, principal, and proper Iudge only, and no mere creature, knoweth the determinate time of general iudgement.
4 [e] The earth at that time ſhal be purged with flaming fire:
4 [f] yet ſhal not be deſtroyed, but changed in qualities.
5 [g] An epitome, or briefe ſumme of Chriſts doctrine, to f⟨illegible⟩ee from ſinne.
5 [h] be not proud, abuſe not the powre you haue, to do what you pleaſe.
8 [i] VVhen other Iudges ſitte on tribunales, ſome may be abſent, or eſcape from their ſentences▪ but al without exception ſhal be brought in perſons, when Chriſt God and Man ſhal iudge.
8 [k] Some ſhal haue ſentence of eternal paine in hel; ſome of eternal reward in glorie,
9 [l] though (partly in this world, partly in particular iudgement of euerie ſoule) God hath alreardy, and wil before the laſt day puniſh ſinners, yet there reſteth more puniſhment, and no impenitent ſinners ſhal eſcape, but al ſhal drinke of the bitter cuppe of eternal damnation.
9 [m] ſtrong wine not delayde with water, but mingled with bitter ſharpe thinges, as gal, vinegre, brimſtone &c. and ſo powred into feſtered woundes, ſo they ſhal ſuffer vntolerable endles paine, mixed with the worme of conſcience, loſſe of glorie, rancor of hart, and eternal deſperation▪
9 [n] Varietie of helliſh torments, from one extreme to an other: as from ſnow waters to exceding heate. Iob. 24.
11 [o] The iuſt for wel vſing their powre of free wil, and of al powre geuen them in this life, are rewarded in heauen.

Psalm 75

PSALME. LXXV.

The royal prophet ſingeth Gods praiſes, for his particular prouidence [Margin: Gods prouidence towards his people the 3. key.] towards the Iewes: 10. further to be extended to al the meeke of the whole earth.

1 Vnto the end, in prayſes, a Pſalme [a] to Aſaph, a Canticle to [b] the Aſſirians.

2 God is knowne [c] in Iewrie: in Iſrael his name is great.

3 And [d] his place is made in peace: and [e] his habitation in Sion.

4 [f] There he brake the powres of bowes, the shilde, the ſword, and the battle.

5 Thou [g] doeſt illuminate meruelouſely from the eternal mountaynes:

6 al the foolish of hart [h] were trubled. † They [i] ſlept their ſleepe: and al the men of riches found nothing in their handes.

7 At [k] thy reprehenſion ô God of Iacob, they [l] haue al ſlumbered that mounted on horſes.

8 Thou art terrible, and who shal reſiſt thee? [m] from that time thy wrath.

9 From [n] heauen thou [::] haſt made thy iudgement hearde: [o] the earth trembled and was quiet.

10 When God aroſe vnto iudgement, [p] that he might ſaue al the meeke of the earth.

11 Becauſe [q] the cogitation of man shal confeſſe to thee: and [r] the remanes of the cogitation shal keepe feſtiual day to thee.

12 [ſ] Vowe ye, and [t] render to our Lord your God: al ye that round about him bring giftes. To [v] the terrible,

13 and him that taketh away the ſpirite of princes, terrible to the kinges of the earth.

Marginal notes to Psalm 75

1 [a] For the congregation of faithful and godlie people
1 [b] Amongſt others, one notorious example of Gods prouidence is recorded of an hundred foureſcore & fiue thouſand Aſſirians, ſlame in one night by an Angel. 4. Reg. 19.
2 [c] God was not only knowen in general, as to pagane Philoſophers, and ſome others, but more particularly to the Iewes, the iſſue of Abraham, Iſaac, and Iacob, by his ſpecial benefites towards them.
3 [d] God ſuffering al other nations to erre for their ſinnes, in their fond phanteſies of falſe goddes, reſerued the Iſraelites for his Church,
3 [e] eſtabliſhing the principalitie therof in Sion.
4 [f] For obtaining and conſeruing of Sion from wicked Infidels, God ouerthrewe al ſortes of contrarie forces.
5 [g] God not only gaue his people temporal victories ouer their enimies, but alſo illuminated their mindes with knowlege of true religion:
6 [h] others are often trubled in mind, hearing the truth, but are not conuerted through their obſtinate follie.
6 [i] VVorldlie men in ſupine carleſnes as in a ſleepe, paſſe ouer this life, and afterwards find themſelues excluded from heauen, for lacke of merites, and good workes, with the fooliſh virgins.
7 [k] God vndertaking the defence of his people, and threatning the aduerſe part,
7 [l] they failed in courage, as men ouercome with drowſines of ſleepe.
8 [m] Euen from the firſt notice of thy wil, the aduerſaries were deiected, fearing thy po⟨illegible⟩e⟨illegible⟩ wrath.
9 [n] Terrible ſignes from the firmament appearing before the day of iudgement,
9 [::] The Prophetes ⟨illegible⟩ often ſpeake in the pretertence, for the aſſurance of the thinges to come.
9 [o] perſecuters and others being terrified ſhal be aſtonied and ſilent.
10 [p] God vvil come to iudge the vvorld, more eſpecially for the iuſts ſake.
11 [q] Men that ſhal ſeriouſly thinke and meditate vpon theſe thinges, vvil praiſe and thanke God for them:
11 [r] and the effect, and ſvvere repaſt of ſuch meditation, ſhal make as it vvere a great feſtiual day, in the deuout ſoule ſpiritually ioyned vvith God.
12 [ſ] The ſoule thus inflamed with Gods loue, is then apt of gratitude, for his goodnes tovvardes man, to make vovves of thinges vvherto vve are not obliged,
12 [t] but moſt neceſſarie it is to be maturely aduiſed, and not raſhly, nor lightly to vovv; for being once vovved, vve are ſtrictly bound to vvhatſoeuer vve haue lavvfully promiſed. And it is great ſinne to v⟨illegible⟩vv vndiſcretly.
12 [v] Remembring that for vovves, and al other vvorkes vve muſt anſvver to God, vvho is a terrible iudge, readie to punish in bodie and ſoule., ſparing none for their greatnes, not princes, nor kinges, nor vulgar ſorte, for al are to him alike.

Psalm 76

PSALME. LXXVI.

Anie faithful deuout perſon meditating Gods benefites, 7. examineth his [Margin: Gods ſpecial protection of the Ievves. the. 4. key.] cōſcience, that nothing be in his ſoule, that may offend God. Who is alwayes readie to forgeue: 11. and therfore he ſtil reneweth his purpoſe to ſerue God ſincerly, 15. particularly remembring the deliuerie of Iſrael from Aegypt.

1 Vnto the end, for [a] Idithun, a pſalme [b] to Aſaph.

2 VVith [c] my voice I haue cried to our Lord: with my voice to God [d] and he attended to me.

3 In the day of my tribulation I ſought God, with my handes [e] in the night before him: and I [f] was not deceiued. My [g] ſoule refuſed to be comforted,

4 I [h] was mindeful of God, and was delighted, and was exerciſed: and [i] my ſpirite fainted.

5 Myne eies [k] preuented the watches: I was [l] trubled, & ſpake not.

6 I thought vpon old daies: and the eternal yeares I had in minde.

7 And I meditated in the night with my hart, and I was exerciſed, and I [m] ſwept my ſpirite.

8 Why, [n] wil God reiect for euer: or wil he not adde to be better pleaſed as yet?

9 Or wil he cutte of his mercie for euer, from generation vnto generation?

10 Or wil God forget to haue mercie? or wil he in his wrath keepe in his mercies?

11 And I ſayde: [o] Now haue I begune: [p] this is the change of the right hand of the Higheſt.

12 I haue bene mindful of the workes of our Lord: becauſe I wil be mindful, from the beginning of thy meruelous workes.

13 And I wil meditate in al thy workes: and in thy inuentions I wil be exerciſed.

14 O God in the holie is thy way: what God is great as our God?

15 thou art the God that doeſt meruelous thinges. Thou haſt made thy powre knowne among peoples:

16 thou haſt with thine arme redemed thy people, the children of [q] Iacob, and Ioſeph.

17 The waters [r] ſaw thee ô God, the waters ſaw thee: and they were afrayd, and the depthes were trubled.

18 A [ſ] multitude of the ſounding of waters: the cloudes gaue a voice. For in deede arrowes doe paſſe:

19 the voice of thy thunder in a wheele. Thy lightenings shined to the rounde world: the earth was moued and trubled.

20 Thy way in the ſea, and thy pathes in many waters: and thy ſteppes shal not be knowne.

21 Thou haſt conducted thy people as sheepe: in the hand of moyſes and Aaron.

Marginal notes to Psalm 76

1 [a] For Idithun to ſing, or to make tune for it.
1 [b] For the faithful congregation to conſider Gods benefites.
2 [c] Hauing heretofore prayed,
2 Pſal. 14⟨illegible⟩.
2 [d] I haue obtayned.
3 [e] Eſpecially being in tribulation, and praying vvith hart and handes lifted vp, as vvel in the night as day:
3 [f] I vvas not fruſtrate of my prayer.
3 [g] I vvas ſometimes in ſuch anguiſh that nothing ſemed comfortable,
4 [h] but I ⟨illegible⟩d vpon God ſo firmly,
4 [i] that my ſpirite came in⟨illegible⟩o an ex⟨illegible⟩aſie, o⟨illegible⟩aunce.
5 [k] I aroſe early before the ordinarie time of avvay king,
5 [l] my hart being attentiue invvardly, I vttered nothing vvith my tongue
7 [m] I diligently examined my conſcience.
8 [n] Aſſuredly God vvil not reiect for euer, but he vvil be pleaſed with his Church.
11 [o] VVhiles I thus thought, I erred greatly, novv I ſee and confeſſe that God ſuffereth al calamities for the good of his ſeruantes:
11 [p] and this I knevv not by my ſelfe, but by the inſpiration of God, making this change in me by his gracious hand.
16 [q] The progenie of Iacob, receiued and nouriſhed in Aegypt for Ioſephs ſake, as his adopted children.
17 [r] The read ſea, and Iordan felt thy diuine powre, and obeyed thy wil.
18 [ſ] Noiſe of vvaters meeting after the Iſraelites vvere paſſed, thunders and lightninges alſo hapened, to the terror of the perſecutors, though not mentioned in Exodus.
20 Ex⟨illegible⟩. 14
21 By the miniſterie of Moyſes and Aaron.

Psalm 77

PSALME. LXXVII.

The royal prophet exhorting the people to attend, 5. reciteth manie great [Margin: Gods great Benefites beſtovved vpon the levves, and their ingratitude. the 4 key.] benefites of God towards their forefathers (whoſe ingratitude, often rebellion, and chatiſement he ſtil noteth) 9. as in their entrance into the land of Chanaan: 12. alſo before the ſame in Aegypt, and in the deſort. 42. How God plagued the Aegyptians: 52. protected, and conducted his people into the promiſed land. 56. where likewiſe they often offended. were punished: 65. yet were ſtil conſerued: 69. and the tribe of Inde exalted in king Dauid.

Vnderſtanding to Aſaph.

[Margin (a): Commended to Aſaph a▪ chiefe muſitian, that the people might vnderſtand and conſider Gods benefites.]

1 MY people attend ye to [b] my law: incline your eare vnto the wordes of my mouth.

2 I wil open my mouth in [c] parables: I wil ſpeake [d] propoſitions from the beginning.

3 How great thinges haue we heard and [e] haue knowne them, and [f] our fathers haue told vs.

4 They were not hid from their children, in an other generation. Telling the prayſes of our Lord, and his powers, and his meruelous workes which he hath done.

5 And he [g] raiſed vp a teſtimonie in Iacob: and [h] made a law in Iſrael. How great thinges he commanded our fathers, [i] to make the ſame knowne to their children:

6 that [k] an other generation may know. The children that shal be borne, and shal riſe vp, and shal tel their children.

7 That they may [l] put their hope in God, and may [m] not forget the workes of God: and may [n] ſeeke after his commandmentes.

8 That they become not as their fathers: [o] a peruerſe generation and exaſperating. A generation, that hath not directed their hart, their ſpirit hath not bene faithful towards God.

9 The [p] children of Ephrem bending, and shooting with bow: were turned in the day of battel.

10 They kept not the teſtament of God: and in his law they would not walke.

11 And they forgate his benefites, and his meruelous workes, which he shewed them.

12 Before their fathers he did meruelous thinges in the land of Aegypt, in the filde [q] of Tanis.

13 He diuided the ſea & brought them through: and he made the waters to ſtand as in a bottle.

14 And he conducted them in a cloude by day: and al the night by light of fire.

15 He ſtroke the rocke in [ſ] the deſert: and gaue them water to drinke as in a great depth.

16 And he broughtforth water out of the rocke: and made waters runne downe as riuers.

17 And they added as yet to ſinne vnto him: they prouoked the Higheſt to wrath in the place [t] without water.

18 And they tempted God in their hartes: ſo that they aſked [v] meats for their liues.

19 And they ſpake euil of God: they ſaide: [vv] Can God prepare a table in the deſert?

20 Becauſe he ſtroke the rocke and waters ranne, & torrentes flowed: Can he alſo giue [x] bread, or prepare a table for his people?

21 Therfore our Lord heard, and [y] made delay: and [z] fire was kindled in Iacob, and wrath aſcended vpon Iſrael.

22 Becauſe they beleued not in God, nor hoped in his ſaluation.

23 And he commanded the cloudes from aboue, and opened the gates of heauen.

24 And he rayned them Manna to eate, and bread of heauen he gaue to them.

25 Bread [a] of Angels did man eate: he ſent them victuals in abundance.

26 He [b] tranſported the Southwinde from heauen: and in his powre he brought in the Southweſtwinde.

27 And he rayned vpon them flesh as duſt: and as the ſand of the ſea fethered fowles.

28 And they fel in the middes of their campe: about their tabernacles.

29 And they did eate and were filled excedingly, and their deſire he brought to them:

30 They were not defrauded of their deſire. [c] As yet their meats were in their mouth:

31 And the wrath of God aſcended vpon them. And he killed their fat ones, and [d] the choſen of Iſrael he hindered.

32 In al theſe things they ſinned as yet: and they beleued not in his meruelous workes.

33 And their daies failed in vanitie: and their years [e] in haſt.

34 When he ſlew them, they ſought him: and they returned, and [f] early they came to him.

35 And they remembred that God is their helper: and the high God is their redemer.

36 And they loued him [g] with their mouth, and with theirtongue they did lie to him.

37 But their hart was not right with him: neither were they counted faithful in his teſtament.

38 [h] But he is merciful, and wil be propicious to their ſinnes: and he wil not deſtroy them. And he abunded to turne away his wrath: and he kindled not al his wrath.

39 And he remembred that they are flesh: [i] ſpirit going, and not returning.

40 “ How [k] often haue they exaſperated him in the deſert: prouoked him to wrath in the place without water.

41 And [l] they returned, and tempted God: and the holie one of Iſrael they exaſperaed.

42 They did not remember his hand: in the day that he redemed them from the hand of the afflicter.

43 As he put [m] his ſignes in Aegypt, and his wonders in the filde of Tanis.

44 And he turned [n] their riuers into bloude, & their [o] showers that they might not drinke.

45 He ſent vpon them [p] a [*] ſwarme of flies, and it eate them: and [q] the frogge, and it deſtroyed them.

46 And he gaue their fruites to [r] the blaſt, and their labors to [ſ] the locuſte.

47 And he killed their vineyeardes with [t] haile: and their mulberie trees with [v] horefroſt.

48 And he deliuered [w] their beaſt to haile: and their poſſeſſion [x] to fire.

49 He ſent vpon them [y] the wrath of his indignation: indignation, & wrath, and tribulation: immiſſions [z] by euil angels.

50 He made a way to the path of his wrath, he ſpared not their liues from death: and their cattel he shut vp in death.

51 And [a] he ſtroke al the firſt borne in the land of Aegypt: the firſt fruites of al their labors in the tabernacles [b] of Cham.

52 And he [c] tooke away his people as sheepe: and led them as a flock in the deſert.

53 And he brought them forth in hope, and they feared not: and the ſea couered their enemies.

54 And he brought them into [d] the mount of his [e] ſanctification, the mount, which his right hand purchaſed. And he caſt [f] out the gentiles from their face: and by lot he diuided the land of them in a corde of diſtribution:

55 And he made the tribes of Iſrael to dwel in their tabernacles.

56 And [g] they tempted, and exaſperated God the higheſt, and they kept not his teſtimonies.

57 And they turned away themſelues, & kept not the couenant: euen as their fathers, they were turned as a [h] crooked bow.

58 They incenſed him to wrath in their [i] hilles: and in their [*] grauens they prouoked him [k] to emulation.

59 God heard, and contemned: and he brought Iſrael to nothing [l] excedingly.

60 And he reiected the tabernacle [m] of Silo, his tabernacle, [n] where he dwelt among men.

61 And he deliuered [o] their force into captiuitie: and their beautie into the hands of the enemie.

62 And he [p] shut vp his people in the ſword: and he diſpiſed his inheritance.

63 [q] Fyre deuoured their young men▪ and their virgins were not lamented.

64 Their [r] Prieſtes fel by the ſworde: and their widowes were not wept for.

65 And [ſ] our Lord was raiſed vp as one that ſleepeth: ⟨illegible⟩ as a mightie man hauing ſurfited of wine.

66 And he ſtroke his enimies on the hinder partes: an euerlaſting reproch he gaue to them.

67 And he reiected the tabernacle [t] of Ioſeph: and the tribe of Ephraim he choſe not.

68 But he choſe the tribe [v] of Iuda, mount Sion which he loued.

69 And he built [w] his ſanctuarie as of vnicornes in the land, which he hath founded for euer.

70 And [x] he choſe Dauid his ſeruant, and tooke him from the flockes of sheepe: from after the ewes with yong he tooke him.

71 To [y] feede Iacob his ſeruant, and Iſrael his inheritance.

72 And he fedde them in the innocencie of his hart: and in the vnderſtandings of [z] his hands he conducted them.

Marginal notes to Psalm 77

1 [b] Neither the lavv, not the people vvas Dauids, but preſenting Gods perſo n, he ſpeaketh in his name or authoritie, vvith vvhoſe inſpitation he vvas repleniſhed. S. Greg. Prefat: in Iob. c. 2.
1 Mat. ⟨illegible⟩ 5. 35.
2 [c] Albeit the prophet reciteth hiſtorically thinges donne, yet the ſame vvere parables, ſimilitudes, and figures of other thinges:
2 [d] yea of ſecret hidden Myſteries, obſcurly ſignified in the old Teſtament, and reueled in the nevv.
3 [e] which partly we know by written holie Sriptures:
3 [f] partly by Traditions.
5 [g] God of his mercie without precedent merite, raiſed vp a peculiar people of Abraham, Iſaac, and Iacob,
5 [h] and gaue them a particular law, firſt of Circunciſion, & more largely by Moyſes.
5 [i] So Abraham inſtructed his children and his houſe after him, Gen. 18.
6 [k] in like ſorte others taught their children.
7 [l] For three cauſes God gaue his law, that his people may haue confidence in him, he ſhewing his care to inſtruct and gouerne them;
7 [m] that they remember his benefites;
7 [n] and kepe his commandmentes.
8 [o] The Iewiſh nation very often, and in great numbers murmured, rebelled, and committed other great ſinnes, and therfore Dauid exhorted the people of his time, not to do the like. And this exhortation perteyneth more eſpecially to Chariſtianes. as S. Paul teacheth. 1. Cor. 10.
9 [p] They firſt (truſting in their owne ſtrength) without Gods commandment (Num. 14.) went forth to batle and were ouerthrowne. 1. Par 7 v.21.
9 ⟨illegible⟩. Par. 7. ⟨illegible⟩.
12 [q] Tanis the principal citie in Aegypt nere the riuer Nilus, where Moyſes wrought his great miracles.
13 ⟨illegible⟩. 14.
14 This cloude ſhadowed them from the heate of the ſunne in the day, and the fire ſhined in the night, al the time that they were in the deſert.
15 [ſ] In mount Horeb: and there was continual water in al the campe, which occupied nere foure miles in length and breadth.
17 [t] Which naturally wanted water: but by miracle had abundance.
18 [v] Not content with Manna, they demanded to haue flesh.
19 [vv] Stil incredulous, not beleuing Gods omnipotencie, they thought that, albeit he had geuen them manna, and water, yet he could not geue them fleſh.
20 [x] By bread in general is vnderſtood al competent meate vſual for a table.
21 [y] For this incredulitie, murmuring, and other ſinnes God kept the children of Iſrael fourtie yares in the deſert, t⟨illegible⟩l al hat were of age, when they came from Aegypt, were dead, except only Ioſue and Caleb.
21 [z] In the meane time amongſt other puniſhments, manie mutmurers wo⟨illegible⟩c burn⟨illegible⟩o death with ſtrange fire. Num. 11.
25 [a] Manna made by Angels.
26 [b] God ſo changed the wind, that it brought abundance of quailes and other birdes, into their campe. Exo. 16. Nu. 11.
30 [c] Immediately after a moneth (for ſo long they had abundance of theſe birdes ibid. v. 20.) they were ſtriken with a plague, and manie died, for their concupiſcence.
31 [d] The moſt freſh ſtrong men died, and ſo were hindered from poſſeſſing the promiſed land of Chana an
33 [e] In fourtie yeares aboue ſix hundred thouſand died.
34 [f] They offered morning ſacrifice.
36 [g] But were not ſincere in their hartes.
38 [h] Howſoeuer multitudes of people committe great ſinnes, and are ſeuerely puniſhed, yet Gods mercie preferueth ſome by his effectual grace, and neuer ſuffereth the whole Church to faile, nor to be deſtroyed.
39 [i] Mans life is like the winde, that ſtil paſſeth, and the ſame returneth not. As Ariſtotel teacheth. Here the Hebrewes note the middes of the Pſalter, in 1263. verſes. and ſo manie in the rest.
40 [k] The people of Iſrael murmured ſo often in the deſert, that it was not eaſie to tel how often See the Annotation.
41 [l] For ef⟨illegible⟩ſoones repenting they offended God againe and againe.
43 [m] The firſt ſigne was in turning a rodde into a ſerpent, which was a miracle, but no plague, the other ſignes were alſo plagnes to the Aegyptians.
44 [n] The firſt plague.
44 [o] Pooles, lakes, and al ſortes of water, yea showers, or raine water▪ which ſeldome happeneth in Aegypt.
45 [p] The fourth plague, in order as they are recited in Exodus.
45 [*] C⟨illegible⟩my⟨illegible⟩am.
45 [q] The ſecond plague.
46 [r] This was a leſſe plague, not mentioned in with the greater.
46 [ſ] The eight plague.
46 Exodus.
47 [t] The ſeuenth plague.
47 [v] This alſo is omitted in.
47 Exodus.
48 [w] Not only al trees, and plantes, but alſo beaſtes were ſubiect to the haile.
48 [x] and to firie leghtnings.
49 [y] In theſe general termes, of wrath, indignation, and tribulation, the Prophet comprehendeth al the other plagues, to witte, the third of ſcinies, the fifth of peſtilence, the ſixt of boyles in men and beaſtes, the ninth of darknes three dayes together.
49 [z] Al which God ſent by the miniſterie of diuels, euil angels.
51 [a] The tenth and greateſt plague, 11. v. 5. &. c. 12. v. 29.
51 [b] Egyptians alſo deſcended from cham, by his ſonne Meſraim. Gen. 10. v. 6.
51 Exod.
52 [c] After that Aegypt was thus plagued, God brought Iſrael out of their ſeruitude, as a shepheard leddeth his sheepe, and defendeth them.
54 [d] Iudea a hillie countrie.
54 [e] Into that countrie which God choſe, and endewed with manie bleſſinges.
54 [f] As is written in Ioſue.
56 [g] After the conqueſt and quiet poſſeſſion, the Iſraelites often fel into groſſe ſinnes, eſpecially in the time of Iudges.
57 [h] A croked bow deceiueth the archer, ſo this people failed to ſerue God, and deceiued them ſelues.
58 [i] In their altares erected in hilles to Idoles.
58 [*] Scuptilibus.
58 [k] By grauen imagies of Idoles, they prouoked God to indignation.
59 [l] Not abſolutely to nothing, but punished them exceedingly, til they repented; and then ſpared and deliuered them from tribulation, as appeareth in the booke of Iudges.
60 [m] The Arke of God ſometime kept in Silo, Ioſue 18. in the tribe of Ephraim, was taken by the Philiſtims. 1. Keg. 4. and neuer returned thither agane.
60 [n] but wherſoeuer the Arke was, there God more eſpecially heard their petitions, and gaue anſwers.
61 [o] For their ſinnes God ſuffered the Arke to be taken.
62 [p] And the Iſraelites to be ſore afflicted by their enimies.
63 [q] The zele, and iuſt wrath of God ſuffered theſe calamities to happen.
64 [r] Ophni and Phinees the ſonnes of Heli ſlaine and Heli himſelfe hearing that the Arke was taken fel from his ſtoole and broke his neck. 1. Reg 4.
65 [ſ] Neuertheles God plagued the infidels, and conſerued his Church. 1. Reg. 5.
67 [t] As before. v. 60.
68 [v] After a time the Arke was brought into the tribe of Iuda.
69 [w] The Church was firme, and euer preſerued in the old teſtament til Chriſt, and from Chriſts time to the end of the world.
70 [x] Gods particular grace in chooſing, and exalting Dauid, was a ſpecial benefite to the Iſraelites.
71 [y] To rule and gouerne the people of Iſrael.
72 [z] Prudently vſing his powre and authoritie.

ANNOTATIONS PSALME: LXXVII.

40. How often haue they exaſperated?] Moyſes (Deu. 9. v. 7.) repeting what had [Margin: The people of Iſrael often murmured in the deſert.] paſſed in the deſert, chargeth the people that they had ſtil prouoked our lord to wrath, from the day, that they came out of Egypt, and alwayes contended aganſt him. And our lord himſelf expoſtulating their ingratitude, & often murmuring ſaith (Num. 14. v. 22.) in the beginning of the ſecond yeare, that [Margin: Tenne times more notori ously.] they had then tempted him tenne times; either by this certaine number ſignifying an vncertaine, or els chiefly tenne times: for ſo often we find recorded that they tempted him, and murmured within that ſmal time more notorionly. Firſt nere, vnto the redde ſea (Exod. 14. v. 11.) where ſeing the Egyptians [Margin: 1.] purſuing them, they murmured againſt Moyſes, for bringing them out of Egypt, ſaying: It had benne much better to haue ſerued the Egyptians, then to [Margin: 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.] die in the wildernes. Secondly, for want of ſwete water. Exod. 15. v. 24. Thirdly. for lack of meate, Exod. 16. v. 3. Fourtly, keeping Manna for the next day, contrarie to Gods commandment. ibid. v. 20. Fiftly, going on the Sabbath day, alſo contrarie to Gods commandment, together Manna. Ibid. v. 27. Sixtly, for want of water in Raphidim. Exod. 17. v. 2 Num. 26. v. 2 Seuently in Horeb, adoring a calfe & the image therof Exod. 32 Eightly, repyning for their trauels in the wildernes Nu, 11. v. 1. Nintly, loathing Manna, and burning with deſire to eate fleſh. Ibid. v. 4. 5 6. Tently deſparing to poſſeſſe the promiſed land of Chanaan, after that the diſcouerers had reported the difficulties, with the force of the people, and of the cities againſt which they muſt fight. Nu. 14. v. 1. Al which and the reſt, ſaith S. Paul, happened to them in figure of vs: and are written for our correption (or admonition) that we murmur not as they did. 1. Cor. 10.

Psalm 78

PSALME. LXXVIII.

The Prophet, in perſon of the Church, lamenteth the crueltie of perſecutors [Margin: The Church ſuffereth verie great perſecutions. the 6. key.] (both in the old and new teſtament) 5. prayeth for releaſe, with iuſt reuenge againſt Gods enimies, that blaſpheme his name, 3. and promiſeth to be gratful in diuine praiſes.

1 A Pſalme [a] to Aſaph. O God [b] the Gentiles are come into thine inheritance, they [c] haue polluted thy holie temple: they haue made Ieruſalem [d] as a watch toure of fruits.

2 They haue made [e] the carcaſes of thy ſeruants, meats for the foules of the aire: the flesh of thy ſainctes for the beaſtes of the land.

3 They haue poured out their bloude as water round about Ieruſalem: and there was none to burie them.

4 We are [f] become a reproch to our neighboures: a ſcorne and mocke to them that are round about vs.

5 How long ô Lord wilt thou [g] be angrie for euer: shal thy zele be kindled as a fire?

6 Poure out thy wrath vpon the Gentiles, [h] that haue not knowne thee: & vpon the kingdomes, that haue not inuocated thy name.

7 Becauſe they haue deuoured Iacob: and his place they haue made deſolate.

8 [i] Remember not our old iniquities, let thy mercies quickly preuent vs: becauſe we are become exceding [k] poore.

9 Help vs ô God our ſauiour: and for the glorie of thy name ô Lord deliuer vs: and be propicious to our ſinnes for thy names ſake.

10 Leſt they ſay perhaps amongſt the Gentiles: [l] where is their God? and [m] be notified in the nations before our eies. The reuenge of the bloud of thy ſeruants, which hath benne shed:

11 let the groning of thefettered enter in thy ſight. According to the greatnes of thine arme, poſſeſſe thou [n] the children of them that are put to death.

12 And [o] render to our neighboures ſeuenfold in their boſome: their reproch where with they haue reproched thee ô Lord.

13 But [p] we thy people, and the sheepe of thy paſture, wil confeſſe to thee for euer: Vnto generation and generation we wil shew forth thy praiſe.

Marginal notes to Psalm 78

1 [a] to be ſungue by Aſaph and his companie, in the behalfe of people vnited in faith.
1 [b] Cruel infidels haue inuaded thoſe thinges, which perteyne to thy Church.
1 [c] euen poſſeſſed and prophaned the holie temple of the Iewes, and Churches of Catholique Chriſtians. Fulfilled by Antiochus, in Ieruſalem; by the Vandals in Afrike, by Proteſtants, and Puritanes, in diuers partes of Europe, and wil be more vniuerſally by Antichriſt in al Chriſtendom.
1 [d] Inſteed of great and fare Churches, Gods ſeruantes are fane to vſe meane houſes, yea poore cotages.
2 [e] Some perſecutors ſuffer not Martyrs bodies to be buried, but hang them on polles, and pinnacles, where birdes may eate them.
4 [f] Chriſtianes Gallileans, Catholiques Homouſians, and now Papiſtes, in ſpite and reproch.
5 [g] Sinnes prouoking Gods wrath, are one cauſe why he ſuffereth his people to be perſecuted.
6 [h] Though the faithful committe ſome ſinnes, yet in reſpect that they beleue righly, haue zele in Gods cauſe, and denie not God, they are nerer to grace and fauour.
8 [i] Eſpecially when they repent, and confeſſe their ſinnes, then thoſe that neither know not wil know God; but obſtinatly impugne and reſiſt the truth.
8 [k] ſo much afflicted, and deſpiſed, that none wil regard the truth which we profeſſe.
10 [l] Albeit ô Lord, thou ſuffer vs to be puniſhed, yet ſuffer not thyn enimies to inſult, as though thou were not our God; and conſequently thou haddeſt no people at al in the world.
10 [m] Therfore we pray, that the reuenge of thy ſeruantes bloud may be ſo notified, that it can not be denied, nor doubted of. Which is alſo here prophecied, that it wil ſo come to paſſe in the end.
11 [n] Preſerue alſo, ô God, the reliques of thy ſeruantes, the ſucceſſors of thy Martyrs.
12 [o] This alſo is a prophecie, that God wil moſt ſeuerely reuenge the blaſphemie of perſecutors.
13 [p] Gods people deliuered from perſecution, and perpetually conſerued, wil alwayes praiſe God for the ſame.

Psalm 79

PSALME LXXIX.

The Prophet prayeth for the releaſe of Iſrael in great tribulation. 15. forsheweth [Margin: Chriſt our Redemer from ſinne and captiuitie. the. 5. key.] the coming of Chriſt to redeme man from ſinne, and from thraldome of the diuel.

1 Vnto [a] the end, for [b] them, that shal be changed, teſtimonie to [c] Aſaph, a Pſalme.

2 Thou that ruleſt Iſrael, attend: that [d] conducteſt Ioſeph as a sheepe. Which ſitteſt vpon the cherubs, [e] be manifeſt

3 before [f] Ephraim, Beniamin, and Manaſses. Raiſe vp [g] thy might, and come, to ſaue vs.

4 O God [h] conuert vs: and shew [i] thy face, & we shal be ſaued.

5 O Lord the God of hoſtes, how long wilt thou be angrie [k] vpon the prayer of thy ſeruant?

6 Thou wilt feede vs with the bread of teares: and giue vs drinke with teares [l] in meſure.

7 Thou haſt made vs to be a contradiction to our neigh: boures and our enimies haue ſcorned vs.

8 O God of hoſts [m] conuert vs: and shew thy face, and we [n] shal be ſaued.

9 Thou didſt tranſport [o] the vineyeard out of Aegypt: thou didſt caſt out [p] the Gentiles, and plantedſt it.

10 Thou waſt the guide of the way [q] in the ſight therof: thou didſt plant the rootes therof, and it [r] filled the earth.

11 [ſ] The shadow of it couered the mountanes: and the bowghes of it the ceders of God.

12 It extended her branches euen to [t] the ſea; and her boughes vnto [v] the riuer.

13 Why haſt thou deſtroyed the hedge therof: and al that paſſe by the way doe plucke it.

14 The [vv] boare of the wood hath deſtroyed it: and [x] the ſingular wilde beeſt hath eaten it.

15 O God of hoaſts returne: regard [y] from heauen, and ſee, and viſite this vineyeard.

16 And [z] perfite it, which thy right hand hath planted: and vpon [a] the ſonne of man whom thou haſt confirmed to thee.

17 [b] Thinges burnt with fyre, and digged doune at the increpation of thy countenance shal perish.

18 Let [c] thy hand be vpon the man of thy right hand: and vpon the ſonne of man, whom thou haſt confirmed to thee.

19 And we depart not from thee, thou wilt quicken, vs: and we wil inuocate thy name.

20 [d] O Lord the God of hoaſtes conuert vs: and shew thy face, and we shal be ſaued.

Marginal notes to Psalm 79

1 [a] Perteyning to the new Teſtament,
1 [b] eſpecially to Gentiles, that shal be conuerted to Chriſt.
1 [c] for perpetual memorie to the congregation of faithful.
2 [d] By Ioſeph the prophet vnderſtandeth al Iſrael; becauſe the firſt birthright being taken from Ruben wa⟨illegible⟩ geuen to him, to witte duble portion of enheritance, two tribes of twelue.
2 [e] Appeare, and ſhew thy mightie hand before thy people:
3 [f] wherof Ephraim, Beniamin, and Manaſſes folowing the Arke, when they marched or camped, ſhould moſt directly ſee what appeared therin, the other nine tribes being placed before it, and on both ſides. Num. 2.
3 [g] Thou which alwayes can helpe vs, now vſe thy powre in deliuering vs from this temporal miſerie.
4 [h] Set vs in a better ſtate
4 [i] Shew thy benigne countenance and fauoure, Myſtically, ſend the promiſed Meſſias, Chriſt, the eſſential Image of God. 2. Cor. 4. v. 4. Colloſ. 1 v. 15.
5 [k] How long wilt thou differre to heare our prayer?
6 [l] Thou doſt iuſtly punish vs, but thou tempereſt the ſame with meaſure, that it exceede not to our ruine.
8 [m] God firſt preuenting vvith his grace,
8 [n] man may cooperate therwith to his iuſtification, and ſaluation.
9 [o] Thy Church and people,
9 [p] the Chananites.
10 [q] The cloude, and piller of fire were viſible guides.
10 [r] and it multiplied mightely.
11 [ſ] Hyperbolical ſpeach to ſignifie the great multiplication of the Iſraelites.
12 [t] from the mediterranean ſea of Paleſtin,
12 [v] to the riuer Euphrates. Exo. 23. v. 31. Beut, 11. v. 24.
14 [vv] eruel enimies more like to moſt cruel beaſtes then to men.
14 [x] yea ſo cruel, as none els in the world are like vnto them.
15 [y] The Prophet now prayeth for the coming of Chriſt, which he ſaw in ſpirite.
16 [z] The Church of the old teſtament, in her beſt ſtate, wanted the perfection, which the Church of Chriſt hath.
16 [a] Chriſt our Meſſias moſt commonly calleth by this title: The Sonne of man.
17 [b] So thy vinyard can not indure if it be ſtil afflicted, and trodden downe.
18 [c] Chriſt working by Gods powre redreſſeth almiſeries.
20 [d] The ſame is the 8. and the 15. verſe (with litle alteration) and here repeted the third time, In which we alſo pray for three thinges firſt to be purged, and conuerted from ſinne, ſecond to be illuminated by Chriſt, the Image of God, Thirdly to be ſanctified, and ſaued in eternal glorie to haue the fruition of the moſt bleſſed Trinitie.

Psalm 80

PSALME. LXXX.

Al men are inuited to celebrate feſtiual dayes, 6. which were inſtituted [Margin: Inuitation to celebrate feſtiual dayes deuoutly. the 7. key.] in memorie of benefites receiued. 9. the deuent shal be protected, and the negligent leift in diſtreſſe.

1 Vnto [a] the end, for [b] wine preſſes, a Pſalme to [c] Aſaph him self.

2 REioice to God our helper: make Iubilation to the God of Iacob.

3 Take ye Pſalme, and [d] giue timbrel: pleaſant Pſalter with the harpe.

4 Sound ye with trumpet in [e] the [::] new moone, in [f] the [::] notable day of your ſolemnitie.

5 Becauſe it is a precept in Iſrael, and iudgement to the God of Iacob.

6 He put it for a teſtimonie in [g] Ioſeph, when he came out of the Land of Aegypt: he heard a tongue which he knew not.

7 He [::] turned away his backe [h] from burdens: his handes ſerued in baskettes.

8 In [i] tribulation thou dideſt inuocate me, and I heard thee: I heard thee in the ſecret of the tempeſt: I [k] proued thee at the water of contradiction.

9 Heare ô my people: and I [l] wil conteſt thee: Iſrael [m] if thou wilt heare me.

10 [::] There shal be [n] no new God in thee, neither shalt thou adore a ſtrange God.

11 For I am the Lord thy God, which brought thee out of the land of Aegypt: [o] dilate thy mouth and I wil fil it.

12 And my People heard not my voice: and Iſrael attended not to me.

13 And I let them alone, according to the deſires of their hart, they shal goe in their owne inuentions.

14 If my people had heard me: if Iſrael had walked in my wayes:

15 I had [p] for nothing, [q] perhaps humbled their enimies: and had laide my hand vpon thoſe that afflict them.

16 The enimies of our Lord haue lied to him: and [r] their time shal be for euer.

17 And / he fedde them of the fatte of corne: and out of the rocke, with honie he filled them.

Marginal notes to Psalm 80

1 [a] This Pſalme perteyneth not only to the old teſtament, but alſo to the new,
1 [b] Gods ſeruants oppreſſed with tribulations,
1 [c] to be ſongue by Aſaph a chief maſter of muſike.
3 [d] Make readie al theſe muſical inſtruments.
4 [e] In the Calendes, or firſt day of euerie moneth, in remembrance of Gods prouidence, and perpetual gouernment of al creatures:
4 [::] The feaſt of Neomenia.
4 [f] and moſt eſpecial ſolemnitie in the firſt day of the ſeuenth moneth, in memorie of Iſaac conſerued from death, in whom God promiſed Abraham, to multiplie his ſeede, and to bleſle al nations. Gen. 17 v. 21. c 21. v 12. c 22. v. 18.
4 [::] Feaſt of trumpetes.
6 [g] The people of Iſrael ſignified by Ioſeph, as. Pſal. 79. v. 2.
7 [::] In memorie of this benefite Paſch was inſtituted.
7 [h] God deliuered the ſame people from their vntolerable bondage of carying burdens in baskettes, from geathering ſtraw, making brickes, and other ſeruitude. Exo 1. v. 14 c. 5. v. 7.
8 [i] The admonition of God to the people:
8 [k] yet after ſo great benefites thou didſt murmure, and contradict me. Exo. 17. Num. 20.
9 [l] Seriouſly admonish thee.
9 [m] Man by free wil may chooſe whether he wil obey or no.
10 [::] The feaſt of Pentecoſt in memorie of the lawe.
10 [n] This was an other great benefite, to geue an expreſſe law, for their inſtruction.
11 [o] Obſeruing my commandments, aske what thou wilt, and I wil geue it thee.
13 Pom. 1.
13 ⟨illegible⟩. 24.
15 [p] Very eaſely.
15 [q] of my freewil and liberalitie, without neceſſitie or obligation.
16 [r] The wicked that promiſe to ſerue God, and do it not shal be in eternal torments:
17 In the meane time God beſtowed theſe benefites vpon them, for the iuſts ſake.

Psalm 81

PSALME LXXXI.

The Prophet declareth, 2. that God reprehendeth vniuſt Iudges and Magiſtrates: [Margin: Admonition to Magiſtrates. the. 7. key.] premonisheth them of his ſeuere & eternal punishment: 8. wherto the prophet conforming his wil prayeth for the ſame.

1 A Pſalme to Aſaph. GOd ſtood in the aſſemblie [a] of goddes, and in the middes he [b] iudgeth goddes.

2 [c] How long iudge ye iniquitie: and accept ye the perſons of ſinners.

3 Iudge ye for the needie and the pupil: iuſtifie ye the humble, and the poore.

4 Take away the poore: and deliuer the needie from the hand of the ſinner.

5 They [d] knew not, neither did they vnderſtand, they walke in darkeneſſe: [e] al the fundations of the earth shal be moued.

6 I ſaide: Yow are [f] goddes, and the ſonnes of the higheſt al.

7 [g] But you shal die as men: and fal [h] as one of the princes.

8 [i] Ariſe ô God, iudge the earth: [k] becauſe thou shalt inherite in al the Gentiles.

Marginal notes to Psalm 81

1 [a] The wordes of the prophet, admoniſhing al magiſtrates, that when they ſitte in iudgement, or determine anie cauſe, God who is there, and euerie where preſent,
1 [b] attendeth their proceſſe: and therfore it behoneth them to be aduiſed what they doe: euen as if they heard God ſpeaking as here foloweth:
2 [c] The wordes of God, though not vttered ſenſibly, yet in effect intimated by his law, according wherto he wil procede in iudgement againſt vniuſt Iudges.
5 [d] Such iudges procede in groſſe ignorance, not caring to vnderſtand, but content to walke in darknes.
5 [e] Ye are ſo euil diſpoſed, that you would turne al vpſide downe, inſtifying the wicked, and condemning the iuſt.
6 [f] For your office which you participate of me, you are certaine goddes vpon earth:
7 [g] But when you die you shal find that you are men, ſubiect to Gods iudgement.
7 [h] yea your punishment wil be greuous, and importable: for the mightie shal mightely ſuffer torments.
7 Sap. ⟨illegible⟩
8 [i] Againe the wordes of the prophet praying God,
8 [k] that eing he is Lord of al he wil iudge al.

Psalm 82

PSALME LXXXII.

The Church impugned by al ſortes of enimies 10. prayeth God to confound [Margin: Perſecuters of the Church confounded. or conuerted the 6 key.] them, as the hath donne diuers the like, 17. wherby ſome shal be conuerted.

1 A Canticle of Pſalme to Aſaph.

2 O God [a] who shal be like to thee? [b] hold not thy peace, [c] neither be thou appeaſed ô God:

3 For behold [d] thine enimies haue made a ſound: they that hate thee, [e] haue lifted vp the head.

4 They haue taken malignant counſel vpon thy people: and they haue deuiſed againſt thy ſaincts.

5 They haue ſaide: Come, and let vs deſtroy them out of [f] the nation: and let [g] the name of Iſrael be remembred no more.

6 Becauſe they haue deuiſed with one conſent: they haue together made a couenant againſt thee.

7 The tabernacles of [h] the Idumeians, and [i] the Iſmahelites [k] Moab, and [l] the Agarens.

8 [m] Gebal, and [n] Ammon, and [o] Amalec: [p] the for eners, with [q] the inhabitantes of Tyre.

9 Yea and [r] Aſſur alſo is come with them: they are made an aide to the children of Lot.

10 Doe to them as [ſ] to Madian, and [t] Siſara: as to [v] Iabin in the torrent Ciſſon.

11 They perished [w] in Endor: they were made as [x] the dung of the earth.

12 Put their princes as [y] Oreb, and Zeb, and Zebee, and Salmana. Al their princes:

13 which haue ſaide: Let vs poſſeſſe the Sanctuarie of God for an inheritance.

14 My God put them [z] as [::] a wheele: and as ſtubble before the face of the winde.

15 Euen as fire that burneth a wood: & as a flame that burneth the mountaines:

16 So shalt thou purſew them in thy tempeſt: and in thy wrath thou shalt truble them.

17 Fil their faces with ignominie: and [a] they wil ſeeke thy name, ô Lord.

18 Let [b] them be ashamed, and trubled for euer and euer: and let them be confounded, and perish.

19 And let them know that [c] Lord is thy name, thou onlie the Higheſt in al the earth▪

Marginal notes to Psalm 82

2 [a] Seing none is like to thee ô God,
2 [b] shew thy powre and maieſtie,
2 [c] be not ſilent.
3 [d] The cruel perſecuters are moſt inſolent,
3 [e] and proud.
5 [f] That there be no more anie faithful people,
5 [g] anie Catholiques leift aliue.
7 [h] The progenie of Eſau,
7 [i] the ſeede of Iſmael.
7 [k] deſcending from the elder ſonne of Lot.
7 [l] the iſſue of Abraham by Agar, who falſly cal them ſelues Saraſcens, as if they were of Sara.
8 [m] People of Gebal a citie of Syria,
8 [n] of the other ſonne of Lot.
8 [o] thoſe that firſt oppugned the Iſraelites, after they were parted from Aegypt. Exo. 17.
8 [p] The Philiſtians,
8 [q] and Tyrians, al nere neighboures, and ſome of them nere akine to the Iſraelites, were their great enimies.
9 [r] Others alſo coming further of, ioyned againſt Gods people, in figure that al heretikes, and other infidels conſpire together againſt Catholiques.
10 [ſ] The Pſalmiſt therfore prayeth (and withal prophecieth) that God wil at laſt deſtroy them, as he did Madian. Num 31. Iudic. 6. & 7.
10 [t] Siſara captaine general,
10 [v] for Iabin king of Aſor nere Ciſſon. Iudic. 4. v. 7. & 23.
11 [w] Within the territorie of Manaſſes (Ioſ. 17.) which they inuaded.
11 [x] ſlaine and not buried.
12 [y] Theſe foure princes of the Madianites were ſlaine by Gedeons forces Iudic. 7. & 8.
14 [z] By foure ſimilitudes the prophet deſcribeth the punishment that shal fal vpon perſecuters.
14 [::] By foure ſimilitudes the prophet deſcribeth the punishment that shal fal vpon perſecuters.
14 1. 2.
15 3. 4.
17 [a] God by punishing ſeeketh the conuerſion of ſinners, not their eternal death.
18 [b] But ſuch as be ſtil obſtinate, and finally impenitent do perish for euer.
19 [c] God only the creator of heauen and earth is properly called LORD: VVhoſe eſſential, and incommunicable name is VVHICH IS. Exo. 3. v. 14. &. 6. v. 3.

Psalm 83

PSALME LXXXIII.

Deuout perſons feruently deſire eternal glorie, 6. accounting it, in the meane [Margin: Eternal glorie. the 10. key.] time, a happie ſtate to be in the militant Church, 12. where God firſt geuing grace, wil geue glorie in the triumphant.

1 Vnto the end, [a] for wine preſſes, t [b] the children of Core, a Pſalme.

2 HOW beloued are [c] thy tabernacles ô Lord of hoaſtes▪

3 my ſoule coueteth, and [d] fainteth vnto the courtes of our Lord. My hart, and [e] my flesh haue reioyced toward the liuing God.

4 For [f] the ſparow alſo hath found her an houſe: and [g] the turtledoue a neſt for her ſelfe, where she may lay her young ones. Thine [h] altars ô Lord of hoaſtes: my King, and my God.

5 Bleſſed are they, that dwel in [i] thy houſe ô Lord: for euer and euer they shal praiſe thee.

6 Bleſſed is the man, whoſe helpe is from thee: he [k] hath diſpoſed aſcenſion in his hart,

7 in [l] the vaile of teares, in the place, which he hath appointed.

8 For [m] the lawgeuer shal geue [n] bleſſing, they shal goe [o] from vertue into vertue: [p] the God of goddes shal be ſeene in Sion.

9 Lord God of hoaſtes heare my prayer: receiue with thine eare ô God of Iacob.

10 Behold ô God our protectour: and [q] looke vpon the face of thy Chriſt.

11 Becauſe [r] better is one day in thy courtes, aboue thouſands. I haue choſen to be [ſ] an abiect in the houſe of my God: rather then to dwel t in the tabernacles of ſinners.

12 Becauſe God [v] loueth mercie and truth: our Lord wil geue [vv] grace, [x] and glorie.

13 He wil not depriue them of good thinges, that [y] walke in innocencie: ô Lord of hoaſtes bleſſed is the man, that hopeth in thee.

Marginal notes to Psalm 83

1 [a] For men afflicted in this vale of miſerie.
1 [b] By the children of Core not being muſitians (but porters in the temple, 1. Par. 26.) S. Auguſtin here and in other titles of Pſalmes, vnderſtandeth the faithful children of Chriſt.
2 [c] The glorious manſions in heauen, which God hath prepared for the iuſt:
3 [d] Vehement deſires do ſometimes depriue vs of external ſenſe.
3 [e] The mind reioycing in hope, the bodie is alſo recreated, releeued, and reuiued, which before was dulle and heauie.
4 [f] As ſparowes by natural inſtinct ſeeking habitations, finde houſes to dwel in,
4 [g] and turtles haue neſtes, wherin to lay their young ones: ſo faithful ſoules ſeeke to dwel in heauen, and in the meane time to lay vp good workes within the Catholique Church; out of which (ſayth S. Auguſtin in this place) how good ſoeuer workes do ſeme (as when paganes, and heretikes feede the hungrie, cloth the naked, receiue ſtrangers into their houſes, viſite the ſicke, comforte priſoners) being not laid in the neſt, conculcabuntur, & conterentur: non ſeruabuntur, non cuſtodientur: they ſhal be trodde vnder foote, they ſhal be bruiſed in peeces: they ſhal not be conſerued, they ſhal not be kept: but (that ſuch workes may be profitable and be conſerued) they muſt be donne in true faith, in the Catholique faith, in ſocietie of the vnitie of the Church.
4 [h] VVorkes are good, and rightly laide vp when they are donne in vnitie, and participation of Gods Altares, the moſt proper places of Diuine Seruice, of external Sacrifice in this life, and ſpiritual ſacrifice of per⟨illegible⟩ect praiſes in eternal glorie; whereal Sainctes without ceaſing ſing: Holie, holie, holie, Lord God of hoaſtes. Iſaiae 6. Apoc. 4.
5 [i] The Catholique Church.
6 [k] The iuſt by Gods grace and helpe, may reſolue to aſcend by ſteppes and degrees, from vertue to vertue (v. 8.) euen to heauen,
7 [l] though he be now in this vaile of teares, by reaſon of mans ſinne, who otherwiſe was before ſinne in paradiſe, a place of delight:
8 [m] Chriſt our lawgeuer;
8 [n] geueth abundance of graces,
8 [o] with continual increaſe.
8 [p] but our only omnipotent God, is to be ſenne by this effect of his grace, in the Church and not elswhere▪
10 [q] Agreably to this the Church maketh al her petitions, concluding al prayers, By Chriſt our Lord.
11 [r] In reſpect of the future retribution, which euerie one ſhal receiue according to their deſertes, one day in Gods Church is better then thouſands out of it.
11 [ſ] And better to be in the pooreſt ſtate of Catholique Chriſtians, t then in greateſt palaces or hiegheſt dignities amongſt ſinners.
12 [v] The Diuine wiſdom ſo vſeth mercie, and veritie, that neither may preiudice the other:
12 [vv] and ſo geueth grace in this life,
12 [x] and glorie in the ⟨illegible⟩ext.
13 [y] Beſides innocencie conſerued without ſinne, there is alſo innocencie after remiſſion of ſinne, of which the prophet here ſpeaketh.

Psalm 84

PSALME. LXXXIIII.

With commemoration of Gods former benefites, 5. Chriſts Incarnation is [Margin: Incarnation of Chriſt. the 5. key.] prophecied, 9. bringing peace and ſaluation, 11. mercie and iuſtice concurring together.

1 Vnto the end, to the children of Core, a Pſalme.

2 O Lord thou [a] haſt bleſſed thy land: thou [b] haſt turned away the captiuitie of Iacob.

3 Thou [c] haſt forgeuen the iniquitie of thy people: thou [d] haſt couered al their ſinnes.

4 Thou haſt mitigated al thy wrath: thou haſt turned away from the wrath of thine indignation.

5 [e] Conuert vs ô God our ſauiour: and [f] auert thy wrath from vs.

6 Wilt thou be wrath with vs for euer? or wilt thou extend thy wrath from generation vnto generation?

7 O God thou [g] being turned shalt quicken vs: and thy people [h] shal reioyce in thee.

8 Shew vs ô Lord thy mercie and giue vs thy ſaluation.

9 I wil [i] heare what our Lord God wil ſpeake in me: [k] becauſe he wil ſpeake peace vpon his people. And vpon [l] his ſaincts: and vpon them, that are conuerted to the hart.

10 But yet his ſaluation is nigh to them that [m] feare him: that glorie may inhabite in our land.

11 [n] Mercie and truth haue met each other: [o] iuſtice and peace haue kiſſed.

12 [p] Truth is riſen out of the earth: [q] and iuſtice hath looked downe from heauen.

13 For [r] our Lord certes wil geue benignitie: and [ſ] our land shal giue her fruite.

14 [t] Iuſtice shal walke before him: and shal ſet his ſteppes in the way.

Marginal notes to Psalm 84

2 [a] God beſtowed manie great benefites vpon the people of Iſrael:
2 [b] he brought them out of the bondage of Aegypt.
3 [c] Remitted their manifold ſinnes:
3 [d] pardoned alſo a great part of due punishment.
5 [e] As thou haſt ſoared thy peculiar people, ſo we beſech thee ô God creator and general Sauiour of al mankind,
5 [f] mitigate thy wrath towards vs al
7 [g] Til God firſt ſhew his mercie, ſinners lye dead in guilt of ſinne, but by his grace they are ſturred vp, and quickned:
7 [h] and ioyfully returne to God.
9 [i] The wordes of the prophet,
9 [k] ſignifying that God had reueled vnto him the redemption of mankind.
9 [l] Not al men are iuſtified, and ſaued, but thoſe that are hartely and ſincerely conuerted.
10 [m] Though al be not ſaued (becauſe manie wil not cooperate to Gods grace) yet very manie hauing the feare of God, which is the beginning of godlie wiſdom, freely accept of Gods mercie, and ſo ⟨illegible⟩he Church is gloriouſly propagated.
11 [n] VVheras Gods mercie would ſaue al, and his truth, or iuſtice requireth that ſinnes be duly puniſhed, by Chriſts Paſſion and death, ſufficient ſatisfaction is offered for al ſinnes, and tho⟨illegible⟩e that wil be partakers by penance, and conformitie to Gods law, may haue remiſſion,
11 [o] and ſo iuſtice is obſerued, and peace made betwen God and his ſubiects.
12 [p] Integritie of conſcience reigneth in good men,
12 [q] God ſending iuſt meanes from heauen to ſaue them.
13 [r] God geueth grace,
13 [ſ] and ſo men yeld fruict.
14 [t] Yea they walke in iuſtice, and right path of Gods law.

Psalm 85

PSALME. LXXXV.

In conſideration of his owne imperfections, the royal prophet, or other faithful [Margin: A prayer for continual grace. the 7. key] perſon prayeth God, 5. according to his mercie and goodnes, 9. shewed in conuerting Gentiles, 13. and in deliuering the ſupplicant him ſelf from the ſtate of damnation, 16. that he wil ſtil direct and defend him againſt al enimies.

1 A praier [a] to Dauid him ſelfe. Incline thine eare ô Lord, and [b] heare me: [c] becauſe I am needie and poore.

2 Keepe my ſoule, becauſe [d] I am holie: ſaue thy ſeruant my God, that [e] hopeth in thee.

3 Haue mercie on me ô Lord, becauſe I haue cried to thee [f] al the day:

4 make ioyful the ſoule of thy ſeruant, becauſe to thee ô Lord haue I [g] lifted vp my ſoule.

5 Becauſe thou ô Lord art [h] ſwete, and [i] milde: and [k] of much mercie to al that inuocate thee. [l].

6 Receiue ô Lord my praier with thine ears: and attend to the voice of my petition.

7 In the day of my tribulation I haue called to thee: becauſe thou haſt heard me.

8 There is not the like to thee amongſt goddes ò Lord: and there is not according to thy workes.

9 [m] Al nations what ſoeuer thou haſt made, shal [n] come, and shal adore before thee ô Lord: and they shal [o] glorifie thy name.

10 Becauſe thou art great and doing meruelous thinges: thou onlie art God.

11 Conduct me ô Lord in thy way, and I wil walke in thy truth: let my hart reioyce that it may feare thy name.

12 I wil [p] confeſſe to thee ô Lord my God with al my hart, and wil glorifie thy name for euer:

13 Becauſe thy mercie is great vpon me: and thou haſt deliuered my ſoule out of [q] the lower hel.

14 O God the wicked are riſen vp vpon me, and the ſynagogue of the mightie haue ſought my ſoule: and they haue not ſet thee in their ſight.

15 And thou ô Lord the God of compaſſion and merciful, patient, and of much mercie, and [r] true.

16 Haue reſpect to me, and haue mercie on me, [ſ] giue thine empire to thy ſeruant: and ſaue the ſonne of thy handmaide.

17 Make with me [t] a ſigne vnto God, that they may ſee which hate me, and may be confounded: [v] becauſe thou ô Lord haſt holpen me.

Marginal notes to Psalm 85

1 [a] A forme of prayer for king Dauid, and for anie faithful perſon.
1 [b] There be ſundrie iuſt cauſes which moue God to heare our prayers:
1 [c] firſt our neceſſitie requireth Gods helpe
2 [d] Secondly becauſe we profeſſe, and promiſe to lead a holie life.
2 [e] Thirdly, becauſe we truſt and hope in God.
3 [f] Fourtly, becauſe we perſeuere in prayer.
4 [g] Fiftly, if we pray with attention of mind.
5 [h] Sixtly becauſe God of his owne nature is benigne, readie to beſtow benefites.
5 [i] Seuently, he is meeke to remitte offences,
5 [k] Eightly, he is merciful to mitigate the puniſhment, to thoſe that make recourſe vnto him.
5 [l] For theſe cauſes we pray as foloweth.
9 [m] Vocation of Gentiles.
9 [n] They ſhal come by faith.
9 [o] and glorifie God by good workes. Mat. 5. v. 17.
12 [p] Cofeſſion of praiſe.
13 [q] From the ſtate of eternal damnation.
15 [r] In performing al promiſes.
16 [ſ] A digreſſion (vſual to prophetes) of Chriſts Empyre and Kingdom the Church, geuen to him, being the ſonne of an immaculate virgin, the handmaide of God.
17 [t] The chief and principal ſigne of Chriſts, and his Churches glorie, is his Reſurrection, praefigured in Ionas
17 [v] VVherby al enimies are confounded, either to their conuerſion, or to eternal damnation. See 6. Auguſtin.

Psalm 86

PSALME LXXXVI.

The Church of Chriſt beginning in Ieruſalem, 3. is extended to al Nations [Margin: The Catholique Church glorious. the 6. key.] 5. glorious, 6. and permanent, 7. in holie ioy.

To the children of Core, a Pſalme of Canticle.

1 THE fundations thereof in the holie [a] mountaynes:

2 our Lord loueth the gates of Sion, aboue al the tabernacles of Iacob.

3 Glorious thinges are ſaide of thee, ô cittie of God.

4 [b] I wil be mindeful of [c] Raab, and Babylon knowing me. Behold [d] the foreners, and Tyre, & the people of the Aethiopians, theſe [e] were there.

5 Shal it not be ſaid of Sion [f] Man and man, is borne in her; and [g] the Higheſt himſelfe founded her?

6 Our Lord wil declare [h] in ſcriptures of peoples, and [i] of princes: of thoſe that haue bene in her.

7 The [k] habitation in thee, is as it were of al reioycing.

Marginal notes to Psalm 86

1 [a] Chriſts Church was firſt founded in Ieruſalem on whitſunday, Act. 2. in mount Sion, which hath two toppes, in one of which the Temple ſtood, in the other Dauids towre o⟨illegible⟩ palace.
4 [b] The Prophet in the perſon of Chriſt, ſaith he wil commend vnto his Apoſtles, and other Apoſtolical men, that they conuert al nations (as our Sauiour gaue expreſſe commiſſion and commandment. Math. 28. Luc. 24. v. 47. Act. 1. v. 8.)
4 [c] naming here Raab (which is Aegypt) and Babylon:
4 [d] The Philiſtims, Tyrians, Aethiopians,
4 [e] & the reſt, ſhal be regenerate in this Church, which for the aſſured certaintie therof (after the prophets maner of ſpeaking) is affirmed in the pretertence, as if it were then donne.
5 [f] It ſhal be reported, or one ſhal ſay to an other: Loe this and that man, al theſe and al theſe men are regenerate by Baptiſme in the Church of Chriſt.
5 [g] God himſelfe, Chriſt God and Man, founded this Church.
6 [h] The multitude of the elect is ſo great, that only God knoweth the number,
6 [i] and the qualities of al ſortes, of Princes, Prelates, and Peoples.
7 [k] Great ſpiritual ioy with peace of conſcience, is in true Chriſtian Catholiques in the militant Church; but the bleſſed haue the moſt abſolute & ſecure ioy of al, in the Church triumphant.

Psalm 87

PSALME LXXXVII.

A faithful perſon ſore and long afflicted, lamentably complaineth, praying [Margin: A prayer in long affliction the 7. key.] God, 15. not ſtil to repel him, being leift deſolate, 19. without al conſolation of freindes.

A Canticle of a Pſalme, to the children of Core, vnto the end, for Maheleth to anſwer, of vnderſtanding to Eman the Ezrahite.

[Margin (a): An inſtrument of muſike apt for lamentable ſongues Not expreſſed in the title of anie other Pſalme. Perhaps becauſe this Pſalme mixteth not anie conſolation with mourning, as other Pſalmes do, which are alſo prayers in affliction. As the 30. 53. 63. 73.]

[Margin (b): Neither is this word in anie other title. It is added here to admoniſh vs, that as this Pſalme, and ſome others were ſongue by two quires, one anſwering the other, ſo we muſt in anſwer and imitation of Chriſt, ſuffer long and great afflictions with patience, ſeing he in his paſſion was leift without ordinarie cōſolation.]

[Margin (c): By ſome interpreted [his bretheren] For Chriſt (ſaith S. Auguſtin) voutchſaffeth to make them his bretheren, which vnderſtand the myſterie of his Croſſe, and not only are not aſhamed therof, but alſo faithfully glorie therin.]

1 O

2 Lord the God of my ſaluation: [d] in the day haue I cried, and in the night before thee.

3 Let my prayer enter in thy ſight: incline thine eare to my petition.

4 Becauſe my ſoule is replenished with euils: and [e] my life hath approched to hel.

5 I [f] am accounted with them that deſcend into the lake. I am become as a man without helpe,

6 [g] free among the dead, as the wounded ſleeping in the ſepulchres, of whom thou art mindeful no more: and they are caſt of from thy hand.

7 They haue put me in [h] the lower lake: in the darke places, and in the shadowe of death.

8 Thy [i] furie is confirmed vpon me: and al thy waues thou haſt brought in vpon me.

9 Thou haſt made my familiars far from me: they haue put me abomination to themſelues. I was deliuered and came not forth:

10 myne eies languished for pouertie. I cried to thee ô Lord al the day: I ſtretched out my handes to thee.

11 Wilt thou [k] doe meruels to the dead: or shal phiſicians raiſe to life, and they confeſſe to thee?

12 Shal any [l] in the ſepulchre declare thy mercie, and thy truth in perdition?

13 Shal thy meruelous workes be knowne [m] in darkenes: and thy iuſtice in the land of obliuion.

14 And I ô Lord haue cried to thee: and in the morning shal my praier preuent thee.

15 Why doeſt thou o Lord reiect my prayer: turneſt away thy face from me?

16 I am poore, and in labours [n] from my youth: and being [o] exalted, humbled and troubled.

17 Thy wrathes haue paſſed vpon me: and thy terrours haue trubled me.

18 They haue compaſſed me as water al the day: they compaſſed me together.

19 Thou [p] haſt made frend, and neighboure far from me: and my familiars becauſe of miſerie.

Marginal notes to Psalm 87

2 [d] I haue cried to thee very often both by day, and by night.
4 [e] I am almoſt dead.
5 [f] Accounted as dead, and readie to be buried.
6 [g] If I were dead, I ſhould be free from theſe afflictions. Eſpecially it agreeth to Chriſt, who was free, yea of infinite powre amongſt the dead.
7 [h] Myn enimies haue endeuored not only to beleue me of temporal life, wherby I ſhould goe into limbus, but alſo to kil my ſoule ſpiritually, wherby I ſhould deſcend into the lower hel of the damned.
8 [i] Thy iuſt wrath alſo ô God hath excedingly afflicted me.
11 [k] O God deliuer me whiles I am yet liuing, for I may not looke for extraordinarie, and miraculous helpe, as to be raiſed againe after death.
12 [l] When I shal be dead & buried, I can not denounce thy praiſes as now I can to mortal men.
13 [m] Much leſſe shal the damned praiſe thee in eternal perdition.
16 [n] As wel young,
16 [o] as waxing elder I haue bene ſtil afflicted.
19 [p] My miſerable eſtate hath alienated al freindes, neighboures, & acquantances from me.

Psalm 88

PSALME LXXXVIII.

Gods mercie and truth, with his great promiſes to Dauid, 6. his powre in [Margin: The Church of Chriſt neuer faileth. the 6. key.] the whole world, and iuſt iudgements, are the true ioy of his ſeruantes. 20. Chriſts kingdom shal remaine for euer: 31. yea manie offending yet al shal not perish, 39. but after great affliction, 47. God wil reſpect mans infirmitie, 50. his owne promiſe, and the enimies reproching his ſeruantes and himſelfe: 53. who is bleſſed for euer.

1 Of vnderſtanding [a] to Ethan the Ezrahite.

2 THe mercies of our Lord I wil ſing for euer. In generation [b] and generation I wil shewe forth thy truth, in my mouth.

3 Becauſe thou ſaidſt: Mercie shal be built vp for euer [c] in the heauens: thy truth shal be prepared in them.

4 I haue ordained a teſtament with mine elect, I haue ſworne to Dauid my ſeruant:

5 [d] for ever wil I prepare thy ſeede. And I wil build thy ſeat vnto generation and generation.

6 The heauens shal confeſſe thy meruelous workes ô Lord: yea and thy truth in the church of ſaintes.

7 For who in the cloudes shal be equal to our Lord: shal be like to God among [e] the ſonnes of God?

8 God, who is glorified in the counſel of ſaintes: great and terrible ouer al that are round about him.

9 O Lord God of hoaſtes who is like to thee? thou art mightie ô Lord, and thy truth round about thee.

10 Thou ruleſt ouer the powre of the ſea: and the mouing of the waues therof thou doeſt mitigate.

11 Thou [f] humbledſt the proud one, as one wounded: in the arme of thy ſtrength thou haſt diſperſed thine enimies.

12 The heauens are thine, and the earth is thine, the round earth, and the fulnes therof thou haſt founded:

13 the north, and the ſea thou haſt created. [g] Thabor and Hermon shal reioice in thy name:

14 thy arme is with might. Let [h] thy hand be confirmed, and thy [i] righthand exalted:

15 iuſtice and iudgement is the preparation of thy ſeat. Mercie and truth shal goe before thy face:

16 [k] bleſſed is the people that knoweth iubilation. Lord they shal walke in the light of thy countinance,

17 and in thy name they shal reioyce al the day: and in thy iuſtice they shal be exalted.

18 Becauſe thou art the glorie of their ſtreingth: and in thy good pleaſure shal our [l] horne be exalted.

19 Becauſe our protection is of our Lord: and of the holie one of Iſrael our king.

20 Then didſt thou ſpeake in viſion to thy ſaintes, and ſaidſt [::] I haue put helpe on the mightie one: and haue exalted an elect one of my people.

21 I haue found Dauid my ſeruant: with myne holie oyle haue I anointed him.

22 For mine hand shal helpe him: and myne arme shal ſtrengthen him.

23 The enimie shal nothing preuale in him: and the ſonne of iniquitie shal not adde to hurt him.

24 And I wil cut downe his enimies before his face: and them that hate him I wil put to flight.

25 And my truth, and my mercie with him: and in my name shal his horne be exalted.

26 And I wil put his hand in the ſea: and his righthand in the riuers.

27 He shal inuocate me: Thou art my Father: my God, and the protector of my ſaluation.

28 And I wil put him the firſtbegotten, high aboue the kings of the earth.

29 I Wil kepe my mercie vnto him for euer: and my teſtament faithful to him.

30 I wil put his ſeed for euer and euer: and his throne as the daies of heauen.

31 But if his children shal forſake my lawe: and wil not walke in my Iudgementes:

32 If they shal profane my iuſtices: and not kepe my commandmentes:

33 I wil viſite their iniquities with a rod: and their ſinnes with ſtripes:

34 But“ my mercie I wil not take away from him: neither wil I hurt in my truth:

35 Neither wil I profane my teſtament: and the words that procede from my mouth I wil not make fruſtrate.

36 Once I haue ſworne in my holie, [*] if I lie to Dauid:

37 his ſeede shal continewe for euer.

38 And [m] his throne as the Sunne in my ſight, and as the Moone perfect for euer: and a faithful witneſſe in heauen.

39 “ But [::] thou haſt repelled and diſpiſed: thou [o] haſt differred thy Chriſt.

40 Thou haſt ouerthrowne the teſtament of thy ſeruant: thou haſt profaned his ſanctuarie on the earth.

41 Thou haſt deſtroyed al the hedges therof: thou haſt made the firmament therof feare.

42 Al that paſſe by the way haue ſpoiled him: he is become a reproch to his neighbours.

43 Thou haſt exalted the righthand of them that oppreſſe him: thou haſt made al his enimies ioyful.

44 Thou haſt turned away the helpe of his ſword: and haſt not holpen him in battel.

45 Thou haſt deſtroied him from [p] emundation: and his ſeat thou haſt broken downe to the ground.

46 Thou haſt leſſened the daies of his time: thou haſt ouerwhelmed him with conſuſion.

47 [::] How long ô Lord doeſt thou turne away for euer: shal thy wrath burne as a fire?

48 Remember what my ſubſtance is: for haſt thou made al the children of men in vaine?

49 who is the man that shalliue, and shal not ſee death: shal deliuer his ſoule from the hand of hel?

50 Where are thyne old mercies ô Lord, as thou ſwareſt to Dauid in thy truth?

51 Be mindeful ô Lord of the acproch of thy ſeruantes (which I haue held in my boſome) of manie nations.

52 Which thine enimies haue reproched ô Lord, which they haue reproched [q] the commutation of thy Chriſt.

53 Bleſſed be our Lord for euer: [r] Be it, be it.

Marginal notes to Psalm 88

1 [a] Otherwiſe called Idithun. 1. Paral. 25. or rather Ethan, who was very wiſe, mentioned with others, to whom Salomon is preferred for wiſdom. 3. Reg. 4. v. 31, and ſignifieth ſtrong, applied here to thoſe that are ſtrong in aſſured hope of Chriſts promiſes, notwithſtanding it ſemeth ſometimes to the weake, that his promiſes are not performed.
2 [b] In al generations.
3 [c] The heauens ſhal rather fal, then Gods truth fa⟨illegible⟩le. Myſtically, in the Apoſtles, and by their preaching, the Church of Chriſt is built for euer.
5 [d] Dauids ſeede conſerued til Chriſt was borne of his virgin mother: and in his ſpiritual ſeede, his kingdom the Church is for euer conſerued. Otherwiſe not verified of Dauids temporal kingdom, which decayed in the captiuitie of Babylon, and is now wholly deſtroyed.
7 [e] The Angels.
11 [f] The prophet aludeth to the plagues and miracles in Aegypt, and in other enimies.
13 [g] Conuerſion of Gentiles.
14 [h] VVhether God puniſh, as with the left hand,
14 [i] or beſtow benefites, as with the right hand, al is to his glorie, and according to mercie, and truth.
16 [k] They are ſpiritually happie, that do thus conſider of Gods meruelous procedings, praiſe the ſame, and reioyce therin.
18 [l] powre, and kingdom.
20 [::] Thus God promiſed to eſtabliſh the kingdom of the Iewes in Dauid and his familie 1 Reg. 16. 2. Reg. 5. and other places. which was performed a⟨illegible⟩ in a figure but more fully in Chriſt. Act. 13. v. 22.
36 [*] I vvil not lie.
38 [m] Chriſtian iuſt ſoules as the ſunne,
38 n and as the perfect, or full moone. See the firſt Tome. page 716. S. Auguſtin alſo expoundeth this verſe in the Anagogical ſenſe, of the iuſt after the Reſurrection in glorie, where the ſoule ſhal be like the ſunne, and the bodie, which now is mutable, ſhal be like the moone, not as now alwayes changing, but as the ful moone, alwayes perfect.
39 [::] God hauing promiſed al the aforſaide the prophet in the perſon of the weake, lamenteth that the contrarie ſhal happen as wel in the temporal kingdom oppreſſed by the Aſſirians Babylonians, Perſians, Grecians, and Romanes: as in the Church impugned by innumerable ſortes of Heretikes and other Infidels.
39 [o] Amongſt manie penſiue thinges, this one word doth comforte vs, thy promiſe remaineth, thou haſt not denied to ſend Chriſt, but differred him,
45 [p] From the uſe of Sacrifice and Sacraments, wherby ſinners were wount to be cleanſed.
47 [::] The Pſalmiſt prayeth and prophecieth that God wil reſpect the weaknes of man, maintaine his Church in mante natiōs, & ſaue manie ſoules.
52 [q] As though Chriſtivere changed and turned from vs.
53 [r] So we wiſh and pray that al may bleſſe and praiſe thee. Amen.

ANNOTIONS, PSALME LXXXVIII.

34 My mercie I vvil not take avvay from him.] Although, Chriſtians ſignified by the [Margin: Though Chriſtians do ſinne yet Chriſt loſeth not his Church.] childrē or ſucceſſors of Dauid, ſinne moſt grieuouſly, yea ſuppoſe they wil ſinne with deſperation (ſaith S. Auguſtin) and obſtinatly perſiſt in ſinne, that they offend the eyes of their Father, & deſerue to be diſenherited: &c. Yet for theſe Chriſt ſhal not remaine without inheritance, the corne ſhal not alſo periſh for the chafe, ſome fiſhes ſhal be geathered out of the nette into veſſels, notwithſtanding the euil fiſhes are caſt away. And a litle after, the ſame Doctor diſcourſing of eternal glorie both in bodie and ſoule, of thoſe that dye in Gods fauour, ſayth; Theſe thinges are promiſed concerning Chriſt, very certaine, very firme, very plaine, and vndoubted. For albeit ſome thinges are couered in [Margin: Hard places explicated by the cleare.] myſteries, yet ſome thinges are ſo manifeſt, that by them the obſcure thinges may moſt eaſily be cleared.

39. But thou hast repelled &c.] Againe S. Auguſtin, addeth vpon the next verſes folowing: God performed not theſe promiſes in Dauid, that when thou ſeeſt [Margin: Gods Promiſes to Dauid were not fulfilled in Salomon, but in Chriſt.] they were not fulfilled in Dauid, which neceſſarily muſt be fulfilled, thou maiſt ſeke an other, in whom it may be ſhewed that they were fulfilled. God promiſed ſome thing (a kingdom) for euer of Dauids ſeede: and Salomon was borne: and became of ſo great wiſdom, and ſo great prudence, that Gods promiſe concerning Dauids ⟨illegible⟩eede, ſeemed to be fulfilled in him But Salomon fell, and gaue place of expecting Chriſt; that becauſe God neither can be deceiued, nor deceive, he put not his promiſe in him, whom he knew would fall, but thou ſhouldeſt relie vpon God, and exact his promiſe. A litle after [Margin: Defectes in the lewes ſupplied in the Gentiles.] Thou ſeekeſt the kingdom of the lewes, it is not: thou ſeekeſt the altar of the Iewes, it is not: thou ſeekeſt the ſacrifice of the Iewes, it is not: thou ſeckeſt the prieſthood of the ⟨illegible⟩evves, it is not. VVherupon he concludeth: Al theſe defectes came to the ⟨illegible⟩evves: yet vvas not Chriſt taken from them, but differred. Some ⟨illegible⟩evves beleued in him, and manie Gentiles. As the Pſalmiſt prophecieth from the 47. verſe to the end of this Pſalme.

Psalm 89

PSALME LXXXIX.

Under the forme of prayer, the pſalmiſt deſcribeth the shortnes of mans life [Margin: Man rightly created fel by ſinne into miſeries. the 2. key.] and other calamites. 7. Gods ſtrict iudgement. 13. but firſt his comfortable mercie: 16. and perpetual regard of his owne worke.

1 A prayer [a] of Moyſes the man of God. Lord, thou art made a refuge for vs: [b] from generation vnto generation.

2 Before [c] the mountaines were made, or the earth and the world formed: [d] from euerlaſting euen vnto euerlaſting thou art God.

3 Turne not away man into humiliation: thou ſaidſt: Be conuerted ye children of men.

4 Becauſe [f] a thouſand years before thine eies, are as yeſterday, that is paſt. And as a watch in the night,

5 thinges that are counted nothing shal their years be.

6 In [g] the morning as an herbe he shal paſſe, in the morning he shal florish, and paſſe: in [h] the euening he shal fal, be hardened, and withered.

7 Becauſe we haue faynted in thy wrath, and in thy furie we are trubled.

8 Thou haſt put [i] our iniquities in thy ſight: our [*] age in the light of thy countinance.

9 Becauſe al our daies haue failed: and in thy wrath we haue failed. Our yeares shal be conſidered [k] as a ſpyder:

10 the daies of our yeares in them, are [l] ſeuentie yeares. And if in ſtrong ones [m] eightie years: and the more of them, labour and ſorrow. Becauſe [n] mildnes is come vpon vs: and we shal be chaſtiſed.

11 [o] Who knoweth the powre of thy wrath: and for feare

12 to number thy wrath? So make thy righthand knowne: and men learned in hart, in wiſedome.

13 Turne ô Lord, how long? and be intreated for thy ſeruants.

14 [p] We are replenished in the morning with thy mercie: and we haue reioyced, and are delighted al our daies.

15 [q] We haue reioyced for the daies wherin thou haſt humbled vs: the yeares, wherin we haue ſeene euils.

16 :: Looke vpon [r] thy ſeruants, and vpon thy workes: and [ſ] direct their children.

17 And [t] let the brightnes of our Lord God be vpon vs, and [v] direct thou the workes of our handes ouer vs: and [vv] the worke of our handes doe thou direct.

Marginal notes to Psalm 89

1 [a] Some Expoſitors thincke Moyſes was the author of this Pſalme, and of the tenne next folowing. But others hold that Dauid vvas author of al, and that Moyſes his name is here put in the title by Eſdras, becauſe this Pſalme is like to the prayer of Moyſes, vvhen the people prouoked Gods vvrath by their ſinnes in the deſert. And becauſe mans creation, fal, puniſhmēt, and Gods mercie to vvards him, are here deſcribed: which Moyles firſt vvritte, as going before the vvritten lavv. And that Moyſes made not this Pialme is probably gethered by the 10. verſe, where the ordinarie age of men is deſcribed to be (in ſtreingth and vigore) ſenentie yeares, or of ſome fourſcore: and the greater part (of the one or the other) is in labour and ſorovv. And it is euident (Deut. 34.) that Moyſes liued in al an hundred and tvventie yeares, and his eye was not dimme, neither vvere his reeth moued. So Aaron, Ioſue, and others commonly liued longer then is here mentioned. But Dauid vvas old and impotent at ſeuentie yeares. 3. Reg. 1. S. H⟨illegible⟩larion, liuing neere ſeuentie yeares in his heremitage, S Remigius gouerning the Church of Rhemes, ſeuentie yeares, and the like are accounted to haue bene ful of dayes, and ſuch as liued longer are reputed extraord narie. Agane it is more euidenly proued that Moyſes vvas not author of the 94. and 95. Pſalmes.
1 [b] Alwayes from the beginning of the world to the end.
2 [c] The Prophet sheweth that the world was created in and with time, not eternal.
2 [d] And that only God is eternal.
3 e God hath often ſaide, that he vvould not the death of ſinners, but rather that they be connerted and liue for euer.
4 [f] Though ſome liued long (none for al that did reach to a thouſand yeares) yet it is nothing before God, and in reſpect of eternitie.
6 [g] The youth of man quickly paſſeth:
6 [h] old age can not laſt long: vvherof cometh our Engliſh prouerb: A young man may dye ſovvne, an old man can not liue long.
8 [i] Sinne the cauſe of shortnes of mans life.
8 [*] Seculum.
9 [k] Mans life as brickle as a ſpiders vveb: or mans life vvaſteth continually, as a ſpider vvaſteth her ſelf by ſpinning, and conſuming her ovvne ſubſtance.
10 [l] Theſe numbers literarly ſhew the ſhortnes of the longer ſorte of mens liues. Myſtically, ſeuen ſignifie the reſt after laboures of this vvorld, and perteyn to the old teſtament: eight ſignifie the revvard in the reſurrection, perteyning to the nevv teſtament. VVhich multiplied by tenne, a perfect number, make ſeuentie and eightie. VVhich ioyned together make an hundred and fiftie. The number of al theſe Pſalmes.
10 [m] Theſe numbers literarly ſhew the ſhortnes of the longer ſorte of mens liues. Myſtically, ſeuen ſignifie the reſt after laboures of this vvorld, and perteyn to the old teſtament: eight ſignifie the revvard in the reſurrection, perteyning to the nevv teſtament. VVhich multiplied by tenne, a perfect number, make ſeuentie and eightie. VVhich ioyned together make an hundred and fiftie. The number of al theſe Pſalmes.
10 [n] It is of Gods milde prouidence, that mans life is ſhort, for that manie if they vvere ſure, or had probabilitie to liue long, vvould preſume to ſinne more.
11 [o] Seing God of his iuſtice puniſhed al mankind, for one ſinne of our firſt parente, his vvrath muſt nedes be very great to euerie ſinner, for his ovvne proper ſinnes.
14 [p] The hope of glorious reſurrection turneth our calamities into ſpiritual ioy.
15 [q] Yea the more we ſuffer in this life for the truth, the greater is our comforth in hope of reward.
16 [r] Not only in that we are thy creatures, but alſo in that we are thy ſeruants, we are thy proper worke, therfore in both theſe reſpectes, ô God looke vpon vs with clemencie.
16 [ſ] lead alſo our poſteritie into the right way, and make them thy ſeruantes.
17 [t] O God illuminate our vnderſtanding,
17 [v] make our actions by thy grace profitable to vs.
17 [vv] and make perfect in vs the worke of charitie. In which one worke, al good workes are included and to which al other are directed. For then workes are right (ſayth S. Anguſtin) when they are directed to this one end.

Psalm 90

PSALME XC.

Whoſoeuer faithfully and firmly truſteth in Gods prouidence, is ſecure from [Margin: Gods prouidence the 3. key.] al dangers of ſecrete, ſutle, and open enimies. 7. his aduerſaries shal come to ruine. 11. Angels shal defend him 13. no kind of ſerpent, nor beaſt shal hurt him. 14. God himſelf aſſureth him of his protection, and of eternal ſaluation.

Prayſe of a Canticle to Dauid.

[Margin (a): Praiſe of Gods prouidence, with thankes,]

[Margin (b): Which Dauid ſongue with voice.]

1 HE [c] that dwelleth in the helpe of the Higheſt, shal abide in the protection of the God of heauen.

2 He shal ſay to our Lord: Thou art my protectour, and my refuge: my God I wil hope in him.

3 Becauſe he hath deliuered me from [d] the ſnare of the hunters, and from [e] the sharpe word.

4 With his shoulders shal he ouershadowe thee: and vnder his winges thou shalt hope.

5 With shilde shal his truth compaſſe thee: “ thou shalt not be afrayed [f] of the feare in the night.

6 Of [g] the arrow flying in the day, [h] of buſines walking in darkenes: [i] of inuaſion, and the midday diuel.

7 A [k] thouſand shal fal on thy ſyde, & [l] ten thouſand: on thy righthand: but to thee it shal not approch.

8 But thou shalt conſider with thine eies: and shalt ſee the retribution of ſinners.

9 Becauſe [m] thou ô Lord art my hope: thou haſt made the Higheſt thy refuge.

10 There shal no euil come to thee: and ſcourge shal not approch to thy tabernacle.

11 Becauſe he hath geuen [n] his Angels charge of thee: [o] that they keepe thee in al thy waies.

12 In their handes they shal beare thee: leſt perhaps thou knocke thy foote againſt a ſtone.

13 Vpon the aſpe, and the baſiliſcus thou shalt walke: & thou shalt tread vpon the lion, and the dragon.

14 [p] Becauſe he hath hoped in me, I wil deliuer him: I wil protect him, becauſe he hath knowne my name.

15 He shal crie to me, and I wil heare him: with him I am in tribulation: I wil deliuer him, and [q] wil glorifie him.

16 With length of daies I wil replenish him: and I wil shew him my ſaluation.

Marginal notes to Psalm 90

1 [c] He that firmely relieth and reſteth vpon Gods prouidence, is aſſuredly protected by him.
3 [d] Al ſecret and ſutle machinations:
3 [e] and from al crueltie of tyrants.
5 [f] Terrors obſcurly ſuggeſted by euil men or ſpirites, with erronions conceipte that men are not bond in time of temporal dangers, to confeſſe the truth.
6 [g] Open perſecution threatning preſent death, except men denie the truth which they know.
6 [h] circumuention of craftie enimies by ſutle arguing, and drawing men into error, and ſo to decline from Catholique Religion,
6 [i] long torments, euen to death, except Gods ſeruants wil relent, and denie the truth, which they aſſuredly beleue, and know in their conſcience, that they are bond to profeſſe it.
7 [k] On thy left ſide, in aduerſitie manie fal from God,
7 [l] & on thy right ſide, in proſperitie manie more forgete, and forſake God.
9 [m] In ſincerely ſayng thou art my hope: thou makeſt God thy refuge.
11 [n] Angels haue protection of men by Gods ordinance.
11 [o] The diuel corruptly alleageth this ſcripture (Mat. 4) omitting the latter part of this verſe: which ſheweth when Angels protect iuſt men, towitte, when they walke in a right path, obſeruing ordinarie courſe in their actions, not in geuing themſelues headlong into needles danger, as the ſame diuel propoſed to our Sauiour, to caſt himſelf downe from the pinnacle of the temple. Such falling is not the way of the iuſt, but of Lucifer, that fel from heauen. So S. Bernard noteth. Ser. 15. in hunc Pſal.
14 [p] God ſpeaketh the reſt that foloweth in this Pſalme.
15 [q] In eternal ſaluation.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME XC.

5. Thou shalt not be afraid] S. Auguſtin here obſerueth foure maners of tempting [Margin: Foure ſortes of perſecution for the Catholique faith.] the faithful to fal from true Religion. Sometimes with tentation that is but light and obſcure, which the Prophet here calleth feare in the night: when ignorant men are tempted by ſuggeſtion, or apprehenſion of temporal afflictions, not knowing that they fal into eternal damnation, by fleing from [Margin: 1.] worldlie, or bodilie calamities. Sometimes the tentation threatneth preſent [Margin: 2.] death to them that are wel inſtructed in the truth, and knovv that they muſt confeſſe it euen to death, which the Prophet calleth an arrovv flying in the day: vvhen the faithful clerly ſeeth vvhat danger hangeth ouer him, tovvit, preſent death if he ſtand conſtant, and damnation if he denie his faith Sometimes the tentation is n ore vchement, but yet obſcure, which he calleth, [Margin: 3] buſines vvalking in darknes: vvhen by ſutle endeuoures, framing arguments in excuſe of ſinne, men are perſvvaded that they may lavvfully take ſome oath, or do ſome other thing, vvhich in dede is not lavvful: and ſo by earneſt, and ſutle perſvvaſions they ignorantly decline from Catholique Religion, or committe other greuous ſinnes. But the greateſt and manifeſt tentation is called inuaſion [Margin: 4] & midday diuel: when perſecuters ſeing neither more eaſie perſvvaſions can deceiue Gods ſeruants, nor preſent death force them to denie the truth, they then aſſault them more vehemently, and more dangerouſly vvith long, and continual afflictions, not remitting their crueltie til the afflicted either yeld to their vvil, or dye in long torments. And by theſe tvvo latter kindes of perſecution manie are ouerthrovvne, vvhich vvere conſtant in the former. For vvhiles tyrants propoſed dangers to ſimple people, and deceiued ſome, yet threatning preſent death to others, that were better inſtructed, and confirmed in Religion, innumerable perſeuered, & gloriouſly died in confeſſion of Chriſtian Catholique faith. But by ſutle arguing of hard pointes of chriſtian doctrin or practiſe; and by long torments manie haue bene ſeduced, blindly falling into errors, and manie wittingly haue denied the truth, which they clerly beleued in their hartes, to auoide this midday diuel, the extremitie of long manifeſt, and greuous afflictions. Neuertheles in al theſe tentations God protecteth [Margin: God leaueth none but thoſe that firſt leaue him.] them that firmly truſt in him. Thoſe (ſaith this holie Father) haue failed, which preſumed of themſelues, which dwelt not in the helpe of the Higheſt, and in protection of the God of heauen: which ſaid not to our Lord: Thou art my Protector, and my refuge, which truſted not vnder the ſhadow of his winges, but relied, or attributed much to their owne ſtreingth.

Psalm 91

PSALME XCI.

God is by al maner of voices and inſtruments to be praiſed his admirable [Margin: The vvorkes of God admirable. the 2. key.] workes. 7. which the foolish not doing are punished; 11. and the wiſe are rewarded.

1 A Pſalme [a] of Canticle, [b] in the ſabbath day.

2 IT is good [c] to confeſſe to our Lord; and to ſing to thy name ô Higheſt.

3 To shewforth thy mercie in [d] the morning: and thy truth in [e] the night.

4 In [f] the inſtrument of tenſtrings, in [g] Pſalter: with Canticle, on [h] the Harpe.

5 Becauſe thou haſt delighted me ô Lord in thy workemanship: and in the workes of thy handes I wil reioyce.

6 How are thy workes magnified ô Lord! thy cogitations are made very profounde.

7 The [i] vnwiſe man wil not know; and the [k] foule wil not vnderſtand theſe thinges.

8 When ſinners shal ſpring vp as graſſe: and al that worke iniquitie shal appeare. That they may perish for euer:

9 but thou the Higheſt foreuer ô Lord.

10 Becauſe loe thine enimies ô Lord, becauſe loe thine enimies shal perish: and al that worke iniquitie shal be diſperſed.

11 And [l] my horne shal be exalted, as the vnicorns: [m] and my old age in plentiful mercie.

12 And [n] mine eie hath looked vpon mine enimies: and the malignant ryſing vp againſt me, mine ears shal heare.

13 The iuſt, shal florish as a palme tree: as the ceder of Libanus shal he be multiplied.

14 They that are planted in [o] the houſe of our Lord, shal florish in [p] the courtes of the houſe of our God.

15 As yet shal they be multiplied in plentiful old age: and they shal be wel affected,

16 that they [q] may shewforth: That the Lord our God is righteous, and there is no iniquitie in him.

Marginal notes to Psalm 91

1 [a] Voices beginning inſtrumentes proſecute this ſong:
1 [b] when we reſt from worke then eſpecially vve ought to thincke vpon Gods vvorkes, praiſe and thanke him for the ſame.
2 [c] To geue thankes.
3 [d] In proſperitie,
3 [e] in aduerſitie.
4 [f] On euerie inſtrument of tenne ſtringes, ſignifying the obſeruation of the tenne commandments:
4 [g] namely on the Pſalter.
4 [h] alſo on the harpe, which ſignifieth mortification.
7 [i] Carnal and ſenſual man,
7 [k] he that thinketh only of preſent thinges, not of future.
11 [l] The iuſt in confidence of a good conſcience, expect exaltation of their powre:
11 [m] and great conſolation in the end of their life.
12 [n] Then ſhal the iuſt ſee their enimies depreſſed: and themſelues floriſh, like the palme, and ceder trees as folovveth.
14 [o] Militant Church:
14 [p] triumphant.
16 [q] Publikly profeſſe Gods praeiſes, as in the wordes folowing:

Psalm 92

PSALME XCII.

Chriſt reigneth for euer in his Church: 3. notwith ſtanding manie and [Margin: Perpetuitie of the Church. the 6. key.] great perſecution againſt the faithful.

Prayſe of Canticle to Dauid himſelfe, in the day before the ſabbath, when the earth was founded.

[Margin (a): Praiſe to be ſongue vvith voice]

[Margin (b): compoſed by Dauid:]

[Margin (c): the ſixth day of the weeke, vvhich is our friday,]

[Margin (d): in vvhich day the Church of Chriſt vvas founded, by his bloud ſhed on the croſſe.]

1 OVR Lord e hath reigned, he [f] hath put on beutie: our Lord hath [g] put on ſtrength, and hath girded him ſelfe. For he hath eſtablished [h] the round world, which [i] shal not be moued.

2 Thy ſeat is prepared from that time: thou [k] art from euerlaſting.

3 The [l] riuers ô Lord haue lifted vp: the riuers haue lifted vp their voice. The riuers haue lifted vp their waues,

4 [m] aboue the voices of manie waters. The ſurges of the ſea are meruelous; [n] meruelous is our Lord on high.

5 Thy teſtimonies are made [o] credible exceedingly: [p] holines becometh thy houſe ô Lord [q] for length of daies.

Marginal notes to Psalm 92

1 [f] gloriouſly eſcending in ſoule into limbus, and in bodie to his graue:
1 [g] he then put on al armour of ſtrength ſtrength to reforme the world, and to inlarge his kingdom, according to his owne prediction where he ſaide: If I be exalted from the earth, I wil draw al thinges vnto myſelfe. Ioan. 12. v. 31.
1 Our Sauiour founding his Church by his death begane then to reigne therin:
1 [h] Not only in Iurie and Samaria, but the whole earth:
1 [i] and the ſame Church ſhal not be deſtroyed.
2 [k] Chriſt being eternal, hath an euerlaſting Church.
3 [l] Al ſortes of perſecuters, the High prieſtes (who ſometimes vvatered the ſpiritual land, like riuers) vvith Scribes, Phariſes, and other incredulous Ievves, alſo Paganes, Turkes, and Heretikes haue oppugned the Church.
4 [m] With more force then anie perſecutions in the old Teſtament.
4 [n] but though al theſe aſſaultes be great, and meruelous, yet Chriſt in protecting his Church, is more meruelous.
5 [o] Articles of faith are not euidently apparent to knovvlege, but euident to credibilitie, to thoſe that are diſpoſed by Gods grace, illuminating their vnderſtanding, and mouing their free vvil, to geue conſent of beleefe if they vvil
5 [p] It behoueth therfore al members of the Church to conuerſe piouſly, and religiouſly in this life, ſeing ſhe hath ſo excellent a ſpouſe, protector, and inſtructor,
5 [q] euen to the end of the vvorld.

Psalm 93

PSALME. XCIII.

The faithful ſeruant of God aſſuredly profeſſeth, that al the pride, 5. crueltie, [Margin: Eternal ſaluation, and damnation. the 10. key.] 7. foolish imaginations, and ſecret thoughts of the wicked are manifeſt to God. 12. acknowlegeth himſelf happie, that he is better inſtructed of God: wheras he had otherwiſe bene damned. 20. sharply reprehendeth thoſe that conſider not of Gods iudgements: concluding that the iuſt shal be glorified, and the wicked damned.

To Dauid himſelfe, in the fourth of the ſabbath.

[Margin (a): The Hebrevv letter Lamed, vvhich ordinarily is prefixed to the datiue caſe, or ſignifieth to, being ſet before proper names, is a ſigne of the genetiue caſe. Yet the Septuagint, expreſſe it by the datiue, and ſo doth the latin, ipſi Dauid, and conſequently our Engliſh hath, to Dauid himſelfe, to ſhevv a difference betvven ſacred and profane vvriters. For in humane bookes the vvriter and auctor is al one; but in diuine, the Holie Ghoſt is the proper auctor, and a man is the vvriter. To ſignifie therfore the principal auctor, Dauid is ſometimes named as the inſtrumental cauſe, to vvhom the Holie Ghoſt inſpired this, and other Pſalmes, and by vvhom they vvere vvritten. And vvhen the titles expreſſe othervviſe: A Pſalme of Dauid, yet it is ſo to be vnderſtood, that the Holie Ghoſt is alvvayes the principal auctor, and Dauid the inſtrumental, miniſterial, or ſecondarie auctor. But vvhen other names are expreſſed, either in the genetiue or datiue caſe, or hovvſoeuer, it proueth not that thoſe men vvere the vvriters of the ſame Pſalmes, but importeth ſome other thing, as by S. Auguſtins iudgement, vve noted in the proemial Annotations page. 3. &. 4. vvherby is proued that this Pſalme vvas not written, nor compoſed by Moyſes, as Hebrevv Rabbins ſuppoſe, but by the Royal Pſalmiſt Dauid.]

[Margin (b): Made and ordinarily ſongue in the ſourth day of the vveke, our vveneſday, in vvhich day Iudas the traitor ſold our Sauiour Chriſt to his enimies. The reuenge of vvhich vvickednes, and of al other ſinnes, is here prophecied.]

1 OVR Lord God [c] of reuenges: the God of reuenges hath done [d] freely.

2 Be [::] exalted thou that iudgeſt the earth: render retribution to the ptoude.

3 How long shal ſinners ô Lord: how long shal ſinners glorie?

4 Shal they vtter, and ſpeake iniquitie? shal al they ſpeake, [e] that worke iniuſtice?

5 [::] Thy people ô Lord they haue humbled: and thine inheritance they haue vexed.

6 The widow, and the ſtranger they haue ſlaine: and the pupilles they haue killed.

7 And [::] they haue ſaide: The Lord shal not ſee, neither shal the God of Iacob vnderſtand.

8 Vnderſtand ye foolish in the people: and ye fooles be wiſe at ſometime.

9 He that planted the eare, shal he not heare? Or he that made the eie doth he not conſider?

10 He that chaſtiſeth nations, shal he not rebuke: he that teacheth man knowledge?

11 Our Lord knoweth [f] the cogitations of men: that they be vaine.

12 Bleſſed is the man, whom thou shalt inſtruct ô Lord: and shalt ⟨illegible⟩each out of thy lawe.

13 That thou maiſt [g] geue him quietnes from the euil daies: til a pitte be digged for the ſinner.

14 Becauſe our Lord [h] wil not reiect his people: and his inheritance he wil not forſake.

15 Vntil iuſtice [i] be turned into iudgement: and [k] they who are neere it, are al that are right of hart.

16 Who shal riſe for me againſt the malignant? or who shal ſtand with me againſt them that worke iniquitie?

17 But that our Lord hath holpen me: within very litle my ſoule had dwelt in hel.

18 If I ſaid: [l] My foote is moued: thy mercie ô Lord did help me

19 According to the multitude of my ſorrowes in my hart: thy conſolations haue made my ſoule ioyful.

20 Doth the ſeat of iniquitie cleaue to thee: which makeſt [m] labour in precept?

21 They wil hunt after the ſoule of the iuſt: and wil condemne innocent bloud.

22 And our Lord became my refuge: and my God the helpe [n] of my hope.

23 And he [o] wil repay them their iniquitie: and in their malice he wil deſtroy them: the Lord our God wil deſtroy them.

Marginal notes to Psalm 93

1 [c] God more commonly called the God of mercie (vvhich vertue in him is aboue al his vvorkes, Pſal. 144) is alſo the God of reuenges, according to his iuſtice.
1 [d] He procedeth in iudgement reſolutly, not depending, nor fearing, not reſpecting anie perſon, povvre, dignitie, vviſdome or other like qualitie, but their iuſt merites.
2 [::] A prayer of iuſt zele.
4 [e] Shal moſt wicked men ſtil be ſuffered to ſpeake ſo inſolently?
5 [::] A deſcription of heathniſh and heretical crueltie.
7 [::] Scarſe anie Atheiſtes are ſo blind, as thus to thinke but manie ſinners ſo behaue them ſelues, as if God ſaw not, knew not, or at leaſt cared not vvhat they do.
11 [f] So vnpoſſible is it that God ſhould be ignorant, or careles vvhat men do, that he alſo knovveth and obſerueth moſt ſecret thoughtes.
13 [g] Mitigate and temper his afflictions, that by patience and fortitude, the iuſt may perſeuere, and not be ouerwhelmed.
14 [h] The whole Church shal neuer be reiected, nor forſaken.
15 [i] Iuſtice is conuerted into iudgement, vvhen iuſt meaning is put in vvorke and practiſe, that it may appeare in iudgement. Alſo God vvho doth & ſuffereth al iuſtly, vvil conſerue his inheritance the Church, euen vnto the day of iudgement.
15 [k] The ſenſe is eaſie by tranſpoſing the vvordes: al that are right of hart, are nere it, that is, ſhal like and approue Gods iuſtice, vvhen the vvicked ſhal repine, and blaſpheme it.
18 [l] when I felt, and complained that I was in danger, thou didſt aſſiſt me.
20 [m] Onlie faith ſufficeth not, but careful laboure, in keping Gods commandmnts is required.
22 [n] The iuſt do hope for eternal ſaluation, to which God wil bring them.
23 [o] And God, the reuenger of wronges, wil at laſt caſt the wicked into eternal torments.

Psalm 94

PSALMES. XCIIII.

An inuitation to ſerue and adore Chriſt our Lord and Meſſias, 3. aswel [Margin: Chriſt our Lord and king. the 5. key.] for the benefites of creating al thinges, 7. as for his Incarnation, and not to harden our hartes as the Iewes did.

Praiſe of Canticle, to Dauid him ſelfe.

[Margin (a): Praiſe ſongue with voices:]

[Margin (b): inſpired to Dauid, & written by him.]

[Margin: This Inuitation is moſt fitly ordayned by the Church for the proeme or beginning of Mattins.]

1 COME, let vs [c] reioyce to our Lord: let vs make iubilation to God [d] our ſauiour.

2 Let vs [e] preuent his face in confeſſion: and [f] in Pſalmes let vs make iubilation to him.

3 Becauſe our Lord is a great God: and a great King aboue al goddes.

4 Becauſe in his hand are the endes of the earth: and the heightes of the mountaines be his.

5 Becauſe the ſea is his, and he made it: and his handes formed the drie land.

6 Come let vs adore, [g] and fal downe: and wepe before our Lord, that made vs.

7 Becauſe he is the Lord [h] our God; and we the people of his paſture, and the shepe [i] of his hand.

8 [k] To day if ye shal heare his voice, “harden not your hartes;

9 As in the prouocation according to the day [l] of the tentation in the deſert: where your fathers tempted me, proued me, and ſaw my workes.

10 [m] Fourtie years was I [n] offended with that generation, and ſaid: Theſe alwaies erre in hart.

11 And theſe haue not knowne my waies: as I ſware in my wrath: [o] if they shal enter into my reſt.

Marginal notes to Psalm 94

1 [c] VVith great and ſolemne exultation:
1 [d] God our Creator, is alſo our Protector & Sauiour.
2 [e] Let vs be more diligent, and preuent our accuſtomed time. For no man can preuent Gods grace with anie good worke, who firſt preuenteth vs; els we can neither doe, nor thincke anie good thing.
2 [f] not only in ſinging his praiſe with voice, but alſo with muſical inſtruments.
6 [g] So alſo Iſaias (c. 45. v. 23.) and S. Paul (Philip. 2.) teach that kneeling or bowing the knees, as an external religious ceremonie▪ is acceptable to God.
7 [h] It is moſt iuſt and neceſſarie that we adore God, becauſe he made vs, and al this world for vs, hath alſo redemed vs, and made vs his people, as ſhepe of his paſture, and as a Paſtor feedeth and gouerneth vs.
7 [i] of his making.
8 [k] Though ſome haue often repelled, and reſiſted Gods grace, yet if they receiue it being offered againe, it wil auaile them to remiſſion of ſinnes.
9 [l] The Iſraelites in the deſert tempted God, by deſiring water, and fleſh, of voluptuous concupiſcence without neceſſitie. For Manna did both extinguiſh their thirſt, and taſted vnto them, whatſoeuer they deſired. Exo. 16. That alſo which was left vngathered when the ſunne waxed hotte, melted (v. 21.) and ſerued their cattel for drincke. So this tentation was a figure of thoſe, which require to communicate vnder both kindes, as if one did not conteine as much as both.
10 [m] By this mention of the offence of fourtie yeares, as long before paſſed, is conuinced that Moyſes writte not this Pſalme, who died in the very fourtith yeare of their abode in the deſert. And S Paul citing the wordes of this Pſalme. (Heb. 4.) manifeſtly acknowlegeth Dauid the writter therof, and that it was written long after Moyſes time in theſe wordes: (v 7) Againe he limiteth a certaine day; To day, in Dauid ſaying after ſo long time, as is aboue ſaide. To day if you ſhal heare his voice, do not obdurate your hartes. For if Ieſus (that is Ioſue) had geuen them reſt, he would neuer ſpeake of an other day afterward
10 [n] Being greatly offended, I approched nere vnto them, in puniſhing the offenders.
11 [o] Thoſe that murmured died in the deſert, and entered not into the promiſed land, euen ſo thoſe that finally offend Chriſt, ſhal not enter into euerlaſting reſt▪ Heb. 3. &. 4.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. XCIIII.

8. Harden not your hartes.] VVhatſoeuer God propoſeth by preaching, or [Margin: It is in mans freewil to reſiſt good motions.] inſpiration to a ſinner, it reſteth ſtil in the powre of his freewil, to harden his harte, and to reiect al ſuch good motions, and ſo he doth not only fruſtrate Gods grace, and hinder his owne iuſtification, but alſo increaſeth his former ſinnes. But by not reſiſting, when deliberating therupon he could reſiſt, he diſpoſeth [Margin: Concil. Triden. Seſſ. 6. c. 5] himſelfe and cooperateth to firſt iuſtification. And therfore the royal Prophet here admoniſheth, and earneſtly exhorteth al men, to do this which God hath put in our powre, not to harden our owne hartes, when we heare his voice, by reſiſting and reiecting his grace freely offered, without al merite of our part.

Psalm 95

PSALME. XCV.

Al peoples & nations are inuited to praiſe the bleſſed Trinitie, 3. for Chriſts [Margin: Chriſts diuine powre. the 5. key.] Incarnation, and ſpiritual kingdom in al the world. ⟨illegible⟩. euen ſenſles creatures acknowledging his maieſtie, 13. and iudicial powre.

A Canticle to Dauid * himſelfe, when the houſe was built after the captiuitie.

[Margin (a): Inſpired to Dauid, and written by him:]

[Margin (b): prophecying the reſtauration of the temple, after the future captiuitie. And that in figure of the vniuerſal redemption of mankind by Chriſt, from the captiuitie of the diuel.]

[Margin: ⟨illegible⟩ 1. Par. 16. v. 23.]

1 SING ye to our Lord [c] a new ſong: ſing to our Lord al the earth.

2 [d] Sing ye to our Lord, and bleſſe his name: shewforth his ſaluation from day to day.

3 Shewforth his glorie among the Gentiles, his meruelous workes in al peoples.

4 Becauſe our Lord is great, and exceeding laudable: he is terrible aboue al goddes.

5 Becauſe al the goddes of the Gentiles are [e] diuels, but our Lord [f] made the heauens.

6 Confeſſion, and beauty in his ſight: holineſſe, and magnificence in his ſanctification.

7 Bring to our Lord ye families of Gentiles, bring ye to our Lord glorie and honour:

8 bring to our Lord glorie vnto his name. Take vp hoaſtes, and enter into his courtes:

9 adore ye our Lord in his holie court. Let al the earth be moued before his face:

10 ſay ye among the Gentiles that our Lord [g] hath reigned. For he hath corrected the round world which shal not be moued: he wil iudge peoples in equitie.

11 [h] Let the heauens be glad, and the earth reioyce, the ſea be moued, and the fulneſſe therof:

12 the fieldes shal be glad, and al things, that are in them. Then shal the trees of the woodes reioyce

13 before the face of our Lord, becauſe he cometh: becauſe he cometh to iudge the earth. He [i] wil iudge the round world in equitie, and peoples in his truth.

Marginal notes to Psalm 95

1 [c] For a new benefite, farre greater then the deliuerie of Iſrael from Aegypt.
2 [d] The ſame wordes [Sing to our Lord] thriſe repeted, ſignifie the Bleſſed Trinitie, as ſome Fathers note. Likewiſe v. 7. and 8. Bring ye to our Lord, &c. in both places concluding in the ſingular number, bleſſe his name, bring to his name, importing one God.
5 [e] VVhat creatures ſoeuer ſpiritual or corporal, viſible or inuiſible the paganes ſerue for goddes, ſtil they ⟨illegible⟩e diuels that deceiue them, and diuers wayes vſurpe diuine honour, making ſuch idolaters to thinke, that there is diuine powre, where none is.
5 [f] He only is true God, who is Creator of heauen, and of al creatures. For no creature can create anie thing at al, that is, make anie thing of nothing but only God.
10 [g] Diuers ancient Doctors read more in this place: Our Lord hath reigned from the wood, to witte, Chriſt by his death on the croſſe conquered the diuel, ſinne, and death, and thence begane to reigne. S. Iuſtinus Martyr, dialogo aduerſ. Triphonem. Tertullian li. aduerſ. Iudaeos. c. 9. & 13 & aduerſ. Marcionem. li. 3 c. 19. &. 21. S Auguſtin in this place, according to the old Roman Pſalter. Before him Arnobius, and after him Caſſiadorus and others, wherby it is probable, that it was ſometimes in the Hebrew text, and blotted out by the Iewes.
11 [h] The Pſalmiſt in abundance of ſpirite inuiteth al creatures to praiſe God, as Daniel in his Canticle. c. 3.
13 [i] Chriſt iudgeth now in the world by his miniſters diſcerning and deciding cauſes, rewarding and puniſhing, but eſpecially he wil iudge al in the laſt day.

Psalm 96

PSALME XCVI.

Al the earth is inuited to reioyce in Chriſts kingdom, 3. with deſcription [Margin: The laſt iudgement, the 9. key.] of the ſignes coming before the day of Iudgement. 7. Idolaters shal be confounded. 8. Holie Angels and iuſt men shal adore Chriſt, and reioyce.

To this Dauid, when his land was reſtored agane to him.

[Margin (a): In figure of Chriſt,]

[Margin (b): whoſe bodie roſe the third day after his death: to whom manie returned beleuing in him after his reſurrection, which fel from him in his paſſion: and to whom al thinges ſhal be ſubdued, as to their true Lord, in the day of iudgement.]

1 OVR Lord hath reigned, let the earth reioyce: let [c] manie Ilands be glad.

2 [d] Cloude, and miſt round about him: iuſtice, and iudgement [e] the correction of his ſeat.

3 Fire shal goe before him, and shal inflame his enimies round about.

4 His lightninges [::] shined to the round world, the earth ſawe, and was moued,

5 The mountaines melted as waxe, before the face of our Lord: before the face of our Lord al the earth.

6 The heauens haue shewed forth his iuſtice: and al peoples haue ſeene his glorie.

7 Let them al be confounded, that adore [f] ſculptils: and that glorie in their idoles. Adore him al ye his Angels:

8 [g] Sion heard, and was glad. And [h] the daughters of Iuda reioyced, becauſe of thy iudgements ô Lord.

9 Becauſe thou Lord moſt high ouer al the earth: thou art exalted excedingly aboue al goddes.

10 You that loue our Lord, hate ye euil: our Lord keepeth the ſoules of his ſaintes, out of the hand of the ſinner he wil deliuer them.

11 Light is riſen to the iuſt, and ioy to the right of hart.

12 Be glad ye iuſt in our Lord: and confeſſe ye to the memorie [i] of his ſanctification.

Marginal notes to Psalm 96

1 [c] Holie Dauid, and other Prophetes hauing great ioy to ſee long before in ſpirite only, Chriſts kingdom extended in the whole earth, yea to the Ilandes, we Ilanders haue great cauſe to be gladde, that God hath not only ſo bleſſed vs long ſince, but as yet conſerueth ſeede, wherby we truſt the whole Iland ſhal be againe reſtored vnto him.
2 [d] As in a cloud with terror God gaue his law to the Iewes: ſo in a cloud with greater terror and maieſtie, he wil iudge the world;
2 [e] not as manie corrupted ſeates of iudgement, in this world, but as a corrected tribunal, where iuſtice and right iudgement ſhal be practiſed.
4 [::] Theſe thinges are denounced as if they were alredy donne, for the aſſured certaintie therof.
7 [f] As wel the worſhippers of grauen, or painted images of Iupiter, Mars, Bacchus and the like, as the worſhippers of the ſame imagined falſe goddes ſhal be confounded.
8 [g] The Catholique Church.
8 [h] And al particular Churches, members of the vniuerſal.
12 [i] Praiſe our Lord Chriſt who is ſanctitie it ſelfe, and ſanctifieth others.

Psalm 97

PSALME. XCVII.

Al men are againe inuited ioyfully to celebrate the meruelous conqueſt of [Margin: The Church in al nations. The 6. key.] Chriſt in al nations, 4. with hart, voice, and inſtruments: 8. al creatures acknowledging his coming to iudge the world.

A pſalme to Dauid himſelfe.

[Margin (a): Prefiguring Chriſt, who hath made his ſaluation knowen in al nations.]

1 SING ye to our Lord [b] a new ſong: becauſe he hath done meruelous thinges. His righthand hath wrought ſaluation [c] to himſelfe: and his arme is holie.

2 Our Lord hath [d] made knowne his ſaluation: in the ſight of the Gentiles he hath reueled his iuſtice.

3 He hath remembred his mercie, and his truth to [e] the houſe of Iſrael. Al the ends of the earth haue ſeene the ſaluation of our God.

4 Make ye iubilation to God al the earth: [f] chaunt, and [g] reioyce, and [h] ſing.

5 Sing to our Lord on harpe, on harpe and voice of pſalme:

6 on long drawen trumpets, and voice of cornet of horne. Make iubilation in the ſight of the king our Lord:

7 let the ſea be moued, and the fulnes therof: the round world, and they that dwel therin:

8 The riuers shal clappe with hand, the mountaynes together shal reioyce

9 at the ſight of our Lord: [i] becauſe he cometh to iudge the earth. [k] He wil iudge the round earth in iuſtice, and the peoples in equitie.

Marginal notes to Psalm 97

1 [b] A new benefite of grace, making men new in ſpirite, requireth a new ſongue of gratitude.
1 [c] Raiſed vp himſelfe from death.
2 [d] Made his grace effectually knowen by raiſing men from ſinne, and deliuering them from the powre of the diuel.
3 [e] Some of the Iewes conuerted to Chriſtianitie. Rom. 11.
4 [f] In voice.
4 Cantate exultate, pſallite.
4 [g] In hart
4 [h] In inſtruments.
9 [i] Chriſt directeth and diſpoſeth al thinges rightly in this world.
9 [k] And wil accordingly geue iuſt ſentence in the end.

Psalm 98

PSALME XCVIII.

Chriſt reigneth, notwithſtanding his enimies repine, is adored (5. alſo his [Margin: Chriſt our Meſſias. the 5. key.] footeſtoole) 6. whom ancient Prophetes did inuocate.

1 A Pſalme to Dauid himſelfe. OVR Lord hath reigned, [a] let peoples be angrie: he that ſitteth vpon the Cherubs, let [b] the earth be moued.

2 Our Lord great in Sion: and high aboue al peoples.

3 Let them confeſſe to thy great name: becauſe it is terrible, and holie.

4 And the honour of the king [c] loueth iudgement. Thou haſt prepared directions: thou haſt done iudgement and iuſtice [d] in Iacob.

5 Exalt ye the Lord our God, and “ adore [e] his footſtoole: becauſe it is holie.

6 Moyſes, and Aaron in his [f] prieſtes: and Samuel among them, that inuocate his name: They inuocated our Lord [g] and he heard them:

7 in a piller of a cloud he ſpake to them. They kept his teſtimonies, & the precept which he gaue them.

8 O Lord our God thou heardeſt them: God thou waſt propitious to them, and taking vengeance vpon al [h] their inuentions. Exalt ye the Lord our God, and adore ye in his holie mount: becauſe the Lord our God is holie.

Marginal notes to Psalm 98

1 [a] Though manie enimies do rage, and impugne Chriſt:
1 [b] though the whole earth be trubled thervvith, yet Chriſt vvho ſitteth Lord ouer the higheſt Angels, Cherubins and Seraphins, obteyneth the victorie, reigneth, and doth his vvil in al the earth.
4 [c] Requireth diſcretion.
4 [d] in fauour of thyn elect people.
5 [e] Hebrevv Doctors expound this of the Arke in the old teſtament, but the Doctors of the Church vnderſtand Chriſts humanitie, in the holie Euchariſt.
6 [f] Here it is euident (and S. Auguſtin ſayth this place taketh avvay al doubt) that Moyſes vvas a Prieſt, againſt thoſe that for maintaining the hereſie of Laiheadſhippe, denie it.
6 ⟨illegible⟩ 23. in Leuit.
6 [g] By example of their praying and obtaining, the Pſalmiſt confirmeth his prophecie, that Prieſtes of the new Teſtament ſhal pray, and obtaine mercie of Chriſt for the Church.
8 [h] God reuenged the machinations made againſt them, puniſhing the rebellion of chore, Dathan and Abyron. Num. 16.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME XCIX.

5. Adore his footeſtoole] For ſo much as al Expoſitors, alſo the Hebrevv Rabbins, [Margin: Chriſts humanitie is his footeſtoole, adored in the Euchariſt.] affirme that the Pſalmiſt here prophecieth of Chriſt the promiſed Meſſias, that ſhould redeme mankind; and ſeing the Arke of couenant perteyneth not to the ſeruice of Chriſt; but vvas only a figure of him, the footeſtoole of Meſſias here mentioned, muſt nedes be ſomething perteyning to him: and therfore moſt ancient Fathers expound it of Chriſts humanitie. And becauſe the Prophet ſpeaketh of perpetual adoration, not only of the ſhorte time, he conuerſed vvith men in this life, vvhen very fevv adored him, the ſame fathers vnderſtand here the adoration of Chriſt in the bleſſed Sacrament of the Euchariſt. Which S Ambroſe teacheth (lib. 3. de Spiritu Sancto. c. 12.) in theſe plaine vvordes. By [Margin: S. Ambroſe.] the footſtoole muſt be vnderſtood the earth, by the earth the fleſh of Chriſt. VVhich vve alſo at this day adore in the Myſteries, and vvhich the Apoſtles adored in our Lord Ieſus. S. Auguſtin more largely vpon this Pſalme, I am made [Margin: S. Auguſtin.] doubtful (ſaith he) I feare to adore the earth, leſt he condeme me that made heauen and earth. Againe I feare not to adore the footſtoole of my Lord, becauſe the Pſalme ſaith to me: Adore his footſtoole. I ſeeke vvhat is his footſtoole, and the Scripture (Iſaiae. 66.) telleth me, the earth is his footſtoole. Doubtful I turne myſelf vnto Chriſt, becauſe I ſeeke him here, and I finde hovv vvithout impietie the earth may be adored, vvithout impietie his footſtoole may be adored. For he tooke earth of earth, becauſe fleſh is of earth, and he tooke fleſh of the fleſh of (the B. virgin) Marie. And becauſe he vvalked here [Margin: The receiuers of the B. Sacrament do ſinne if they do not adore it.] in the ſame fleſh, and gaue the very fleſh to vs to eate, vnto ſaluation, and no man eateth that fleſh, onles he firſt adore it: it is found hovv ſuch a footſtoole of our Lord may be adored: and not only vve doe not ſinne in adoring, but vve ſhould ſinne in not adoring. Thus farre S. Auguſtin. Further inſtructing, not to cōce⟨illegible⟩ue of Chriſts fleſh, as ⟨illegible⟩he Capharnaites did, that he would cute it in peeces from his bodie, and geue them portions therof. His very fleſh is geuen and eaten, not in fleſhlie maner, but in ſacramental. See Annotations. Ioan. 6.

Psalm 99

PSALME XCIX. [Margin: One Creator of al thinges. The 1. key.]

Al are inuited to reioyce in God, Creator of al.

1 A Pſalme [a] in confeſſion.

2 MAKE ye iubilation to God [b] al the earth: ſerue ye our Lord in gladneſſe. Enter ye in [c] before his ſight, in exultation.

3 Know ye that our Lord [d] he is God: he made vs, and not we ourſelues. His people, and the sheepe of his paſture:

4 enter ye into [e] his gates in confeſſion, his courtes in hymnes: confeſſe ye to him. Praiſe ye his name:

5 becauſe our Lord is ſweete, his [f] mercie for euer, and [g] his truth euen vnto generation and generation.

Marginal notes to Psalm 99

1 [a] of praiſe.
2 [b] Not only Iewes, but alſo al Gentiles.
2 [c] God eueryvvhere preſent, yet more peculiarly heareth his ſuppliants, praying in the temple, or place dedicated to his ſeruice.
3 [d] He only whom we ſerue as our Lord is the only God, and there is no other.
4 [e] Peculiar dedicated place, as v. 2.
5 [f] As God is alwayes merciful in geuing, and promiſing:
5 [g] ſo he is euer faithful in performing.

Psalm 100

PSALME C.

King Dauid gratfully celebrateth the two general diuine vertues, Mercie and Iuſtice: 2. by his owne example exhorteth al, eſpecially Superiors, [Margin: Inſtruction to gouerne. the 7. key▪] to direct their wayes in ſinceritie, 4. and to ſeperate the wicked from conuerſation of the good.

A Pſalme to Dauid himſelfe.

1 MERCIE [a] and iudgement I wil ſing to thee ⟨illegible⟩ Lord: I wil ſing,

2 and I [b] shal vnderſtand in the immaculate way, [c] when thou shalt come to me. I walked through in the inocencie of my hart, in the middes of my houſe.

3 I did not propoſe before mine eies any vniuſt thing: I hated them that do preuarication.

4 A peruerſe hart hath not cleaued to me: the malignant declining from me I knew not.

5 [d] One ſecretly detracting from his neighbour, him did I perſecute. One of a proud eye, and vnſatiable hart, with him I did not eate.

6 Mine eies are towards the faithful of the earth that they may ſit with me. A man that walketh in the immaculate way, [e] he did miniſter to me.

7 He that doth proudly shal not dwel in the middes of my houſe: he that ſpeaketh vniuſt thinges, hath [f] not directed in the ſight of mine eies.

8 In [g] the morning did I kil al the ſinners of the earth: that I might deſtroy [h] out of the citie of our Lord, al thoſe that worke iniquitie.

Marginal notes to Psalm 100

1 [a] Theſe tvvo capital diuine vertues are euer ioyned in al Gods vvorkes, for both vvhich experienced tovvards him ſelfe, the Pſalmiſt rendereth thankes and praiſes.
2 [b] I wil do myn endeuoure to knovv the immaculate vvay,
2 [c] vvhich I can not do, but by thy grace coming vnto me. For by helpe therof I did as folovveth.
5 [d] That is, al and euerie one thus wickedly diſpoſed I abhorred.
6 [e] I kept ſuch vnder, as a ſeruant or ſlaue.
7 [f] Proſpered not, gotte no benefite by me.
8 [g] Speedely and without delay I cutte of al diſordered people:
8 [h] that others might not be corrupted by them.

Psalm 101

PSALMES. CI.

A ſinner in affliction of mind prayeth God to deliuer him, 10. deſolate of [Margin: The fift penitential Pſalme. the 7. key.] al other helpe. 13. conceiueth comforth in Gods eternal goodnes, and ſingular mercie, in redeming mankind, and propagating the Church. 24. Prayeth to be made mature in vertue before he dye, that he may liue with God: 26. who only and wholly being immutable, eſtablisheth his ſeruantes for euer.

1 The prayer of the poore, when he shal be anxious, and shal make his petition before our Lord.

2 LORD heare my [a] prayer: and let my [b] crie come to thee.

3 Turne [c] not away thy face from me: in what day ſoeuer I am in tribulation, incline thine eare to me. In what day ſoeuer I shal inuocate thee, heare me ſpeedely.

4 Becauſe my dayes haue vanished as [d] ſmoke: and my [e] bones are withered as [f] a drie burnt firebrand.

5 I [g] am ſtriken as graſſe, and my hart is withered: becauſe [h] I haue forgotten to eate my bread.

6 For [i] the voyce of my groning, my [k] bone hath cleaued to my flesh.

7 I am become like [l] a pellicane of the wildernes: I am become as [m] a nightcrow in the houſe.

8 I haue watched, and am become as [n] a ſparow ſolitarie in the houſetoppe.

9 Al the day did mine enemies vpbrayde me: and they [o] that prayſed me, ſware againſt me.

10 Becauſe I did [p] eate ashes as bread, & mingled [q] my drinke with weeping.

11 At [r] the face of thy wrath and indignation: becauſe [ſ] lifting me vp thou haſt throwne me downe.

12 My daies haue declined [v] as a shadow: and I am withered [w] as graſſe.

13 [x] But thou ô Lord endureſt for euer: and [y] thy memorial in generation and generation.

14 Thou [z] ryſing vp shal haue mercie on Sion: becauſe it is [a] time to haue mercie on it, becauſe [b] the time cometh.

15 Becauſe [c] the ſtones therof haue pleaſed thy ſeruantes: and they shal haue pittie on [d] the earth [e] therof.

16 And [f] the Gentiles shal feare thy name ô Lord, and al [g] the kinges of the earth thy glorie.

17 Becauſe our Lord hath built Sion: and he shal be ſeene in his glorie.

18 He hath had reſpect to the prayer [h] of the humble: and he hath not deſpiſed their petition.

19 Let theſe thinges be written vnto an other generation: and the people, that shal [i] be created, shal praiſe our Lord.

20 Becauſe he hath looked forth from his high holie place: our Lord from heauen hath looked vpon the earth.

21 That he might heare the gronings of the fettered: that he might looſe the children of them that are ſlayne:

22 That they may [k] shewforth the name of our Lord in Sion: and his praiſe in Ieruſalem.

23 In the aſſembling of the people together in one, and kinges to ſerue our Lord.

24 He anſwered him in the way of his ſtrength: Shew me the fewnes of my daies.

25 Cal me not backe [l] in the halfe of my daies: thy yeares are vnto generation and generation.

26 In the beginning ô Lord thou didſt found the earth: and the heauens are the workes of thy hands.

27 They [m] shal perish, but thou art permanent: and they shal al waxe old as a garment. And as a veſture thou shalt change them, and they shal be changed:

28 but thou art the ſelfe ſame, and thy yeares shal not faile.

29 The children of thy ſeruantes shal inhabite: and [n] their ſeede shal be directed for euer.

Marginal notes to Psalm 101

2 [a] Euerie petition is a prayer,
2 [b] and that which procedeth from more feruent affection, is called a crie, though it burſt not out into clamoure, nor perhaps into anie voice at al. For God ſaide to Moyſes, praying in mere ſilence, but vvith vehemencie of ſpirite (Exod. 14) VVhy crieſt thou to me?
3 [c] Though ſinne prouoke Gods wrath, becauſe we by ſinning turne from him, and not he firſt from vs: yet we pray God not ſo to leaue vs, but to geue vs new grace, that by humilitie, and penance we may returne to him, and not dye in ſinne.
4 [d] Mans dayes, and al his workes are nothing worth, but vaniſh like ſmoke, ſo long as he is in mortal ſinne:
4 [e] yea his beſt workes, as if he geue almoſe, faſt, pray, and dye for the truth, yet al thoſe auaile nothing (1. Cor. 13.) but are
4 [f] like dryed ſtickes, or chippes, fitte to kindle the fire.
5 [g] My ſoule ſeparated by ſinne from God, withereth as graſſe, that is cutte from the roote:
5 [h] becauſe I haue loſt al ſauour and appetite to ſpiritual meate.
6 [i] In this miſerable ſtate.
6 [k] I am as bones and fleſh cleauing together without moyſture, or radical humour.
7 [l] I fled from conuerſation of men for ſorow, and ſhame of my ſinnes:
7 [m] as a crow that only flieth by night: or as an owle, or batte.
8 [n] Alſo as a ſparow hauing loſt her mate, remaineth mourning and ſolitarie in the accuſtomed neſt, ornere vnto it,
9 [o] Thoſe that were wont to praiſe or flatter me, now are as ſworne enimies againſt me.
10 [p] Bread ſauoured to me no better then ashes.
10 [q] and drinke gaue me no comfort, but ſtil I wept.
11 [r] I am moſt eſpecially aflicted, becauſe thou art angrie.
11 [ſ] In that thou didſt ſometime aduance me in proſperitie,
11 t my fall is ſo much greater, and more grieuous.
12 [v] As a ſhadow declineth to nothing, and al becometh darknes, when the ſunne, and other light departeth, euen ſo I, that am but a ſhadow, decline to mere darknes, when thy fauoure parteth from me.
12 [w] and I loſe my beautie, as graſſe cutte from the ground withereth.
13 [x] But I am meruelouſly comforted, conſidering that thou our Meſſias, the Sonne of God, art immutable for euer:
13 [y] and thy memorable promiſe of redeeming mankind, wil haue effect in al generations.
14 [z] Thou riſing to helpe, who ſemedſt to haue forgote, wilt protect the Church, and euerie faithful ſoule.
14 [a] becauſe thou haſt differred long:
14 [b] and becauſe the time by thee deſigned ſemeth to approch.
15 [c] Men that ſhal heare thyn Apoſtles preach, ſhal proue good and fitte matter, for the building of thy Church:
15 [d] and the ſimpleſt poore people, as it were, the earth or duſt;
15 [e] ſhal participate of this mercie.
16 [f] Beſides thoſe Iewes that ſhal beleue in Chriſt, much more the Gentiles ſhal feare and ſerue him
16 [g] His glorie is ſo euident that al kinges know it, though al be not conuerted.
18 [h] Of holie Patriarches, Prieſtes, Prophetes, and of al true penitents.
19 [i] That shal be made a new creature in Chriſt.
22 [k] The faithful people of the Church, according to their habilitie endeuour to ſerue Chriſt.
25 [l] Grant me time and meanes to be mature in vertue in this life.
27 [m] Be changed in qualitie.
27 Heb. 1.
29 [n] The Church of Chriſt perpetual.

Psalm 102

PSALME. CII.

Thankes to God for priuate, 6. and publike benefites. 17. His mercie, [Margin: Gratitude for Gods benefits. The 7. key.] iuſtice, and other proprieties are immutable. 20. Angels, and al other creatures are inuited to praiſe him.

1 To [a] Dauid himſelf. MY ſoule [b] bleſſe thou our Lord: and [c] al thinges, that are within me, his holie name.

2 My ſoule bleſſe thou our Lord: and forget not al his retributions.

3 Who is [d] propitious to al thine iniquities: who [e] healeth al thine infirmities.

4 Who [f] redemeth thy life from deadly falling: who [g] crowneth thee in mercie and commiſerations.

5 Who [h] replenisheth thy deſire in good thinges:“ thy youth [i] shal be rewed as the eagles.

6 Our Lord [k] doth mercies: and [l] iudgement to al that ſuffer wrong.

7 He made his waies [m] knowne to Moyſes, his willes to the children of Iſrael.

8 Our Lord is [n] pitieful, and [o] merciful: [p] long ſuffering, and very merciful.

9 He wil [q] not be angrie alwayes: neither wil he threaten for euer.

10 He hath not done to vs according to our ſinnes: neither according to our iniquities hath he rewarded vs.

11 For according to the height of heauen from the earth: hath he ſtrengthned his mercie vpon them that feare him.

12 As far [r] as the Eaſt is diſtant from the Weſt: hath he made our iniquities far from vs.

13 As a father hath compaſſion of his children, ſo hath our † Lord compaſſion on them that feare him:

14 becauſe he hath knowen [ſ] our making. He remembred that we are duſt:

15 man, his daies are as graſſe, as the floure of the filde ſo shal he florish.

16 Becauſe the ſpirit shal paſſe in him, and he shal not ſtand: and he shal know his place no more.

17 But the mercie of our Lord from euerlaſting, and vnto euerlaſting vpon them that feare him. And his iuſtice is vpon the childrens children, to them that keepe his teſtament.

18 And are mindful of his commandmentes, to [t] doe them.

19 Our Lord hath prepared his ſeate in heauen: and his kindom shal haue dominion ouer al.

20 Bleſſe our Lord al ye his Angels: mightie in powre, doing his word, that feare the voice of his wordes.

21 Bleſſe our Lord al ye his hoaſtes: you his miniſters, that doe his wil.

22 Bleſſe ye our Lord [v] al his workes: in euerie place [vv] of his dominion, my ſoule bleſſe thou our Lord.

Marginal notes to Psalm 102

1 [a] Inſpired to Dauid, and written by him.
1 [b] Shew forth praiſes, and thankes:
1 [c] al my cogitations, affections, ſenſes, and powres.
3 [d] The firſt benefite of grace is remiſſion of ſinnes:
3 [e] the ſecond, is curing euil habites, or diſpoſitions.
4 [f] The third, to conſerue from falling againe:
4 [g] the fourth, to geue victorie and reward in abundant meaſure.
5 [h] The fifth, to grant al lawful petitions temporal and ſpiritual, which are good for the ſoule,
5 [i] the ſixth, reſurrection of flesh in glorie.
6 [k] Our Lord, whoſe ſpecial propertie is to ſhew mercie,
6 [l] when the ſame is neglected, he reuengeth the wrongs, deliuering the oppreſſed▪ and puniſhing the oppreſſo⟨illegible⟩s.
7 [m] By geuing them a written law.
8 [n] God is naturally pittiful, to releeue the afflicted.
8 [o] merciful towards ſinners.
8 [p] loath to be angrie, or to puniſh.
9 [q] God puniſheth not penitents with eternal paine, but with temporal: for though (as in the next verſe) our ſinnes of their owne nature, deſerue eternal puniſhment, yet Chriſt paying our ranſome, true penitents are only puniſhed temporally.
12 [r] See here the perfect washing away, and ſeparation of ſinnes.
14 [ſ] In reguard of our frailtie he hath compaſſion: yet his mercie only auaileth to them that feare him: as in the next wordes before, and v. 17.
18 [t] A iuſt man not only knoweth, and remembreth, but alſo doth the commandments.
22 [v] Al creatures, though naturally ſenſeles, yet praiſe God, becauſe they are his worke,
22 [vv] and becauſe they are in his dominion.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. CII.

5 Thy youth shal be renevved, as the Eagles.] Ariſtotel and Plinie write, that an [Margin: An Eagle freſh in old age as in youth.] Eagle decayeth not, nor euer dieth by old age, but the vpper part of her beake ſt. l growing, at laſt h⟨illegible⟩ndereth her from eating, and ſo ſhe dieth of fam⟨illegible⟩ne. Saadias, and other Hebrew Rabbins, reporte that an Eagle euerie tenne yeares waſheth herſelfe ⟨illegible⟩n the ſea as in a ba⟨illegible⟩h, & then flying very hiegh burneth her fethers in the elemental fire, & new fethers growing ſhe becometh freſh, as in her firſt youth, t⟨illegible⟩l at laſt about an huadred yeares old, ſhe is not able to riſe from the water and ſo is drowned. S. Auguſtin more probably affirmeth that in long time her ⟨illegible⟩e⟨illegible⟩ke growing long, and ſtopping her mouth, that ſhe can not eate, ſhe breaketh the vpper hooked part therof againſt a ſtone, and ſo receiueth meate, and recouereth ſtrength as in her youth. But whatſoeuer is the natural propert e of this kinglie birde, the Royal Prophet here inſtructeth vs, by the ſ⟨illegible⟩nilitude of her long life, or by the renouation of her ſtreingth, that iuſt men, Gods ſeruantes are ſpiritually renouated in Chriſt, the principal rocke, on [Margin: Renouation of a ſi⟨illegible⟩ner by grace.] who⟨illegible⟩ the Church, & al the faithful are built, either by receiuing new ſtreingth by his grace in their ſoules, after they are weakened by ſinne; as S. Ierom and Eu hymius expound this place: or by reſtauration of their bodies glorified in the reſurrection; as S. Auguſtin teacheth: or by both, as moſt Catholique Doctors vnderſtand it. For one ſenſe of holie Scripture excludeth not an [Margin: Diuerſe ſenſes of the ſame Scripture.] other. Eſpecially when one is ſubordinate to the other. As here theſe two ſenſes do very wel concurre, ſeing the ſtate of the bodie after the reſurrection, dependeth vpon the ſtate of the ſoule▪ at the time of death.

9 He vvil not be angrie alvvayes.] Origen miſunderſtood this place, and ſome other like, holding an erronius opinion, that al, euen the moſt wicked ſinners, [Margin: Origens hereſie that al ſhal be ſaued.] both men and d⟨illegible⟩uels, ſhal at laſt be ſaued, and not eternally damned: which is a condemned hereſie, contrarie to euident places of holie Scriptures. Pſal 9 v 6. The impious hath periſhed: their name thou haſt deſtroyed for euer, & for euer & euer. Mat. 2⟨illegible⟩. The wicked ſhal goe into fire euerlaſting, into euerlaſting puniſhment. Apoc. 20. The beaſt and the falſe prophet (and the ſame reaſon is for al the vvicked) ſhal be tormented day and night, for euer and euer. Neither are the⟨illegible⟩e vvordes (God vvil not be angrie alvvayes) ſpoken vniuerſally, touching al ſinners vvhoſoeuer, but are limited, v, 13, &, 17, to thoſe that ſeare him, and kepe his teſtament: vvheras al thoſe that dye in mortal ſinne, are ſtil [Margin: The damned can neuer repent.] o⟨illegible⟩na⟨illegible⟩e in malice, and can neuer rightly repent, nor rightly feare God, nor kepe his commandments.

Psalm 103

PSALME CIII.

The Pſalmiſt inuiteth himſelf and others to praiſe God, for his meruelous workes in the heauens, 5. the earth, and water, 9. limiting their bondes, [Margin: Gods workes ⟨illegible⟩ the 2. key.] producing al thinges neceſſarie for al liuing creatures, in conuenient ſeaſons. 27. With continual prouidence of al.

1 To Dauid him ſelf. MY ſoule bleſſe thou our Lord: ô Lord my God thou art magnified excedingly.

2 Thou haſt put on [a] confeſſion and beautie: being clothed with light as with a garment: Stretching out the heauen as a skinne:

3 which couereſt the higher partes therof [b] with waters. Which [c] makeſt the cloude for thee to aſcend on: which walkeſt vpon the winges of windes.

4 Which makeſt ſpirites thine [d] Angels: and thy [e] miniſters a burning fyre.

5 Which haſt founded the earth vpon [f] the ſtabilitie therof: it shal not be inclined for euer and euer:

6 The [g] depth, [h] as a garment, is his clothing: vpon the mountaines shal waters ſtand.

7 At [i] thy reprehention they shal flee: at the voice of thy thunder they shal feare.

8 The [k] mountaines aſcend: and the plaine fildes deſcend into the place, which thou haſt founded for them.

9 Thou haſt ſet a bound, which [l] they shal not paſſe ouer: neither shal they returne to couer the earth.

10 Which ſendeſtforth fontaines in the valles: betwen the middeſt of mountaines shal waters paſſe.

11 Al the beaſtes of the filde shal drinke: the wilde aſſes shal [m] expect in their thirſt.

12 Ouer them shal the foules of the ayre inhabite: out of the middes of rockes they shal geueforth voices.

13 Watering the mountaines from his higher places: of the fruite of thy worke shal the earth be filled:

14 Bringing forth graſſe for beaſtes, and herbe for the ſeruice of men. That thou mayſt bring forth [n] bread out of the earth:

15 and [o] wine may make the hart of man ioyful: That he may make the face chereful with [p] oile: and bread may confirme the hart of man.

16 The trees of the ſilde shal be filled, and the ceders of Libanus, which he hath planted:

17 there ſparowes shal make their neſt. The houſe of the hearne is the leader of them:

18 the high mountaines for hartes: the rocke a refuge for the Irchins.

19 He made the moone for ſeaſons: the ſunne knoweth his going downe.

20 Thou didſt appoint darkenes, and night was made: in it shal al the beaſtes of the wood paſſe.

21 The whelpes of lions roaring, to rauen, and to ſeeke of God meate for themſelues.

22 The ſunne is riſen, and they are gathered together: and in their couches they shal be placed.

23 Man shal goe forth to his worke: and to his working vntil euening.

24 How magnified are thy workes ô Lord! thou haſt made al thinges in wiſedom: the earth is filled with [q] thy poſſeſſion.

25 This great ſea, and very large, there are [r] creeping beaſtes, wherof [ſ] there is no number. Litle beaſtes with great:

26 there shippes shal paſſe. This [t] dragon, whom thou madeſt to [v] delude:

27 al expect of thee that thou geue them meate in ſeaſon.

28 Thou geuing vnto them, they shal gather it: thou opening thy hand, al shal be filled with bountie.

29 But thou turning away the face, they shal be trubled: thou shalt take away their ſpirite, and they shal faile, and shal returne into their duſt.

30 Thou shalt ſendforth thy ſpirit, and they shal be created: and thou shalt renewe the face of the earth.

31 Be the glorie of our Lord for euer: our Lord wil reioice in his workes:

32 Who looketh vpon the earth, & maketh it to tremble: who toucheth the mountaines, and they ſmoke.

33 I wil chaunte to our Lord in my life: I wil ſing to my God as long as I am.

34 Let my ſpeach be acceptable to him: but I wil take delight in our Lord.

35 [w] Let ſinners faile from the earth, and the vniuſt, ſo that they be not: my ſoule bleſſe thou our Lord.

Marginal notes to Psalm 103

2 [a] Thou poſſeſſeſt al maieſtie, and matter of praiſe.
3 [b] Thou haſt compaſſed the ſphere of the fixed ſtarres, with a ſphere of chriſtalline ſubſtance; which is as water ⟨illegible⟩ongeled.
3 [c] According to our capacitie the prophet deſcribeth the ſpeedie coming, or vvorking of God, as if he came in a ſvvift cloud, or vvith vvinges of the vvind, to ſignifie that he vvorketh vvhat and vvhen he pleaſeth vvithout delay: He ſa⟨illegible⟩de, and thinges vvere made: he commanded and they vvere created, Pſal. ⟨illegible⟩2.
4 [d] Thy meſſengers to execute thy vvil:
4 [e] & the ſame Angels are as a burning fire in operation, yea they diſpatch more eaſily, and more ſpedely then vve can conceiue,
5 [f] Moſt ſirmly eſtablished by natural weight, in the center of the world.
6 [g] The water
6 [h] should naturally couer al the earth:
7 [i] But by thy commandment the waters are conteined in their limited places.
8 [k] The waters being conteyned in their appointed chanels, both hilles and fieldes appe⟨illegible⟩re, which otherwiſe would be couered.
9 [l] The waters.
11 [m] hope for and receiue.
14 [n] By theſe three principal kindes of foode, breade, wine, and oyle, al ſortes of nutriment are vnderſtood.
15 [o] By theſe three principal kindes of foode, breade, wine, and oyle, al ſortes of nutriment are vnderſtood.
15 [p] By theſe three principal kindes of foode, breade, wine, and oyle, al ſortes of nutriment are vnderſtood.
24 [q] VVith thy creatures.
25 [r] Fiſhes, ſerpents, wormes, and al liuing creatures that lacke feete.
25 [ſ] No kind of liuing creatures multiplieth ſo much as fiſhes. Ariſtotel li. 9. Animal. c. 17.
26 [t] A moſt huge fiſh called Leuiathan. Iob. 40. v. 20.
26 [v] Albeit in the wate⟨illegible⟩ he paſſeth mans ſtreingth, yet depriued of water he is not able to defend himſelfe. v. 29.
35 [w] A prediction that impenitent ſinners ſhal be damned, wherin the Prophet conforming his wil to Gods, vttereth it in forme of a prayer.

Psalm 104

PSALME. CIIII.

The Iſraelites are exhorted to ſing praiſes to God, 5. for his meruelous benefites towards Abraham, Iſaac, and Iacob. 11. whoſe particular [Margin: Gods ſpecial benefites towards the Iewes. the 4. key.] familie, being then ſmal, went from Chanaan into Aegypt (17. Whither Ioſeph by Gods prouidence was caried before) there increaſed in number, was perſecuted, 26. deliuered by Moyſes and Aaron, working manie great miracles, 36. protected, and fedde in the deſert, 44. and finally poſſeſſed Chanaan.

Alleluia.

[Margin (a): Alleluia ſignifieth more then Laudate Dominum, Praiſe ye our Lord. For by theſe two hebrew wordes, Allelu a, the Prophet inuiterh al men to praiſe God, with gladnes, and iubilation, with hart, voice, and geſture, with inſtruments, and howſoeuer we are able. And therfore S. Ierom, S. Auguſtin, and al Catholique writers kepe the ſame worde, and tranſlate it not, neither in the titles of Pſalmes, not ordinarily in anie place of holie Scripture. This is the firſt Pſalme thus titled, and is the ſame Pſalme in ſenſe, and in good part of the wordes, which the royal Prophet made, and cauſed to be ſongue, when he brought the Arke of God from the houſe of Obededom into his owne houſe. 1. Par. 16. v. 8.]

1 CONFESSE ye to our Lord, and inuocate his name: [b] shewforth his workes among the Gentiles.

2 Chaunt to him, and ſing to him: tel ye al his meruelous workes.

3 Prayſe ye him in his holie name: let the hart of them reioice that ſeeke our Lord.

4 Seeke ye our Lord, and be confirmed: ſeeke [c] his face alwayes.

5 Remember ye his meruelous workes, which he hath done: his wonders, and the iudgments of his mouth.

6 The ſeede of Abraham, his ſeruantes: the children of Iacob his elect.

7 He is the Lord our God: in [d] al the earth are his iudgementes.

8 He hath bene mindeful for euer of his teſtament; of the word, which he commanded [e] vnto a thouſand generations.

9 Which he diſpoſed to Abraham: and of his oath to Iſaac.

10 And he appointed it to Iacob for a precept: and to Iſrael for an eternal teſtament.

11 Saying: To thee wil I geue the land of Chanaan, the corde of your inheritance.

12 When they were [f] of ſmal number, very few and ſeiourners therof:

13 And they paſſed from nation into nation, & from kingdom to an other people.

14 He leift not a man to hurt them: and he rebuked kings for their ſake.

15 Touch not my annointed, and toward my prophetes be not malignant.

16 And [g] he called a famine vpon the land: and he desſtroyed al the ſtrength of bread.

17 He ſent a man before them: Ioſeph was ſold to be a ſeruant.

18 They humbled his feete in fetters, yron paſſed through his ſoule,

19 vntil his word came. The word of our Lord inflamed him:

20 the king ſent, and looſed him; the prince of the people, and releaſed him.

21 He appointed him lord of his houſe: and prince of al his poſſeſſion.

22 That he might inſtruct his princes as himſelfe: and might teach his ancientes wiſedom.

23 And Iſrael entered into Aegypt, and Iacob was a ſeiourner in the land [h] of Cham.

24 And he increaſed his people excedingly: and ſtrengthned them ouer their enemies.

25 He [i] turned their hart, that they hated his people: and to worke guile toward his ſeruantes.

26 He ſent Moyſes his ſeruant: Aaron, [k] him ſelfe whom he choſe.

27 He did put in them the wordes of his ſignes, and of his wonders in the Land of Cham.

28 He ſent [l] darkenes, and obſcured: and did [m] not exaſperate his wordes.

29 He turned their [n] waters into bloud: and killed their fishes.

30 Their land broughtforth [o] frogges in [::] the inner chambers of their kinges.

31 He ſayd, and [p] the [*] caenomyia came: and the [q] cinifes in al their coaſtes.

32 He made theyr raynes [r] haile: fire burning in their land.

33 And he ſtroke their vines, and their figtrees: and he deſtroyed the wood of their coaſtes.

34 He ſaid, & [ſ] the locuſt came, and the [t] bruchus wherof there was no number.

35 And it did eate al the graſſe in their land: and it did eate al the fruicte of their land.

36 And he ſtroke euerie [v] firſt begotten in their land: the firſt fruictes of al their labour.

37 And he brought themforth with gold and ſiluer, and there was not in their tribes a feeble perſon.

38 Aegypt was glad at their departure: becauſe the feare of them lay vpon them.

39 He ſpred a cloude for their protection, and fire to shine vnto them by night.

40 They made petition, and the quaile came: and he filled them with the bread of heauen.

41 He diuided the rocke, and waters flowed: riuers ranne in the drie ground.

42 Becauſe he was mindful of his holie word, which he had vttered to Abraham his ſeruant.

43 And he broughtforth his people in exultation, and his elect in ioy.

44 And he gaue them the countries of the Nations: and they poſſeſſed the labours of peoples:

45 That they might keepe his iuſtifications, and ſeeke after his lawe.

Marginal notes to Psalm 104

1 [b] How much more gratful is it now to God, that we celebrate the greater myſteries of the new Teſtament.
1 For an expoſition of this Pſalme read the places quoted in the inner margen.
4 [c] His preſent helpe.
7 [d] not only in Iſrael, but in al the world.
7 Gen 12. v. 7. Gen▪ 17. v. 4. Gen. 26. v. 3. Gen 28. v 13. Gen. 46. v. 26. 27.
8 [e] For euer, to the end of the world.
12 [f] But. 70. perſons.
16 [g] By his prouidence ſuffered.
16 Gen. 41. v. 54.
17 Gen. 37. v. 28.
19 Gen▪ 39. & ſeq.
23 Gen. 4⟨illegible⟩.
23 [h] Aegypt, poſſeſſed by Meſraim Chams ſecond ſonne. Gen. 10. v. 13.
24 Exo. ⟨illegible⟩. v. 7.
25 [i] May it be vnderſtood, or beleued (ſaith S. Auguſtin) that God turneth the hart of man to committe ſinnes? Or is it no ſinne, or is it a ſmal ſinne, to hate the people of God? Or to worke guile towards his ſeruants? VVho wil ſay this? VVhat then, is God author of theſe ſo greeuous ſinnes, who is not to be ſuppoſed the author of a moſt ſmal ſinne? This lerned Father therfore anſwereth, that God peruerted not a right hart, but turned that was of it ſelfe peruerſe, to the hatred of his people, where he might vſe that euil wel, not by making them euil, but by beſtowing vpon his owne people good thinges, which the euil might eaſily enuie. VVhich hatred of theirs how God vſed both to the exerciſe of his people (which is profitable to vs) & to the glorie of his owne name, the thinges that folow do teach vs, which are here remembred to his praiſe.
26 [k] In whom God eſtabliſhed the Prieſt good of Moyſes law.
26 Exo. 3. 4. 7. 8. 9. 10. 12.
28 [l] The ointh plague of the Aegyptians.
28 [m] God willingly, not as one loath or vnwilling, performed al that he threatned.
29 [n] The firſt plague.
30 [o] The ſecond plague.
30 [::] Dauid knew this by reuelation, or by tradition for it is not in Exodus.
31 [p] The fourth plague.
31 [*] a ſvvarme of ⟨illegible⟩es.
31 [q] The third plague.
32 [r] The ſeuent⟨illegible⟩ plague.
34 [ſ] The eight plague.
34 [t] A worme that ſpoyleth corne, graſſe, and fruict.
36 [v] The tenth plague.
37 Exod. 12. v. 35.
39 Exod. 13. v. 21.
39 The fifth & ſixt of peſtilence and boyles are omitted.
40 Exod. 16. v. 13.
41 Exod. 17. v. 6.
42 Gen. 12.
44 ⟨illegible⟩. 6. & ſeq.

Psalm 105

PSALME. CV.

The prophet exhorteth the people to render thankes and praiſes to God, 6. for [Margin: The Iſraelites often ſinned, and were mercifully puniſhed. the 4. key.] remitting their manifold ſinnes, in the deſert. 34. and in the conquered land: 38. foreshewing like ſinnes to come, Gods wrath and punishment for the ſame. 44. and that he wil geue grace of repentance: to ſome 47. for which he prayeth, and praiſeth God.

Allelu ia.

1 CONFESSE ye to our Lord [a] becauſe he is good▪ becauſe his mercie is for euer.

2 [b] Who shal ſpeake the powers of our Lord, shal make al his prayſes to be heard?

3 [c] Bleſſed are they, that keepe iudgement, and [d] doe iuſtice at al time.

4 Remember vs ô Lord [e] in the good pleaſure of thy people: viſite vs in thy ſaluation:

5 To [f] ſee in the goodnes of thyne elect, to reioyce in the ioy of thy nation: that thou maiſt be prayſed with thine inheritance.

6 We haue [g] ſinned with our fathers: we haue [h] dealt vniuſtly, we haue [i] done iniquitie.

7 Our fathers in Aegypt did not vnderſtand thy meruelous workes: they were not mindeful of the multitude of thy mercie. And they prouoked thee to wrath going vp vnto the ſea, the Read ſea.

8 And he ſaued them [k] for his name ſake; that he might make his power knowen.

9 And he rebuked the Read ſea, and it was made drie: and he led them in the depths as in a deſert.

10 And he ſaued them from the hand of them that hated them: and“ he redemed them out of the hand of the enemie.

11 And water ouerwhelmed thoſe that afflicted them: there did not one of them remaine▪

12 And they beleued his wordes: and they ſang his praiſe.

13 They had [l] quickly donne, they forgot his workes: and they [m] expected not his counſel.

14 And they coueted concupiſcence in the deſert: and tempted God in the place without water.

15 He gaue them their petition: and ſent ſaturitie into their [n] ſoules.

16 And they prouoked Moyſes in the campe: Aaron the [o] holie of our Lord.

17 The earth was opened, and ſwalowed Dathan: and ouerwhelmed the congregation of Abiron.

18 And a fire flamed vp in their ſinagogue: the flame burnt the ſinners.

19 And they made a calfe in Horeb: and they adored [p] the ſculptil.

20 And they [q] changed their glorie into the ſimilitude of a calfe that eateth graſſe.

21 They forgat God, which ſaued them, which did great thinges in Aegypt,

22 meruelous thinges in the land of Cham, terrible thinges in the Read ſea.

23 And [r] he ſayd to deſtroy them: if Moyſes his elect had not ſtood in the way before him: To turne away his wrath that he should not deſtroy them:

24 and they eſtemed for naught the land that was to be deſired. They did not beleue his word,

25 and they murmured in their tabernacles: they heard not the voice of our Lord.

26 And he lifted vp his hand ouer them: to ouerthrowe them in the deſert:

27 And to caſt doune their ſeede among the Nations: and to diſperſe them in the countries.

28 And they were profeſſed to [ſ] Beelphegor: and they did eate the ſacrifices [t] of the dead.

29 And they prouoked him in their inuentions: and ruine was multiplied on them.

30 And Phinees ſtood, and [v] pacified: and the ſlaughter ceaſed.

31 And it was reputed to him vnto iuſtice, in generation and generation euen for euer.

32 And they prouoked him at the waters of contradiction: and [w] Moyſes was vexed for them:

33 becauſe they exaſperated his ſpirit. And he playnely affirmed in his lippes:

34 they deſtroyed not the nations, of which our Lord ſpake to them.

35 And they were mingled among the nations, and learned their workes:

36 and they ſerued their ſculptils: and it became a ſcandal to them.

37 And they immolated their ſonnes, and their daugheters to diuels.

38 And [x] they shed innocent bloud: the bloud of their ſonnes and of their daughters, which they ſacrificed to the ſculptils of Chanaan. And the land was infected with bloud,

39 and was contaminated in their workes: and they did fornicat in their inuentions.

40 And our Lord was wrath with ⟨illegible⟩urie vpon his people: and he abhorred his inheritance.

41 And he deliuered them into the handes of the nations: and they that hated them, had the dominion of them.

42 And their enimies afflicted them: and they were humbled vnder their handes:

43 he did often deliuer them. But they exaſperated him in their counſel: and they were humbled in their iniquities.

44 And he [y] ſaw when they were afflicted: and he heard their prayer.

45 And he was mindeful of his teſtament: and it repented him according to the multitude of his mercie.

46 And he gaue them into mercies in the ſight of al, that had taken them. [z]

47 [::] Saue vs ô Lord our God: and geather vs out of the Nations: That we may confeſſe to thy holie name: & may glorie in thy prayſe.

48 Bleſſed be our Lord the God of Iſrael from euerlaſting vnto euerlaſting: and al the people shal ſay: Be it, be it.

Marginal notes to Psalm 105

1 [a] God is of himſelfe and eſſentially good. Al other goodnes is participated of him.
1 Iudith▪ ⟨illegible⟩ v. 21.
2 [b] No creature can fully expreſſe Gods perfections.
3 [c] It is a happie ſtate in this life, either to kepe Gods law:
3 [d] or to repent and do worthie penance for tranſgreſſing.
4 [e] According to thy wonted beneuolence, promiſed to thy people.
5 [f] That we may ſee, and enioy the benefites promiſed to thyne elect.
6 [g] VVe haue erred and hurt ourſelues:
6 [h] we haue wronged our neighboures:
6 [i] we haue offended againſt God▪
7 Exod. 14. v 1⟨illegible⟩.
8 [k] Albeit the people by their murmuring deſerued more puniſhment, yet God for the glorie of his owne name ſaued them from vtter deſtruction.
12 Exod. 1⟨illegible⟩.
13 [l] They perſeuered no⟨illegible⟩ long in their dutie towards God, ſeing his▪ omnipotent powre by his meruelous workes:
13 [m] nor were content with his prouidence, but carnally coueted thinges, not neceſſarie.
14 Exo. 16▪ & 17.
15 [n] According to their carnal deſ⟨illegible⟩s.
16 [o] Holie by his function.
16 Num. 16.
19 [p] They adored the image that repreſented a calf, not God.
19 Exo. 23.
20 [q] God being their true glorie, they changed him, for a falſe god of the Aegyptians (who eſpecially hono⟨illegible⟩ed a calfe called Ap⟨illegible⟩s) making an image therof, and attributed their deliuerie from Aegypt to this imagned god. Exo. 32. v. 4▪ 8. Of which and the like fooliſh, and abominable idolatrie S Paul writeth, Rom. 1 v. 23. They changed the glorie of the incorruptible God▪ into a ſimilitude of the image of a corruptible man, and of foules, and of foure footed beaſtes, and of them that crepe: where we ſee what maner of imagies holie Scriptures condemne, and not the imagies of Chriſt and his Sainctes.
23 [r] He ſayd, he would deſtroy them, but for Moyſes prayer ſpared them.
23 Exo 32.
24 Num. 14.
26 Num 14. v. 21. 22.
28 [ſ] The Idol of Moabites, and Madianitees▪
28 Num. 25. v. ⟨illegible⟩.
28 [t] As God is in deede the liuing God, that liueth of himſelfe, and geueth life to others: ſo falſe goddes are called dead goddes, that can not geue life to anie, but doe kil al that ſerue them▪ at leaſt ſpiritually, and often corporally.
30 [v] Phinees moued by the zele of God (as the holie text witneſſeth. Nu. 25. v. 11.) in killing the adulterers pleaſed God, and merited reward.
32 Num 20. v. 2. 12.
32 [w] Moyſes afflicted in ſpirite, by the enormious murmuring of the people, doubted whether God would geue them water out of the rocke or no, not doubting of his powre, but of his wil: and ſo when he ſhould haue ſpoken to the rocke, Num. 20. v. 8. he ſpoke to the incredulous people. v. 10. and therin offended God. for which he was temporally puniſhed. v. 12. Deut. 1. v. 37. &c. 3. v. 26. c. 4. v. 21.
34 Deut 2. v. 2. & 12. v. 2. & 3. Iudic▪ 2. v. 11. 12. Iudic. 2. v. 5. 6. &c. Iere. 15. v. 5.
38 [x] Some Iewes offered theſe moſt cruel, vnnatural, and abominable ſacrifices; perhaps in the times of Iudges, when they were mingled with idolatrous people, and ſerued their goddes; Iud. z. v. 12. c. 3 v. 6. But it is more expreſſe after Dauids time, wherof he here prophecieth, and was veryfied by Achaz 4 Reg. 16 v. 3. and by Manaſſes. 4 Reg. 21. v. 6. VVhich with other idolatrie king Ioſias deſtroyed. 4 Reg 2, v. 1⟨illegible⟩.
44 [y] God reſpected them with his merciful eye, and gaue them grace to repent.
46 [z] Here the Pſalmiſt concludeth both the hiſtorie and prophecie of this Pſame, with prayer and praiſe, as foloweth:
47 [::] A verie fitte prayer in time of ſchiſme.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. CV.

10. He redeemed them.] VVhat price (or ranſom) ſaith S. Auguſtin, was [Margin: The read ſea a figure of Baptiſme.] geuen in this redemption? Or is it a prophecie, that this was done in figure of Baptiſme, where we are redemed from the hand of the diuel, by a great price, which is the bloud of Chriſt? VVherupon it was more conueniently figured, not by what ſea ſoeuer, but by the read ſea. For bloud hath redde coulor. And touching the effect of Baptiſme deſtroying al former ſinnes, he teacheth in the expoſition of the next Pſalme (and either the ſame holie father, or ſome other [Margin: Al former ſinnes deſtroyed in Baptiſme.] good author, Ser. 42. de temp) that as the Iſraelites paſſed ſafely through the read ſea, and al the Aegyptians going in with them were drowned: ſo the baptiſed are ſaued in the water of Baptiſme, and al their ſinnes are deſtroyed.

Psalm 106

PSALME CVI.

Againe the Pſalmiſt inuiteth al men to render thankes to God for their [Margin: Gods perpetual prouidence towards al men▪ The 3. key.] deliuerie from dangers, or euils in general: 4. particularly from dangers in iorney, 10. in priſon, or captiuitie, 17. in ſicknes ſpiritual and corporal, 23. in nauigation, 33. deſcribing the changeable courſe of thinges in this world, 38. eſpecially of mens ſtates; 42. for al which the iuſt wil praiſe God.

Allelu ia.

1 CONFESSE [a] ye to our Lord becauſe he is good: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

2 Let them ſay that are [b] redemed of our Lord, whom he redemed out of the hand of the enemie: and out of the countries he gathered them:

3 From [c] the riſing of the ſunne, and the going downe: from the north, and the ſea.

4 They[d] wandered in the wildernes, in a place without water: the way of citie for habitation they found not.

5 Hungrie, and thirſtie: their ſoule fainted in them.

6 And[e] they cried to our Lord when they were in tribulation: and he deliuered them out of their neceſſities.

7 And he conducted them in to the right way: to goe into a citie of habitation.

8 Let[f] the mercies of our Lord confeſſe to him: and his meruelous workes to the children of men.

9 Becauſe he hath filled the emptie ſoule: and the hungrie ſoule he hath filled with good thinges.

10 Them that ſate in darkenes, and in the shadow of death: bound in needines, and yron.

11 Becauſe they[g] exaſperated the wordes of God: and they prouoked the counſel of the Higheſt.

12 And their hart was humbled in labours: they were weakened, neither was there anie to helpe.

13 And they cried to our Lord when they were in tribulation: and he deliuered them out of their neceſſities.

14 And he brought them out of darkenes, and the shadow of death and brake their bondes aſunder.

15 Let the mercies of our Lord confeſſe to him: and his meruelous workes to the children of men.

16 Becauſe he hath deſtroyed the gates of braſſe: and the barres of yron he hath broken.

17 He hath receiued them out of the way of their iniquitie: for they were humbled for their iniuſtices.

18 Their ſoule did abhorre al mea⟨illegible⟩e: & they approched euen to the gates of death.

19 And they cried to our Lord when they were in tribulation: and he deliuered them out of their neceſſities.

20 He ſent his word, and healed them: and deliuered them out of their deſtructions.

21 Let the mercies of our Lord confeſſe to him: and his meruelous workes to the children of men.

22 And let them ſacrifice the ſacrifice of praiſe: and shew forth his workes in exulation.

23 They that goe downe into the ſea in shippes, making trafike in the great waters.

24 They haue ſene the workes of our Lord, and his meruelous thinges in the depth.

25 He ſayd, and the blaſt of the ſtorme ſtood: and the waues therof were exalted

26 They aſcend euen to the heauens, and they deſcend euen to the depthes: their ſoule pyned away in euils.

27 They were trubled, and were moued as a drunken man: and al their wiſedom was deuoured.

28 And[h] they cried to our Lord when they were in tribulation, and he brought them out of their neceſſities.

29 And he turned his ſtorme into calme: and the waues therof were quiet.

30 And they reioyced becauſe they were quiet: and he conducted them into the hauen of their wil.

31 Let[i] the mercies of our Lord confeſſe to him: and his meruelous workes to the children of men.

32 And let them exalt him in the church of the people: and the chayre of the ancientes let them praiſe him.

33 [k] He turned[l] the riuers into a deſert: and the iſſues of waters into drineſſe.

34 The[m] fruiteful land into a ſalt ground, for the malice of them that inhabite it.

35 He turned the deſert into pooles of waters: and the land without water into iſſues of waters.

36 And he placed the hungrie there, and they built a citie of habitation.

37 And they ſowed fildes, and planted vineyardes: and they made fruicte [n] of natiuitie.

38 And he bleſſed them, and they were multiplied excedingly: and their beaſtes he leſſened not.

39 And [o] they were made fewe: and were vexed by the tribulation of euiles, and with ſorow.

40 Contempt was powred out vpon princes: and he made them wander where was no way, and not in the way.

41 And he [p] did helpe the poore out of pouertie: and made families as sheepe.

42 The iuſt shal ſee, and shal reioyce: & al iniquitie shal ſtoppe her mouth.

43 Who is wiſe and wil keepe theſe thinges? and wil vnderſtand the mercies of our Lord?

Marginal notes to Psalm 106

1 [a] Praiſe God by confeſſing his mercie, prouidence, and goodnes.
1 1. Pa⟨illegible⟩. 16. v. 34.
2 [b] God of his mercie promiſed the Redemer of mankind ſtreight after Adams fal:
3 [c] VVhich redemption was intended for al, and faileth not of Gods part in anie, but of mens owne wilful refuſing to be duly penitent, and to kepe Gods precepts.
4 [d] Literally of ſuch as wander in this world, hauing no ſetled place to dwel in▪ ſpiritually of al mankind after his fal.
6 [e] Whenſoeuer they cal vpon God, he helpeth them, as is beſt for their ſpiritual health.
8 [f] Al Gods benefites, which are of his mercie, not of mans deſerte, are iuſt matter of praiſing God.
11 [g] Calamities in this world are commonly inflicted for ſinnes.
28 [h] As before in the 6, 13, and 19, verſes.
31 [i] This verſe alſo is foure times in this Pſalme v 8 15. 21. and; 1. to admoniſh vs, that as there is o⟨illegible⟩e meanes ⟨illegible⟩o eſcape from al dangers by crying to God, as v 6 13. 19 and 28, with mou⟨illegible⟩n⟨illegible⟩ng and p⟨illegible⟩nance: ſo there is one cauſe of praiſe and thankes for our deliuerie, which is Gods me c⟨illegible⟩e and grace,
33 [k] God to ſhew ſometimes his powre, alſo to benefite ſome, and to puniſh others, changeth the accuſtomed courſe of thinges, and ſtates of men, at his diuine pleaſure; as here the ⟨illegible⟩oyal prophet reciteth ſome examples. And ſome others are ⟨illegible⟩eco⟨illegible⟩ded in d⟨illegible⟩ue⟨illegible⟩s times and places,
33 [l] No doubt much charge was made in the earth by Noe⟨illegible⟩ flood. And manie thincke that the land of Chanaan, was made more fruictful in the time of the Iewes inhabiting, and now is more barrane againe.
34 [m] He alludeth to the countrie about Sodome, and Gomotre, which was moſt fruictful, and moſt pleaſant, Gen, 13. v, 10, but ſhortly after vvas burnt vvith fire and brunſton, Gen. 19, v, 24, ſubuerted, and turned into a dead and ſalt ſea.
37 [n] Made abundance of fruict to grow.
39 [o] Againe ſome countries puniſhed for ſinnes.
41 [p] An other change in releeuing the poore being humbled.

Psalm 107

PSALME CVII.

The royal prophet promiſeth, 5. and rendereth praiſes to God, 7. for his deliuerie [Margin: Dauid ſingeth prayſes for benefites receiued. the 8 key.] from trubles, and aduancement in the kingdom, 13. praying God ſtil to helpe mans infirmitie.

1 A Canticle [a] of Pſalme, to Dauid himſelfe.

2 MY HART is readie ô God, my hart is readie: I wil chaunte, and wil ſing in my glorie.

3 Ariſe my glorie, ariſe pſalter, and harpe: I wil ariſe early.

4 I [b] wil confeſſe to thee in peoples ô Lord: and I wil ſing to thee [c] in the Nations.

5 Becauſe thy mercie is great aboue the heauens: and thy truth euen to the cloudes.

6 Be exalted aboue the heauens ô God, and thy glorie ouer al the earth:

7 [::] that thy beloued may be deliuered. Saue with thy righthand, and heare me:

8 God ſpake in his holie: I wil reioyce, and wil diuide Sichem, and I wil meſure the vale of tabernacles.

9 Galaad is mine, and Manaſſes is mine: and Ephraim the protection of my head. Iuda is my king:

10 Moab the potte of my hope. Vpon Idumea I wil extend my shoe: the ſtrangers are made my freindes.

11 Who wil conduct me into a fenſed citie? who wil conduct me into Idumea?

12 Wilt not thou ô God, which haſt repelled vs, and wilt not thou goeforth ô God in our hoaſtes?

13 Geue vs helpe out of tribulation: becauſe mans ſaluation is vayne.

14 In God we shal doe ſtrength: and he wil bring our enemies to nothing.

Marginal notes to Psalm 107

1 [a] This Pſalme was ⟨illegible⟩ongue with inſtruments beginning the muſike, and voices folowing.
1 Pſal. 56. v. 8.
2 The former part of this Pſalme to the 7. verſe, is the ſame in ſenſe, and almoſt in wordes, with the latter part of the 56 from the 8. verſe.
4 [b] King Dauid ſubdued not only ſome partes of Chanaan, not ſubiect to the lewes before (2. Reg. 51. Par. 11.) but alſo brought the Philiſtims, Moabites, Ammonites, Idumeans, Amalechites, the kinges of Soba, Syria, and Emath, to pay tribute, 2. Reg. 8 1. Par. 18.
4 [c] Yet al theſe victories and conqueſtes were but a figure of Chriſts powre, and dominion in al nations. And therfore, the reſt of this Pſalme, by S. Auguſtin, and other fathers iudgement, was rather prophetically vttered by Dauid, in the perſon of Chriſt, and more perfectly performed by Chriſt in his Church, then hiſtorically auerred of Dauid himſelfe.
7 [::] The reſt of this Pſalme is the ſame with the latter part of the 59. from the 7. verſe.
7 Pſal. 59. v. 7.

Psalm 108

PSALME CVIII.

Chriſt (by the mouth of Dauid) requeſteth of God to be iuſtly declared [Margin: Chriſt perſecuted & his enimies puniſhed. the 5. key.] innocent, and his enimies punished, 6. particularly deſcribing Iudas the traitors malice, 21. and his owne temporal afflictions, 26. prayeth, 30. and praiſeth God for his deliuerie.

1 Vnto the end, a Pſalme of Dauid.

2 O [a] God conceale not my prayſe: becauſe the mouth of the ſinner, and the mouth of [b] the deceitful man is open vpon me.

3 They [c] haue ſpoken againſt me with deceitful tongue, and with wordes of hatred they haue compaſſed me: and they haue impugned me without cauſe.

4 For that they should loue me, they backbited me: but I prayed.

5 And they ſet againſt me euil thinges for good: and hatred for my loue.

6 Appoint [d] a ſinner ouer him: and [e] let the diuel ſtand on his righthand.

7 When he is iudged, let him comeforth condemned: and let his prayer be turned into ſinne.

8 Let his dayes be made fewe: and let an other take his [f] bishopricke.

9 Let [g] his children be made orphans: and his wife a widow.

10 Let his children be tranſported wandering, and let them begge: and let them be caſt out of their habitations.

11 Let the vſurer ſearch al his ſubſtance: and let ſtrangers ſpoile his labours.

12 Let there be none to helpe him: neither let there be anie to haue pittie on his pupilles.

13 Let his children come to deſtruction: in [h] one generation let his name be cleane put out.

14 Let the iniquitie of his fathers returne to memorie in the ſight of our Lord: and let not the ſinne of his mother be blotted out.

15 Let them be before our Lord alwayes, and let the memorie of them perish out of the earth:

16 For that he remembred not to doe mercie.

17 And he perſecuted the poore, and needie man, and the compunct in hart to kil him.

18 And he [i] loued curſing, and it shal come to him: and he would not bleſſing, and it shal be far from him. And he put on curſing as a garment, and it entred as water into his inner partes, and as oile in his bones.

19 Be it to him as a garment, wherwith he is couered: and as a girdle, wherwith he is alwayes girded.

20 This is the worke of them, that detract from me before our Lord: and that ſpeake euils againſt my ſoule.

21 And thou Lord, Lord, doe with me for thy names ſake: becauſe thy mercie is ſwete. Deliuer me

22 becauſe I am needie, and poore: and [k] my hart is trubled within me.

23 As a shadow when it declineth, am I taken away: and I am shaken as locuſtes.

24 My knees are weakened with faſting: and my flesh is changed by reaſon of oile.

25 And I am made a reproch to them: they ſaw me, and wagged their heades.

26 Helpe me ô Lord my God: [l] ſaue me according to thy mercie.

27 And let them know that this is thy hand: and thou ô Lord haſt done it.

28 They wil curſe, and thou shalt bleſſe: let them that riſe vp againſt me, be confounded: but thy ſeruant shal reioyce.

29 Let them that detract from me, be clothed with shame: and let them be couered with their confuſion, as with a [m] duble patched cloke.

30 I wil confeſſe to our Lord excedingly with my mouth: and in the middes of manie I wil prayſe him:

31 Becauſe he hath ſtood on the righthand of the poore, that he might ſaue my ſoule from the perſecutors.

Marginal notes to Psalm 108

2 [a] The wordes of Chriſt.
2 [b] The Phariſees and Herodians (Mat. 22.) with their mouth acknowleged Chriſt a true ſpeaker, and a teacher of the way of God in truth, therby to draw him into danger, and to ſheede his bloud.
3 [c] At other times they accuſed him of great crimes, laſtly of treaſon againſt Caeſar.
6 [d] A prediction that Iudas would not make recourſe to anie good counſeller, but complaine of his miſerable tormented conſcience to the wicked, who gaue him no comfort at al,
6 [e] and ſo deſparing, the diuel perſwaded him to hang himſelfe.
8 Act. t. v. 16.
8 [f] The office of Apoſtleſhippe.
9 [g] The poſteritie, or ſucceſſors of wicked perſecuters proſper not long in this world.
13 [h] Arch herit⟨illegible⟩kes that deuiſe newe opinions, are ſhortly forſa ken, their folowers ſtil coining new hereſies of their owne, differing from their falſe maſters.
18 [i] Let them obſerue this, that vſe more ſwearing and blaſpheming, then praying or meditating.
22 [k] Chriſts ſoule was penſiue when he prayed in the garden, and he did workes of penance for our ſinnes al his life.
26 [l] He prayed alſo for his reſurrection, and glorification.
29 [m] VVith al poſſible confuſion.

Psalm 109

PSALME. CIX.

Chriſt riſing and aſcending into heauen ſitteth on the right hand of God: [Margin: Chriſts exaltation. the 5. key.] 2. beginning in Ieruſalem reigneth in the Church of the whole earth. 4. vſeth the Prieſthood of Melchiſedechs order to the end of the world. 6. and shal iudge the world.

1 A pſalme of Dauid. OVR [a] Lord ſayd [b] to my Lord: Sitte on my right hand: [c] til I make thine enemies, thy footeſtoole of thy feete.

2 Our Lord wil ſendforth the rod of thy ſtrength [d] from Sion: rule thou in the middes of thine enemies.

3 With thee [e] the beginning in the day [f] of thy ſtrength, in [g] the brightnes of holie thinges: from the wombe [h] before the day ſtarre I begat thee.

4 Our Lord [i] ſware, and it shal not repent him: Thou art “a Prieſt [k] for euer“ according to [l] the order of Melchiſedech.

5 Our Lord on thy righthand, [m] hath broken kinges in the day of his wrath.

6 He [n] shal iudge in nations, he [o] shal fil ruines, he [p] shal crush the heads in the land of manie.

7 [q] Of the torrent in the way he shal drinke: [r] therfore shal he exalt the head.

Marginal notes to Psalm 109

1 Mat. 22. Act. 2. 1. Cor. 15. Heb. 1. & 10.
1 [a] God the Father.
1 [b] To God the Sonne, the Lord of Dauid, and of al mankind, yet the ſonne of Dauid, according to his humanitie.
1 [c] He limiteth not the time, but excludeth al time, wherin the enimie might imagine, that Chriſts kingdom ſhould ceaſe: ſignifying that Chriſt ſhal reigne, til al his enimies be ſubdued, much more afterwards in al eternitie.
2 [d] The Church of Chriſt beginning in Ieruſalem on whitſunday, the fiftith day from his Reſurrection, continueth euer more.
3 [e] Thou ſhalt haue principalitie,
3 [f] in the day of thy powrful conqueſt, and riſing from death.
3 [g] in excellencie of al holie ſpiritual myſteries and graces:
3 [h] becauſe, I God the Father of my ſubſtance begate thee, God the Sonne in eternitie. The ſame which Micheas ſaith (c. 5. v. 2.) His comingforth from the beginning, from the dayes of eternitie.
4 [i] God moſt firmly, and vnchangeably affirmed: that thou (Chriſt our Meſſias) art not only a King, but alſo a Prieſt:
4 Heb. 5. v. 7.
4 [k] not for a time, as Aaron was, but for euet,
4 [l] neither of Aarons order, but according to the Order of Melchiſedec.
5 [m] Kinges that ſometimes perſecute Chriſtans, are ſubdued with other people to Chriſt.
6 [n] He ſhal iudge and puniſh the incredulous people,
6 [o] make great ſlanghters amongſt thoſe that reſiſt:
6 [p] and bring princes with their populous kingdome to nothing.
7 [q] He ſhal in the meane time (and alſo his beſt ſeruants) ſuffer much tribulation in this life:
7 [r] and for the ſame ⟨illegible⟩e highly exalted in life euerlaſting.

ANNOTATIONS. CIX.

4. A Prieſt for euer.] In two reſpectes Chriſt is a Prieſt for euer: in that from [Margin: Chriſts Prieſthood for euer both in function and in effect.] the firſt inſtant of his incarnation he was, and remaneth a Prieſt, now alſo in heauen▪ and al other Prieſtes are his miniſterial vicares, not ſucceſſors. So that al prieſtlie functions, which they doe, he by them doth the ſame, as the principal Prieſt. VVherupon ſaith S. Paul (1. Cor 4.) So let a man thincke of vs, as of the miniſters of Chriſt, and diſpenſers of the myſteries of God. Secondly Chriſt dayly offering Sacrifice by the handes of his Prieſtes, doth continually pacifie Gods wrath, in behalf of thoſe ſinners, for whom it is duly applied, euen to the end of the world. VVheras the Prieſthood of Aaron, and of al others in the old Teſtament, ceaſſed by their▪ deathes, both in the office, and in the effect.

4 According to the order of Melchiſedech.] As Melchiſedech, king of peace and iuſtice, without father, mother, or genealogie, expreſſed in holie Scriptures, [Margin: The reſemblance of Chriſts and Melchiſedecs Prieſthood.] or otherwiſe knowen to the world, was Prieſt or the Hiegheſt, offered bread and wine, an vnbloudie ſacrifice; communicating with both Chananeites and Hebrewes, bleſſed Abraham, and tooke tithes of him and his ſubiectes: ſo Chriſt the true King of peace & iuſtice, without father of his humanity, without mother of his Diuinitie, the Sonne of God, of ineffable genealogie, borne of a virgin in his humanitie, the Prieſt of God, offereth Sacrifice (not only bloudie on the Croſſe, but alſo) vnbloudie in the formes of bread and wine, continueth the ſame by the miniſterie of other Prieſtes, maketh al nations partakers therof, bleſſeth them and receiueth of them al dutiful and rellgious ſeruice, as of his ſubiectes.

Psalm 110

PSALME CX.

Praiſe of God for benefites, 4. eſpecially for the B. Sacrament of the Euchariſt, [Margin: Graces geuen to the Church. the 6. key.] 6 with other graces imperted to the Catholique Church.

Alleluia.

1 I Wil confeſſe to thee ô Lord with al my hart: in [a] the counſel of the iuſt, and b the congregation.

2 The workes of our Lord are great: exquiſite according [c] to al his willes.

3 [d] Confeſſion and magnificence his worke: and his iuſtice contineweth for euer and euer.

4 He hath made [e] a memorie of his meruelous workes; a merciful and pittiful Lord:

5 he hath geuen [f] meate to them that feare him. He wil be mindful for euer [g] of his teſtament:

6 [h] the force of his workes he wil shewforth to his people:

7 To geue them the inheritance of the gentiles: the workes of his handes truth, and iudgement.

8 Al his commandmentes [i] are faithful: confirmed for euer and euer, made in truth and equitie.

9 He ſent [k] redemption to his people: he commanded his teſtament for euer. Holie, and terrible is his name:

10 [l] the feare of our Lord is the beginning of wiſedom.

11 Vnderſtanding is good to al that doe it: his prayſe remaineth for euer and euer.

Marginal notes to Psalm 110

1 [a] I wil praiſe God both in ſecret for diſcharge of myn owne conſcience; b and in publique for edification of others.
1 This Pſalme in the Hebrew is compoſed with euerie verſe and middle of verſe, begunning with a diſtinct letter, in order of the Alphabet.
2 [c] Gods wil is the whole cauſe of al his workes.
3 [d] Euerie worke of his is praiſe worthie, and magnifical.
4 [e] God hath leift one moſt ſpecial and beneficial memorie of al other benefites, his owne bodie and bloud, in memorie of his Paſſion, and our redemption,
5 [f] the ſpiritual foode and ſuſtinance of al the ſoules that rightly feare him.
5 [g] Of his promiſe to conſerue his Church perpetually.
6 [h] the powrable operation of his death, and of al his myſteries.
8 [i] Gods commandments do iuſtifie al that kepe them.
9 [k] He alſo of his mercie redemed man, that he might be able to kepe his precepts.
10 [l] Begingning with feare of God, bringeth at laſt by other degrees to true wiſdom, which two are the firſt and laſt of the ſeuen giftes of the Holie Ghoſt.

Psalm 111

PSALME CXI.

True happines conſiſteth in fearing God, keping his commandments, 5. and [Margin: The meanes to be happie the 7. key.] in doing workes of mercie. 10. The contrarie bringeth to miſerie.

Alleluia, Of the returne of Aggeus, and Zacharie.

[Margin (a): The Septuagint Interpreters added this mention of Aggeus and Zacharie, returning from captiuitie, to ſignifie that this Pſalme was very proper, & meete to be cōmended to the people at that time▪ wherby they might lerne, that their ſinnes were the cauſe of their captiuitie, and of al their miſeries: and if they deſired temporal, or ſpiritual proſperitie, they muſt obſerue the meanes here preſcribed to obtayne the ſame.]

1 BLESSED is the man that feareth our Lord: [b] he shal haue great delight in his commandmentes.

2 [c] His ſeede shal be mightie in the earth: the generation of the righteous shal be bleſſed,

3 Glorie, and riches in his houſe: and [d] his iuſtice abideth for euer and euer.

4 [e] Light is riſen vp in darkenes to the righteous: he is merciful, and pitiful, and iuſt.

5 Acceptable is the man, that is merciful and lendeth, that [f] shal diſpoſe his wordes in iudgement:

6 Becauſe he shal not be moued for euer.

7 The iuſt shal be in eternal memorie: he shal not feare at the hearing of euil.

8 His hart is readie to hope in our Lord, his hart is confirmed:

9 he shal not be moued til he looke ouer his enemies.

10 He diſtributed, he gaue to the poore: [g] his iuſtice remaineth for euer and euer [h] his horne shal be exalted in glorie.

11 The ſinner shal ſee, and wil be angrie, he shal gnash his teeth and pine away: the deſire of ſinners shal perish.

Marginal notes to Psalm 111

1 [b] He that ſincerly feareth God, wil take great delight in keping his commandments.
1 This Pſalme is alſo compoſed by the Alphaber, as the next before.
1 Pſal. 1.
2 [c] So doing he and his shal proſper.
3 [d] The iuſt shal not only proſper in this world but alſo in the next.
4 [e] God wil alſo comfort the iuſt in tribulations.
5 [f] That shal geue diſcrete and wholſome counſel to the afflicted.
10 [g] Workes of mercie are alſo called iuſtice, becauſe they concurre to mans iuſtification,
10 2. Cor. 9⟨illegible⟩.
10 [h] and to his ſaluation.

Psalm 112

PSALME CXII.

God is to be praiſed, who being hiegh regardeth, and prouideth for the [Margin: Gods prouidence. the 3. key.] needie in this world.

Allelu ia.

1 PRAYSE our Lord ye [a] children: praiſe ye the name of our Lord.

2 Be the name of our Lord bleſſed, from henceforth now and for euer.

3 From the riſing of the ſunne vnto the going downe, the name of our Lord is laudable.

4 Our Lord is high aboue al nations, and his glorie aboue the heauens.

5 Who is as the Lord our God, that dwelleth on high,

6 and beholdeth the low thinges [b] in heauen and in earth?

7 Raiſing vp the needie from the earth, and lifting vp the poore out of the dung:

8 [c] To place him with princes, with the princes of his people.

9 Who maketh the d barren woman to dwel in a houſe, a ioyful mother of children.

Marginal notes to Psalm 112

1 [a] Al Gods ſeruants.
6 [b] In reſpect of God al creatures are low, though they be in heauen.
8 [c] See the example of Ioſeph ſo aduanced d of Sara, Rebecca, Rachael, and other wemen made fruictful.

Psalm 113

PSALME CXIII

For the meruelous paſſage of I ſrael out of Aegypt, 3. the red ſea, the riuer [Margin: The meruelous paſſage of Iſrael from Aegypt. the 4. key,] Iordan, 7. and the hilles geuing them place, 8. the rockes yelding them water, 9. God, not themſelues, is to be praiſed. 12. Idoles and Idolaters are vaine, and shal be confounded. 17. the faithful truſt in God, 20. are bleſſed, and for euer praiſe God.

Allelu ia.

1 IN the comming forth of Iſrael out of Aegypt, of the houſe of Iacob from [a] the barbarous people.

2 [b] Iewrie was made his ſanctification, Iſrael his dominion.

3 The [c] ſea ſaw, and [d] fled: Iordan [e] was turned backeward.

4 [f] The mountaines leaped as rammes: and the litle hilles as the lambes oſ sheepe.

5 [g] What ayleth thee ô ſea that thou didſt flee: and thou ô Iordan, that thou waſt turned backeward?

6 Ye mountaines leaped as rammes, and ye litle hilles as the lambes of shepe.

7 At the face of our Lord was the earth moued, at the face of the God of Iacob.

8 Who turned [h] the rocke into pooles of waters, and ſtonie hil into fountaines of waters. [*]

9 NOT TO VS O LORD, NOT TO VS: but to thy name geue the glorie.

10 For [i] thy mercie, and [k] thy truth: leſt at any time [l] the Gentiles ſay: Where is their God?

11 But our God is in heauen: he hath done al thinges what ſoeuer he would.

12 “ The idols of the gentiles are ſiluer, and gold, the workes of mens handes.

13 They haue mouth, and shal not ſpeake: they haue eies, and shal not ſee.

14 They haue eares, and shal not heare: they haue noſthrels and shal not ſmel.

15 They haue handes, and shal not handle: they haue feete, and shal not walke: they shal not crie in their throte.

16 [m] Let them that make them become like to them: and al that haue confidence in them.

17 [n] The houſe of Iſrael hath hoped in our Lord: he is their helper and their protector.

18 The houſe of Aaron hath hoped in our Lord: he is their helper and their protector.

19 They that feare our Lord, haue hoped in our Lord: he is their helper and their protector.

20 Our Lord hath beene mindful of vs: and hath bleſſed vs: He hath bleſſed the houſe of Iſrael: he hath bleſſed the houſe of Aaron.

21 He hath bleſſed al, that feare our Lord, the litle with the great.

22 Our Lord adde vpon you: vpon you, & vpon your children.

23 Bleſſed be you of our Lord, which made heauen, and earth.

24 [o] The heauen of heauen is to our Lord: but [p] the earth he hath geuen to the children of men.

25 [q] The dead shal not prayſe thee ô Lord: nor al they, [r] that goe downe into hel. But we [ſ] that liue, doe bleſſe our Lord, from this time, and for euer.

Marginal notes to Psalm 113

1 [a] People of falſe religion counted barbarous, eſpecially ſuch as alſo perſecute the true Religion; for otherwiſe the Aegyptians were both ciuil in maners, and lerned in manie ſciences.
2 [b] The people of Iewes were more notoriouſly renowmed in the world from the time of their deliuerie out of Aegypt, for the peculiar people, whom God ſanctified, and in whom, as in his elected enheritance or dominion, he dwelled and reigned.
3 [c] The Pſalmiſt writing in verſe doth often deſcribe thinges in poetical maner, but more truly then prophane poetes: for that in very dede, al creatures otherwiſe ſenſles, as the ſea, do in a ſorte feele the powre of their Creator, & obey his wil,
3 [d] VVhen the Iſraelites went forth of Aegypt,
3 [e] when they entred into Chanaan,
4 [f] Either there was an earthquake, or ſome other mouing of hilles not mentioned by Moyſes, or els the Pſalmiſt ſpeaketh of the rockes of the torrentes which bowed, that the Iſraelites might reſt in Ar, and lie in the borders of the Moabites, Num, 21, v, 15,
5 [g] By the figure Apoſtrophe he ſpeaketh to the ſea, riuer, and hilles: vſing alſo Proſopopoeia: as if ſenfles thinges, vnderſtood, and ſhould anſwer.
8 [h] An other miraculous benefite, that the rocke yelded them water in their neceſſitie.
8 [*] Here ſome Hebrewe Rabbins beginne an other Pſalme, but by the coherence of the matter, S. Auguſtin proueth that it i⟨illegible⟩ but one Pſalme, where is ſhewed that the true inuiſible God is knowen by ſuch workes as are here recited: and contratiwiſe, that the Gētils idoles are not goddes, becauſe they are made of ſiluer, gold, or other matter, by mens handes, hauing reſemblance of liuing thinges are altogether ſenſles.
10 [i] Thou didſtal this ô God, of mere mercie towards thy people:
10 [k] for thy truths ſake, ſeing thou didſt promiſe to protect them:
10 [l] that the Gentiles ſhould not take occaſion to blaſpheme.
16 [m] This is a iuſt prayer of the zelous, conforming their deſires to Gods wil But if God geue idolaters grace to amend, then al the iuſt wil alſo reioice in their cenuerſion.
17 [n] Though manie Iewes fel to idolatrie, yet there alwayes remained ſo manie in Gods true ſeruice, that it mighſt ſtil be truly ſaide: The houſe of Iſrael hath hoped in our Lord, as is here auerred.
24 [o] This in effect al worldlie politikes ſay in their hartes: as it were quitting their intereſt of heauen to God,
24 [p] and contenting themſelues with earthlie poſſeſſions.
25 [q] But when ſuch prophane men are dead, they make no ſhew at al of praiſing
25 [r] for parting from the earth, they deſcend into hel, and there eternally blaſpheme God.
25 God ⟨illegible⟩
25 [ſ] Contrarivviſe the iuſt, aſpiring to heauen, vvhich is the proper kingdom of God, & vſing this vvorld as they ought to do, for a meanes to aſcend into heauen, ſhal bleſſe and pra⟨illegible⟩e God for euermore.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME. CXIII.

12. The Idols of the Gentiles are ſiluer and gold.] Al Catholique Diuines agree in [Margin: The definition of Idolatrie] this authentical definition, of Idolattie, that it is diuine honour geuen to anie creature, as to a god. Of the diuers ſo t⟨illegible⟩s alſo of Idolatrie the ancient lerned Doctors haue vvritten much. Namely Iuſtinus Martyr in his Orations againſt [Margin: Diuers ſortes of Idolatrie.] the Gen iles, Tertullian in Apologetico, Arnobius Orat. ad Gentes. Lactantius, li. 2. c 17. Diuinar. Inſtit, and manie others. But moſt copiouſly and profoundly S Auguſtin, eſpecially in his tenne firſt bookes de C⟨illegible⟩uitate Dei. Into vvhich error [Margin: Angels honored as goddes.] & crime the Platoniſtes ſel, holding that ſpiritual inuiſible createdſubſtances, to vvitte, Angels good and euil, vvhom they called Intelligentias ſeparatas, had diuine povvre, & ſo gaue to them diuine honour. O hers honour dead [Margin: Men liuing or dead.] men, and ſome before their death as goddes, for their notable actes atchiued in this life, as Saturne, ⟨illegible⟩uppiter, Hercules, and the like. Some yeld diuine honour [Margin: Corporal creatures, ſenſible and without ſenſe. Imagees of falſe goddes. Imagees them ſelues reputed goddes.] to mere corporal creatures, liuing or vvithout life, as to beaſtes and ſerpentes, the ſunne, the moone, fire, vvater, earth, the vvhole machin of the vvo⟨illegible⟩ld, as if it vvere animate, and that vvith diuine ſpirite or ſoule. Againe al theſe haue bene vvorſhipped as gods, not only in them ſelues but alſo in their imagees. But to omite other diuerſities, the moſt groſſe ſorte of al, is the Idolatrie vvhich the P⟨illegible⟩almiſt here deſcribeth, vvhen Imagees made by mens handes are immediatly honored as goddes in themſelues. For ſuch goddes the Gentiles had, and of them the Prophet here ſpeaketh. Compa⟨illegible⟩ing theſe viſible ſenſles imagined goddes, vvith the one eternal inuiſible God; vvho is made notorious by his diuine conſpicuous vvorkes, vvheras theſe idols, by hovv much they are more viſible, ſo much more they are contemptible: becauſe being faſhioned vvith mouth, eyes, eares, noſe, handes, feete, throte, and other members, they are altogether ſenſles, not able to ſpeake vvith their mouth, and therin more baſe in nature, then the men that made them; nor able to ſee, heare, ſmel, taiſt, feele, to vvalke, to moue, nor to crie, al vvhich beaſtes can doe. And therfore theſe that make them, or haue confidence in them (as the Prophet here ſignifieth that ſome haue. v. 16.) are moſt abſurde: becoming [Margin: Idolaters are voide of reaſon.] like to the ſame idols, in their vnderſtanding and internal cogitations, as theſe idols are voide of external ſenſe. And al Idolaters are moſt vvicked, geuing, diuine honour to anie creature, & are therin ſeruantes of diuels: VVhether they immediatly honour diuels, as vvhen ſorcerers and vvitches, making pact vvith [Margin: And ſeruants of diuels.] the diuel, adore him, and he for the ſame doth ſome thing vvhich they demand: or that they honour ſome other creature, vvherin by the diuels falſe perſvvaſion, they thincke there is diuine poore. Both vvhich vvares diuels vſurpe Gods honour, and therfore the ſame Prophet ſaide in an other Pſalme: Al the goddes [Margin: ⟨illegible⟩ſal. 95. ⟨illegible⟩5.] of Gentiles are diuels.

Psalm 114

PSALME CXIIII.

The prayer of a iuſt man in tribulation, with confidence and gratitude [Margin: A prayer, with praiſe of God the 7. key] towards God.

Allelu ia.

1 I [a] haue loued, becauſe our Lord [b] wil heare the voice of my prayer.

2 Becauſe he hath inclined his eare to me: and [c] in my daies I wil inuocate.

3 The ſorowes [d] of death haue compaſſed me: and [e] the perils of hel haue found me. [f] I haue found tribulation and ſorow:

4 and I [g] inuocated the name of our Lord. O Lord deliuer my ſoule:

5 our Lord is merciful, and iuſt, and our God doth mercie.

6 Our Lord kepeth litle ones: [h] I was humbled, and he hath deliuered me.

7 Turne ô my ſoule into thy reſt: becauſe our Lord hath done good to thee.

8 Becauſe he hath deliuered my ſoule from death: mine eies from teares, my feete from ſliding.

9 I [i] wil pleaſe our Lord in the countrie of the liuing.

Marginal notes to Psalm 114

1 [a] I am induced to loue God,
1 [b] becauſe he alwayes heareth my prayers.
2 [c] So long as I ſhal liue.
3 [d] VVhen ſerred like a ſtray ſheepe from thee, the paines of death,
3 [e] and the danger of hel-torments, both due for ſinne, inuironed me, and I was not ware therof:
3 [f] But by tribulation falling vpon me, I came to knowe my dangerous eſtate:
4 [g] turned to thee, and prayed as foloweth:
6 [h] Afflicted with tribulations.
9 [i] I wil endeuoure to pleaſe God, in the congregation of thoſe that liue herein grace, and in heauen in glorie.

Psalm 115

PSALME CXV.

A iuſt man acknowledging that ſpiritual life beginneth by faith, and by [Margin: Thankesgeuing for our Redemer▪ the 5. key.] publique profeſſion therof, 4. gratfully accepteth of Chriſts Redemption, 5. dedicateth his life, and al he hath to Gods ſeruice.

Allelu ia.

1 I [a] beleued, [b] for which cauſe I ſpake: but I [c] was humbled excedingly.

2 I ſaid [d] in mine exceſſe: Euerie man is a lyer.

3 What [e] shal I render to our Lord, for al thinges that he [f] hath rendred to me?

4 I [g] wil take the chalice of ſaluation: and [h] I wil inuocat the name of our Lord.

5 I wil [i] render my vowes to our Lord [k] before al his people:

6 [l] precious in the ſight of our Lord is the death of his Sainctes.

7 O Lord becauſe [m] I am thy ſeruant: I am thy ſeruant, and [n] the ſonne of thy hand maide. Thou haſt [o] broken my bondes:

8 I wil ſacrifice to thee the hoaſt of praiſe, and I wil inuocate the name of our Lord.

9 I wil render my vowes to our Lord in the ſight of al his people:

10 in the courtes of the houſe of our Lord, in the middes of [p] thee ô Ieruſalem.

Marginal notes to Psalm 115

1 [a] I beleued that God would helpe me:
1 [b] therfore I freely profeſſed that I truſted in him. For then in dede faith is perfect, when we confeſſe with mouth, that which we beleue in hart:
1 [c] I was vehemently afflicted in tribulations.
1 This in the Hebrew is ioyned to the next Pſalme before.
2 [d] In the middes of my great affliction I profeſſed, that al mans helpe is vaine, falſe, deceipful, and defeſtiue. and therfore our truſt muſt be in God only.
3 [e] Conſidering that God hath not only geuen, and beſtowed manie great benefites vpon me, and al mankind, but alſo hath rendered good for euil, mercie for our ſinne⟨illegible⟩, we h⟨illegible⟩u⟨illegible⟩g rendered euil for good: what now ſhal I render, ſayth a true penitent, for al that he hath thus rendered to me, deſeruing ſo euil?
3 [f] Conſidering that God hath not only geuen, and beſtowed manie great benefites vpon me, and al mankind, but alſo hath rendered good for euil, mercie for our ſinne⟨illegible⟩, we h⟨illegible⟩u⟨illegible⟩g rendered euil for good: what now ſhal I render, ſayth a true penitent, for al that he hath thus rendered to me, deſeruing ſo euil?
4 [g] Seing I am not able to render anie thing worthie of Gods fauoure to me, yet I wil do that I can: I wil gratfully accept his great benefite the cuppe of Chriſts paſſion, which he d⟨illegible⟩uunke for mankind,
4 [h] and wil praiſe, and cal upon his name.
5 [i] I wil pay voluntarie vowes,
5 [k] for Gods glorie, and edification of others
6 [l] yea I wil offer my life, and ſuffer death, when Gods glorie ſhal require it, in whoſe ſight, the death of Sainctes is precious, and moſt highly eſteemed.
7 [m] Alvvayes vnderſtood, that ſuch as ſuffer perſecution, be in good ſtate of then ſoules, the true ſeruantes of God,
7 [n] the children of the Church his handmaide.
7 [o] Deliuered me from captiuitie of ſinne.
10 [p] In the Church of the faithful.

Psalm 116

PSALME CXVI.

Gods mercie is largely extended to al Gentiles by Chriſt, and his promiſe [Margin: The Church of Chriſt in alnations. the 6. key.] withal is performed to the Iewes.

Allelu ia.

1 PRAYSE our Lord [a] al ye Gentiles: prayſe him [b] al ye peoples.

2 Becauſe [c] his mercie is confirmed vpon vs: and his [d] truth remaineth for euer.

Marginal notes to Psalm 116

1 [a] Not only ſome, but al nations of the Gentiles:
1 [b] and al Ievves, (Chriſts Redemption being abundantly ſufficient for al) are inuited to praiſe God.
1 Rom. 15. v. 11.
2 [c] Becauſe he hath multiplied his mercie to vs Gentiles, to vvhom he made no promiſe:
2 [d] and moſt truly performed his promiſe made to the levves.

Psalm 117

PSALME CXVII.

Faithful people collected in the Church of Chriſt, exhorte each other to [Margin: Chriſt beneficial Myſteries are celebrated by his Church. the 6. key.] render thankes to God, for their deliuerie from ſpiritual and temporal tribulations. 16. The Laitie demand participation of Chriſts Myſteries, promiſing to ſerue him duly: 25. Which the Paſtors freely impert, and together with the people, ſolemnely celebrate Gods praiſe.

Allelu ia.

1 CONFESSE ye to our Lord becauſe he is [a] good: becauſe [b] his mercie is for euer.

2 Let Iſrael [c] now ſay that he is good: that his mercie is for euer.

3 Let the houſe of Aaron [d] now ſay: that his mercie is for euer.

4 Let them now ſay [e] which feare our Lord: that his mercie is for euer.

5 From [f] tribulation I inuocated our Lord: and our Lord heard me in largenes.

6 Our Lord is my helper: I wil not feare what man can doe to me.

7 Our Lord is my helper: and I wil looke ouer mine enemies.

8 It is good to hope in our Lord, rather then to hope in man.

9 It is good to hope in our Lord, rather then to hope in princes.

10 [g] Al nations haue compaſſed me: and in the name of our Lord am I [h] reuenged on them.

11 Compaſſing they haue compaſſed me: and in the name of our Lord I was reuenged on them.

12 They compaſſed me as [i] bees, and were inflamed as [k] fyre in thornes: and in the name of our Lord I was reuenged on them.

13 Being thruſt [l] I was ouerturned to fal: and our Lord [m] receiued me.

14 Our Lord is my ſtrength, and my prayſe: and he is made my ſaluation.

15 The voice of exultation, and of ſaluation in the tabernacles of the iuſt.

16 The right hand of our Lord hath wrought ſtrength: the right hand of our Lord hath exalted me, [n] the right hand of our Lord hath wrought ſtrength.

17 I shal not die, but shal liue: and I wil tel the workes of our Lord.

18 Our Lord [o] chaſtiſing hath chaſtiſed me: and [p] to death he hath not deliuered me.

19 [q] Open ye the gates of iuſtice to me, being entred into them I wil confeſſe to our Lord:

20 this is the gate of our Lord, the iuſt shal enter into it.

21 I wil confeſſe to thee becauſe thou haſt heard me: and art become my ſaluation.

22 [ſ] The ſtone, which the builders reiected: the ſame is made into the head of the corner.

23 This was done by our Lord: and it is meruelous id our eies.

24 This [t] is the day, which our Lord made: let vs reioice, and be glad therein.

25 [v] O Lord ſaue me, ô Lord geue good ſucceſſe: Bleſſed be he that cometh in the name of our Lord.

26 [w] We haue bleſſed you of the houſe of our Lord:

27 our Lord is God, and he hath geuen light to vs. Appoint a ſolemne day with [x] thicke bowes, euen to [y] the horne of the altar.

28 Thou art my God, and I wil confeſſe to thee: thou art my God, and I wil exalt thee. I wil confeſſe to thee becauſe thou haſt heard me: and art become my ſaluation.

29 [z] Confeſſe ye to our Lord becauſe he is good: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

Marginal notes to Psalm 117

1 [a] Let vs praiſe God, for his goodnes, in making vs of nothing, geuing vs manie benefites,
1 [b] and remitting our ſinnes.
1 Pſal. 105. 106. 135.
2 [c] Let the Church of the nevv teſtament eſpecially confeſſe his goodnes, vvhich hath receiued more mercie and grace.
3 [d] Let al the Clergie praiſe God novv in the time of more grace, and of greater ſpiritual functions.
4 [e] Yea let the Whole bodie of the Church, al that feare, and ſerue God praiſe his mercie.
5 [f] As wel ſpiritual as temporal.
10 [g] Though innumerable oppoſe, and endeuour to hurt me (ſaith the Church, or anie iuſt perſon)
10 [h] yet by Gods povvre, not by myn ovvne, I am defended, and they puniſhed, and ſo the iuſt hath the victorie, and triumpheth,
12 [i] In great troopes, and furie,
12 [k] vvith ſharpe though ſhorte force, and vvith ſpecial noiſe, to terrifie me, but in God I ouercame al
13 [l] I vvas ſometimes by vehemencie of tentation, declining to ſinne:
13 [m] but Gods grace aſſiſted and ſtrengthned me.
16 [n] The ſame vvord [right hand] thriſe mentioned, ſignifieth the B. Trinitie. Alſo [Our Lord] ſignifying Chriſt in his humanitie the chief inſtrument of God, is here often repeted, to ſignifie the ſingular efficacie therof.
18 [o] God chaſtiſeth his children,
18 [p] becauſe he vvould not that they ſhould dye eternally. So he puniſheth as a father, not as an enimie.
19 [q] The Prophet novv ſpeaketh in the perſon of iuſt ſoules, requiring ſpiritual doctrin, and foode,
19 r and promiſing to ſerue God.
22 [ſ] An euident prophecie of Chriſt vttered by the Royal Pſalmiſt, and novv confeſſed by euerie Chriſtian, that our Sauiour reiected by the Ievves, is neuertheles the builder of his Church, by ioyning the tvvo peoples of Ievves and Gentiles, as tvvo vvalles into one houſe.
24 [t] God ordayned this acceptable time of grace.
24 Mat. 21. ⟨illegible⟩. 20. Act. 4. I⟨illegible⟩m. 9. 1 Pet. 2.
25 [v] The ſongue of the Hebrevv children, vvhen Chriſt entered Ieruſalem vvith palmes of triumph, and acclamations.
26 [w] The voice of Chriſt, and his Apoſtles and other Clergie bleſſing the people as they deſire.
27 [x] This was fulfilled when Chriſt was brought with bowes of palme, and other ſignes of triumph, from Bethania,
27 [y] through the whole citie, euen into the Temple and vnto the Altar: Mat. 21.
29 [z] Our firſt, chife, and final dutie is to praiſe God. v. 1. &. vlt.

Psalm 118

PSALME CXVIII.

A perpetual recommendation of the ſingular excellencie, abſolute neceſſitie, and [Margin: Perfect iuſtice is in keping Gods law. the 7. key.] eternal heauenlie profite of Gods law: with frequent aſpirations to perfection, hatred of ſinne, loue of vertue, and feruent deſire to reſt in God.

GENERAL ANNOTATIONS VPON THIS CXVIII. PSALME.

As this Pſalme is the longeſt in the whole Pſalter, ſo it ſemeth to the ancient [Margin: The obſcuritie of this profound and Pſalm, appeareth not to the vulgar reader.] Fathers moſt profound in ſenſe. And ſo much the harder to be vnderſtood, becauſe alſo the very hardnes therof lieth hidden, which in diuers other Pſalmes, and partes of holie Scripture, eaſily appeareth to the reader. But here the wordes being clere, and the ſenſe alſo plaine and eaſie in ſome pointes of doctrine, yet the more deligence is imployed, the more difficultie is found in ſearching the whole ſenſe and mearning of euerie word and ſentence, with the maner obſerued in compoſing it, and the frequent repetition of the ſame or like wordes, Al which maturely conſidered cauſed that great Clerke, and light of the Church S Auguſtin, to omite this Pſalme, when he explicated al the [Margin: S Auguſtin differred the explication of this Pſalme. Omitted to d⟨illegible⟩e one difficultie.] reſt. And when at laſt he added alſo this, he wittingly omitted one ſpecial difficultie, which he doubted not, to be conteyned in the maner of compoſing it, not only by order of the Hebrew Alphabet, as diuers more Pſalmes, and ſome other partes of holie Scripture, but more artificially hen anie other, the firſt eight verſ⟨illegible⟩s al beginning with the firſt letter Aleph; the next eight, with the ſecond letter Beth: and ſo to the laſt of the two and twentie letters Of which omiſſion he yeldeth this only reaſon, becauſe he found nothing (as he humbly affirmeth) that might properly perteyne the unto. Confeſſing alſo [Margin: At laſt made 32. ſermons in explication therof.] expreſly that whenſoeuer he applied his cogitations to expound the text i⟨illegible⟩ ſelf, i⟨illegible⟩ ⟨illegible⟩ exceded his habilitie. But finally to ſatisfie the often and earneſt requeſt of his bretheren and freindes, truſting (as alvvayes) in Gods ſpecial help:, he largely expoundeth it, in thirtie two diſtinct Sermons.

S. Ambroſe alſo moued with like pietie, made two and twentie Sermons in [Margin: S. Ambroſe writte 22 ſermons vpon this Pſalme. King Dauid a great maſter of moral doctrin.] expoſition of this Pſalme. Affirming in his Prologue, that amongſt other Pſalmes, eſpecially this ſheweth how great a maſter king Dauid was of moral good life. For al moral doctrine being of his owne nature ſwete, yet moſt delighteth the eares, and gently toucheth the minde, being vttered, as here it is, with pleaſantnes of verſe, and ſwetenes of ſongue. Againe whereas this Royal Prophet in manie places of this booke, powrethout ſentences of moral pſalmes or ſongues, as bright ſtarres, that ſhine and gliſter to al the world, here moſt excellently he produceth a more ſingular mirrhor, as the ſunne, of ful light, burning with meridian heate. And for the proſite of al, the better to [Margin: VVhy this Pſalme was compoſed in order of the Alphabet.] draw our attentions, to lerne that we may, though we can not attaine to al that we vvould, he diſpoſed this Pſalme through al the Alphabeth: that as children beginning vvith the firſt letters, make entrance to further knovvlege; ſo by the ſame beginninges vve ſhould lay the firſt foundation, and therupon procede in our ſpiritual building, tovvards perfection in good life, the true ſeruice of God. VVhich is yet further inſinuated (as the ſame Doctor reacheth) [Margin: VVhy eight verſes are begunne with euerie letter.] by the eight verſes continually beginning vvith the ſame letter, and ſo other eight in order through the vvhole Alphabet, to ſignifie that after ſeuen dayes trauel in this temporal life, vve may come to that vnitie, vvhich vve expect in the eight day of reſurrection, vvhen vve hope to riſe reuiued in our Lord Ieſus, in nevvnes of eternal life.

Lickevviſe S. Baſil in the Argument of this Pſalme admoniſheth, that vvheras holie Dauid, according to diuers ſtates, vvhich he paſſed, vvritte diuers Pſalmes: as vvhen he fled from his enimies, vvhen he lamented his diſtreſſes, [Margin: S Baſils iudgement that this Pſalme conteyneth the argument of manie Pſalmes.] mourned in penſiuenes, enioyed peace and comforte, ranne a right courſe of vertue, fel from God by ſinne, & againe returning obſerued Gods lavves; in this one Pſalme he comprehendeth al his prayers made to God at ſundrie times, & here propoſeth the ſame, as a certaine profitable moral doctrine, to al ſortes and ſtates of men Neither doth he pretermite doctrinal pointes of faith, but interpoſeth them alſo with moral documents, in ſuch ſorte, that this one Pſalme may ſuffice to teach the vvel diſpoſed, hovv to attaine to perfection in vertue, to ſturre vp the ſlouthful vnto diligent care of their ſoules, to recreate the deſolate vvith ſpiritual conſolations, & briefly it admmiſtereth al kinde of medicine, to the diuers paſſions of mortal men:

For the like iudgements of other Farhers vve remitte the lerned reader, to [Margin: Other expoſitors of this Pſalme.] S. Hilarie, Theodoret, Proſper, Arnobius, Caſſiodorus, Beda, Euthymius and others, but can not wel omitte a brief inſtruction of S. Ierom. VVho in his Epiſtle to Paula Vrbica: not only ſheweth the interpretation of the two and twentie letters, but alſo explicateth their ſenſe in this place, by connecting them into certaine ſhorte ſentences, in this maner.

Aleph	Beth	Gimel	Daleth;
Doctrina	Domus	Plenitudo	Tabularum; [Margin: S. Ieroms interpretation, and explication of the Hebrew Alphabet.]
Doctrine.	Of the houſe	Fulneſſe	Of tables;

VVhich is the firſt connexion, ſignifying that the doctrine of the houſe, that is, the Church of God, is found in the fulnes of diuine bookes.

The ſecond connexion is:

He	Vau	Zain	Heth.
Iſta	Et	Haec	Vita.
This thing	And	This	Life.

For what other life can there be without knowlege of Scriptures? wherby alſo Chriſt is knowen, who is the life of them that beleue in him.

The third connexion is: [Margin: Idem Proem. lament.]

Teth	Iod.
Bonum	Principium,
Good	Beginning,

Albeit we now could know al thinges which are written, yet we know but in [Margin: 1. Cor. 13.] part, and in part we prophecie: for we ſee now by a glaſſe, in a darke ſort, but when we ſhal be worthie to be with Chriſt, and ſhal be like to Angels, theu doctrine of bookes ſhal ceaſe, and then we ſhal ſee face to face: the [Margin (*): God in himſelf,] Good Beginning, euen as he is.

The fourth connexion is:

Caph	Lamed [Margin: Moſt of theſe letters haue alſo other ſignifications. And are diuerſly explicated by S. Ambroſe, S. Beda, and others. VVherby we may lerne (though we vnderſtand no more) that holie Scriptures are ful of myſteries (as S. Ierom calleth this) and hard to be vnderſtod.]
Manus	Diſciplinae, ſiue cordis.
The hande	Of diſcipline, or of hart.

The handes are vnderſtood in worke, hart and diſcipline are vnderſtood in ſenſe or meaning, becauſe we can not rightly doe anie thing, vnles vve firſt knovv vvhat thinges are to be donne.

The fift connexion is:

Mem	Nun	Samech:
Ex ipſis,	Sempiternum	Adiutorium:
Of them	Euerlaſting	Helpe:

This needeth not explication, for it is manifeſt as the light, that from Scriputres are eternal helpes.

The ſixt connexion is:

Ain,	Phe	Sade.
Fons, ſiue Oculus,	O⟨illegible⟩is	Iuſt tiae.
Fountaine, or Eye	Of the mouth	Of iuſtice,

According to that vvhich vve haue expounded in the fourth connexion: that dedes and intention muſt concurre.

The ſeuenth connexion vvhich is laſt, in vvhich number of ſeuen is alſo myſtical vnderſtanding:

Coph	Res	Shin,	Teu.
Vocatio,	Capitis,	Dentium	Signa.
Vocation	Of the head,	Of teeth	Signes.

Diſtinct voice is produced by the teeth, & in theſe ſignes vve come to the Head of al, vvhich is Chriſt, by vvhom vve haue acceſſe to the euerlaſting kingdom.

Or thus (not tranſpoſing the vvordes) By vocation of Chriſt the Head, through diſtinct voice of ſignes (for vvordes are ſignes ſhevving the mind) vve are conducted to the eternal kingdom, the happines vvhich al men deſire.

VVhat I pray thee (ſaith this holie Doctor) is more ſacred then this myſterie, vvhat more pleaſant then this delight? VVhat meate, & vvhat honey are ſvveeter, then to knovv Gods vviſdom; to enter into his ſecrecte cloſſet⟨illegible⟩; to behold the ſenſe of our Creator; and to teach the vvordes of thy Lord God, ful of ſpiritual vviſdom, vvhich are derided by the vviſe of this vvorld.

VVe muſt alſo aduertiſe the reader of the like diſcourſes of ancient Fathers [Margin: Gods lavv eſpecially commended in this Pſalme, 14 Symonyma ſignifying the lavv of God.] (ouer long to be here recited) concerning the manifold hiegh praiſes of Gods Lavv, conteyned in this Pſalme, vvith frequent repetitiō of certaine Synonyma vvordes ſignifying the ſame thing, in al fourtene▪ tovvitte: The Lavv of God, his VVayes, Teſtimonies, Commandments, Precepts, Statutes, Iuſtifications, Iudgements, Iuſtice, Equitie, Veritie, VVordes Speaches, & Sermons: of vvhich there is commonly one in euerie verſe, and ſomtimes tvvo or three in the ſame verſe. But our Engliſh tongue hardly ſufficing rightly to diſtinguiſh the three laſt, which in latin are Verba, Eloquia, Sermones, we tranſlate VVORDES only, adding in the margen, Eloquia, and Sermones, when they occurre.

Leauing therfore larger commentaries to others, we ſhal proſecute our wonted maner of briefe gloſſes. Only here premoniſhing the diligent readers, eſpecially Clergimen (our ſelues and our brethren) who euerie day ſing or read this whole Pſalme in the Canonical houres, to obſerue two particular pointes of Chriſtian doctrine, euidently proued by manie places of this Pſalme. [Margin: Gods grace neceſſarie in euerie good vvorke.] The one againſt the Pelagians hereſie, denying the neceſſitie of Gods ſpecial grace in meritorious workes. For the Pſalmiſt often here inculcateth mans inſufficiencie, that of himſelfe, and by natural forces, he can not kepe the commandments of God, but needeth alwayes the particular grace of God, as vvel to beleue in him, to repent for ſinnes, and to beginne good vvorkes; as to procede, and perſeuere in good ſtate to the end. The other againſt the hereſie [Margin: It enableth freevvil to merite.] of our time, denying merite by grace & freewil. For here it is alſo manifeſt, that Gods grace maketh man able, to kepe his commandments, and by keeping them to become iuſt in this life, and ſo to merite eternal glorie. Sundrie other principal Articles of Chriſtian Catholique Religion are likevviſe compriſed in this one Pſalme: but eſpecially Moral doctrin.

Psalm 118, the psalm

Alleluja.

[Margin: This title vvas added by the Septuagint, to admoniſh vs that this Pſalme conteyneth that ſingular maner of praiſing God, ſignified by the two Hebrevv vvordes Allelu ja. as before. Pſal 104.]

Aleph.	Doctrine.

1 BLESSED [a] are [b] the immaculate in the way: which [c] walke in the law of our Lord.

2 Bleſſed are they, [d] that ſearch his teſtimonies: that [e] ſeeke after him with al their hart.

3 For [f] they that worke iniquitie, haue not walked in his [g] waies.

4 Thou haſt [h] very much commanded thy commandmentes to be kept.

5 Would God my waies [i] might be directed, to keepe thy [k] iuſtifications.

6 Then shal I [l] not be confounded, when I shal looke throughly in al thy commandmentes.

7 [m] I wil confeſſe to thee [n] in direction of hart: in that I haue lerned the [o] iudgements of thy iuſtice.

8 [p] I wil keepe thy iuſtifications: [q] forſake me not wholy.

Beth.	Houſe.

9 Wherein [a] doth a yongman correct his way? [b] in keeping thy [*] wordes.

10 [c] With my whole hart I haue ſought after thee: [d] repel me not from thy commandmentes.

11 [e] In my hart I haue hid thy [*] wordes: that I may not ſinne to thee.

12 [f] Bleſſed art thou ô Lord: [g] teach me thy iuſtifications.

13 In my lippes, I haue pronounced al the [h] iudgementes of thy mouth.

14 I am [i] delighted in the way of thy teſtimonies, as in al riches.

15 I [k] wil be exerciſed in thy commandmentes: and I wil conſider thy waies.

16 I [l] wil meditate in thy iuſtifications: I wil not forget thy [*] wordes.

Gimel.	Fulnes.

17 Render [a] to thy ſeruant, [b] quicken me: [c] and I shal keepe thy [*] wordes.

18 [d] Reuele mine eies: [e] and I shal conſider the meruelous thinges of thy law.

19 [f] I am a ſeiourner in the land, [g] hide not thy commandmentes from me.

20 My ſoule hath coueted to deſire thy iuſtifications, at al time.

21 Thou haſt [h] rebuked the prowde: [i] curſed are they that decline from thy commandmentes.

22 Take from me reproch, and contempt: becauſe I haue ſought after thy teſtimonies.

23 For [k] princes ſate, and they ſpake againſt me: but [l] thy ſeruant was exerciſed in thy iuſtifications.

24 For both [m] thy teſtimonies are my meditation: and [n] thy iuſtifications my counſel.

Daleth.	Of Tables.

25 My ſoule [a] hath cleaued to the pauement: [b] quicken me according to thy word.

26 I haue vttered my wayes, and thou haſt heard me: teach me thy iuſtifications.

27 Inſtruct me the way of thy iuſtifications: and I shal be exerciſed in thy meruelous workes.

28 My ſoule [c] hath ſlumbered for tediouſnes: [d] confirme me in thy wordes.

29 [e] Remoue from me the way of iniquitie: and according to thy law, [f] haue mercie on me.

30 I haue choſen the way of truth: I haue not forgotten thy iudgements.

31 I haue cleaued to thy teſtimonies ô Lord: [g] do not confound me.

32 [h] I ranne the way of thy commandments: [i] when thou didſt dilate my hart.

He.	This thing.

33 [a] Set me a law ô Lord the way of thy iuſtifications: and I wil ſeeke after it alwayes.

34 [c] Geue me vnderſtanding, [d] and I wil ſearch thy law: and I wil keepe it with my whole hart.

35 [e] Conduct me into the path of thy commandments: [f] becauſe I would it.

36 [g] Incline my hart into thy teſtimonies: and [h] not into auarice.

37 [i] Turne away mine eies that they ſee not vanitie: [k] in thy way quicken me.

38 [l] Eſtablish thy [*] word to thy ſeruant, in thy feare.

39 [m] Take away my reproch, which I haue feared: [n] becauſe thy iudgements are pleaſant.

40 Behold I haue coueted thy commandments: in thine equitie [o] quicken me.

Vau.	And.

41 And [a] let thy mercie come vpon me ô Lord: [b] thy ſaluation according to thy [*] word.

42 And [c] I shal anſwer a word to them that vpbrayde me: [d] becauſe I haue hoped in thy [*] wordes.

43 And [e] take not away out of my mouth the word of truth vtterly: [f] becauſe I haue much hoped in thy iudgementes.

44 And [g] I wil keepe thy law alwayes: for euer, and for euer and euer.

45 And [h] I walked in largeneſſe: [i] becauſe I haue ſought after thy commandments.

46 And [k] I ſpake of thy teſtimonies in the ſight of kinges: and was not confounded.

47 And [l] I meditated in thy commandments, which I loued.

48 And [m] I haue lifted vp my handes to thy commandments, which I loued: and [n] I was exerciſed in thy iuſtifications.

Zain. This.

49 Be [a] mindeful of thy word to thy ſeruant, wherein thou haſt geuen me hope.

50 This hath comforted me in my humiliation: becauſe [b] thy [*] word hath quickened me.

51 The [c] prowd did vniuſtly excedingly: [d] but I declined not from thy law.

52 I [e] haue bene mindful of thy iudgements from [f] euerlaſting ô Lord: [g] and was comforted.

53 [h] Faynting poſſeſſed me, becauſe of ſinners forſaking thy law.

54 [i] Thy iuſtifications were ſongue by me, in the place of my peregrination.

55 I haue bene mindful in [k] the night of thy name ô Lord: and haue kept thy law.

56 This was done to me: [l] becauſe I ſought after thy iuſtifications.

Heth.	Life.

57 My [a] portion ô Lord, I ſayd to keepe thy law.

58 [b] I beſought thy face, with al my hart: haue mercie on me according to thy [*] word.

59 I [c] thought vpon my wayes: and conuerted my feete vnto thy teſtimonies.

60 I [d] am prepared, and am not trubled: to keepe thy commandments.

61 The [e] cordes of ſinners haue wrapped me round about: and [f] I haue not forgotten thy law.

62 At [g] midnight I roſe to confeſſe to thee, for the iudgements of thy iuſtification.

63 [h] I am partaker of al that feare thee: and that keepe thy commandments.

64 The [i] earth ô Lord is ful of thy mercie: [k] teach me thy iuſtifications.

Teth.	Good.

65 Thou haſt [a] done bountie with thy ſeruant ô Lord: [b] according to thy word.

66 [c] Teach me goodneſſe, [d] and diſcipline, and [e] knowledge: [f] becauſe I haue beleued thy commandments.

67 Before I [g] was humbled I offended: [h] therfore haue I kept thy [*] word.

68 Thou art good: and in thy goodneſſe teach me thy iuſtifications.

69 The iniquitie of [i] the prowd is multiplied vpon me: [k] but I in al my hart wil ſearch thy commandments.

70 Their hart is [l] crudded together as milke: [m] but I haue meditated thy law.

71 It is good for me that thou haſt humbled me: that I may learne thy iuſtifications.

72 The law of thy mouth is [n] good vnto me, aboue thouſands of gold, and ſiluer.

Iod.	Beginning.

73 Thy handes haue made me, and formed me: [a] geue me vnderſtanding, and I wil learne thy commandmentes.

74 They that feare thee [b] shal ſee me, & shal reioyce: becauſe I haue much hoped in thy wordes.

75 [c] I know ô Lord that thy iudgements are equitie: and in thy truth thou haſt humbled me. [d].

76 Let thy mercie be done to comfort me, according to thy [*] word vnto thy ſeruant.

77 Let thy commiſerations come to me, and I [e] shal liue: becauſe thy law is my meditation.

78 Let the prowde [f] be confounded, becauſe they haue done vniuſtly toward me: but I wil be exerciſed in thy commandments.

79 Let them [g] be conuerted to me that feare thee: and that know thy teſtimonies.

80 Let my hart be made immaculate in thy iuſtifications, that I be not confounded.

Caph.	Hand, or Palme of the hand.

81 My ſoule hath fainted for [a] thy ſaluation: and I haue much hoped in thy word.

82 Myne eies haue fayled for thy [*] word, ſaying: [b] When wilt thou comfort me?

83 Becauſe I am made [c] as a bottel in the hoare froſt: I haue not forgotten thy iuſtifications.

84 How manie are [d] the daies of thy ſeruant: when wilt thou doe iudgement on them that perſecute me?

85 The vniuſt haue told me [e] fables: but not as thy law.

86 Al thy commandmentes are truth: they haue vniuſtly perſecuted me, helpe me.

87 They haue welnere [f] made an end of me in the earth: but I haue not forſaken thy commandments.

88 According to [g] thy mercie quicken me: and I shal keepe the teſtimonies of thy mouth.

Lamed.	Diſcipline.

89 For euer Lord [a] thy word is permanent in heauen.

90 Thy truth in generation and generation: thou haſt founded the earth, and it is permanent.

91 By thy ordinance the day contine weth: becauſe [b] al thinges ſerue thee.

92 [c] But that thy law is my meditation: I had then [d] perhaps perished in my humiliation.

93 I wil not forget thy iuſtifications for euer: becauſe in them thou ⟨illegible⟩ſt quickned me.

94 I am thine, ſaue me: becauſe [e] I haue ſought out thy iuſtifications.

95 Sinners haue expected me to deſtroy me: I vnderſtood thy teſtimonies.

96 [f] Of al conſummation I haue ſene the end: [g] thy commandment is exceding large.

Mem.	Of them.

97 [a] How haue I loued thy law ô Lord! al the day it is my meditation.

98 [b] Aboue mine enemies thou haſt made me wiſe by thy commaundment: becauſe it is to me for euer.

99 Aboue [c] al that taught me haue I vnderſtood: becauſe thy teſtimonies are my meditation.

100 Aboue [d] ancientes haue I vnderſtood: becauſe I haue ſought thy commandments.

101 I haue ſtaied my feete from al euil way: that I may keepe thy wordes.

102 I haue not declined from thy iudgements: becauſe thou haſt ſet me a law.

103 [e] How ſweete are thy [*] wordes to my iawes, more then honie to my mouth!

104 By thy commandments I haue vnderſtood: therfore haue I [f] hated al the way of iniquitie.

Nun.	Euerlaſting.

105 [a] Thy word is a lampe to my feete, and a light to my pathes.

106 I [b] ſware, and haue determined to keepe the iudgements of thy iuſtice.

107 I am [c] humbled excedingly ô Lord: quicken me according to thy word.

108 The [d] voluntaries of my mouth make acceptable ô Lord: and teach me thy iudgementes.

109 My [e] ſoule is in my handes alwaies: and I haue not forgotten thy law.

110 Sinners laid a ſnare for me: and I haue not erred from thy commandments.

111 For inheritance I haue purchaſed thy teſtimonies for euer: becauſe they are the ioy of my hart.

112 I haue inclined my hart to doe thy iuſtifications for euer, [f] for reward.

Samech.	Helpe.

113 I haue [a] hated the vniuſt: and I haue [b] loued thy law.

114 Thou art my helper, and protectour: and vpon thy word I haue much hoped.

115 [c] Depart from me ye malignant: and I wil ſearch the commandmentes of my God.

116 [d] Receiue me according to thy [*] word, [e] and I shal liue: and [f] confound me not of myn expectation.

117 [g] Helpe me, and I shal be ſaued: and I wil meditate in thy iuſtifications alwayes.

118 Thou haſt [h] deſpiſed al that reuolt from thy iudgementes: [i] becauſe their cogitation is vniuſt.

119 Al the ſinners of the earth I [k] haue reputed preuaricatours: therfore haue I loued thy teſtimonies.

120 [l] Pearſe my flesh with thy feare: for I am afrayd of thy iudgementes.

Ain.	A fountaine, or an eye.

121 I [a] haue done iudgement and iuſtice: [b] deliuer me not to them that calumniate me.

122 Receiue thy ſeruant [c] vnto good: let not the prowde calumniate me.

123 Mine eies haue fayled [d] after thy ſaluation: and for the [*] word of thy iuſtice.

124 Doe with thy ſeruant according to thy mercie: and teacher me thy iuſtifications.

125 I am thy ſeruant: geue me vnderſtanding, that I may know thy teſtimonies.

126 [e] It is time to doe ô Lord: [f] they haue diſſipated thy law.

127 [g] Therfore haue I loued thy commandementes, aboue gold and topazius: [h]

128 Therfore was I directed to al thy commandements: [i] al wicked way I haue hated.

Phe.	Mouth.

129 Thy [a] teſtimonies are meruelous: [b] therfore hath my ſoule ſearched them.

130 The [c] declaration of thy [*] wordes doth illuminate: and geueth vnderſtanding to litle ones.

131 I [d] opened my mouth, and drew breath: becauſe I deſired thy commandments.

132 Looke vpon me, and haue mercie on me, according to [e] the iudgement of them that loue thy name.

133 Direct my ſteppes according to thy [*] Word: and let not anie iniuſtice haue domination ouer me.

134 Redeme me from the calumnies of men: that I may kepe thy commondmentes.

135 Illuminate [f] thy face vpon thy ſeruant: and teach me thy iuſtifications.

136 [g] Mine eies haue gushed forth iſſues of waters: becauſe they haue not kept thy law.

Sade.	Iuſtice.

137 Thou art iuſt ô Lord: and [a] thy iudgement is right.

138 Thou haſt commanded [b] iuſtice thy teſtimonies: and thy veritie excedingly.

139 My Zele hath made me to pine away: becauſe mine enimies haue forgotten thy wordes.

140 Thy [*] word is [c] fired excedingly: and thy ſeruant hath loued it.

141 I am [d] a yongman, and contemned: I [e] haue not forgotten thy iuſtifications.

142 Thy iuſtice, is iuſtice for euer: and thy law is veritie.

143 Tribulation, and diſtreſſe haue found me: thy commandments are my meditation.

144 Thy teſtimonies are equitie for euer [f] geue me vnderſtanding, and I shal liue.

Coph.	Vocation.

145 I [a] haue cried in my whole hart, heare me ô Lord: I wil ſeeke after thy iuſtifications.

146 I haue cried to thee, ſaue me: that I may keepe thy commandmentes.

147 I haue preuented in [b] maturitie, and [c] haue cried: becauſe I hoped much in thy wordes.

148 Minecies [d] haue preuented early vnto thee: that I might meditate thy [*] wordes.

149 Heare my voice according to thy mercie ô Lord: and according to [e] thy iudgement quicken me.

150 They that perſecute me haue approched to iniquitie: but from thy law they are made far of.

151 Thou art [f] nigh ô Lord: and al thy wayes are truth.

152 [g] From the beginning I knewe of thy teſtimonies: that thou haſt founded them for euer.

153 See [a] my humiliation, and deliuer me: becauſe I haue not forgotten thy law.

154 Iudge my iudgement, & redeme me: for thy [*] word [b] quicken thou me.

155 Saluation is far from ſinners: becauſe they haue not ſought after thy iuſtifications.

156 Thy mercies are manie ô Lord: [c] according to thy iudgement quicken me.

157 There are manie that perſecute me, and afflict me: I haue not declined from thy teſtimonies.

158 I ſaw the preuaricatours, and I pyned away: becauſe they kept not thy [*] wordes.

159 [d] See that I haue loued thy commandmentes ô Lord: in thy mercie quicken me.

160 The [e] beginning of thy wordes is truth: [f] al the iudgementes of thy iuſtice are for euer.

Sin.	Tooth.

161 Princes haue perſecuted me [a] without cauſe: and my [b] hart hath bene afrayd of thy wordes.

162 I [c] wil reioyce at thy [*] wordes: as he that findeth manie ſpoyles.

163 I haue hated iniquitie, and abhorred it: but thy law I haue loued.

164 [d] Seuentimes in the day I haue ſayd prayſe to thee, for the iudgements of thy iuſtice.

165 There is [e] much peace to them that loue thy law: & [f] there is no ſcandal to them.

166 I expected thy ſaluation ô Lord: and haue loued thy commandmentes.

167 My ſoule hath kept thy teſtimonies: and [g] hath loued them excedindgly.

168 I haue kept thy commandmentes, and thy teſtimonies: becauſe al my waies are in thy ſight.

Tau.	Signe.

169 Let my petition approch in thy ſight ô Lord: according to thy word giue me [b] vnderſtanding.

170 Let my requeſt enter in thy ſight: [c] according to thy word [d] deliuer me.

171 My lippes shal vtter an hymne, when thou shalt teach me thy iuſtifications.

172 My tongue shal pronounce thy [*] word: [e] becauſe al thy commandmentes are equitie.

173 [f] Let thy hand be to ſaue me: becauſe I haue choſen thy commandmentes.

174 I haue coneted thy ſaluation ô Lord: and thy law is my meditation.

175 [g] My ſoule shal liue, and shal prayſe thee: and thy iudgementes shal helpe me

176 [h] I haue ſtrayed, as a sheepe, that is loſt: [i] ſeeke thy ſeruant, [k] becauſe I haue not forgotten thy commandmentes.

Marginal notes to Psalm 118

1 [a] VVhereas al, without exception, deſire to be happie and bleſſed;
1 [b] they are indede happie (according to the perfecteſt happines of this life) that are immaculate:
1 [c] and they are immaculate, that walke in the law of God. VVhere the holie Pſalmiſt preſuppoſeth, that ſome can and do kepe the law of God, and ſo are immaculate, and bleſſed in the vvay of this life.
2 [d] Thoſe that are immaculate, are againe bleſſed, by ſearching Gods teſtimonies, that is, his lavv teſtifying that the good ſhal be revvarded, and the vvicked puniſhed, but ſearching theſe teſtimonies, vvhiles one is contaminate vvith ſinnes againſt Gods lavv, maketh not bleſſed:
2 [e] neither doth euerie ſuperficial careles ſearch bring this bleſſing, but ſearching vvith true affection of the hart.
3 [f] Contrarivviſe they that vvorke iniquitie are not bleſſed;
3 [g] becauſe they haue not vvalked in the vvayes of God, to witte, not kept his conmamdments and lavv, vvhich are the vvay to happines.
4 [h] For mans ovvne good, that he may come to true happines, God hath moſt ſeriouſly commanded vs to kepe his commandments, that is, to obſerue his Lavv commanded by moſt ſufferaine diuine authoritie.
5 [i] Therfore the faithful ſeruant of God, knovving his ovvne inſufficiencie, deſireth that God by his grace vvil direct and ſtreing then him,
5 [k] to kepe his lavv, called Iuſtifications, becauſe therby man is made iuſt.
6 [l] They ſhal be ſafe from eternal confuſion, when they ſhal kepe not only part, but al thy commandments: becauſe breach of ⟨illegible⟩n⟨illegible⟩e bringeth confuſion.
7 [m] So ſhal I praiſe thee, and render thankes,
7 [n] with ſincere not fayned affection,
7 [o] for this great benefite, that I haue lerned, that thy law is according to moſt iuſt iudgement.
8 [p] I haue therfore a firme purpoſe, & do faithfully promiſe to kepe thy law, which maketh the keper therof iuſt.
8 [q] Albeit thou ſuffer me ſometimes to be in tribulation, or in tentation, yet forſake me not wholy. The Pſalmiſt knew wel (ſaith S. Gregorie) that he might be profitably leift a while, who prayed, that he ſhould not be wholy forſaken.
8 li. 20. c. 21. Mer.
9 [a] In this ſecond Octonarie, as alſo in al the reſt, the Holie Ghoſt by the prophets penne teacheth the meanes how to come to perfection & happines. Here by way of interrogation, as it were demanding how a youngman, that is euerie man prone to worldlie pleaſure, & ſlow in Gods ſeruice, ſhal beginne to correct his courſe?
9 [b] VVherto the ſame Holie Ghoſt anſwereth, that he muſt kepe Gods law, called here his wordes. For al the wordes which God vttereth, are lawes to his ſeruants.
9 [*] ſermones.
10 [c] The Pſalmiſt now ſpeaketh in the perſon of perfect iuſt men, or of the whole Church in general. VVhoſe common ſpirite ſeeketh God intyrely.
10 [d] And conſidering that this perfect good wil is the gift of God, prayeth that he wil conſerue the ſame, and not ſuffer it to be altered, or to erre from his commandments.
11 [e] An other ſincere profeſſion of a reſolute good purpoſe not to ſinne.
11 [*] eloquia
12 [f] A gratful aſpiration praiſing God.
12 [g] Againe the iuſt prayeth to be more and more inſtructed in iuſtifications: that which S. Iohn exhorteth vnto: He that is iuſt, let him yet be iuſtified. Apoc. 22.
13 [h] Gods law is alſo called his Iudgements, becauſe ſitting in iudgement he geueth ſentence according to his Law.
14 [i] As the iuſt profeſſeth by mouth, ſo he delighteth in hart.
15 [k] practiſeth in worke:
16 [l] and diligently meditateth Gods law.
16 [*] ſermones.
17 [a] O Lord liberally geue me that which I here craue,
17 [b] quicken me with ſpiritual life, thy grace.
17 [c] ſo I ſhal kepe thy law, which otherwiſe I can not.
17 [*] ſermones.
18 [d] Illuminate myn vnderſtanding, by thy grace,
18 [e] that I may be able to ſee the meruelous great and iuſt reaſons of thy law, inſtructing al, threatning the peruerſe, encoreging the wel diſpoſed, puniſhing the wicked, rewarding the good, doing right to al.
19 [f] I that haue but a ſmal time in this world,
19 [g] deſire to be inſtructed in thy law, what is therein commanded.
21 [h] I conſider that thou ô God doſt ſharply reproue the prowd contemners of thy commandments:
21 [i] laying curſes vpon them for declining from thyn obedience.
23 [k] Though perſecutors were very potent,
23 [l] yet the faithful ſeruant of God perſeuered in his ſeruice.
24 [m] In time of perſecution and tentation we muſt thincke and meditate, that Gods law teſtifieth eternal revvard, or puniſhment,
24 [n] and in our deliberation or conſultation, we muſt conſider that keping Gods law maketh iuſt: and conſequently meriteth reward.
25 [a] This alſo is vttered in the perſon of the juſt, who is often brought to great diſtreſſe: as it were, euen nere to death,
25 [b] in which caſe he confidently prayeth to be reliued, according to Gods word, law, and promiſe.
28 [c] Being in ſo great anxietie that my minde is almoſt diſtracted, or ouercome,
28 [d] I cal to thee ô God, that thou wilt conſerue me, that I ſtil kepe thy law▪ vttered by thy vvordes.
29 [e] Protect me that I fal not to iniquitie.
29 [f] And of thy'mercie conſerue me in ſtate of grace.
31 [g] Suffer me not to be confounded.
32 [h] Man is able, and doth runne in the right vvay of Gods commandments,
32 [i] yet not of himſelfe, but vvhen God repleniſheth his hart vvith grace.
33 [a] Impreſſe ô God thy lavv in myn affection, make me to loue it, and to deſire to be iuſtified, b ſo ſhal I hartely and alvvayes ſeeke it.
34 [c] After thou haſt geuen me a deſire to kepe thy lavv, geue me alſo vnderſtanding.
34 [d] then ſhal I fruictfully ſearch it. For this is the right order (as before in the firſt and ſecond verſes) firſt to loue Gods lavve, to be iuſtified, and to become immaculate; and then to ſearch to knovv the lavve, and ſo it is more e⟨illegible⟩ſily lerned.
35 [e] Gods grace firſt dravveth and leadeth,
35 [f] then freevvil inflamed vvith deſire effectually concurreth.
36 [g] Stil the Prophet inculcateth the neceſſitie of Gods grace, as vvel to make vs deſire that is good,
36 [h] as to flee from euil.
37 [i] It is neceſſarie alſo to pray that God vvil take avvay occaſions, vvhich might moue to ſinne▪
37 [k] and ſtil to grant his helping grace in progreſſe of vertue.
38 [l] Againe the iuſt prayeth for confirmation in grace, to be eſtablished in the feare of God.
38 [*] eloquiū
39 [m] To be deliuered alſo from al the effectes of former ſinnes,
39 [n] for ſinne is therfore reprochful and odious, becauſe it is contrarie to Gods lavv, and true iudgements, vvhich are moſt pleaſant.
40 [o] Being thus affected vvith deſire to kepe the commandments, the ſoule prayeth to be ſtil quickned, more and more vvith good ſpirite, and ſo to perſeuere to the end.
41 [a] Againe conſidering that vvithout Gods grace preuenting, man can not do anie good thing, the prophet renevveth his prayer, requeſting Gods mercie,
41 [b] and his helpe freely promiſed to al that aske it.
41 [*] eloquiū
42 [c] VVhervvith being aſſiſted and ſtreingthned, he that before vvas vveake vvil boldly anſvver al calumniators, that reprochfully ſay: God wil not helpe him:
42 [d] that in dede he hath not in vaine truſted in Gods promiſed helpe.
42 [*] ſermo⟨illegible⟩ibus.
43 [e] He alſo prayeth, though he be ſometimes fearful, that God vvil not ſuffer him vvholly to omitte manifeſt profeſſion of faith and true religion,
43 [f] ſeing by thy former grace I haue already repoſed my truſt in thy promiſes, made to them that are reſolued to kepe thy lavv.
44 [g] For I do firmly purpoſe euer and alwayes to kepe thy law.
45 [h] In this I haue had great ioy and comforte of mind:
45 [i] becauſe I did in dede ſeeke after thy commandements, vvhich is ſpecially vttered (as alſo the three next verſes) in the perſon of thoſe, that are in trial of perſecution for their faith:
46 [k] VVho boldly in time of perſecution, euen before perſecuting Kinges and Emperors, profeſſe Chriſts true Religion. Veryfied in innumerable glorious Martyrs, yea alſo of the fraile ſexe, in S. Catharin, S. Cecilie, S. Lucie, S. Margaret, S. VVenefrede, S. Vrſula, and her felovves, and manie more, moſt conſtantly anſvvering al vvordes of reproch obiected, as if it vvere a baſe or contemtible thing to be Chriſtians, to be Catholiques, to be Papiſtes No, al theſe and the like, are honorable and glorious titles; importing the true ſeruice of Chriſt; in vnitie of the Catholique Church; and ſpiritual participation vvith the viſible head therof, Chriſts Vicar in earth.
47 [l] Such confeſſors as yet mortal, reioyce in that they haue meditated in Gods commandments, vvhich they haue feruently loued.
48 [m] Alſo ſhevved the ſame in external vvorke, not diſſembling by ſilence, by vvord, nor fact.
48 [n] euerie way exerciſing Gods lavv, vvhich maketh the obie⟨illegible⟩uers iuſt.
49 [a] That vvhich God hath decreed, and promiſed; being in itſelfe moſt certaine and aſſured, yet includeth the meanes, vvherby it ſhal be put in execution: and therfore the iuſt, his elect, do pray for the performance of his vvil.
50 [b] Expectation of thy promiſe hath geuen me corege.
50 [*] elo⟨illegible⟩
51 [c] Provvde contemners of Gods lavv, haue euerie vvay moleſted me, by detracting, deriding, calumniating, and violently perſecuting me.
51 [d] Al vvhich I haue borne patiently, and not declined from thy lavv.
52 [e] I remembred and conſidered thy iuſt puniſhments inflicted vpon the impious,
52 [f] euen from the beginning of the vvorld (both vpon the diuels, and vvicked men) and that thou vvilt exerciſe the like hereafter,
52 [g] vvhich conſideration of thy iuſtice comforted me.
53 [h] Otherwiſe if I had not ſene thy iuſtice, my zele againſt contemners of thy law, would haue killed me.
54 [i] In this place of my perigrination from heauen, I am comforted by remembring, celebrating, and ſinging thy iuſt commandments and lavves, vvhich make thy ſeruants iuſt.
55 [k] In perſecution, and in al tribulation, I kept thy law becauſe I would not dishonour thy name:
56 [l] And my tribulation eſpecially fel vpon me, becauſe I ſought to be iuſtified by keping thy law.
57 [a] The Prophe⟨illegible⟩ procedeth ſpeaking in the perſon of the iuſt tending to perfection, and ſaying: This is my happie choiſe, that I deſire no other enheritance, nor poſſeſſion, but to kepe Gods Lavv.
58 [b] And ſeeing this excedeth my proper ſtreingth, I prayed God of his mercie to make me able to kepe it.
58 [*] ⟨illegible⟩loquiū
59 [c] Pondering my former actions, I turned my pathes to obſerue more perfectly the Law, which God hath teſtified to be the right way.
60 [d] With prompnes of mind, and without heſitation I reſolued to kepe the commandments.
61 [e] The wicked laide cordes, nettes, or ſnares to intrappe, and hinder me,
61 [f] but I kept thy law fresh in memorie.
62 [g] That this is not vnderſtood only myſtically in time of affliction, but alſo literally and prophetically, that ſome ſpecial ſeruantes of God, ſhould obſerue a godlie profeſſion of praying at midnight, the vvord [I roſe] maketh it probable. S. Paul & Silas, either of a holie cuſtome, or at leaſt vpon ſpecial occaſion (and ſuch occaſions vvere to them, and others frequent) [Margin: Act. 16.] prayed, and praiſed God at midnight. And novv in the Church of Chriſt ſome religions men pray, and praiſe God continually at midnight; beſides other houres, mentioned more diſtinctly v. 164.
63 [h] A great benefite, and a ſingular conſolation, that al true liuing members of Chriſt, are partakers of al the prayers, good workes, and merites, of the whole Church militant and triumphant. VVhich in our Crede is called, The Communion of Sainctes.
64 [i] So great is the mercie of God, extended, communicated, and multiplied in the whole earth.
64 [k] Inſtruct me, and direct me therfore ó God, that I may lerne and obſerue thy law, and ſo be iuſtified, and made participant of ſo great mercie.
65 [a] Dealt very bountifully
65 [b] as thou didſt promiſe.
66 [c] He that hath bountifully receiued grace at Gods hand, prayeth for more grace, that he may be beneficial to others in releuing the needie;
66 [d] in inſtructing the ignorant,
66 [e] in perſwading to kepe the law of God:
66 [f] becauſe he hath lerned and beleueth the commandments, by which he is bond to loue, and haue care of his neighbour.
67 [g] Before I was afflicted, I often fel into ſinne:
67 [h] but vexation gaue me vnderſtanding, therfore now I kepe thy law.
67 [*] eloquiū.
69 [i] Contemners of thy law haue endeuored to intangle me,
69 [k] but I perſiſt in keping thy commandments. As before. v. 51. 61.
70 [l] Though the wicked combine themſelues together againſt me,
70 [m] yet I conſider, that it is neceſſarie to perſeuer in thy law.
72 [n] A clere compariſon, that it is better to kepe Gods law, which bringeth life euerlaſting, then to haue al the riches & kingdoms of this world.
73 [a] God being our Creator, we may with confidence pray him to illuminate our mindes, that we may lerne what is his pleaſure, and ſo endeuour to fulfil it.
74 [b] Others that loue God wil be gladde to ſee me alſo ſerue him.
75 [c] The iuſt being afflicted, and not ſeing the particular cauſe therof, yet knoweth and confeſſeth, that God doth it for moſt iuſt cauſe.
75 [d] And therfore with patience prayeth for comforth, as foloweth:
76 [*] eloquiū.
77 [e] who am almoſt dead in tribulation.
78 [f] The iuſt alſo prayeth that the wicked may be ashamed, and conuerted, for ſo the hebrew word here ſignifieth, though it is alſo lawful to deſire the iuſt punishment of obſtinate ſinners.
79 [g] He prayeth againe for conuerſion of the wicked, and to haue peace with them.
81 [a] Manie iuſt of the old teſtament moſt feruently deſired the coming of Chriſt our Sauiour, as our Lord himſelfe teſtifieth, Mat. 13 v. 17. And now the iuſt deſire his coming in glorie, 2. Tim. 4. v. 8
82 [*] eloquiū
82 [b] Delaved hope afflicteth.
83 [c] As a leather bottel made of a beaſts skinne, congeled with the froſt, and after partched in ſmoke, ſo is the bodie of the iuſt mortified by diuers ſortes of afflictions, made a new bottel fitte to receiue new wine, that is, perfect doctrin of Chriſtian life, as of faſting, and other auſteritie, wherof our Sauiour ſpeaketh, Mat. 9. v. 17.
84 [d] Such is mans infirmitie, yea of the iuſt, that he apprehendeth tribulations to be very long, and therfore deſireth conſummation; and that without ſinne, ſo he ſtil ſubmitte his wil to Gods wil.
85 [e] Friuolous idle tailes, which are not according to Gods law.
87 [f] I was in great danger, but am not ouerthrowne.
88 [g] And by thy merciful grace ſhal perſiſt.
89 [a] The praiſe of Gods workes; which are firme and parmanent in the order, wherin he ſet them.
91 [b] Al thinges, of this world, man excepted, do Gods wil.
92 [c] Man, except he meditate Gods law, and therby be holden vp, is in danger,
92 [d] perhaps in euerie tentation to periſh eternally▪ For he can neuer riſe out of mortal ſinne, by his owne powre, and al ſhould periſh⟨illegible⟩f Gods mercie did not ſpare ſome, and geue them new effectual grace to rep⟨illegible⟩ut.
94 [e] Alwayes vnderſtood, that Gods grace preuented, els no man can ſeeke to obſerue the commandments.
96 [f] Al worldlie thinges haue their conſummation and end▪
96 [g] Gods commandment continueth euer▪ For we are perpetually b⟨illegible⟩nd, to loue and ſerue God: to loue our neighboures, yea and enimies▪ The reward alſo for keping Gods commandments, & puniſhment for breaking them, are eternal vvithout end.
97 [a] It is meruel to a perfect iuſt man, that he hath ſo much loued, and obſerued Gods lavv. By acknovvleging vvherof, he yeldeth praiſe and thankes to God, vvhoſe gift it is.
98 [b] The fruictes of obſeruing Gods law are manie and great. Amongst others, it maketh the obſeruer, wiſer then his enimies.
99 [c] It maketh the obſeruer wiſer, then his temporal maiſters, that taught him, towit, then thoſe that teach wel, and do not performe the ſame.
100 [d] Yonger in yeares that kepe Gods commandments, are vviſer then the more ancient that kepe them not.
103 [e] An other fruict is the ſwetnes, which the iuſt feeleth in his owne ſoule.
103 [*] eloquia
104 [f] It brideth alſo iuſt hatred to ſinne.
105 [a] The word or law of God declared by Prophets, Paſtors, or other Preachers is the ordinarie meanes for others to lerne, how to direct their wayes, and actions.
106 [b] Such profeſſion Gods people made in the old law, in Circumciſion, or at other times: Chriſtians make it in Baptiſme.
107 [c] Al that wil liue godly in Chriſt Ieſus, shal ſuffer perſecution. 2. Tim. 3. v. 1⟨illegible⟩.
108 [d] Beſides the commandments, the iuſt alſo offer voluntarie workes of ſupererogation, acceptable to God.
109 [e] By this Hebrevv prouerb is ſignified, that a iuſt m⟨illegible⟩ns temporal life is in continual danger, as the thing that is in ones hand, is readie to be laide by, put out of his hand, or to be by and by diſpoſed of, or may forthvvith fal from his hand.
112 [f] A moſt euident place, that the keping of Gods commandments merite reward, and are righlty obſerued in reſpect of reward.
113 [a] Not anie mortal man is to be hated, in his perſon, but his iniquitie, by vvhich he is an enimie to Gods lavv,
113 [b] vvhich euerie iuſt man loueth.
115 [c] Whoſoeuer wil ſeriouſly and ſecurely ſearch the law of God, muſt auoide the conuerſation of euil men.
116 [d] A general and very fitte prayer, vvhen vve addict ourſelues by a firme reſolution to ſerue God, beſeching him to receiue vs into his protection:
116 [*] eloquiū
116 [e] vvherby ſpiritual liſe is conſerued:
116 [f] vvhich we pray vvith great confidence, becauſe he hath promiſed to heare thoſe that ſeeke, aske, and knocke at the dore of his grace.
117 [g] VVe muſt pray alſo that he ſuffer vs not to be confounded, or made fruſtrate of the revvard vvhich vve expect; for hope confoundeth not, if charitie be povvred in our hartes, by the Holie Ghoſt, vvhich is geuen vs. Rom. 5. v. 5.
118 [h] God reiecteth ſinners:
118 [i] ſo long as they thincke peruerſly: that is, vntil by his grace, ſome returne to a better mind, vvhich of themſelues they can neuer do.
119 [k] As God accounteth of ſinners, ſo the iuſt alſo eſtemeth them, conforming his iudgement to Gods.
120 [l] Seruil feare is profitable as this place maketh euident: though perfect charitie aftervvards ſucceding, expelleth that feare, and moueth to do vvel for the loue of God, not for feare of puniſhment 1. Ioan. 4.
121 [a] The iuſt againe in feruent zele, not arrogantly, but confidently profeſſing his innocencie,
121 [b] prayeth to be defended from calumniators.
122 [c] Grant therfore ô God the good, and lawful requeſt which I demand.
123 [d] By long expecting to be deliuered, and ſaued from tribulation.
123 [*] eloquiū
126 [e] It is time, and hiegh time, ſaith feruent zele of the iuſt man, that God deliuer the innocent:
126 [f] vvhen the vvicked haue not only perſecuted the good, but haue alſo contemptuouſly made houoke of Gods lavv, and true religion.
127 [g] For this zele of Gods lavv ſo deſpiſed, and diſſiputed, the iuſt more and more loueth, that vvhich the vvicked ſo deadly hate.
127 [h] Euen by the mortal hate of the vvicked I ſavv, that Gods lavv is moſt excellent, and therfore addicted my ſelfe ſo much the more to lone it,
128 [i] and to hate al vvicked vvayes.
129 [a] Gods meruelous povvre and vviſdom, teſtified by his vvorkes and commandments,
129 [b] vvorthely inuite iuſt ſoules, to meditate and contemplate the ſame.
130 [c] Firſt entrance into knowlege of holie Scripture, illuminateth the vnderſtanding of the humble, wherby they procede to know more.
130 [*] Sermonum.
131 [d] By this Metaphor, of gaping, or vvide opening the mouth, and dravving breath, the Prophet deſcribeth the great deſire of the iuſt, to knovv and kepe Gods commandments.
132 [e] According to thy accuſtomed equitie, in shewing mercie to them that loue thy name.
133 [*] eloquiū
135 [f] Let thy diuine Maieſtie looke vpon me with fauorable countenance.
136 [g] True repentance conſiſteth not only in purpoſe to auoide ſinne hereafter, vvhich in dede is firſt required, but alſo in ſorovv and lamentation for ſinnes paſt.
137 [a] God being eſſentially iuſt of himſelfe, maketh men iuſt according to right iudgement, by geuing them grace of mercie, vvhervvith they cooperating, are iuſt by iuſtice in dede inherent in their ſoules, not by imputation only: for it vvere not right iudgement to impute, or account man iuſt, vvho is not ſo in dede.
138 [b] The ſame is more confirmed, by theſe three ſynonyma, Iuſtice, Teſtimonies, Veritie, ſignifying the law of God, moſt earneſtly commanded.
140 [*] eloquia
140 [c] Gods lavv is as pure as anie thing purged by fire.
141 [d] A iuſt man is often iudged ignorant, immature, vnexperienced, by the vvorldlie vviſe;
141 [e] but in dede is vviſe, in that he forgetteth not to kepe the lavv, vvhich maketh him iuſt.
144 [f] Hauing profeſſed the neceſſitie of perfect iuſtice, he concludeth this Octonarie, praying to be illuminated in his vnderſtanding, that ſo he may attaine iuſtice, and liue therby.
145 [a] Moſt ſerious and ſeruent inuocation of God for his grace, is neceſſarie, to the fulfilling of his lavv.
147 [b] I haue preuented the mature, and ordinarie time of the night, and haue prayed
147 [c] very attentiuely.
148 [d] Againe in the morning I haue preuented the accuſtomed time of prayer.
148 [*] eloquia
149 [e] According to thy accuſtomed maner of shevving mercie, ſhew it me, that therby I may liue.
151 [f] God is alwayes readie to heare al that ſincerly inuocate him.
152 [g] Gods law is the ſame in ſubſtance from the beginning of the world, and wil be for euer.
153 [a] An other prayer of the iuſt in affliction.
154 [*] eloquiū
154 [b] Conſerue me in thy grace.
156 [c] As before v. 149.
158 [*] eloquia
159 [d] Sincere profeſſion of innocencie is no arrogancy.
160 [e] Gods eſſential veritie is the beginning from vvhence, as from the fountaine al other truthes are deriued:
160 [f] And al commandments proceding from this firſt truth, are for euer immutable.
161 [a] Potent wicked m⟨illegible⟩ perſecute the god⟨illegible⟩e without cauſe, that is, vvithout anie iuſt reaſon mouing them; & vvithout the effect intended by them, vvhich is to drawe Gods ſeruants from truth, and equitie;
161 [b] vvhoſe hart being poſſeſſed vvith the true feare of God, they perſiſt in keping Gods commandments.
162 [c] Yea they alſo reioyce in keping the commandments, vvith ſuch difficultie, as thoſe doe, that gaining the victorie ouer their enimies, carie avvay great and rich ſpoyles.
162 [*] eloquia
164 [d] Euerie day the iuſt praiſe God often, ſignified by the number of ſeuen. From hence alſo the Church of Chriſt tooke example to inſtitute the ſeuen [Margin: Inſtitution of Canonical Houres by the Church.] Canonical Houres, vvhich is the ordinarie Eccleſiaſtical Office; conſiſting, as S. Iſidorus, and manie other Fathers teſtifie, of Hymnes, Pſalmes, Canticles, Antiphones, Leſſons, Reſponſories, & other Prayers & Praiſes, diſtributed into diſtinct times, beginning in the night, vvherof that part is called the Nocturne (one or three according to the diuerſitie of the Office) and perteineth to one or more of the foure Vigiles, into vvhich ſouldiars diuide the vvhole night. VVherto alſo the Laudes are added. Then Prime, in the morning. Aftervvards, the Third houre, Sixt, Ninth; and in the euening, Euenſongue, and Compline. Againſt vvhich moſt ancient and religious Conſtitution, eſpecially againſt the part called Vigiles, or Nocturnes, certaine Heretikes repined, and calumniated the Churches cuſtome, as ſuperfluous and vnfructful to ſpiritual [Margin: This religious inſtitution reprehended by Drowſie Heretikes. Vigilantians. VVicliffiſts. Lutherans.] worke, violating of Gods ordinance, who made the night for reſt, and the day for laboure. For which caufe they were called Nyctazontes, Somnicoloſi, Drowſy heretikes. As the ſame S. Iſidorus teſtifieth li. 1. c. 22. de Offic. Eccleſ. S. Ierom Epiſt ad Riparium, noteth the ſame hereſie in Vigilantius, calling him Dormitantius, becauſe he reprehended holie Vigiles, as if it were better to ſleepe, then wake in time of Diuine ſeruice. VViclif alſo raiſed vp the ſame hereſie, as witneſſeth Thomas VValdenſis. To 3. Tit: 3. c. 21. Laſtly Luther and al his broode. But the holie obſeruation of Canonical Houres is proued, by manie ancient Fathers to be altogether agreable to the holie Scriptures, both of [Margin: Approued. by S Beda. S. Gregorie S. Auguſtin.] the old and new Teſtament. So S. Beda. in 18. Luc. & li. 4. c. 7. Hiſt. Angl. S. Gregorie the Great li 3. Dialogi c. 14. S. Auguſtin (Ser. 55. de temp) exhorting the people to riſe early to the Vigiles (or Nocturnes) and in aniewiſe to come to the Third houre, Sixt, and Ninth Let none (ſaith he) withdravv himſelfe from the holie vvorke, but vvhom either ſicknes, or publique vtilitie, or perhaps ſome great neceſſitie holdeth backe. S. Ierom. Epiſt. 22. ad Euſtoch. & in Epitaph. Paule. c. 10. maketh expreſſe menrion of the Third houre. Sixt, [Margin: S. Ierom.] Ninth Morning, and Euening; alſo of Midnighſt, adding that no Religious is ignorant that ſometimes they muſt riſe to Diuine Seruice, tvviſe, yea thriſe in the night. S Baſil, in Regulis fuſius diſput. ad Interrog 37. & de Inſtit. Monachorum. [Margin: S. Baſil.] firſt. ſheweth this ordiance to be agreable to the holie Scriptures, and namely to this place of the Pſalmiſt. S. Cyprian in fine expoſit. Orat. Domini. affirmeth [Margin: S. Cyprian.] that beſides the three houres in vvhich Daniel and his felovves prayed, the Church of Chriſt hath added more. And (as manie ſuppoſe) S. Clement. li: 8. [Margin: S. Clement.] Conſtitut. Apoſtol c. 40. ſhevveth the ſette Houres of prayers, and the reaſons therof: Make your prayers Early in the morning, at the Third houre; Sixt, Ninth; Euening; and at the Time of cocke crovving. Early geuing thankes becauſe our Lord hath illuminated vs, the night being paſſed, & the day coming in; [Margin: VVhy publike prayer is conſtituted at theſe houres.] the Third, becauſe that houre our Lord receiued Pilats ſentence; the Sixt houre, becauſe then he was Crucified; the Ninth, becauſe al thinges were moued, when our Lord was crucified, abhorring the audacitie of the wicked, & not bearing the ignominie of our Lord, at Euening, geuing thankes, for that God hath geuen vs the night for reſt of dayes labours: at the Cocke crovving, becauſe at that time the coming of the day is denounced, to exerciſe the vvorkes of lighſt, thus S. Clement. Touching the diſtinct and ſette times of publique prayer, the continual practiſe by tradition teacheth, that Martines vvith Laudes vvere ſaid in the night, about the firſt Cockcrovving. Prime early in the morning. The other partes in the day time; At euening Euenſongue, and loſt of al Compline. And touching the place: If for the infidels (ſaith the ſame holie Father). there be [Margin: Not lavvful to goe to Church, nor to pray vvith Inſidels.] not acceſſe to the Church, the Biſhop muſt geather the Aſſemblie at home, that the godlie may not enter into the Church of the vvicked: for the place doth not ſanctifie man, but man the place. VVherfore if the vvicked occupie the place, that place is to be ſhunned, becauſe it is prophaned by them: for as Prieſtes de ſanctifie holie thinges, ſo the vvicked do contuminate them If neither at home, not in the Church Aſſemblies can be celebrated, let euerie one by himſelfe ſing, read, pray, or tvvo or three be geathered together. For [Margin: Mat. 18. 2. Cor. 6.] vvhere tvvo or three are geathered in my name (ſaith Chriſt) there am I, in [Margin: Nor vvith Heretikes.] the middes of them Let not the godlie pray with an heretike, no not at home. For vvhat ſocietie is there of light vvith darknes?
165 [e] Amongſt other benefites, it is a ſpecial commoditie, that thoſe which perfectly loue God▪ law, haue alwayes peace in their owne conſcience:
165 [f] and are neuer ſcandalized, that is, do not fal not committe ſinne, by anie occaſion whatſoeuer geuen them by others. For it is a general aſſured doctrine, that the perfect are not ſcandalized, becauſe they are conſtant ⟨illegible⟩ vertue, and not moued by anie example, perſwaſion, prouocation, or other meanes to of ſend God: but only the weake and vnperfect are moned, and drawne to ſinne by occaſion geuen them, who otherwiſe would not haue ſinned. Neither is he excuſed that falleth by ſuch occaſions, becauſe he ought to be conſtant.
167 [g] Not ⟨illegible⟩
168 h Becauſe whatſoeuer I do i⟨illegible⟩ in thy ſight, whom i wil in no caſe offend.
169 [b] not for humane know ege, or other temporal thinge, but to vnderſtand Go⟨illegible⟩ ⟨illegible⟩w.
169 a In this l⟨illegible⟩ſt Octonarie, and concluſion of this Pſalme, the faithful ſerua⟨illegible⟩ of ⟨illegible⟩ prayeth,
170 [c] Thou that haſt promiſed to heare al that inuocate thee,
170 [d] vourſaffe to deliuer me in time of tribulation: and tentations.
172 [*] eloquiū
172 [e] God geuing grace, it behoueth his ſeruants thankefully to ſerue, and praiſe him.
173 [f] Though man be indued with grace, vet he nedeth more grace, that by Gods hand and powre, not by his owne, he may reſiſt tentations
175 [g] By this aſſiſtance of grace, the ſoule continueth in ſpiritual life, and praiſeth God.
176 [h] Al mankind, and vniuerſally euerie one hath bene a⟨illegible⟩ a loſt ſheepe,
176 [i] and Chriſt came into this world to ſecke and ſaue al:
176 [k] but effectually findeth and ſaueth thoſe only, that forgete not to kept his commandments.

A BRIEFE NOTE CONCERNING the Gradual Pſalmes.

Here folow in order fifetene Pſalmes intitled Gradual Canticles. The Hebrew word Mahalo⟨illegible⟩h ſignifieth Steppes, or Aſcenſions. The reaſon wherof [Margin: VVhy the 15. Pſalmes folowing are called Gradual Canticles.] Aadias, and ſome other Rabbins veld, for that they were ſongue with hiegheſt eleuated notes, that can be ⟨illegible⟩ Muſike The Talmud ſaith they are ſo called, becauſe they were ſongue in the fifetene ſteppes going vp into the Temple. But S Auguſtin, S. Baſil, and other Chriſtian Fathers expound them according to the hiſtorie, and immediate prophetical ſense, of the deliuerie of the Iewes from captiuitie of Babylon, aſcending into Ieruſalem: which is ſo ſituated on [Margin: The hiſtorical ſenſe.] montaines, that the way from al partes was by aſcending vnto it. According to the Myſtical ſenſe, of aſcending ſpiritually by vertues to perfection, and to eternal felicitie. For the way tending to vertue (ſaith S. Baſil) is like to certaine [Margin: The myſtical ſenſe.] ſteppes (or degrees) by litle and litle bringing the m⟨illegible⟩n that loueth wiſdome vnto heauen. Theſe Canticles therefore are prayers, mixed with conſolations, for the ioyful deliuerie of Gods people, from that great captiuitie in Babylon, which the Pſalmiſt King Dauid ſaw in prophetical ſpiritie, and which his poſteritie felt, and ſometime indured. VVhich againe as a figure ſignifieth th⟨illegible⟩ ⟨illegible⟩eturne and aſcending of mankind from ſinne to grace, and from the miſerable ſtate of this world into heauen. VVherupon S. Auguſtin interpreteth this prophecie of the aſcenſion, or eleuation of the hart, from the vaile of teares. In the meane time, whiles we are in this world, theſe Pſalmes [Margin: Theſe Pſalmes are conſol⟨illegible⟩o⟨illegible⟩ie prayers and prophecies.] a⟨illegible⟩e conſolator⟨illegible⟩e prayers, and prophetical aſſurance, that Gods people, Catholique Chriſtian ſhal be deliuered from thraldom, and perſecution of Paganes, Turkes, and Heretikes ⟨illegible⟩s partly we ſee by the deliuerie from the Romane perſecuting Emperors from the Vandals, Gothes, and Hunnes: & therfore with aſſured confidence we hope and expect the like deliuerie from Turkes, and al Heretikes of Luthers broode.

Psalm 119

PSALME. CXIX.

The Iewes in captiuitie of Babylon, Chriſtians in perſecution, or other great [Margin: Praye⟨illegible⟩ in tribulation. the 7 key.] tribulation, pray with confidence to be deliuered from danger, and ſclander of wicked tongues, 5. lamenting their long indurance.

A gradual Canticle.

1 VVHEN I was in tribulation I cried to our Lord: and [a] he heard me.

2 O Lord deliuer my ſoule from [b] vniuſt lippes, and from a deceiptful tongue.

3 [c] What may be geuen thee, or what may be added vnto thee to a deceiptful tongue?

4 [d] The sharpe arrowes of the mightie, with coales of deſolation.

5 [e] Woe is to me, that my ſeiourning is prolonged: I haue dwelte with the [f] inhabitantes of Cedar:

6 My ſoule hath bene long a ſeiourner.

7 With them, that hated peace, I was peaceable: when I ſpake to them, they impugned me [g] without cauſe.

Marginal notes to Psalm 119

1 [a] Former experience of Gods mercie in hearing the prayers of thoſe that inuocated him, geueth hope that he wil heare in like caſe.
2 [b] Nothing is more dangerous then vntrue and deceiptful tongues, nothing more damage then to diminiſh, and detract from the good ſame of the ioſt: and therfore this is a moſt neceſſarie prayer, that God wil deliuer vs, from the wicked tongues of. Turkes, Heretikes, and other wicked men.
3 [c] What punishment is great ynough for wicked tongues?
4 [d] Surely the malice of wicked tongues deſerueth sharpeſt punishments to be afflicted by ſtrong handes.
5 [e] Iewes lamented their long abſence from the holie land, eſpecially from Ieruſalem, and the Temple. Chriſtians mourne for their reſtraint from Gods Seruice, and long perigrination from heauen.
5 [f] Of Cedar the ſonne of Iſmael. came Mahomet, the Turkes falſe prophet, whoſe tyrannie is great and long. The name Cedar is interpreted, blackenes, and obſcuritie, which ſignifieth darkenes of error, and ſinne.
7 [g] The wicked afflict thoſe that geue no cauſe of offence.

Psalm 120

PSALME. CXX.

The iuſt reioyce that their prayer is heard, and that God continually protecteth [Margin: Gods protection. the 3. key.] them.

A gradual Canticle.

1 I HAVE lifted vp mine eies vnto [a] the mountaines, [b] from whence helpe shal come to me.

2 My helpe is from our Lord, who made heauen and earth.

3 Geue he not [c] thy foote to be moued: neither doe he ſlumber that keepeth thee.

4 Loe he shal not ſlumber nor ſleepe, that kepeth [d] Iſrael.

5 Our lord kepeth thee, our Lord is thy protection, vpon thy right hand.

6 By day [e] the ſunne shal not burne thee: nor [f] the moone by night.

7 Our Lord doth kepe thee from al euil: our Lord kepe [g] thy ſoule.

8 Our Lord kepe thy coming in, and thy going out: from hence forth now, and for euer.

Marginal notes to Psalm 120

1 [a] Towardes Ieruſalme, and towards heauen.
1 [b] Al helpe cometh from heauen, that is, from God, who of his diuine ordinance eſpecially heareth prayers made in holie places. 3. Reg 7.
3 [c] The iuſt ſpeaketh and wiſheth wel to his owne ſoule. Eſpecially the vvhole Church reioyceth in Gods aſſured protection.
4 [d] The militant Church.
6 [e] Proſperitie,
6 [f] nor aduerſitie can ouerthrow the Church.
7 [g] ſpiritual life.

Psalm 121

PSALME CXXI.

Vnder the figure of returne to Ieruſalem, vehemently deſired by the Iewes [Margin: Ioyes of heauen promiſed to the iuſt the 10. key.] in captiuitie, the Pſalmiſt deſcribeth the deſire, and hope of the iuſt ⟨illegible⟩o poſſeſſe heauen.

A gradual Canticle.

1 I REIOYCED in theſe thinges, which [a] were ſayd to me: We shal goe into the houſe of our Lord.

2 [b] Our feete were ſtanding, in thy courtes ô Ieruſalem

3 Ieruſalem, which is built as a citie: whoſe [c] participation is together in it ſelf.

4 For [d] thither did the tribes aſcend, [e] the tribes of our Lord: the teſtimonie of Iſrael to confeſſe vnto the name of our Lord.

5 Becauſe ſeates [f] ſate there in iudgement, [g] ſeates vpon the houſe [h] of Dauid.

6 [i] A⟨illegible⟩ke ye the thinges that are for the peace of Ieruſalem: and [k] abundance to them that loue thee.

7 Peace be made in thy ſtrength: and abundance in thy towers.

8 [l] For my bretheren, and my neigbours ſakes, [m] I ſpake peace of thee:

9 For the houſe of our Lord God, I haue ſought [n] good thinges to thee.

Marginal notes to Psalm 121

1 [a] Diuers Prophetes told the Iewes in captiuitie, that they ſhould returne to Ieruſalem Al Prophetes, Chriſt alſo, and his Apoſtles, and Prieſtes preach the entrance, and ioyes of heauen to the iuſt Al vvhich the Pſalmiſt ſavv in prophetical ſpirite, and reioyced.
2 [b] The Ievves cōſider that ſometimes they vvere ioyful in the Temple of Ieruſalem: Chriſtians reioyce in the comforte they haue in the militant Church.
3 [c] Communitie and participation of ſpiritual graces, is a great ioy to Catholiques, vvherof the ⟨illegible⟩am⟨illegible⟩ Prophet ſpeaketh, Pſal 118. v. 6⟨illegible⟩. and often elsvvhere.
4 [d] Al the tvvelue Tribes frequented Ieruſalem,
4 [e] and al nations of the vvorld do come to the Catholique Church.
5 [f] Seates of Iudgement vvere placed in Ieruſalem,
5 [g] and ſeates of Iudgement in the Catholique Church
5 [h] of Chriſt
6 [i] Chriſt exhorteth to a⟨illegible⟩ke,
6 [k] and promiſeth to geue that is rightly asked; Chriſtians alſo inuite each other to pray for the Church
6 Matt. ⟨illegible⟩. v. 22.
8 [l] Chriſt prayeth for his Church,
8 [m] and gaue his peace to the Apoſtles, and in them to their ſucceſſors.
9 [n] For in heauenlie Ieruſalem, al good thinges are prepared, & are geuen to Sainctes reigning there foreuer.

Psalm 122

PSALME. CXXII.

A feruent and attentiue prayer, to be deliuered from captiuitie, or anie [Margin: A pra⟨illegible⟩e⟨illegible⟩ in afflict o⟨illegible⟩. the 7. key.] other affliction.

A gradual Canticle.

1 TO thee haue I lifted vp mine eies, which dwelleſt in the heauens.

2 Behold as the eies [a] of ſeruantes, are on the handes of their maſters, As the eies [b] of the handmaide on the handes of her miſtreſſe: ſo are our eies to our Lord God vntil he haue mercie on vs.

3 Haue mercie on vs ô Lord, haue mercie on vs: becauſe we are [c] much replenished with contempt. Becauſe our ſoule is [d] much replenished: reproch to them that abund, and contempt to the prowde.

Marginal notes to Psalm 122

2 [a] Seruantes expecting neceſſaries at their maſters handes, are commonly very attentiue to receiue that vvhich they hope for: ſo muſt the faithful praying God, be very attentiue, and not diſtracted in their prayers.
2 [b] An other example of handmaides, who generally are more diligent then men.
3 [c] Though God ſuffer his ſeruantes to ſuſtaine ſome affliction and reprech, yet he heareth and deliuereth them before they be oppreſſed.
3 [d] Seing perſecution ſtil increaſe, or continevv long, the faithful are then ſpecially to conceiue hope of ſpeedie ⟨illegible⟩l. e⟨illegible⟩c.

Psalm 123

PSALME. CXXIII.

The whole Church, and euerie iuſt perſon, gratfully confeſſeth, that by Gods [Margin: Gods protection. the 3. key▪] protection they are ſecure, without which none could eſcape ruine.

A gradual Canticle.

1 BVT that our Lord [a] was in vs, let Iſrael now ſay:

2 but that our Lord was in vs, [b] When men roſe vp againſt vs,

3 [c] perhaps they had ſwalowed vs [d] aliue: When their furie was angrie againſt vs,

4 perhaps [e] water had ſwalowed vs.

5 Our ſoule hath paſſed through [f] a torrent: perhaps our ſoule had paſſed through an intolerable water.

6 Bleſſed be our Lord which hath not geuen vs, for a pray to their teeth.

7 Our ſoule as a ſparow is deliuered from the ſnare of the fowlers: The ſnare is [g] broken, and we are deliuered.

8 Our helpe is in the name of our Lord, who made heauen and earth.

Marginal notes to Psalm 123

1 [a] If God had not ſent his helpe, and defence to vs,
2 [b] we could not haue eſcaped the force of our enimies.
3 [c] The vvord [perhaps] doth not here import a doubt, or vncertanitie, but in modeſt maner of aſſeueration, leaueth the iudgement of the euent that ſhould hapen (if God did not protect his ſeruantes) to their ovvne conſideration: vvhich is an vſual phraſe in moſt languages.
3 [d] So ſudainly ſhould the vveake, vvithout Gods protection, be deſtroyed, as men are deuoured & ſvvalovved vp by rauening vvild beaſts, euen before they be throughly dead So vvas Ionas ſvvalovved into the vvhales bellie.
4 [e] Furious perſecution.
5 [f] Suddaine great trubles.
7 [g] Mans ſubteltie often deceiueth an other man, but there is no counſel able to circumuent God.

Psalm 124

PSALME CXXIIII.

The Church, and holie members therof, are alwayes protected by God: [Margin: Gods protection. the 3. key.] 5. The wicked being ſuffered for a while, are at laſt punished.

A gradual Canticle.

1 THEY [a] that truſt in our Lord, as mount Sion: he shal not be moued for euer, [b] that dwelleth

2 in Ieruſalem. Mountaines round about it: and our Lord round about his people, from hence forth now and for euer.

3 Becauſe our Lord [c] wil not leaue the rod of ſinners vpon the lote of the iuſt: that the iuſt reach not their handes to iniquitie.

4 [d] Doe wel ô Lord to the good, and right of hart.

5 But [e] thoſe that decline into obligations, our Lord wil bring with them that worke iniquitie: [f] peace vpon Iſrael.

Marginal notes to Psalm 124

1 [a] Th⟨illegible⟩ſe that confidently truſt in God, are in ſuch ſecuritie as is mount Sion, vvhich is a hil, defended alſo vvith other hilles round about.
1 [b] An other thing required to this ſecuritie, is to dvvel vvithin Ieruſalem, not the terreſtrial citie, for (as S. Auguſtin obſerueth) the levves that dwelt therin are deſtroyed or made captiues, and hitherto reiected of God, but in the Catholique Church.
3 [c] God wil not alwayes, nor finally leaue his ſeruants in tribulation, but only a vvhile for their good.
4 [d] This prayer is alſo an aſſeueration, for it is certaine that God wil defend, and reward the good, and right of hart:
5 [e] And no leſſe aſſuredly God wil puniſh not only the notorious wicked, and principal auctors of wickednes, but alſo al thoſe that for feare or for commoditie, or for anie other cauſe, decline into obligations, bondes, couenants, or anie vvay conſent, in external ſhew with the wicked againſt God: as in outward profeſſion of Hereſie, or Schiſme, though ſuch temporizers do not thincke in their hart, that the pretended religion is true, wherto they are drawne to yeld external conformitie. For, as the Pſalmiſt here teacheth, our Lord wil bring al ſuch acceſſarie offenders, to the ſame iudgement and puniſhment, vvith the principal vvorkers of iniquitie.
5 [f] Al vvhich being puniſhed, then Ieruſalem, the Catholique Church, ſhal haue peace.

Psalm 125

PSALME CXXV.

Iſralites releaſed from captiuitie of Babylon, much more the bleſſed both of [Margin: The deliuered from captiuitie reioyce. the 7. key.] the old and new teſtament deliuered by Chriſt from captiuitie of ſinne, de reioyce: 5. Who neuertheles muſt paſſe through tribulation to eternal felicitie.

A gradual Canticle.

1 VVHEN our Lord turned the captiuitie of Sion: we were made as [a] men comforted.

2 Then was our mouth replenished with ioy: and our tongue with exultation. Then [b] shal they ſay among the Gentiles: Our Lord hath done magnifically with them.

3 [c] Our Lord hath done magnifically with vs: we are made ioyful.

4 [d] Turne our captiuitie ô Lord, [e] as a torrent in the South.

5 [f] They that ſow in teares, [g] shal reape in ioyfulneſſe.

6 Going they went and wept, caſting their ſeedes.

7 But coming they shal come with exultation, carying their sheaues.

Marginal notes to Psalm 125

1 [a] The Ievves releaſed from captiuitie, vvere excedingly, and almoſt incredibly comforted, as men for great, and vnexpected ſundaine ioy thinke it rather a dreame, then a truth that they are deliuered from miſeries. So S. Peter vvhen he vvas deliuered out of priſon by an Angel, thought it rather a viſion, then a true deliuerie. Such ſpiritual ioy deuoute ſoules haue vvhen they are deliuered from ſinne.
1 Act. 1⟨illegible⟩.
2 [b] VVheras in the tvvo former verſes (and very commonly) the Prophet ſpeaketh in the preter tenſe, for the aſſurance of that he foreſhevveth, as if it vvere already donne, yet here he vt e⟨illegible⟩e⟨illegible⟩h his prophecie in the future tenſe, that the Gentiles wil confeſſe that God dealeth magnifically vvith his people.
3 [c] The people alſo themſelues gratfully confeſſe that God dealeth magnifically vvith them.
4 [d] The Prophet forſeing al this in ſpirite, prayeth for the performance hereof.
4 [e] And that it may ſpedely be done, as a torrent that runneth in the ſouth part of the vvorld, is commonly very great, much deſired, but ſcarſe expected.
5 [f] This is the ordinarie diſpoſition of God, that his ſeruants ſhal make their ſeeding, vvhich is, doe good vvorkes (ſaith S. Auguſtin) vvith teares, in tribulation vpon earth:
5 [g] and reape a plentiful harueſt, the revvard of their ſuffering and vvel vvorking, in the next life. In aſſured hope vvherof the Pſalmiſt, and the vvhole Church joyfully conclude this Pſalme vvith the tvvo verſes folovving.

Psalm 126

PSALME CXXVI.

Neither houſe nor citie can be built, or kept without Gods ſpecial prouidence [Margin: Gods helpe in al good vvorkes. the 3. key.] and helpe, 3. thoſe that truſt in him shal proſper in their endeuours.

A gradual Canticle of Salomon.

[Margin (a): God not permitting Dauid to build the Temple, promiſed that his ſonne ſhould build it; and therfore beſides other good admonitions, geuen to his ſonne Salomon, he directeth this Pſalme to him, to be ſongue vvith others in the dedication of the Temple. 3. Reg. 8. 2. Par. 5.]

1 VNLESSE [b] our Lord build the houſe, they haue laboured in vayne that build it. Vnleſſe our Lord kepe the citie, he watcheth in vayne that kepeth it.

2 It is vaine for you to riſe [c] before light: [d] riſe ye after ye haue ſitten, which eate [e] the bread of ſorow.

3 [f] When he shal giue [g] ſleepe to his beloued: behold [h] the inheritance of our Lord [i] are children: [k] the reward, the fruite of the wombe.

4 As [l] arrowes in the hand of the mightie: ſo are the [m] children of them that are shaken.

5 [n] Bleſſed is the man that hath filled his deſire of them: he shal [o] not be confounded when he shal ſpeake to his enemies [p] in the gate.

Marginal notes to Psalm 126

1 [b] Vnleſſe God be the principal Agent, no vvorke can proſper.
2 [c] It is vaine to atempt anie thing vvithout Gods grace aſſiſting:
2 [d] they that ſo doing, & thincking they haue done ſomething, reſt
2 [e] after their painful trauel, muſt riſe againe & beginne anevv, becauſe that vvhich they ſeme to haue done vvel, is nothing vvorth, nor ſhal haue revvard.
3 [f] Contrarivviſe vvhere God geuing grace, thoſe that truly loue him, do good vvorkes,
3 [g] vvith great eaſe, and dilight, as they take their ſleepe,
3 [h] they merite inheritance in heauen.
3 [i] for their good vvorkes.
3 [k] the revvard is promiſed to the true children of God, borne to him in the vvombe of the Catholique Church.
4 [l] Moreouer as a ſtrong archer ſtriketh deepe with his arrovves; ſo they that patiently ſuffer much in this vvorld,
4 [m] do multiplie good vvorkes.
5 [n] Such ſhal be very happie.
5 [o] & very eaſily anſvver al that can be obiected againſt them
5 [p] in the day of Iudgement.

Psalm 127

PSALME CXXVII.

Happines both of this life and of the next, is obtayned by fearing, and ſincerely [Margin: Feare of God the vvay to happines. the 7. key.] ſeruing God.

A gradual Canticle.

1 BLESSED are al that feare our Lord, that walke in his wayes.

2 Becauſe thou shalt eate the labours of thy handes bleſſed art thou, and it shal be wel with thee.

3 Thy [a] wife as a fruitful vine, in [b] the ſides of thy houſe. [c] Thy children as young plantes of oliuetrees, round about thy table.

4 Behold ſo shal the man be bleſſed, that feareth our Lord.

5 Our Lord out of Sion bleſſe thee: and that thou mayſt ſee the good thinges of Ieruſalem al the dayes of thy life. And that thou mayſt ſee thy [d] childrens children, peace vpon Iſrael.

Marginal notes to Psalm 127

3 [a] If ſuch ſeruants of God be maried, they ſhal ordinarily haue iſſue, and ſucceſſion in their fa⟨illegible⟩ but eſpecially the ſoules of ſuch ſhal bring forth manie meritorious vvorkes,
3 [b] in the b⟨illegible⟩ome of the Catholique Church vvhich vvas founded in Chriſts ſide.
3 [c] Children alſo ſignifie good workes.
5 [d] Revvard in heauen for good vvorkes in earth.

Psalm 128

PSALME CXXVIII.

The Church often (3. and much) impugned, is not ouercome. 4. Her perſecuters [Margin: The Church ſtil firme in perſecution. the 6. key.] are deſtroyed, 6. contemned, 8. and curſed.

A gradual Canticle.

1 [a] OFTEN haue they impugned me [b] from my youth, let Iſrael now ſay:

2 Often haue they impugned me from my youth: [c] but they haue not preuailed againſt me.

3 Sinners [d] haue builded vpon my backe: they haue [e] prolonged their iniquitie. [f]

4 Our iuſt Lord wil cut the neckes of ſinners:

5 let them al [g] be confounded and [h] turned backward, that hate Sion.

6 Let them be made as graſſe in the toppes of houſes: which is withered before it be plucked vp.

7 Wherof the reaper hath not filled his hand, and he that gathereth the sheaues his boſome.

8 And they ſayd not that paſſed by: The bleſſing of our Lord be vpon you: we haue bleſſed you in the name of our Lord.

Marginal notes to Psalm 128

1 [a] Iſrael vvhich is the Church of God, reioycing ſaith: that enimies haue often,
1 [b] euen from the beginning of the world, perſecuted me, as when Cain perſecuted Abel, other wicked perſecuted Seth, Enoch, Noe: the Chalders perſecuted Abraham: the Aegyptians perſecuted the Iſraelites: and ſo in other generations.
2 [c] But they haue neuer ouercome me. So the Pſalmiſt teſtifieth for al times paſt, & prophecieth the ſame for times to come.
3 [d] Perſecuters not being able to ouerthrow, or ſuppreſſe the Church, haue laide great weightie burdens of tribulations vpon her backe, which ſhe hath patiently and ſtrongly borne,
3 [e] they haue ſtil perſiſted, one ſorte after an other, but with long animitie the Church hath ſtood faſt, and conſtantly paſſed through al diſtreſſes. In moral ſenſe ſinners build iniquitie vpon the back of the Church, yea and vpon Gods back, when they preſume to ſinne, truſting in the end to be abſolued by vertue of holie Sacraments leift in the Church. Likewiſe when they excuſe their ſinnes, imputing the cauſe to other creatures of God, vvherby they are allured, vvhich is in effect (ſaith S. Auguſtin) to accuſe God, and to build iniquities on Gods back, vvho made thoſe creatures.
3 [f] God therfore who is iuſt, vvil at laſt caſt ſuch preſumptuous ſinners from his back, and breake their ſtiffe neckes:
5 [g] then ſhal they be confounded,
5 [h] ſeparated eternally from God, become like fruitles, and vvithered graſſe, caſt avvay, deſpiſed, yea curſed of al, and bleſſed by none, as the Prophet denounceth in the next verſes.

Psalm 129

PSALME CXXIX.

The Iewes, or other people in tribulation for ſinne, or temporal captiuitie, [Margin: The ſixth penitential Pſalme. the 7. key.] crie to God to be deliuered: 4. truſting, and encoreging ech other in Gods accuſtomed mercie, aſſuredly hoping that he wil redeme & deliuer them.

1 A gradual Canticle. FROM [a] the depthes I haue cried to thee ô Lord:

2 Lord heare my voice: Let thine eares be intent, to the voice of my petition.

3 If thou shalt obſerue iniquities ô Lord: Lord [b] who shal ſuſteyne it▪

4 Becauſe with thee there is [c] propiciation: and for [d] thy law I haue expected thee ô Lord. My ſoule hath expected in his word:

5 my ſoule hath hoped in our Lord.

6 From [e] the morning watch euen vntil night: let Iſrael hope in our Lord.

7 Becauſe with our Lord there is mercie: and with him [f] plenteous redemption.

8 And he shal redeme [g] Iſrael, from al his iniquities.

Marginal notes to Psalm 129

1 [a] This prayer agreeth to al true penitents, crying to God for helpe, being ⟨illegible⟩ her in depth of ſorovv for ſinne, and ſo it is one of the Penitential Pſalmes, or the depth of feruent deſire to aſcend tovvards perfection in vertue, and from this vaile of miſerie into heauen, and ſo it is a Gradual Pſalme, or in the depth of temporal paines, and ſo it is a ſpecial prayer for ſoules in Purgatorie, offered by the Church in their behalfe.
3 [b] None is able to abide the rigour of Gods iuſtice.
4 [c] But al muſt relie vpon his mercie.
4 [d] For thy promiſes made in the law, that thou wilt remitte ſinnes to the penitent, geue more grace to them that ſeeke it, and mitigate alſo the paines due for ſinnes.
6 [e] The hope of penitents is like to the watches of the day time, from morning vntil night, vvhich are more comfortable, then vvatches of the night:
7 [f] The greateſt comforth is in Chriſt our Redemer, vvhoſe plentiful Redemption bringeth more abundance of grace.
8 [g] Chriſts Redemption being ſufficient for al the vvorld, is effectual only to true liuing members of the Catholique Church.

Psalm 130

PSALME CXXX.

Anie iuſt ſoule in humble confidence offereth his innocencie, as a ſpiritual [Margin: Confidence of innocencie. the 7. key.] and gratful ſacrifice to God, 3. exhorting al Gods ſeruants euer to hope in him.

A gradual Canticle of Dauid.

[Margin (a): Dauid by Gods ſpecial grace hauing a ſincere minde tovvards al men, euen tovvards his enimies, and an humble hart, not deſiring anie thing ambiciouſly, but al to the honour of God, propoſeth his ovvne example, for others to imitate: that they may vvith him offer the ſacrifice of humilitie, and innocencie vnto God, from vvhom al good thinges procede.]

1 LORD my hart is not exalted: [b] neither are mine eies loftie. Neither haue I walked in great matters: nor in meruelous thinges aboue me.

2 If I was not humbly mynded: but exalted my ſoule: As [c] the weaned childe is toward his mother, [d] ſo retribution in my ſoule.

3 [e] Let Iſrael hope in our Lord, from henceforth now and for euer.

Marginal notes to Psalm 130

1 [b] Al this vvith a thankful mind to God vvho gaue this grace.
2 [c] As children after they are vveaned come ſtil vvillingly to their mother, ſo doth the childe of God relie vpon Gods helpe, though he alvvayes feele not the ſame ſvvetnes:
2 [d] & according to his demaneur herein, he expecteth revvard.
3 [e] King Dauid, or anie other being for his vertue aduanced, and revvarded by God, is a good example to moue others to do the like, ſo shal they receiue like revvard.

Psalm 131

PSALME CXXXI.

The Pſalmiſt earneſtly prayeth God to geue him leaue, & to shew him where, [Margin: Chriſts coming to reſtore man. the 5. key.] to build a Temple. But more eſpecially prayeth for, and prophecieth the coming of Chriſt, the promiſed Sonne of Dauid, 14. ſignifying Gods promiſe therof, and of eſtablishing his Church.

A gradual Canticle.

1 REMEMBER [a] Dauid ô Lord, and al his meekenes:

2 As he ſware to our Lord, [b] vowed a vowe to the God of Iacob.

3 [c] If I shal enter into the tabernacle of my houſe, if I shal aſcend into the bed of my couch.

4 If I shal geue ſleepe to mine eies, and ſlumbering to mine eie liddes:

5 And reſt to my temples: vntil I finde a place for our Lord, a tabernacle for the God of Iacob.

6 Behold we haue heard of it [d] in Ephrata: we haue found it in [e] the fildes of the wood.

7 [f] We wil enter into his tabernacle: we wil [g] adore in the place where his feete ſtood.

8 [h] Ariſe Lord into thy reſt, thou and [i] the arke of thy ſanctification.

9 Let thy Prieſtes be clothed with [k] iuſtice: & let thy [l] ſainctes reioyce.

10 [m] For Dauid thy ſeruants, ſake, [n] turne not away the face of thy Chriſt.

11 Our Lord [o] hath ſworne truth to Dauid, and [p] he wil not diſapoint it: [q] Of the fruite of thy wombe I wil ſet vpon thy ſeate.

12 [r] If thy children shal keepe my teſtament, and theſe my teſtimonies which I wil teach them: Their children alſo euen for euer, shal ſit vpon thy ſeate.

13 Becauſe our Lord hath choſen Sion: he hath choſen it for an habitation to himſelf.

14 This is my [ſ] reſt for euer and euer: here wil I dwel becauſe I haue choſen it.

15 Bleſſing I wil bleſſe her [t] widow: her [v] poore I wil fil with breades.

16 Her [w] Prieſtes I wil clothe with ſaluation: and her [x] ſainctes shal reioyce with ioyfulnes.

17 [y] Thither wil I bring forth a horne to Dauid, I haue prepared [z] a lampe to my Chriſt.

18 His enemies I wil clothe with confuſion: but vpon him shal my ſanctification florish.

Marginal notes to Psalm 131

1 [a] It is an vſual thing that Dauid, Moyſes, & other Prophetes ſpeake of themſelues in the third perſon.
2 [b] King Dauid deſiring, and ſo farre as lay in him, promiſing to build a Temple to God, vvith great inſtance prayed that he might perſorme the ſame. But God diſpoſing othervviſe, that not he, but his ſonne ſhould build it, he neuertheles prepared the matter, vvorkemen, and money, ſhevved the forme, and diſpoſed the Leuites hovv to ſerue therin.
3 [c] Moreouer by vovv depriued himſelf of entering into his ovvne houſe, or taking his ordinarie reſt, til he might (if it ſo pleaſed God) knovv the place vvhere it ſhould be built.
6 [d] It vvas reueled to Dauid, that the Temple ſhould be built, in that part of Ieruſalem, vvhich looketh tovvards Bethleem (othervviſe called Ephrata) vvhere our Sauiour vvas borne.
6 [e] VVithin Ieruſalem, vvhich is compaſſed vvith vvoodes. In this viſion alſo the vvhole forme of the Temple vvas reueled vnto him, as he teſtifieth. 1. Par. 28. v. 19. Al thinges, quoth he, came vvritten vvith the hand of our Lord vnto me: that I might vnderſtand al the vvorkes of the paterne.
7 [f] Holie Dauid moued vvith exceding deuotion, repared to the place, vvhere Gods Temple ſhould be built.
7 [g] & adored God, vvhere the Propitiatorie, as a footſtoole repreſenting Gods preſence, ſhould ſtand. VVhat meruel then if deuotion moue Chriſtians, to viſite the holie places, vvhere our Sauiour, God and Man vvas Incarnare, vvas borne, ſuffered death, vvas buried, aſcended into heauen, or anie other place vvhere his feete ſtood.
8 [h] O God, leauing Silo, Gabaon, and the like places, come into thy holie Temple.
8 [i] VVith the Arke of couenant, vvhere thou ſanctifieſt thy people. And here againe the Prophet illuminated vvith a higher Myſterie, and inflamed vvith more deuotion, prayeth for Chriſtes coming into the vvorld, and that after his Paſſion he vvil riſe, not only in glorie of ſoule, but alſo of bodie, prefigured by the Arke of teſtimonie, vvhich vvas in the tabernacle, and after in the Temple.
9 [k] Grant therfore that thy Prieſtes, vvhich muſt offer ſacrifice in this ſacred place, be indued vvith vertues, and good life vvorthie of their degree:
9 [l] and the Leuites vvho are ordained to ſerue there, be likevviſe made fitte for their diuers functions, both in the old and nevv Teſtament.
10 [m] And ſeing thou haſt geuen ſuch meeknes, deuotion, zele, ſinceritie, and other vertues making him a man according to thyne ovvne hart, and therupon promiſed to eſtabliſh his ſede,
10 [n] differ not to ſend thy promiſed Meſſias, Chriſt our Redemer.
11 [o] Henceforth to the end of this Pſalme, the Prophet relateth Gods reuelation to him: That he hath truly promiſed vvith an oath,
11 [p] and vvil performe,
11 [q] to ſette one of Dauids ſonnes vpon his Throne: vvhich vvas not only fulfilled in Salomon, vvho reigned in great peace, and builded the Temple, but eſpecially in Chriſt the Sonne of Dauid, to vvhom our Lord God gaue the ſeate of Dauid his father & he ſhal reigne in the houſe of Iacob for euer▪ and of his kingdom there ſhal be no end. Luc. 1. v. 32. 33. By this promiſe S. Peter alſo proueth Chriſts Reſurrection. Act. 2 v. 30.
12 [r] Concerning the children of Chriſt, members of his kingdom the Church, the promiſe is conditional, if they obſerue Gods commandments, they ſhal ſit vpon his ſeate: be coheyres of his kingdom. Rom. 8 v. 17.
14 [ſ] Sion, the Catholique Church, is a perpetual place where God dwelleth.
15 [t] The Church vvanting Chriſts viſible preſence, is repleniſhed vvith manie bleſſinges,
15 [v] and al her humble children are releeued vvith holie Sacraments.
16 [w] The Church hath alwayes ſome holie Prieſtes;
16 [x] and ſome holie people.
17 [y] Of this Church, elected by God, Chriſt is the Protector, and ſtrong defence.
17 [z] and the ſame Church ſhal be a perpetual lampe, vvherby others may come to him.

Psalm 132

PSALME CXXXII.

Fraternal concord is commended to al in the Church, as neceſſarie and [Margin: Fraternal concord. the 7. key.] delectable in it ſelf, and bleſſed of God.

A gradual Canticle of Dauid.

[Margin (a): Dauid being a moſt peaceable man, euen tovvard his enimies, is added by Eſdras in this title, as an example for others to imitate.]

1 BEHOLD [b] how good, and how pleaſant a thing it is, for brethren to dwel in one:

2 [c] As oyntement on [d] the head, which ranne downe vpon the beard, [e] the beard of Aaron, which ranne downe vnto [f] the hemme of his garment:

3 [g] As the dew of Hermon, which runneth downe vpon mount Sion. Becauſe [h] there hath our Lord commanded bleſſing, and life euen for euer.

Marginal notes to Psalm 132

1 [b] That concord is both good and pleaſant, nedeth no other proofe, but only to con⟨illegible⟩ider, & to behold the fruict therof in euerie communitie, and eſpecially in the Church of God.
2 [c] The ointment, vvhervvith Aaron, and other High Prieſtes vvere conſecrated, vvas precious, and moſt odori⟨illegible⟩erous, ſignifying grace bought by Chriſts blood, and producing vertues, vvhich make ſvvete ſauoure:
2 [d] vvas povvred vpon the High Prieſts head, vvho being head of the Church,
2 [e] vnitie and concord deſcended from him to other Prieſtes,
2 [f] and ſo to the people▪ euen to the lovveſt, and meaneſt in Gods Church.
3 [g] An other ſimilitude to declare the excellencie of concord: As the devv of mount Hermon, vvhich is perpetually couered vvith ſnovv, that falleth from the heauen, thence deſcending refresheth & fructifieth the hil of Sion: ſo mutual concord, and fraternal charitie amongſt the faithful, nouriſheth each other, making them fructful in al good vvorkes.
3 [h] VVhere there is vnitie God geueth abundance of grace, as vvhere the Apoſtles vvith other faithful vvere geathered, and continued in prayer, the Holie Ghoſt came vpon them al. And the multitude of beleuers [then increaſing] had one hart and one ſoule. Act 2. &. 4. v. 32.

Psalm 133

PSALME CXXXIII.

Al, and eſpecially clergie men that ſerue the Church, are inuited to prayſe [Margin: God continually to be praiſed. the 1. key.] God by day and by night, ſo shal they be bleſſed of God.

1 A gradual Canticle. LOE [a] now bleſſe our Lord, al ye the ſeruantes of our Lord: Which ſtand in the houſe of our Lord, in the courtes of the houſe of our God.

2 In the nightes lift vp your handes vnto the holie places, and bleſſe ye our Lord.

3 Our Lord out of Sion bleſſe thee, who [b] made heauen and earth.

Marginal notes to Psalm 133

1 [a] This laſt Gradual Pſalme, as a concluſion exhorteth al to praiſe God:
3 [b] for to this end he made al creatures in heauen & in earth Gods perfection and goodnes. the 1. key.

Psalm 134

PSALME CXXXIIII.

God who only is omnipotent, and fountaine of algoodnes, is of al to be praiſed, 8. He is the ſpecial protector of his elected people. 15. Contrariwiſe falſe goddes are impotent, vaine, and can not helpe thoſe that ſerue them. 19. Only the Church doth rightly praiſe him.

Alleluia.

1 PRAYSE ye the name of our Lord,[a] ye ſeruantes prayſe our Lord.

2 Ye[b] that ſtand in the houſe of our Lord, in[c] the courtes of the houſe of our God.

3 Prayſe ye our Lord, becauſe our Lord is[d] good: ſing ye to his name, becauſe it is[e] ſweete.

4 Becauſe our Lord[f] hath choſen Iacob to himſelf, Iſrael for his owne poſſeſſion.

5 Becauſe I haue knowne that our Lord is[g] great, and our God aboue al goddes.

6 Al thinges whatſoeuer our Lord would he hath done, in heauen, in earth, in the ſea, and in al the depthes.

7 Bringing forth clowdes from the vttermoſt of the earth: lightenings he hath turned into rayne. Who bringeth forth the windes out of his treaſures:

8 who ſtroke the firſt begotten of Aegypt from man euen to beaſt.

9 He ſent ⟨illegible⟩orth ſignes, and wonders in the middes of thee ô Aegypt: vpon Pharao, and vpon al his ſeruantes.

10 Who ſtroke manie nations: and ſlew ſtrong kinges:

11 Sehon the king of the Amorrheites, & Og the king of Baſan, and al the kingdomes of Chanaan.

12 And he gaue their land for inheritance, for an inheritance to Iſrael his people.

13 Lord thy name is for euer: Lord thy memorial is vnto generation and generation.

14 Becauſe our Lord shal iudge his people: and wil be intreated toward his ſeruantes.

15 The idoles of the Gentiles are ſiluer, and gold, the workes of mens handes.

16 They haue mouth, and shal not ſpeake: they haue eies, and shal not ſee.

17 They haue eares, and shal not heare: for neither is there breath in their mouth.

18 Let them that make them become like to them: and al that haue confidence in them.

19 Ye houſe of Iſrael bleſſe our Lord: ye houſe of Aaron bleſſe our Lord.

20 Ye houſe of Leui bleſſe our Lord: you that feare our Lord, bleſſe ve our Lord.

21 Bleſſed be our Lord out of Sion, who dwelleth in Ieruſalem.

Marginal notes to Psalm 134

1 [a] Gods ſeruantes.
2 [b] Clergie that ſerue in the Temple,
2 [c] and ye Laitie that attend to his ſeruice, muſt praiſe him for theſe cauſes.
3 [d] ⟨illegible⟩ goodnes.
3 [e] his benignitie.
4 [f] he hath adopted vs his children.
5 [g] he is omni potent, as appeareth by his vvorkes, here and elſvvhere recited: and manie wayes knovvne to the vvorld.
8 Exo. 1⟨illegible⟩.
10 Ioſ. 12. Num. 21. Ioſ. 13.
15 Pſal. 113.

Psalm 135

PSALME. CXXXV.

God being meruelous in himſelf, 4. hath shewed his powre and goodnes in [Margin: Gods meruelous workes▪ the 2. key.] his workes, as wel in general to al the world, 10. as in particular towards his elected people.

Alleluia.

1 CONFESSE ye to our Lord[a] becauſe he is good:[b] becauſe his mercie is for euer.

2 Confeſſe ye to[c] the God of goddes: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

3 [d] Confeſſe ye to[e] the Lord of lordes: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

4 Who[f] onlie doth great meruels: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

5 Who made the heauen[g] in vnderſtanding: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

6 Who eſtablished[h] the earth ouer the waters: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

7 Who made the great lightes: becauſe his mercie is ſor euer.

8 The ſunne to rule the day: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

9 The moone, and ſtarres to rule the night: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

10 Who ſtroke Aegypt with their firſtbegotten: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

11 Who brought forth Iſrael out of the middes of them: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

12 In a mightie hand, and loftie arme: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

13 Who diuided the Read ſea into diuiſions: becauſe his mercie is for euer

14 And brought forth Iſrael through the middes therof: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

15 And he ouerthrew Pharao, and his hoſt in the Readſea: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

16 Who led his people through the deſert: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

17 Who ſtroke great kinges: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

18 And ſlewe ſtrong kinges: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

19 Sehon the king of the Amorrheites: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

20 And Og the king of Baſan: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

21 And he gaue their land for an inheritance: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

22 For an inheritance to Iſrael his ſeruant: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

23 For in our humiliation he was mindful of vs: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

24 And he redemed vs from our enemies: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

25 Who geueth foode to [i] al fleshe: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

26 Confeſſe ye to the God of heauen: becauſe his mercie is for euer. Confeſſe ye to the Lord of lordes: becauſe his mercie is for euer.

Marginal notes to Psalm 135

1 [a] VVhoſe goodnes is incomparable
1 [b] This ſecond part of euerie verſe, firſt pronounced by the Prieſtes, confeſſing & praiſing Gods mercie aboue al his workes, was ſtil repeted by muſicians, or other aſſiſtants, in maner as now in L⟨illegible⟩tanies [ô Lord deliuer vs] and [VVe beſech theeto heare vs] And as Gloria Patri &c. is added in the end of Pſalmes, and our Lords prayer, and the Angelical ſalutation are often repeted in diuers Offices, and in the Roſarie
2 [c] VVhoſe diuine powre created al other thinges.
3 [d] By this inuitation to praiſe our Lord God, thriſe repeted, we profeſſe the bleſſed Trinitie, who is one God in ſubſtance, and three Diuine Perſons.
3 [e] VVhoſe dominion is ouer al the world.
4 [f] Only God can do true miracles; towit, workes aboue the courſe of al nature.
5 [g] In admirable wiſdom.
5 Gen. 1.
6 [h] Made the waters aboue nature to remaine vvithin their bondes, & not to couer the earth.
10 Exo. 11.
11 Exo. ⟨illegible⟩.
15 Exo. ⟨illegible⟩.
16 Num. ⟨illegible⟩
25 [i] Al Gods benignitie, as wel of particular benefites towards his people, as general to them and al others procedeth from his mercie.

Psalm 136

PSALME CXXXVI.

The Prophet deſcribeth how lamentably the people in captiuitie of Babylon, [Margin: The Iewes lamentation in captiuitie. the 4. key▪] wil bewaile the want of meanes to ſerue God, and of their natiue ſoyle▪ 7. with iuſt deſire of their enimies punishment.

A Pſalme of Dauid for Ieremie.

[Margin (a): By adding to this title [for Ieremie] the Septuagint Interpreters ſignifie that this Pſalme treateth of the ſame captiuitie, in which Ieremias writte his Lamentations.]

1 VPON the riuers [b] of Babylon, there we [c] ſate and wept: whiles we [d] remembred Sion.

2 On the willowes in the middes therof, we hanged vp [e] our inſtrumentes.

3 Becauſe there they that led vs captiue, [f] demanded of vs wordes of ſonges. And they that led vs away: Sing ye an hymne to vs of the ſonges of Sion.

4 [g] How shal we sing the ſong of our Lord in a ſtrange land?

5 [h] If I shal forget thee ô Ieruſalem, let my right hand be forgotten.

6 [i] Let my tongue cleaue to my iawes, if I doe not remember thee: If I shal not ſet Ieruſalem in the beginning of my ioy.

7 Be mindful ô Lord of [k] the childrem of Edom, in l the day of Ieruſalem: [m] That ſay: Raſe it, raſe it, euen vnto the foundation therof.

8 [n] Daugther of Babylon miſerable: bleſſed is he, that shal repay thee thy payment, which thou haſt payed vs.

9 Bleſſed is he, [o] that shal hold, and [p] shal dash thy litle ones againſt the rocke.

Marginal notes to Psalm 136

1 [b] Nere the riuers in Chaldea, wherof Babylon was the head citie,
1 [c] the Iewes remained mourning,
1 [d] remembring the holie rites and ſeruice of God, which had bene in Sion, wherof they were depriued in the captiuitie.
2 [e] Al their muſical inſtruments, as hauing no vſe of them.
3 [f] Either in earneſt, or in ſcorne the Chaldees willed them to ſing, as they were accuſtomed in their countrie.
4 [g] They excuſed themſelues, and refuſed to ſing ſacred Pſalmes before prophane people, neither had they mind to ſing in that mourning ſtate of captiuitie.
5 [h] The people ſhew not only their feruent preſent deſire to ſerue God in Ieruſalem, but alſo their firme purpoſe ſtil to deſire the ſame, wiſhing that if they forget it, or loſe this affection, their right handes, or what ſoeuer is moſt deare, or neceſſarie for them, may be forgotten, not conſerued, but ſuffered to periſh,
6 [i] If I loſe this affection, let me alſo loſe the vſe of my tongue.
7 [k] The Idomeans incenſed the Chaldees to be cruel againſt the Iewes, wherof they pray for iuſt reuenge, and withal the Pſalmiſt prophecieth that it wil be reuenged, which Iſaias alſo prophecieth, c. 21. v. 11. l. for their reioycing in Ieruſalems miſerie.
7 [m] The voice of the Idumeans, inciting the Babylonians vtterly to deſtroy Ieruſalem.
8 [n] A prophecie that the people of Babylon ſhould alſo be puniſhed, for their crueltie againſt the Iewes, wherof Iſaias likewiſe prophecieth▪ c. 13.
9 [o] God wil bleſſe, or reward them that ſhal ſeuerly afflict the Babylonians▪
9 [p] not ſparing their children. Morally he is bleſſed, that mortifieth his owne paſſions, cutteth of firſt il motions, or puniſheth venial ſinnes, that they grow not ſtrong vvithin his ſoule, and ſo draw it to committe mortal ſinne. S. Aug. hic. & S. Greg. in fine expoſ. Pſal. 4. paeuit.

Psalm 137

PSALME. CXXXVII.

The whole Church, or anie iuſt perſon, rendreth thankes to God for his benefites [Margin: Thankes to God for benefites. the 7. key.] 4. praying that al kinges and kingdomes may do the ſame, 4. becauſe God being high reſpecteth, and aduanceth the humble.

To Dauid him ſelf.

[Margin (a): This Pſalme is a fitte forme of thankes for Dauid, or anie other ſeruant of God.]

1 I wil [b] confeſſe to thee ô Lord in my whole hart: [c] becauſe thou haſt heard the wordes of my mouth. In [d] the ſight of Angels I wil ſing to thee:

2 I wil adore [e] toward thy holie temple, and wil confeſſe to thy name. For thy mercie, and thy truth: becauſe thou haſt magnified aboue euerie thing [f] thy holie name.

3 In what day ſoeuer I shal inuocate thee, heare me thou wilt multiplie ſtrength in my ſoule.

4 Let [g] al the kinges of the earth ô Lord confeſſe to thee: becauſe they haue heard al the wordes of thy mouth:

5 And let them ſing in the wayes of our Lord: becauſe great is the glorie of our Lord.

6 Becauſe our Lord is high, and he beholdeth low thinges: and high thinges he knoweth [h] far of.

7 If I shal walke in the middes of tribulation, thou wilt quicken me: and vpon the wrath of mine enimies thou haſt extended thy hand, and thy right hand hath ſaued me.

8 Our Lord wil repay for me: ô Lord thy mercie is for euer: deſpiſe not the workes of thy handes.

Marginal notes to Psalm 137

1 [b] I vvil render thankes and praiſe.
1 [c] God euer heareth the prayer that is rightly made, for vvhich the ſupplicant is therfore to geue thankes.
1 [d] Angels are preſent vvhere the faithful pray, obſerue our prayers, and offer them to God, if they be ſincere, as the prayers of Tobias, and Cornelius.
2 1. Cor. 11. v. 10. Iob. 12. Act 10. Pſal. 24. v. 10.
2 [e] VVhen there vvas not acceſſe to the Temple, yet the Ievves praying in captiuitie, turned themſelues tovvards the Temple.
2 [f] The Name and Maieſtie of GOD, The VVORD (which is the Sonne of God) alſo the name of IESVS, is magnified aboue al names, or temporal thinges:
4 [g] Sovvner or later Kinges and Princes of al kingdomes and nations, haue bene or ſhal be conuerted to Chriſt.
6 [h] God knovveth proud men, not as his freindes or ſeruants, but farre of, as ſtrangers and enimies.

Psalm 138

PSALME CXXXVIII.

Gods knowlege, 7. and preſence (10. without the helpe, or hinderance [Margin: Gods ſpecial prouidence of his ſeruantes. the 3 key.] anie thing) extendeth to al thinges, times, and places. 17, he geueth exceding great honour to his ſainctes, 20, the wicked, as enimies to God are iuſtly hated, 23. the iuſt pray for Gods perpetual direction.

Vnto the end, a Pſalme of Dauid.

[Margin (a): By this part of the title [to the end] is ſignified (as is noted Pſal. 4.) that the matter cont⟨illegible⟩ined in the Pſalme, perteyneth to the nevv Teſtament.]

1 LORD thou [b] haſt proued me, and haſt knowen me:

2 thou haſt knowen my ſitting downe, and my riſing vp.

3 Thou haſt vnderſtood my cogitations far of: my path, and [c] my corde thou haſt ſearched out.

4 And thou haſt foreſene al my wayes: becauſe there is not a word in my [d] tongue.

5 Behold ô Lord thou haſt knowen al the laſt thinges, & them of old: thou haſt formed me, and haſt put thy hand vpon me.

6 Thy knowledge is [e] become meruelous of me: it is made great, and I can not reach to it.

7 [f] Whither shal I goe from thy ſpirit? and whither shal I flee from thy face?

8 If I shal aſcend into heauen, thou art there: ⟨illegible⟩f I deſcend into hel, thou art preſent.

9 If I shal take my winges early, and dwel in the extreme partes of the ſea:

10 Certes thither alſo shal thy hand conduct me: and thy right hand shal hold me.

11 [g] And I ſayd: Perhaps darknes shal treade ouer me: and the night is mine illumination in my delightes.

12 For darkenes shal not be darkened from thee, and the night shal be lightened as the day: as the darkenes therof, ſo alſo the light therof.

13 Becauſe thou haſt poſſeſſed [h] my reynes: thou haſt receiued me from [i] my mothers wombe.

14 I wil confeſſe to thee, becauſe thou art terribly magnified: thy workes are meruelous, & my ſoule knoweth excedingly.

15 My [k] bone is not hid from thee, which thou madeſt in ſecrete: and my ſubſtance in the lower pattes of the earth.

16 [l] Mine [*] imperfection thine eies haue ſene, & in thy booke [*] al shal be written: [m] daies shal be formed, & no man in them.

17 [n] But to me thy [::] frendes ô God are become honorable excedingly: their principalitie is excedingly ſtrengthned.

18 [o] I wil number them, and they shal be multiplied aboue the ſand: [p] I roſe vp and I am yet with thee.

19 [q] If thou shalt kil ſinners ô God: [r] ye men of blood depart from me.

20 [ſ] Becauſe you ſay in thought: they [t] shal receiue thy cities in vayne.

21 [v] Did not I hate them, that hate thee ô Lord: and [vv] pyned away becauſe of thine enemies?

22 [x] with perfect hatred did I hate them: they are become [y] enemies to me.

23 [z] Proue me ô God, and know my hart: examine me, and know my pathes.

24 And [a] ſee, if the way of iniquitie be in me: [b] and conduct me in the euerlaſting way.

Marginal notes to Psalm 138

1 [b] God vvho knovveth al thinges moſt abſolutly and perfectly, vvithout diſcourſe or ſearching yet, as it vvere, maketh experimental trial of his ſeruants, to make them in ſome ſorte to know him, and to knovv themſelues. And ſo here, holie Dauid or other faithful man, acknovvlegeth Gods Omniſcience, that is, perfect knovvlege of al thinges, vvithout exception, paſt, preſent, & to come: al vvorkes, vvordes, thoughtes, and vvhat ſoeuer can be, though it neuer vvas nor ſhal be, in general and in particular.
3 [c] The vttermoſt meaſure and reach of myne intention.
4 [d] The word holden in by the tongue, and not vttered by mouth, is not hidden from God.
6 [e] By experiēce we ſee that Gods knovvlege excedeth our reach.
7 [f] As Gods knovvlege comprehendeth al thinges, ſo his preſence extendeth it ſelfe to al places, neither is conteined in place, but excedeth al place, in his diuine immenſirie.
11 [g] The Prophe alſo in the perſon of anie curious imaginatiue man, examineth and findeth that no darknes, nor couer can hide anie ching from God.
13 [h] Nothing ſemeth more hidde then a m⟨illegible⟩ns entrals.
13 [i] o⟨illegible⟩ a child in the mothers vvombe.
15 [k] Or bones in the fleſh.
16 [l] Or mans bodilie imperfection before his birth,
16 [*] Gol⟨illegible⟩. Embryo⟨illegible⟩em.
16 [*] Of knovvlege.
16 [m] dayly formed by God, not by man. Iob. 10. v. 8. 2. Mae. 7. v. 22, 23.
17 [n] Aboue al conſiderations it moſt excedeth, that God ſo high and infinite, honoreth his humble poore ſeruants ſo excedingly, that it ſemeth to themſelues, farre more then can be due. For he revvardeth euen ouer & aboue merites; which merites alſo are founded in Gods mercie geuen vvithout merite.
17 [::] Nevv tranſlaters peruert this place, tranſlating [thoughts] for [frendes] contrarie to the Hebrevv, Greke, and Latin, and al ancient Fathers, only pretending that the ſame vvord in the Chaldee tongue alſo ſignifieth thoughts.
18 [o] The number alſo of Saintes vvhom God hath choſen, called, iuſtified and vvil glorifie, excede mans conceipt. Apoc. 7.
18 [p] Incenſed vvith this excellent glorie, and deſiring to be of this innumerable multitude, by thy grace I haue riſen from ſinne, and in confidence of thy perpetual helpe, I ſtand and hope to perſeuere in thy ſeruice.
19 [q] And if it be ſo, yea ſeing it is ſo, that as thou ô God doeſt exalt thy Saincts, to exceding and vnſpeakable honour: ſo thou haſt alſo decreed to puniſh obſtinate ſinners, vvith eternal death and damnation:
19 [r] I renounce al vvicked aſſociation, gette ye avvay from me al cruel bloudie men, that vvould dravv me into euerlaſting torments.
20 [ſ] Avvay from me, you that thinke,
20 [t] the glorious manſions in heauen, prepared and promiſed to the iuſt, are vaine hopes, and in vaine expected.
21 [v] This hate of ſuch ſinners the iuſt ſhal confidently plead, and happie are they that ſhal be able truly to alleage for themſelues in the day of iudgement, that they hated al, vvhom God hateth,
21 [vv] yea hated them vvith feruent zele, that are Gods enimies.
22 [x] Stil the Prophet inculcateth this neceſſarie perfect hatred,
22 [y] and emnitie tovvards Gods enimies.
23 [z] For that none in this life (without ſpecial and extraordinarie reuelation) knoweth certainly their owne ſtate, whether they be worthie of Gods loue or hatred (Eccle 9.) the iuſt ſubmitte themſelues to Gods examination of their hart and actions:
24 [a] humbly praing God, that if they be in the way of iniquitie,
24 [b] he wil voutſafe to reduce and guid them into the right way of euerlaſting life.

Psalm 139

PSALME CXXXIX.

The iuſt diuerſly afflicted by the wicked, pray to be defended, 7. repoſe their [Margin: Eternal paine of the wicked, and ioy of the bleſſed. the 10. key.] confidence in God, 10. who wil adiudge the reprobate to eternal punishment, 13. and reward the good with the fruition of himſelf.

1 Vnto the end, a Pſalme of Dauid.

2 DELIVER me ô Lord from the euil man: from the vniuſt man reſcue me.

3 Which [a] haue deuiſed iniquitie in their hart: [b] al the day they did appoint battels.

4 They haue whet their tongues as that of a ſerpent: † the venome of aſpes is vnder their lippes.

5 Kepe me ô Lord from the hand of the ſinner: and from vniuſt men deliuer me.

6 Who haue deuiſed to ſupplant my ſteppes: † the proude haue hid a ſnare for me: And they haue ſtreched out ropes for a ſnare: they haue layd [*] a ſtumbling blocke for me nere the way.

7 [c] I ſayd to our Lord: Thou art my God: heare ô Lord the voice of my petition.

8 O Lord, Lord [d] the ſtrength of my ſaluation: [e] thou haſt ouershadowed my head in the day of battel.

9 Yeld me not ô Lord from [f] my deſire, to the ſinner: they haue deuiſed againſt me, forſake me not, [g] leſt they perhaps be proude.

10 [h] The head of their compaſe: [i] the labour of their lippes [k] shal couer them.

11 [l] Coales shal fal vpon them, [m] thou shalt caſt them downe into fyre: in miſeries [n] they shal not ſtand vp.

12 A man ful of tongue shal not be directed in the earth: euils shal take the vniuſt man into deſtruction.

13 [o] I haue knowne that our Lord wil do the iudgement of the needie: and the reuenge of the poore.

14 But as for the iuſt, they shal confeſſe to thy name: and the righteous shal dwel with [p] thy countenance.

Marginal notes to Psalm 139

3 [a] Vnquiet euil diſpoſed men ſtil deuiſe wicked plottes
3 [b] and neuer ceaſe to make diſcord and debates.
6 [*] Scandalum.
7 [c] In time of tentation prayer is moſt neceſſarie.
8 [d] Man is not able to reſiſt tentations,
8 [e] vnleſſe God by his grace, as by a helmet, defend him from yelding conſent.
9 [f] Suffer me not to fal from that which I now deſire (which is to be conſtant in vertue) not to conſent to ſinners perſwaſions.
9 [g] VVho then would triumph ouer me.
10 [h] The ſumme of their miſcheuous deuiſes,
10 [i] conſiſting in their ſuttle perſuaſions with ſwete wordes,
10 [k] ſhal ouerwhelme, and bring themſelues to perd⟨illegible⟩tion.
11 [l] Hel fire ſhal be their lote,
11 [m] ⟨illegible⟩nto which they ſhal fal,
11 [n] & ⟨illegible⟩uer be in intolerable torments.
13 [o] I haue lerned by good inſtructions and by experience, that in the end thou ô God w⟨illegible⟩lt comfort the iuſt, who are now afflicted; and puniſh the vniuſt, that liue in temporal delightes, as it happened to Lazarus, and the glat⟨illegible⟩on.
14 [p] Eternal glorie conſiſteth in ſeeing God.

Psalm 140

PSALME CXL.

The Church prayeth that her children may auoide ſinful wordes, 4. not [Margin: The Church prayeth and preuaileth. the 6. key.] make excuſes of ſinnes committed, not communicate with others in ſinne, nor to harken to ſlatterers: 6 but to pray that they may amend (the Pſalmiſt by the way prophecieth that manie shal be conuerted) 8. though ſometimes perſecution be great, the Church faileth not.

A Pſalme of Dauid

1 LORD I haue cried to thee, heare me: attend to my voice, when I shal crie to thee.

2 [::] Let my prayer be directed as [a] incenſe in thy ſight: the eleuation of my handes as [b] euening ſacrifice.

3 Set ô Lord [c] a watch to my mouth: and [d] a doore round about to my lippes.

4 Decline not my hart [e] into wordes of malice, to make excuſes in ſinnes. With men that worke iniquitie: and I wil not communicate with the chiefe of them.

5 The iuſt shal rebuke me in mercie, and [f] shal reprehend me: but let not the oyle of a ſinner [g] fatte my head. Becauſe [h] yet alſo my prayer is in their [i] good pleaſures:

6 [k] their iudges are ſwalowed vp ioyned to the rocke. [l] They shal heare my wordes [m] becauſe they haue preuailed:

7 [n] as the groſſenes of the earth is broken out vpon the earth. Our [o] bones are diſſipated [p] nere to hel:

8 [q] for to thee ô Lord, Lord are mine eies; in thee haue I hoped, take not away my [*] ſoule.

9 Keepe me from [r] the ſnare, which they haue ſet for me: and from [ſ] the ſcandals of them that worke iniquitie.

10 [t] Sinners shal fal in his net: [v] I am alone vntil I paſſe.

Marginal notes to Psalm 140

2 [::] In theſe wordes the Church prayeth, offering incenſe in her ſolemne Offices.
2 [a] As the fume of incenſe is ſwete and aſcendeth vpwards: ſo the Church prayeth that her petitions may be gratful, and aſcend to God.
2 [b] In the old teſtament morning acrifice was rather more ſolemne, and more frequeut, but the Prophet ſemeth to allude vnto Chriſts Sacrifice, which he was to offer towards euening on the Croſſe; and the ſame alſo in vnbloudie maner, the euening befofe his Paſſion, in the Euchariſt.
3 [c] A iuſt care and conſideration what to ſpeake, before the mouth be opened
3 [d] lippes muſt not be alwayes ſtopt, for it is a ſinne ſometimes not to ſpeake, but as a dore that is to be opened, and ſhut at due ſeaſons, for example, opened to confeſſe our ſinnes, and Gods truth:
4 [e] shutte from wordes of malice, and from excuſing ſinnes committed.
5 [f] Admonition of the iuſt is a profitable reprehenſion,
5 [g] but the fawning of flatteters is pernicious.
5 [h] The Church ceaſeth not to pray for ſinners,
5 [i] though as yet they take pleaſure in their ſinnes,
6 [k] but the very chiefeſt of them, which ſeme moſt potent, if they remaine obſtinate to their death, ſhal then periſh, as men throwne againſt rockes.
6 [l] They ſhal then heare and vnderſtand, that the prayers of the Church
6 [m] are effectual, obtaining grace of conſtancie to her children, not to feare anie perſecution, nor anie kind of death; obtayning alſo iuſtificatiō of their cauſe, vvhen the perſecuters ſhal ſee that the wordes, and doctrin of the Church are true, and preuaile in true iudgement, as true, modeſt, peaceable, not ſedicious, turbulent, nor againſt the commonwealth.
7 [n] As much earth ſticking together is made fructful, by breaking it into ſmal mould, ſo the children of the Church by perſecution, bring forth more fruict then before. S. Aug.
7 [o] Some perſecuters are ſo cruel as to rage againſt the bones, and other reliques of Martyrs,
7 [p] caſting them into the vileſt planes they can, willing if they could, to throw them into hel,
8 [q] but the Church and al her members repoſe confidence in God.
8 [*] life
9 [r] Therfore ſhe prayeth that her children be not entrapped by guilful deceiptes,
9 [ſ] nor ouerthrowne by anie ſtumbling blocke caſt in their way.
10 [t] In the end, al perſecuters and other wicked ſhal be caught in their ovvne nette of perdition,
10 [v] the Church is ſingularly protected euen to the end.

Psalm 141

PSALME CXLI.

Holie Dauid being fled into a caue, and beſeeged round about by Sauls [Margin: Dauids prayer in extreme diſtreſſe. the 8. key.] armie, explicating his diſtreſſe, 6. prayeth to be deliuered.

1 Of [a] vnderſtanding to Dauid, when he was in the caue, a prayer. 1. Reg. 24.

2 VVITH my voice I [b] haue cried to our Lord: with my voice I haue prayed to our Lord:

3 I powre out my prayer in his ſight, and I pronounce my tribulation before him.

4 [c] When my ſpirit faileth of myſelf, and [d] thou haſt knowne my pathes. In this way, which I walked, they hid a ſnare for me.

5 I looked toward [e] the right hand, and [f] ſaw: and [g] there was none that would know me. [h] Flight hath failed me: and there is none to require my ſoule.

6 [i] I haue cried to thee ô Lord, I haue ſayd: Thou art [k] my hope, [l] my portion [m] in the land of the liuing.

7 Attend to my petition: becauſe I am [n] humbled excedingly. Deliuer me from them that perſecute me: becauſe they are made ſtrong ouer me.

8 Bring forth my ſoule out of priſon, [o] to confeſſe vnto thy name: [p] the iuſt expect me, [q] til thou reward me. Al this happened in figure of Chriſt, of vvhom prophetically S. Auguſtin S. Hilarie, Caſſiams, Caſſiodorus, and others expound the vvhole Pſalme. Amongſt others S Beda briefly in theſe vvordes VVheras in the title, Vnderſtanding is premiſed to Prayer, therby as ſignified, that Dauid in his diſtreſſes, and in the denne whither he fled, vnderſtood vvhat our Lord ſhould ſuffer of the Ievves, and hovv he vvould pray to his Father. In the firſt part our Lord crieth to his Father, complaining of the deteſtable deceiptes of Iudas the perſecutor. In the ſecond he prayeth to be deliuered from the priſon of hel (Limbus, vvhere he vvas free) becauſe the faith of al the Sainctes depended on his Reſurrection.

Marginal notes to Psalm 141

1 [a] This Pſalme in fotme of a prayer, ſhevveth vvhat cogitations Dauid had in extreme danger.
2 [b] Not with exterior voice, for ſo he should haue detected himſelfe, but with feruoure of ſpirite.
4 [c] VVhen by reaſon of extremitie, I vvas not able to thinke hovv to helpe my ſelfe,
4 [d] thou ô God knovving my actions and demaneur, didſt deliuer me.
5 [e] I looked for helpe,
5 [f] and diligently looked about me,
5 [g] but none vvould ſeme to knovv me, vvhen I required their helpe
5 [h] Endeuoring to ſaue my ſelf by flight, I found no ſecure place, for being in a caue or hole of a montaine, the vvhole armie beſeeged me; al ſeeke to take avvay my life, none to ſaue it.
6 [i] Thus leift deſolate of al mans helpe, and deſtitute of al vvorldlie ſhift, I cried to thee ô Lord,
6 [k] my only hopeful refuge,
6 [l] neither do I deſire to liue for anie vvorldlie reſpect, but hauing choſen thee ô God for my portion, and inheritance,
6 [m] I deſire to be out of this deſert place, and to be in the land, vvhere is right vſe of religious diuine ſeruice.
7 [n] afflicted.
8 [o] Dauids deſire of libertie, was eſpecially to this end, that he might haue conuenient place, and other meanes to ſerue and praiſe God:
8 [p] the good, and vvel diſpoſed people of Iſrael, can not now ſerue thee as they deſire, but expect me,
8 [q] whom thou ô Lord, vvilt aduance to the kingdom, that then vve may ſerue thee, more freely and more commodiouſly.
8 The prophetical ſenſe of this Pſalme.

Psalm 142

PSALME CXLII.

King Dauid (or anie other) in ſpiritual or temporal tribulation, not truſting [Margin: The ſeuenth penitential Pſalme. the 7. key.] in his owne iuſtice, layeth open his calamitie, 5. conſidering Gods benignitie, 6. prayeth to be ſpedely deliuered; 11. and confidently aſſureth himſelfe therof.

A Pſalme of Dauid, when Abſalom his ſonne perſecuted him.

[Margin: 2. Reg ⟨illegible⟩7]

1 LORD heare my prayer: with thine eares receiue my petition in [a] thy truth: heare me in [b] thy iuſtice.

2 And [c] enter not into iudgement with thy ſeruant: [d] becauſe no man liuing shal be iuſtified in thy ſight.

3 Becauſe the enemie [e] hath perſecuted my ſoule: he [f] hath humbled my life in the earth. [g] He hath ſet me in obſcure places as the dead of the world:

4 and my ſpirit is in anguish vpon me, within me my hart is trubled.

5 [h] I was mindful of old dayes, I haue meditated in al thy workes: in the factes of thy handes did I meditate.

6 I haue [i] ſtretched forth my handes to thee: my ſoule is [k] as earth without water vnto thee.

7 Heare me [l] quickly ô Lord: my ſpirite hath faynted. Turne not away thy face from me: [m] and I shal be like to them that deſcend into [n] the lake.

8 Make me heare thy mercie [o] in the morning: becauſe I haue hoped in thee. Make the way knowen to me, wherein I may walke: [p] becauſe I haue lifted vp my ſoule to thee.

9 Deliuer me from mine enemies ô Lord, to thee I haue fled:

10 teach me to doe thy wil, becauſe thou art my God. Thy [q] good ſpirite wil conduct me into the right way:

11 for thy name ſake ô Lord thou wilt quicken me, in thine equitie. Thou wilt bring forth my ſoule our of tribulation:

12 and in thy mercie thou wilt deſtroy mine enemies. And thou wilt deſtroy al, that afflict my ſoule: becauſe I am thy ſeruant.

Marginal notes to Psalm 142

1 [a] God hauing ſo promiſed is bond by his truth,
1 [b] and his iuſtice, to heare penitents praying for remiſſion of ſinnes.
2 [c] Deale not vvith me in rigour of iuſtice,
2 [d] for no mortal man is able of himſelfe to be iuſtified, abſtracting from Gods mercie.
3 [e] ſought my life,
3 [f] and brought it into great danger. Spiritually, the diuel as a ro⟨illegible⟩ing lion ſtil ſeeking vvhom he may deuour, hath tempted me vehemently.
3 [g] I am preſſed with great calamities, temporal or ſpiritual.
5 [h] In this caſe I conſider, how God hath hertofore shewed his goodnes towards me, and others.
6 [i] Stretching forth handes a ceremonie in prayer, wherby the ſupplicant is made more attentiue, and alſo indureth ſome paine for part of ſatisfaction.
6 [k] mans mind vvithout Gods illumination is drie and▪ barren.
7 [l] In great tentations Gods grace and helpe is more preſently nedeful to preuent our weaknes, leſt vve yeld conſent.
7 [m] If God leaue man vvithout ſpecial and continual grace, he vvil fal,
7 [n] into ſunne, as into a deepe lake, from vvhence vvithout helpe he can not riſe vp againe.
8 [o] In the firſt aſſault of tentation.
8 [p] Seing by thy grace I haue begunne to pray vnto thee.
10 [q] The penitent thus humbling himſelfe and praying may aſſuredly truſt that God doth remitte his ſinnes by the holie Sacraments, and iuſtifieth him, protecteth him, and wil bring him out of al dangers of ſpiritual or temporal enemies.

Psalm 143

PSALME CXLIII.

The royal Prophet thanketh God, for al his victories, and poſſeſſion of the [Margin: King Dauid praiſeth God for his victories the 8 key.] kingdom. 3. Admiring Gods benignitie towards man, 5. prayeth to be ſtil defended from al enimies, 9. promiſeth a new ſongue of prayſe, 11. deſcribeth the vanitie of worldlie men, 15. concluding that true felicitie is in ſeruing God.

A Pſalme of Dauid, againſt Goliath.

[Margin (a): Becauſe this vvas Dauids firſt, and a very notable victorie, the Septuagint Interpreters make mention of Goliath in this title.]

1 BLESSED be our Lord my God, who [b] teacheth my handes to battel, and my fingers to warre.

2 My mercie, and my refuge: my defender, and my deliuerer. My protectour, and I haue hoped in him, who [c] ſubdeweth my people vnder me.

3 Lord [d] what is man, that thou art [e] made knowne to him? or the ſonne of man, [f] that thou eſtemeſt him?

4 [g] Man is made like to vanitie: his dayes paſſe as a shadow.

5 [h] Lord incline thy heauens, and deſcend: touch the mountaynes, and they wil ſmoke.

6 Lighten lightening, and thou shalt diſperſe them: shoote out thine arrowes, and thou shalt deſtroy them.

7 Send forth thy hand from on high, take me out, and deliuer me from manie [i] waters: from the hand [k] of children [l] ſtrangers.

8 Whoſe mouth hath ſpoken [m] vanitie: and their right hand is the right hand of iniquitie.

9 O God I wil ſing to thee a new ſong: in [n] the pſalter of ten ſtringes, I wil ſing to thee.

10 Who geueſt ſaluation to kinges: who haſt redemed Dauid thy ſeruant from the malignant ſword:

11 deliuer me. And reſcue me out of the hand of [o] children ſtrangers, whoſe mouth hath ſpoken vanitie: and their right hand, is the right hand of iniquitie.

12 Whoſe ſonnes, are as new plantes in their youth. Their daughters comly trimmed: decked about after the ſimilitude of a temple.

13 Their ſtorehouſes ful, flowing out of this into that. Their ewes ful of yong, abunding in their going forth:

14 their oxen are fatte. There is no ruine of wal, nor [*] paſſage, nor crie in their ſtreates.

15 They haue ſaid, that it is a happie people, which hath theſe things: [p] bleſſed is the people, whoſe [q] God is our Lord.

Marginal notes to Psalm 143

1 [b] God made Dauid a warier, and victorer againſt Goliath, without anie former training in armes.
2 [c] Made him afterwards king of a great people.
3 [d] Al mankind was vnvvorthie before Chriſt,
3 [e] that God should be reueled vnto them,
3 [f] eſpecially that he ſhould haue care of the progenie of men, after their ſinne.
4 [g] In dede man in himſelf, in his ovvne nature and frailtie, is but a vaine and tranſitorie creature, paſſing from life to death, as a ſhadovv that can not conſiſt of it ſelfe, neither can man vvithout God.
5 [h] By a poetical deſcription he prayeth for Gods helpe, as if God ſhould make the heauens to bovv, and ſo deſcend; or make the montaines ſmoke, as vvhen Moyſes receiued the lavv, or declare himſelf by Meteors, as folovveth:
7 [i] Tribulations or tentations.
7 [k] Children of the Church,
7 [l] but of euil life.
8 [m] They ſpeake in vanitie that promiſe to kepe Gods law, and performe it not.
9 [n] In that principal inſtrument, apt for a new ſongue, and for extra ordinarie benefites.
11 [o] Both Ievves & Chriſtians that liue not vvel, are as ſtrangers that frame to themſelues ſuch a falſe felicite, as is here deſcribed: making riches or vvorldlie pleaſures their God.
14 [*] tranſmigration.
15 [p] True happines conſiſteth not in vvorldlie thinges.
15 [q] But in preferring God before al.

Psalm 144

PSALME. CXLIIII.

God is, and for euer ought to be praiſed, 3. for his immenſiue, infinite, [Margin: Gods Maieſtie excelleth al thinges. the 1. key.] glorious Maieſtie, meruelous workes, merciful benefites; for his powre, wiſdom, iuſtice, 19. who wil reward the good, and deſtroy the wicked.

Prayſing, to Dauid himſelfe.

[Margin (a): By this title, Eſdras ſignifieth that the Holie Ghoſt, vvho indited al the Pſalmes to Gods praiſe, more ſpecially in theſe ſeuen laſt ſuggeſted to Dauid, and by him to al Gods ſeruants, that al their other ſeruice muſt tend, and be directed to the praiſe of God: and that therin vve muſt continevv, and finally reſt, as in the ſabbath of the ſeuenth day, ſignified (as S. Beda ſuppoſeth) by theſe ſeuen laſt Pſalmes of praiſe, eternally praiſing our Lord God. For vvhich principal end both Angels and Men, yea and al other creatures vvere made.]

1 I “ Wil exalt thee my God [b] the king: and I wil bleſſe thy name [c] for euer, and [d] for euer and euer.

2 Euerie day wil I bleſſe thee: and wil praiſe thy name for euer, and for euer and euer.

3 Great is our Lord and exceding laudable, and of his greatnes there is no end.

4 Generation and generation shal praiſe thy workes: and they shal pronounce thy powre.

5 They shal ſpeake the magnificence of the glorie of thy holines: and shal tel thy meruelous workes.

6 And they shal tel the force of thy [e] terrible thinges: and shal declare thy greatnes:

7 They shal vtter the memorie of the abundance of thy ſwetnes: and in thy iuſtice they shal reioyce.

8 Our Lord is pitiful and merciful: patient and very merciful.

9 Our Lord is ſweete to al: and his [f] commiſerations are ouer al his workes.

10 Let al thy workes ô Lord confeſſe to thee: and let thy [g] ſainctes bleſſe thee.

11 They shal tel the glorie of thy kingdom: and shal ſpeake thy might.

12 That they may make thy might knowne to the children of men: and the glorie of the magnificence of thy kingdom.

13 Thy kingdom is a kingdom [h] of al worldes: and thy dominion in al generation and generation.

14 “ Our Lord is faithful in al his wordes: and holie in al his workes.

15 Our Lord [i] lifteth vp al that fal: and ſetteth vp al that are bruiſed.

16 The eies of al hope in thee ô Lord: and thou geueſt their meate in time conuenient.

17 Thou openeſt thy hand: and filleſt [k] euerie liuing creature with bleſſing.

18 Our Lord is iuſt in al his wayes: and holie in al his workes.

19 Our Lord is neere to al that inuocate him: to al that inuocate him in truth.

20 He wil doe the wil of them that feare him, and wil heare their prayer; and ſaue them.

21 Our Lord keepeth al that loue him: and he wil deſtroy al ſinners.

22 My mouth shal ſpeake the prayſe of our Lord: and let al flesh bleſſe his holie name for euer, and for euer and euer.

Marginal notes to Psalm 144

1 [b] King, is the proper epitheton of Chriſt, the Sonne of God, to whom, in his humanitie, God the Father promiſed the Church of al nations for his kingdom. Pſal. 2. in vvhom alſo the vvhole Bleſſed Trinitie is praiſed.
1 [c] Al the time of this vvorld they praiſe God,
1 [d] & after in eternitie.
6 [e] Of vvonderful and miraculous thinges, vvhich ſtrike terrour into mens mindes.
9 [f] The effectes of Gods mercie in redeming, and recallidg ſinners, are eminent aboue al other workes.
10 [g] Therfore the ſanctified haue ſpecial cauſe to praiſe God.
13 [h] Chriſts kingdom the militant Church is magnifical, but much more the triumphant vvhich is eternal.
15 [i] God is readie of his part to lift vp al.
17 [k] He geueth neceſſarie thinges to al liuing creatures, euen to brute beaſtes.

ANNOTATIONS PSALME CXLIIII.

I vvil exalt thee] As this Pſalme is the firſt of the ſeuen, vvhich conteyne [Margin: The ſeuen laſt Pſalmes perteyne more ſpecially to prayſes. This Pſalme and other ſix are compoſed in order of the Alphabet. It is probable that the Hebrevv text novv vvanteth a verſe in this Pſalme. And therfore is not more certa⟨illegible⟩ne then the Greke or Latin.] more particular inſtruction of perpetually praiſing God: ſo it is the ſeuenth of thoſe, vvhich are compoſed in order of the Alphabet, tovvitte, the 24 33. ⟨illegible⟩. 110. 111. 118. and this 144, Of vvhich the three former vvant ſome letters: ſignifying (as Caſſiodorus interpreteth.) ſuch in Gods Church, as ſing his praiſes, but vvith ſome imperfections: the other foure haue the perfect Alphabet, ſignifying thoſe, that ſing Gods praiſes vvith perfect deuotion. VVhich only foure S. Ierom calleth Alphabetical Pſalmes. Epiſt. ad Paulam Vrbi⟨illegible⟩am, & Pro⟨illegible⟩m. in Lament. Ierem.

1⟨illegible⟩. Our Lord is faithful.] This verſe is not novv in the ordinarie Hebrevv tex⟨illegible⟩, and therfore either the ſame is defectiue, or els this Pſalme ſhould ſen⟨illegible⟩e no⟨illegible⟩ to be compoſed vvith a perfect Alphabet in the fountaine tongue. For here it vvanteth the letter Nun. But ſeing S. Ierom counteth this one of the foure Alphabetical Pſalmes, omitting the other three, vvhich conſiſt of vnperfect Alphabets, it is very probable that this verſe vvas once in the Hebrevv text, as it is both in Greke & Latin. VVherby amongſt other places, appeareth, that there is no certaintie, to correct the Greke, or Latin Bible by the Hebr⟨illegible⟩, vvhich is novvextant; but rather by them that may be ſupplied, vvhich the Hebrevv vvanteth.

Psalm 145

PSALME CXLV.

The Pſalmiſt exciteth himſelf, and al others to praiſe God for his ſingular [Margin: Al are exhorred to praiſe God and truſt in his aſſured prouidence. they key.] regard, and prouidence of al that truſt in him: 3. shewing that neither princes, nor other men are able to helpe, 5. but God can and doth continually releue al ſortes of neceſſities.

1 Alleluia, [a] of Aggaeus, and Zacharie.

2 MY ſoule prayſe thou our Lord, I wil praiſe our Lord in my ⟨illegible⟩te: I wil ſing to my God as long as I shal be. Put not confidence in princes:

3 in [b] the ſonnes of men, in whom there is no ſaluation.

4 His ſpirit shal goeforth, and he shal returne into [c] his earth: in that day al their cogitations shal perish.

5 Bleſſed is he, whoſe helper is the God of Iacob, his hope in our Lord his God:

6 who made heauen and earth, the ſea, and al thinges, that are in them.

7 Which keepeth truth for euer, doth iudgement for them that ſuffer wrong geueth foode to the hungrie. Our Lord looſeth the fettered:

8 our Lord illuminateth the blind. Our Lord lifteth vp the bruiſed, our Lord loueth the iuſt.

9 Our Lord keepeth ſtrangers, the pupil, and widow he wil receiue: and the wayes of ſinners he wil deſtroy.

10 Our Lord wil reigne for euer thy God ô Sion, in generation and generation.

Marginal notes to Psalm 145

1 [a] The Septuagint added ⟨illegible⟩he names of theſe tuo Prophetes, for the like reaſon as they added Ieromie, Pſal. 136. becauſe Aggaeus and Zacharias prophecying in the reduction of the people from captiuitie, exhorted them, as here the Pſalmiſt doth, to truſt in Gods prouidence, and preferre his ſe⟨illegible⟩u⟨illegible⟩ce before vvorldlie cares.
3 [b] In one Sonne of Man [Chriſt] is ſaluation (ſaith S. Auguſtin) and in him, not becauſe he is the ſonne of man, but becauſe he is the Sonne of God.
4 [c] He ſaith not, that the ſpirit or ſoule ſhal turne into the earth, but the ſoule ſhal depart from the bodie, and ſo euerie one (in whom worldlie men put their truſt) ſhal according to the bodie, returne into his earth.

Psalm 146

PSALME CXLVI.

God is alſo to be praiſed by his peculiar people, for particular benefites. 4. & [Margin: Gods excellencie in creating and gouerning the vvorld. the 2. key.] for his omnipotent powre, wiſdom, goodnes, in creating, and gouerning this whole world, 11. and moſt ſpecial benignitie towards thoſe that truſt in him.

Alleluia.

1 PRAYSE ye our Lord becauſe Pſalme [a] is good: to our God let there be pleaſant, and comelie praiſe.

2 Our Lord building vp Ieruſalem: [b] wil gather together the diſperſions of Iſrael.

3 Who [c] healeth the contrite of hart: and bindeth vp their ſores.

4 Who [d] numbereth the multitude of ſtarres: and [e] geueth names to them al.

5 Great is our Lord, and great is his ſtrength: and of his wiſdom there is no [f] number.

6 Our Lord receiuing the meeke: & humbling ſinners euen to the ground.

7 Sing ye to our Lord in confeſſion: ſing ye to our God on harpe.

8 Who [g] couereth the heauen with cloudes: and prepareth rayne for the earth. Who bringeth forth graſſe in the mountaines: and herbe for the ſeruice of men.

9 Who geueth to beaſtes their foode: and to [h] the young rauens that cal vpon him.

10 He shal not haue pleaſure in the ſtrength of an horſe: nor in the legges of a man shal he be wel pleaſed.

11 Our Lord is wel pleaſed toward them that feare him: and in them, that hope vpon his mercie.

Marginal notes to Psalm 146

1 [a] It is good to ſing Pſalmes of praiſe to God.
2 [b] A prophec⟨illegible⟩e of the: eſtaurat⟨illegible⟩on of Ieruſalem after the captiuitie.
3 [c] Remitteth ſinnes to the penitent.
4 [d] Beſides experience of euerie one that ſhal behold the firmament in a clere night, the holie Scripture (Gen. 15. v. 5., ſheweth, that the ſtarres are innumerable to man. For albeit P⟨illegible⟩olomaey other Aſtronomers numbereth certaine more notorious ſtarres, which ſerue eſpecially for ſome knowlege in the ſcience of Aſtronomie, numbering 349. ſuch in the Zodiach; 316. in the South part therof; and 360. on the North part, which are in al 1025. Yet al acknowlege that no man can come nere to anie probable coniecture of the whole number, nor is able to attaine anie perfect knovvlege of their natural influences, and ſpecial proprietes. And therfore the Pſalmiſt propoſeth here the admirable, and vnſearchable knovvlege of God: who both moſt exactly knovveth the number,
4 [e] and ſo perfectly their nature, that his diuine Omniſcience geueth to euerie ſtarre a proper name, according to their ſingular differences and proprieties.
5 [f] Thinges ſubiect to Gods knovvlege and vviſdom are innumerable.
8 [g] Al theſe and the like benefites do ſhevv Gods imcomparable greatnes, vviſdom, and goodnes.
9 [h] Both ſacred and prophane auctors teſtifie, that rauens ſeing their yong ones, either vvithout fethers, or to haue vvhitiſh, vnlike to theirs, as ſuſpecting that they are not their ovvne birdes, but of ſome other kinde, leaue them deſtitute of meate; therfore God the auctor of nature, and conſeruer of al kindes of creatures, by his ſpecial prouidence, feedeth them: either by a certaine dew hanging nere them in the ayre, as Iſidorus ſuppoſeth; or by litle beaſtes, or flees, ſent by Gods prouidence, vvhich they catching into their mouthes, are nouriſhed and brought vp, as S. Chryſoſtom teacheth, ſer. in Heliam; or by vvhat other meanes ſoeuer, al agree that yong rauens are neglected by their parents, and are fedde meruelouſly by Gods ordinance, by vvhich example the Pſalmiſt ſhevveth, that much more God hath care of men: eſpecially of [Margin: Ho. in hunc Pſalm.] ſuch meu (ſaith S. Chryſoſtom.) as honour him vvith hymnes and praiſes, vvhom alſo he hath called to be his peculiar people, and his ovvne portion or inheritance.

Psalm 147

PSALME CXLVII.

Againe God is to be praiſed for his goodnes towards his peculiar people, [Margin: Gods prouidence eſpecially tovvards the Church. the 6. key.] 4. yea towards al the world: 7. but moſt abundantly towards his Church.

Alleluia.

1 O [a] Ieruſalem praiſe our Lord: praiſe thy God ô Sion.

2 Becauſe he [b] hath ſtrengthened the lockes of thy gates: he [c] hath bleſſed thy children in thee.

3 Who [d] hath ſet thy borders peace: and filleth thee with [e] the fatte of corne.

4 Who ſendeth forth [f] his ſpeach to the earth: his word [g] runneth ſwiftly.

5 Who geueth [h] ſnow as wool: ſcatereth [i] miſt as ashes.

6 He caſteth [k] his cryſtal as morſeles: before the face of his cold l who shal endure?

7 He [m] shal ſendforth his word, and shal melt them: [n] his ſpirit shal blowe, and [o] waters shal flowe.

8 Who declareth his word to [p] Iacob: his iuſtices, and iudgements to Iſrael.

9 He hath [q] not done in like maner to anie nation: and his iudgements he hath not made manifeſt to them. [r] Allelu-ia.

Marginal notes to Psalm 147

1 [a] Ieruſalem in the latter part of Dauids time, al the time of Salomon, and part of other kings reignes til the captiuitie, had peace & proſpered. Againe after the captiuitie, the Citie was repared, the Temple reedified, and the whole land receiued and enioyed manie bleſſinges. But al this was no more then a figure of the excellent benefites here prophecied, and more euidently verified in Chriſts Catholique Church: partly here militant in the whole world, and eſpecially in the glorious Ieruſalem, and Sion, the perfect viſion of peace, and contemplation of God, in eternal life.
1 The Hebrews ioyne this Pſalme vvith the precedent.
2 [b] In compariſon of other cities, and peoples of the world, the gates of Ieruſalem were ſtrongly fenſed,
2 [c] and the citizens bleſſed: much more the Church of Chriſt is built vpon a fure rock, her faithful children indued with al ſpiritual graces; and moſt of al, heauen it ⟨illegible⟩l⟨illegible⟩ is free from al danger of calamitie, and the Sainctes are moſt ſecure & moſt happie, enioying eternal fruit on of God.
3 [d] Hath geuen peace in thy borders,
3 [e] and the very beſt corne, and al other fruictes: wine, oyle, milke, honey, and the reſt. Allegorically in the Church, reconciliation with God, by remiſſion of ſinnes, and peace of conſcience, in the Sacraments of Baptiſme & Penance; vvith the moſt ſpiritual food of Chriſts Bodie and Bloud in the Euchariſt, and graces of other Sacraments. In heauen moſt aſſured peace and ioy without end.
4 [f] This perteyneth moſt ſpecially to Euangelical doctrine, preached
4 [g] and quickely receiued in al the world. Rom 10. v. 18.
5 [h] Snow nouriſheth the earth, making it vvarme by Antiperiſtaſis, as is euident in natural Philoſophie,
5 [i] and noyſome ayre is changed into clere vveather. In the Church by penance & auſtere life men are purged from ſinnes and vices, euil ſpirites are alſo driuen avvay. If your ſinnes ſhal be as ſcarlet, they ſhal be made vvhite as ſnovv, and if they be redde as vermilion, they ſhal be vvhite as vvool. Iſa⟨illegible⟩e. 1. v. 18.
6 [k] Yea ſome that are hardned in ſinne, as yſe, or chryſtal, ſhal be melted, broken, or made fitte to be ingraffed in Gods Church. So S. Peter vvas admoniſhed by a viſion (Act. ⟨illegible⟩0. v 1⟨illegible⟩.) to kil and eate. Othervviſe vvithout Gods grace geuing remorſe and ſorovv, no man can ouercome his ovvne vices.
7 [m] But Gods vvord preached,
7 [n] and his grace touching mens hartes,
7 [o] innumerable are conuerted.
8 [p] The Church only enioyeth theſe ſpiritual benefi⟨illegible⟩es.
9 [q] Conſidering that al mankind vvas in the maſſe of ſinne, and that God letteth manie iuſtly periſh, thoſe to whom he geueth his grace to iuſtification, are ſpecially bond to praiſe him.
9 [r] And therfore the Prophet concludeth this Pſalme, and the reſt folovving, vvith Alleluia.

Psalm 148

PSALME CXLVIIII.

Al creatures ſpiritual and corporal, are inuited to praiſe God, their Creator [Margin: Our Creator to be praiſed by al creatures the 2. key.] and Conſeruer, 13. as incomparably excellent.

1 Alleluia. PRAYSE ye our Lord[a] from the heauens: praiſe ye him in the high places.

2 Prayſe ye him al his Angels: prayſe ye him[b] al his hoſtes:

3 Prayſe ye him[c] ſunne and moone: prayſe him al ye ſtarres, and light.

4 Prayſe him ye heauens of heauens: and the waters that are aboue the heauens,

5 let them praiſe the name of our Lord. Becauſe he ſayd, and they were made: he commanded, and they were created.

6 He eſtablished them for euer, and for euer and euer: he put a precept, and it shal not paſſe.

7 Prayſe our Lord from the earth: ye dragons, and al depthes.

8 Fyre, haile, ſnow, yſe, ſpirit of ſtormes: which doe his worde:

9 Mountaines, and al litle hilles: trees that beare fruite, and al ceders.

10 Beaſtes, and al cattel: ſerpentes, and fethered fowles:

11 [d] Kinges of the earth, and al peoples: princes, and al iudges of the earth.

12 Yongmen, and virgins: old with yong let them prayſe the name of our Lord:

13 becauſe the name of him[e] alone is exalted.

14 The confeſſion of him aboue heauen, and earth: and he hath exalted[f] the horne of his people. An hymne to al his[g] ſainctes: to the children of Iſrael, a people[h] approching vnto him.[i] Alleluia.

Marginal notes to Psalm 148

1 [a] Al ye heauenlie ſpirites praiſe God for the excellencie of your nature.
2 [b] And for your innumerable multitude.
3 [c] Al creatures, wanting ſenſe or reaſon, ſhewforth the Maieſtie and excellencie of their Creator.
11 [d] Againe God is to be praiſed for the diuerſitie of ſtares in men, wherby the whole communitie, is conſerued & gouerned
13 [e] God only, & no falſe imagined god made & diſpoſed al thinges in order.
14 [f] More eſpecially for that God hath ſo fortified his Church.
14 [g] Sanctified children,
14 [h] that by grace and free wil, which he geueth them, approch vnto him
14 [i] Al this conſidered the Pſalmiſt concluding with Alleluia, inuiteth al to praiſe our Lord.

Psalm 149

PSALME CXLIX.

The Church is moſt ſingularly bond to praiſe God, 4. for the grace, ſanctitie, [Margin: The Church muſt euer praiſe God. the 6. key.] victorie, glorie, 7. and iudicial powre, which he geueth to his Sainctes.

1 Alleluia. SING ye to our Lord a new ſong: let his prayſe be in[a] the Church of ſainctes.

2 Let Iſrael be ioyful in him, that made him: and let the children of Sion reioyce in their king.

3 Let them praiſe his name in quite: on tymbrel, and pſalter let them ſing to him:

4 Becauſe our Lord is wel pleaſed in his people: and he wil exalt the meeke vnto ſaluation.

5 The ſainctes shal reioyce in glorie: they shal be ioyful in[b] their beddes.

6 The[c] exaltations of God in their throte: and[d] two edged ſwordes in their handes.

7 To doe reuenge in the nations: chaſtiſements among the peoples.

8 To binde their kinges in fetters: and their nobles in yron manicles.

9 That they may doe in them the iudgement that is[e] written: [f] this glorie is to al his ſainctes. Alleluia.

Marginal notes to Psalm 149

1 [a] God our Lord whom al creatures are bond to praiſe, only accepteth thoſe mens praiſes, that liue in his holie Church.
5 [b] eternal reſt.
6 [c] Hiegheſt praiſes of God ſhal be continually vttered by Sainctes in glorie: for ſtil as praiſeſ paſſe by their tongues and mouthes, more like praiſes ſhal ſuccede from their throte, and hartie affection, ſo out of the abundance of the hart their mouth ſhal ſtil ſpeake Gods praiſe.
6 [d] Glorified Sainctes ſhal alſo haue iudiciarie povvre. Firſt, al in general ſhal like and approue Gods iuſtice in puniſhing the vvicked. Secondly the vvicked ſhal be iuſtly condemned in compariſon of the bleſſed, vvho paſſed through, and ouercame the like, yea and greater tribulations and tentations then thoſe, by vvhich the damned vvere ouercome. Thirdly, certaine more excellent Sainctes, namely the Apoſtles, and al thoſe that forſaking proprietie of temporal [Margin: In Pſal. 121. v. 5. li. 3. in Mat. 19. ho. in Nat. S. ⟨illegible⟩ened.] goodes, geue that they haue to the poore, as ſome religious Orders doe; or into a Communitie as the Apoſtles, and manie primitiue Chriſtians did (Mat. 4. v 20. cap. 19. v 27. Act. 4. v. 34. 1. Cor. 6. v. 3.) ſhal ſitte in iudgement ſeates, aſſeſſorie iudges with Chriſt, and iudge thoſe that render account, of wel or euil ſpending the temporal landes or goodes, which they poſſeſſed in this vvorld. So teach S. Auguſtin S. Ierom. S. Beda, and others.
9 [e] Decreed by God.
9 [f] This iudicial povvre is part of Sainctes glorie.

Psalm 150

PSALME. CL. [Margin: God moſt excellent and moſt laudable. the firſt key.]

God abſolutly moſt excellent is to be praiſed, 3. with al ſortes of inſtruments, and by al other meanes.

Alleluia.

1 PRAYSE ye our Lord[a] in his holies: prayſe ye him in[b] the firmament of his ſtrength.

2 Prayſe ye him in[c] his powers: prayſe ye him[d] according to the multitude of his greatnes.

3 [e] Prayſe ye him [f] in the ſound of trumpet: prayſe ye him on pſalter, and harpe.

4 Prayſe ye him on timbrel and [g] quire: prayſe ye him on [h] ſtringes, and organ.

5 Prayſe ye him on wel ſounding cymbals: prayſe ye him on cymbales of iubilation:

6 let euerie [i] ſpirit prayſe our Lord. Alleluia.

Marginal notes to Psalm 150

1 [a] Al ye Angels and men that are in the holie and higheſt heauen praiſe our Lord.
1 [b] Al ye creatures that are in, and vnder the firſt moueable firmament praiſe our Lord.
2 [c] And you eſpecially (Gods peculiar people) amongſt whom, and for whom, diuine miracles haue bene wrought praiſe our Lord,
2 [d] with al your poſſible endeuoure, for though his infinite Excellencie excedeth the powre of al creatures to praiſe him ſufficiently, yet it reſteth that you may infinitly extend your wil and deſire to praiſe our Lord, according to the multitude of his greatnes.
3 [e] Out of this your great and infinite deſire, let your tongues ſound and ſing diuine praiſes, as wel vvith voice, as muſical inſtruments.
3 [f] VVherof ſix moſt vſual in the Tabernacle and Temple vvere theſe: Trumpet, Pſalter, Harpe, Timbrel, Organ and Cymbal.
4 [g] By the vvay the Pſalmiſt interpoſeth agane tvvo eſpecial thinges, vvhich make perfect harmonie, vvithout vvhich no inſtrument is gratful to God: Vnitie amongſt his ſeruants, ſignified by the Quire of conſonant voices:
4 [h] and mortification of paſſions, ſignified by Stringes, vvhich are made of dead beaſtes bovvels.
6 [i] Man created of corruptible bodie and immortal ſoule, is finally admoniſhed to praiſe our Lord, ouer and aboue the praiſes of al other corporal creatures; vvho alſo is more eſpecially bond therto then Angels, becauſe God hath voutſaffed to make himſelfe Man, to redeme man that vvas loſt by ſinne, and to endew him vvith nevv grace, and ſo bring him to euerlaſting glorie, vvhere vvith holie Angels, men alſo for euer & euer ſhal praiſe our Lord, vvith hart, voice, and iubilation of ſpirite, ſinging as the Pſalmiſt concludeth, Alleluia.

ANNOTATIONS. PSALME CL.

S. Auguſtin in the concluſion of his Enarrations, or Sermons vpon the Pſalmes, [Margin: The number of Pſalmes ſignifieth the agrement of the old and nevv ⟨illegible⟩ eſtament.] explicateth a myſterie in the number of an hundred and fieftie▪ ſignifying the concord of the two Teſtaments. For in the old teſtament they kept the Sabbath, which is the ſeuenth day: in the new we kepe our Lords day, after the ſabbath, that is, the eight: which ſeuen and eight: (making fieftene) multiplied by tenne, ſignifying the Law of tenne commandments, riſe vnto 150.

Againe euen multiplied by ſeuen make 49. wherto one (to witte the eight) being added make fieftie, which multiplied by three▪ ſignifying the B Trinitie, make 150 Neither ſemed it without cauſe to this great Doctor, that the fi⟨illegible⟩ [Margin: Three fifeties ſign ⟨illegible⟩ P⟨illegible⟩na⟨illegible⟩ce▪ Mercie vvith ⟨illegible⟩uſtice, and Praiſes of God▪] fieftie end with a Pſalme of Paenance, crauing mercie & remiſſion of ſinnes: the ſecond with Mercie and Iuſtice, which God ioyneth in the Redemption, Iuſtification, and Saluation of men: the laſt with Diuine Praiſes, ſignifying, that by condemning ſinnes in our ſelues, through Gods mercie we may be iuſtified, and ſo beginne in this life, which is to be perfected in the next, to praiſe our Lord, as S. Paul admoniſheth with Pſalmes, Hymnes, and Spiritual Songues. Concluding [Margin: ⟨illegible⟩ ⟨illegible⟩ ▪ ⟨illegible⟩ An. D⟨illegible⟩ ▪ 380.] with the tvvo verſes, appointed by S Dama us Pope, to be added in the end of al Pſalmes, and is obſerued euer ſince his time by tradition in the [Margin: Gloria Patri: added by tradition▪] vvhole Church:

Glorie to the Father, and to the Sonne, and to the Holie Ghoſt: As it was in the beginning, and now, and euer, into worldes of worldes [in eternitie vvithout end]

Amen.

Colophon

The holie Bible faithfully translated into English, out of the authentical Latin. Diligently conferred with the Hebrew, Greeke, and other editions in diuers languages. With arguments of the bookes, and chapters: annotations. tables: and other helpes. By the English College of Doway. The second tome (Psalms to 2 Machabees, with the Prayer of Manasses and the third and fourth books of Esdras), Doway: Laurence Kellam, 1610 (STC 2207). Copy: Henry E. Huntington Library, as reproduced in Early English Books Online (image set 2087).

Transcription: Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership (EEBO-TCP), Phase I text A11777 (2007), released under the Creative Commons CC0 1.0 Universal public-domain dedication.

This is an archival transcription, not a Good Works Translation: the English is the Douay translators’ own, kept in the original spelling, with long s (ſ), u and v, i and j as printed. The Good Works Library converted the TCP text to this page, removing only markup, page breaks and line-end hyphens. In the print a cross (†) opens each verse and the verse number stands in the margin; here each verse is its own paragraph headed by that number. Marginal notes are gathered after each chapter under the number of the verse beside which they stand; where the print sets a reference mark in the text (a letter, four pricks ::, or a star *), the mark is kept at its place in square brackets. In prose sections the marginal notes stand at their places in square brackets. Marks that the transcription records in the text are kept as they stand: ▪ is the transcribers’ sign for a printed mark they could not set, which this edition’s key to its marks uses to point to an Annotation after the chapter, and “ is another such printed mark. Words the transcribers could not read are marked ⟨illegible⟩ (544 on this page); none has been filled in by conjecture.

In 2 places on this page the transcription has no verse cross between two numbered verses; there both numbers head a single paragraph (for example “12–13”) rather than cutting the text by guesswork. In 6 places a cross stands in the text where the printed verse numbers show no new verse; it is kept there as †. The psalm titles are given as printed; where the edition numbers a title as verse 1, so does this page. In Psalm 9 the edition marks where the tenth psalm of the Hebrew numbering begins and numbers its verses afresh; that part stands under its own subheading. In Psalm 28 the transcription records the verse text from “BRING” (verse 1) to the end of the psalm inside the Annotations division, after the first annotation; here that text stands with the rest of the psalm, and the Annotation follows the marginal notes as in the other psalms. In Psalm 118 the edition sets its general annotations between the argument and the psalm; the subheading “Psalm 118, the psalm” is the library’s, marking where the psalm itself begins. In Psalm 118 the transcription sets the words of verse 164 (“Seuentimes in the day I haue ſayd prayſe to thee, for the iudgements of thy iuſtice.”) inside the long marginal note on that verse, at the page break; here they stand as the text of verse 164, and the note is given whole, without them, among the marginal notes.

🌲